Résultats de recherche : attempt
-
1 min 05Bloodhound 1000 mph rocket car, land speed record attempt
Bloodhound 1000 mph rocket car, land speed record attempt
3272 ans0 -
4 min 35
ATTACKWATCH - Obama's Orwellian attempt to recruit snitches from all over America - September 17, 2011
ATTACKWATCH - Obama's Orwellian attempt to recruit snitches from all over America - September 17, 2011 http://attackwatch.net/ Jimmy the Snitch Uncle Omar Reported to Attack Watch http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=og-Iwdfib8E Attackwatch.com Song, Obama Wants Snitches! (Better Quality) Attack Watch WebsiteSatire Parody http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M-I4qwaskxg Attack Watch Commercial http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-XYKRokgX00 Hitler Discovers ATTACKWATCH is a Joke! http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XZPwDRZ6pTM --------------------------------------------------------------- Source: Name: Rudy Davis Rudy Websites: http://blog.rudyaarondavis.com/ http://www.youtube.com/user/LoneStar1776 http://www.safeguardourconstitution.com/ http://www.guardourconstitution.com http://www.BirtherReport.com Who is LTC Terry Lakin apfphotos2Lieutenant Colonel Terrence ("Terry") Lakin serves as Chief of Primary Care and Flight Surgeon for the Pentagon's DiLorenzo TRICARE Health Clinic. He is the lead Flight Surgeon charged with caring for Army Chief of Staff General Casey's pilots and air crew. LTC Lakin, selected for promotion to Colonel, is a native of Colorado, whose residency is Tennessee. LTC Lakin's numerous awards and decorations include the Army Flight Surgeon Badge, Combat Medical Badge, the Bronze Star Medal, the Meritorious Service Medal, the Army Commendation Medal with two Oak Leaf Clusters, the Army Achievement Medal with one Oak Leaf Clusters, the National Defense Service Medal with Bronze Service Star, the Armed Forces Expedition Medal, the Army Reserve Component Achievement Medal, the Army Service Ribbon, the Overseas Service Ribbon sixth award and the NATO service medal. He has served previously in Honduras, Bosnia, El Salvador, Korea, and Afghanistan. For well over a year, LTC Lakin has asked through his chain of command and his Congressional delegation for proof that President Obama is Constitutionally eligible to serve as his Commander-in-Chief. He has explained to his superiors that he cannot understand how his Oath of Office to protect and defend the Constitution does not allow military officers to pursue this proof of eligibility. LTC Lakin received military orders in late February for deployment to Afghanistan, including a requirement that he provide "copies of his birth certificate." LTC Lakin is prepared to provide a certified copy of his certification of vital record that lists his birth hospital, physician's name and other key information. He has provided this document for many other required processes, such as his commissioning into the military as an officer, his security clearance and his marriage license. He is the highest ranking officer to go public over this controversy and the first active duty officer to do so. --------------------------------------------------------------
75 mois0 -
15 min 04
Libya: Feb 17 Libya Insurgency - Gaddafi Coup Attempt Pre-planned - April 14, 2011
Libya: Feb 17 Libya Insurgency - Gaddafi Coup Attempt Pre-planned - April 14, 2011 Libya Revolt of Feb 17 Chronology of Events - This was a pre-planned Coup attempt by a number of parties against the Libya Government and against Muammar Al Gaddafi . Here is a Chronology of events that covers Feb 17 forward, (although it is missing the crucial events of Feb 15 & 16th, when some coup members jumped the gun and began demonstrating and attacking police and government employees two days early) This coup was preplanned with extensive support from Western Intelligence agencies, Mi6, CIA, Qatar, UAE, Egyptian Army, Saudi Arabia, French Intelligence and others. Western Intelligence shipped in a number of CIA assets such as the head of the Libya Rebel army, who has lived in Virginia for the last 20 years with no visible source of income. Here is the clip, it is a little rough but there is not much out there yet putting the coup events in chronological order. ---------------------------------------------------------- Source: Name: Long Live Col. M. El Kaddafi Websites: http://www.youtube.com/user/pipard Hometown: San Diego Country: United States ---------------------------------------------------------
27610 mois0 -
4 min 26
2010 FIFA World Cup South Africa - A Guinness record attempt - PS3 Xbox360
Higher quality videos on http://www.playscope.com Follow us on TWITTER: http://twitter.com/playscope Become a fan on FACEBOOK: http://www.facebook.com/Playscope
991 an0 -
-
15 min 29
Whistleblower - John Bolenbaugh: ASSAULT AND 3RD ARREST ATTEMPT - March 31, 2011
Whistleblower - John Bolenbaugh: ASSAULT AND 3RD ARREST ATTEMPT - March 31, 2011 ENBRIDGE HAS WASTED THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS TRYING TO ARREST ME BUT THE POLICE ARE SUPPORTERS OF MY CAUSE AND IF I DO GET ARRESTED IT WILL JUST PROVE THAT I AM DOING THE RIGHT THING AND THEY DON'T WANT THE WORLD TO KNOW. IF IT WAS CLEANED UP RIGHT THERE WOULD BE NO REASON TO CALL THE COPS. ---------------------------------------------------------------- Source: Name: John Bolenbaugh Websites: http://www.youtube.com/user/johnBolenbaugh One man trying to do whats right when it seems like he's all alone. Hometown: Battle Creek/Hillsdale Country: United States Occupation: I am in oil pipe liners union. ----------------------------------------------------------------
1910 mois0 -
56 sec
A Guy attempt suicide for cheated TV hero
An other real TV victim... A Belgium guy attempting suicide himself for his TV series hero getting cheated by his wife... A 2007 Belgium commercial for RTL TVI. Desperate husband. Welcome to real life - More commercials : http://wat.tv/CulturePub -. All rights reserved. For all inquiries, please mail to culturepub@wizdeo.com
73 mois0 -
55 sec
The Lapins Crétins – La Grosse Aventure : Essais Ratés – OVNI
Plus de vidéos sur www.thelapinscretins.fr . Ils trouveront bien un moyen d’aller sur la lune… ou pas ! The Lapins Crétins – La Grosse Aventure débwaaarque sur Wii le 5 novembre 2009.
31 7502 ans6 -
53 sec
The Lapins Crétins – La Grosse Aventure : Essais Ratés – Sweetos
Plus de vidéos sur www.thelapinscretins.fr . Ils trouveront bien un moyen d’aller sur la lune…. ou pas ! The Lapins Crétins – La Grosse Aventure débwaaarque sur Wii le 5 novembre 2009.
20 9322 ans4 -
13 min 22
David Icke DEBUNKED- The Film (3 of 11)
Name: Chris White You can contact Chris White at: nowheretorun1984@gmail.com http://www.youtube.com/user/TheCozmikTruth Website: http://conspiracyclothes.com/nowheret... For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Ephesians 6:12 About Me: http://dvdtract.com http://the2012deception.net/ http://twitter.com/NTR1984 http://www.facebook.com/now... http://revelationsradionetw... http://thefullarmorofgod.po... http://zeitgeistchallenge.com Nowhere To Run is an internet based talk radio show and podcast hosted by Chris White. on Revelations radio network http://revelationsradionetw... and the Revere Radio Network http://revereradionetwork.com with the archives and podcast are available anytime for free. Nowhere To Run focuses on the theoretical aspects of the "New World Order" or "Illuminati" agenda. NTR attempts to sift through and analyze the mounds of misinformation looking for the truth, and the true motivations behind the propaganda, from a biblical perspective. He shows the total compatibility of the Conspiracy world to the Biblical one, despite the chorus of folks trying to prove the opposite, He shows how topics like the Nephilim, and trauma based generational mind control, and satanic rituals are crucial aspects of the system, and how important of a role they play in this end game scenario of the illuminati. The show is predicated on the idea that deception works only on the uniformed, in addition that there is plenty to get informed about and very quickly, because our lives and indeed our souls depend on it. Transcript / Footnotes Interestingly, David Icke’s story starts with a woman named Alice Bailey. Some of the following information on Alice bailey is taken from the excellent research of Terry Melanson the founder of and webmaster for www.conspiracyarchive.com/ He writes: Alice Ann Bailey was a leading disciple of the Russian theosophist Madame Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy, Bailey formed the Lucifer Publishing Company in 1920 and in 1922 she saw the organization’s name changed to Lucis Trust though the advancement of the Luciferian beliefs remained true. Lucis Trust promulgates the work of an “Ascended Master” a spiritual being who was working ‘through’ or in Alice Bailey for some 30 years. The Lucis Trust Publishing Company and their many fronts carry out the work of a Luciferian “master plan” for the establishment of a permanent “Age of Aquarius” Lucis Trust is a powerful institution that enjoys “Consultative Status” with the United Nations, which permits it to have a close working relationship with the U.N., including a seat on the weekly sessions, but most importantly, influence with powerful business and national leaders throughout the world. Through its founding of World Goodwill, Lucis Trust is “aggressively involved in promoting a globalist ideology”: Bailey’s influential occult organization is tied to a international conspiracy of elitists like the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergs, and the Trilateral Commission. A sprit that called itself Djwhal Khul wrote many books through her. These included brilliant plan that detailed many aspects of a world government that she called “the New World Order” quotes like: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” She actually outlines the process of how to prepare humanity for the new world order the in a section of her book Externalization of the Hierarchy called “Steps Towards the New World Order” In another section called “The Problem of Government” she appears to lay out a plan that would later become the basis for the trilateral commission by outlining how to divide the world in three blocks. But first she states: Coming now to the realm of government, under the new world order, one is faced with a very complex situation…Various basic trends of thought are appearing which, in the new world order, will unfold into that major synthesis so much desired by the spiritual Hierarchy of the planet. In addition to being one of the founders of the ideals and philosophies of those people planning global governance her writings also gained immense fame with another people group, that is of the so called “New Age”. Her extensive writing served as the foundational beliefs of the new age to this day. David Icke in recent times seems to agree with this, he said in his book The Biggest Secret “Two organizations spawned by Alice Bailey’s work, the Lucis Trust and the World Goodwill Organization, are both staunch promoters of United Nations. Alice Bailey founded the Arcane esoteric school. She claimed to ‘channel’ an entity she called the ‘Tibetan’ and she produced a number of books including Hierarchy Of The Masters, The Seven Rays, A New Group Of World Servers, and New World Religion. Bailey said that her Tibetan Master had told her the Second World War was necessary to defend the plan of God. That sounds ridiculous to me, but there are many in the New Age field who believe that everything is part of ‘the plan’ and the will of God, even a global holocaust.” It is impossible to understand why David Icke teaches the things he teaches these days without first reading two of his now out of print books. His first book ‘Truth Vibrations’, which he has still mentions on his website, but says that they are out of stock, and his next book “Love Changes Everything” which he doesn’t even have listed on his website at all. Before we get into the details of this very important material you should know a little of the history of each book. Truth Vibrations was published in 1991 and Icke will refer to it from time to time, and although he admits his views have changed slightly he still agrees with much that is in the book. Then there is his next book Love Changes Everything. Unlike ‘Truth Vibrations’ LCE was written after his Kundalini spiritual awakening in Peru where Icke says his mind was blown. And because of this, Icke says he doesn’t like the book. He said quote: “I don’t like that book, because it was written at the most extreme time of my transformation, when wasn’t sure what planet I was on, never mind what my name was.” The problem with trying to distance himself with these books is as we will see its obvious that he still believes their main points, we will see countless examples of this in his recent talks and books. And once you see the details of his early beliefs it will become very clear that they are same beliefs that are behind Alice Bailey and the New World Order. The first clue that there was a connection between Icke and Alice Bailey came only a few pages in to “Love Changes Everything” Where Icke says: “Since the publication of The Truth Vibrations I have learned so much more as I have communicated almost daily with Rakorski, the one known as Lord of all Creation, who is directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo. I also communicate often with the one we know as Jesus, the Spirit of the Earth, and many others.” Now keep in mind that this ‘Rakorski’ is the same spirit that dictated much of his first book the Truth Vibrations back when the “eye” appeared, He says on page 21 of Truth Vibrations: “Soon after this the eye appeared. One evening I was lying on my bed in a hotel room when I closed my eyes and there, forming out of the darkness, was the shape of an eye. It was there for a split second at first before dispersing. But gradually it became permanent. “– Truth Vibrations pp.21 Listen to an early interview where Icke talks about these entities. Icke: One great example of the way this works that I came across, which they, the beings which we call ‘the guys’ told us about. Campbell: You call them… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Campbell: He’s Jesus’ father, Rakorski, he was murdered as well… Icke: Yeah, part of him was, yeah. That’s right, the aspects… Now although there is a lot to talk about from that clip the thing I want to focus in on is this being’s name….Rakorski. In Theosophy, Rakorski is one of the ‘ascended masters’ these are beings that are supposedly so evolved that they have transcended the physical realm and now they are helping humanity pass through a coming age of enlightenment. Rakorski was a particular ascended master that Alice Bailey wrote extensively about It is especially significant that Icke calls him “Lord of all Creation” and elsewhere “Lord of Civilization” and says that he is “directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo.” Because these are absolutely clear examples that he is referring to the same ascended master that Alice Bailey made prominent, as she gave him those exact titles and said his ‘task’ is the establishment of the new civilization of the Age of Aquarius. She also connected him with the so called ‘Seventh Ray’ (which will become incredibly significant as this story unfolds). It was only later while reading Truth Vibrations did I find that he actually confirmed my suspicion that he was talking about Bailey’s Ascended Masters. In a section where he was talking about the different messages he received and he said: “Some of the communications came directly from the consciousness which has the awesome responsibility for easing in and guiding the new age of Aquarius. The Lord of Civilization and the Lord of the Seventh Ray, One of the energies we will soon be receiving at a much increased power The universe is governed and guided by a massive hierarchy, and the person or consciousnesses are selected purely by a souls stage of evolution There are beings that Guide the Cosmic, Galactic, Solar and Planetary Systems, Planets, countries, and regions. Each of these systems is broken down into further levels of organization. At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms. These have become known as ascended masters, and they are supported by other ascended masters behind the scenes, as it were. “ One of the best ways to demonstrate that David still holds these theosophical views today is with David’s view of the so called Solar Logos. As we just read David believed that there is a literal Sun God called the Solar Logos, and that the Solar Logos was going to be the entity that would send the energy to raise our consciousness and make us well godlike. In another place Icke says that Rakorski told him that… “The Solar Logos is the spirit of the sun who guides a solar system and sends certain energies to the planets and stars” He also goes on to say that a solar logos, can reach a “immensely high level of understanding “and that he/she can then evolve to be the Lord over several suns.” When Icke said earlier “At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms.” He is talking about how in theosophy it is the Solar Logos that is going to send rays that are suppose to raise the consciousness of the earth. Alice Bailey’s Idea was that these ‘Seven Rays’ would be generated from the Galactic Logos whom she often referred to as “the One about whom Naught may be said” these special rays would be filtered through the sun god and then come to the earth to change us and the earth spirit or Gaia. David very much believed in the Seven Ray theory of Bailey, in fact in both his early books he not only gives lists of each ray and their characteristics but he gives the exact characteristics for each one that Alice Bailey wrote. I will show you Alice Bailey’s Seven Ray Chart on the Screen as I read from David’s book Truth Vibrations. David Begins: “These Rays are: one – Pure Will and Power, ray two – love and wisdom, ray three – intelligence, ray four- harmony through conflict, ray five - concrete mind and science, ray six – love and devotion, ray seven - law and order and ceremonial magic, the Rakorski Ray” The last part is a dead giveaway because if you notice that Alice Bailey associated each ray to an ascended master you will notice that next to the last ray the one Icke calls the Rakorski ray, is the name St Germain. And that is what Bailey, and even Icke would sometimes call Rakorski, Bailey would also sometimes refer to him as “Master R.” One way to demonstrate how devoted Icke was to this idea of the seven rays is to point out that during this time he would only where the colors turquoise and light purple, because certain colors were attributed to the different rays and he believed it would attract more good vibrations to himself. Woman: I’d like to ask Dave, is there anything special about that suit that he has on? Icke: Well, this light that the Bible talks of, this energy, this light force that he sent out from the godhead and all around creation and it’s this light force all around the planet that’s been disrupted, has sub-frequencies within it. And each of these has a vibrational frequency of a colour. Turquoise is the colour of an energy within that light known as love and wisdom and if you wear a colour that’s on the same frequency then you attract it and absorb it much more efficiently. …and in case you think he outgrew that…he posted on his website 11 years later a story defending his wearing turquoise back then. He would later modify beliefs slightly, he said recently: ‘Turquoise is an important color, but you don’t have to wear it all the time.’ In more recent times he confirms this belief in the rays that will cause an evolutionary shift, in his 8th book And The truth shall set you free he says: “Cosmic rays of unprecedented power are being detected. These are the energies that are changing life on this planet..These cycles are fundamental, I believe, to the spiritual transformation and the multidimensional shifts which the planet, and humanity, are experiencing.” Now lets get in to why this matter to you, a truth seeker, let me first quote Icke from his book Robots Rebellion, It says: The Sun is far more than a massive ball of fire, generating warmth. It is another substation for Source energies. The ancients knew this, or at least their most highly evolved members did, and this is one explanation for the origin of the Sun god and Sun worship. The more enlightened members of their number were not worshipping a ball of fire in the sky, they were acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet. Just as the Sun is the mind that guides the solar system; the Galactic Mind guides the galaxy and the Universal Mind guides the Universe. The Source is the mind that guides all Creation..We all have the opportunity to tune into this guidance from the highest the Source. Notice he capitalizes source this would be the galactic logos the one whom bailey called the one about whom naught may be said. Notice how he talks about the worship of the sun in very good terms, that is as long as you know what your doing, and know the esoteric truth about the sun, after all he says these secret societies were just “acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet”..its a very good thing to venerate the sun if you know what your doing. We see also him doing the same thing today the only difference is he doesn’t use the name solar logos any more, as you watch these clips notice the words he uses to describe the true worship of the sun. If you know David Icke you know he is using the best words in his vocabulary to present it in a good way..words like vibrational… Icke: And one of the things that’s come through history is the moon and sun religion. Religions using the symbolism of the sun and moon, which has been manifested as the sun god and the sun goddess. Now this has many connotations. On some levels there’s the worship of the sun, but on deeper levels of knowledge these are symbolic of deep esoteric and vibrational, mathematical, geometrical concepts. It depends what level you’re meeting the knowledge at, what level you have access to. Terry Melanson founder of conspiracyarchive.com said about the Lucis Trust logo “ the Lucis Trust logo features this streaming blue light. The New Age Symbol invented by Foster Bailey (alice baileys 32 degree freemason husband) has a plethora of symbolic imagery. The symbol, according to Lucis Trust, is “set in a limitless field of blue, which signifies the sphere of life expression of our solar logos…superimposed upon the triangle of new age forces is the five pointed star of [Anti]Christ. In her book, `Rays and Initiations`, Alice Bailey reveals this Solar Logos is Lucifer himself. Now listen to Icke describe how the suns rays are going to be the thing that causes the spiritual evolutions he says are coming and listen carefully as he tries to work in the black hole in the center of the galaxy as being the source of this life changing energy. This is important because we will see he has no scientific reason for saying that the black hole is going to send out any energy, but I think he does have a religious belief that bailey’s Seven Rays will come from the “Galactic Logos,” and are then sent to the Solar Logos and then transform humanity and the earth. Icke: My feeling about this awakening is that this is very very much involved. I’ve got a lot more to do on this to say the least, but I’m sure that the sun is far more than a source of heat. It is a place, or an opening, a gateway where great energetic change and co-changes come into the solar system, same with others all around what we call the universe. I feel that at the elite level, not among the general population, one of the focuses on the sun, one of the reasons for this obsession with the sun is the knowledge of this, right going back to the ancient world. I also feel the black holes and stuff are also ways the energetic codes come in and out of this reality. Icke: It’s that what we’re going through, what we call this vibrational base construct which is coming out of the black holes, that is now very powerfully in the process of changing its vibrational state. We’re in the cusp of how it was, the surpressed, the limited…so as this energy changes, it’s triggering different photon information from the suns, in this case, our sun. So people are starting to, those more open to it first, starting to decode base information construct. And what that’s doing is changing their perception as we decode it and move into a new era. Icke: This vibration coming from the blackholes, this base vibration, there’ll be more to know, I’m trying to put the themes here…as it moves through its cycle of change, before coming back to the original vibration, it’s changing the information coming out of the sun in the form of photons, it’s changing the information construct. Therefore we are starting to decode, as it moves through the cycle, different information. Icke: I’ll tell you the way I see it anyway. What I’m saying in my new book is that the black holes, like the one at the center of this galaxy, are vibrtating the base vibrational state of this reality, but it’s not stable in the sense that it doesn’t just stay forever vibrating in the same way. It goes through a cycle. So it goes through this vibrational cycle and eventually comes back to the start. As these black holes vibrate this base vibrational construct it triggers information from the suns to be transmitted in the form of photons. Photon energy which is information. As this vibration changes, and whoever created this virtual reality universe, in other words this massively advanced computer game, they created this vibrational cycle, and as it goes through this cycle, the information coming from the suns in the photon energy changes, so we’re decoding this change. So we go through periods of what the ancients called the Golden Age, this massive expansion of awareness and connection and harmony and all the rest of it. And there are other periods where the information is much more suppressed and limited and it all goes through these cycles until it begins again. Now I looked in his new book to see if he explained what this cycle was that the black hole was going through, because in running the website the2012deception.net I feel I have heard just about every theory in which a cycle concerning the black hole and the sun is mentioned, yet I had never heard of a vibrational base frequency that was part of a cycle or anything remotely similar…so naturally I was very curious to find out what scientific information he had to back up these claims…because it seemed like he was just trying to make the theosophy idea sound really scientific which of course it isn’t. So I thought it was really funny when first, I found that he never addressed this cycle at at all in his new book, but what he did do was pretty hilarious, He actually put a picture of Carl Sagan on p 406 of ‘Human Race Get Off Your Knees’ and instead of quoting Carl Sagan he quotes a woman named Carol Clark who had a “vivid dream” where the dead Carl Sagan spoke to her…this dream version of Carl Sagan is literally the only scientific support he has for this particular idea, it simply says on page 407 “Black holes resonate the frequency and the different frequencies trigger different levels of information awareness to be emitted by the sun in the form of photons” This Dream version of Carl Sagan is the only evidence Icke offers us to believe in this particular theosophical theory about the sun god sending rays from the galactic god to change humanity. Lets move on to more evidence about Icke and theosophy. Even Ickes latest and greatest theories have their origins in his early writings, which in turn have their origins in Alice Bailey’s writings. Take for example the subject of the moon. Icke claims he got a message from the spirit world regarding the moon. Icke: I sat down to start writing that day and the energy in the room changed, and I thought I know this, I recognize this, so the energy in the room changed, there was a vibrational change, you could feel it, the atmosphere changed, a simple way to put it, I recognized this. What I then got as this was happening, the basic first theme was that the moon is not real. Course there’s more to know about that as more came, but ‘the moon is not real, the moon is not what you think it is’. He claims in his recent book that the moon is an artificial spacecraft that reptilians flew to our solar system and once it came into orbit with the earth it caused major catastrophes, but what’s worse is that it messed up the vibration so bad that it took us from god like beings that could levitate and only had to eat energy instead of animals…down to people who are like we are today..controlled by greed and anger etc. There are several things very interesting about Ickes new theory, one of them is that its not new for him at all, He describes this exact same thing in the book “love changes everything” but with a slightly different flavor. “Satan incarnated on the moon and helped to create fantastic negativity. The imbalance was such that the Moon Spirit left, and Lucifer, now rejoined on the light levels by Satan, used all the power of the negative energies and those created at the moment the spirit left to direct the dying, spiritless planet towards another planet. The light levels had known that Lucifer was planning on using the moon to create havoc, because his thought forms were passed directly to the Archangel Michael through the Devic information system and vice versa. Lucifer was thus aware of this, and found a way to prevent the Godhead and Michael knowing exactly what he intended to do with the moon. He formed a very large number of plans in his mind, but did not decide which one he would go for until the last possible moment, when he sent out one surge of negative energy that directed the dying moon towards earth, The Archangel Michael said: There were a great number of possibilities and we were in a waiting situation.” Icke says that this luckily was happening right at the time of a scheduled axis shift at the end of the Atlantis civilization and as a result the Sun God was putting forward a lot of positive energy at the time “Rakorski said of the aftermath: That the power of the Solar Logo’s positive energy ray was enough to stop the moon from colliding with earth but it became trapped in the earths orbit.” “The Earths energy system was in tatters and if it were not for the Archangel Michael somehow keeping open some of the energy arteries to the main network, the planet would not have survived. “I owe him so much” the Earth Spirit said, and his perseverance and positive attitude was wonderful for all of us” A being called Magnu (whom icke still quotes at the end of his lectures) said the following on pages 61-62 “Land was torn in half life was snuffed out in an instant, and it was the start of what has become known as the cataclysm. There was water everywhere. Tidal waves everywhere. Land froze within minutes. Great mountains of rock were wrenched out of the earth Areas of Land Sunk – Just collapsed and disappeared, There were violent eruptions devastating land shifts, and the sea came in.” Doesn’t this better help you understand what Icke is saying in this interview Icke: For me, this period that people call Atlantis and Lemuria and talk about great cataclysms and stuff like that…that was probably the time the hacking happened. There was a vibrational shift in the direction of limitation. M feeling is that first of all is that we had a much greater expansion of awareness, visual awareness, hearing awareness, all the senses, we were much further out vibrationally, therefore we could access far more. When this shift of limitation took place, because of these cataclysmic events, you can see clearly in the biological and geological record that this happened. Of course you can see it in all, the Great Flood, the cataclysmic stories in all the native cultures around the world. When this happened there was an energy deficit and I feel that energy deficit is bridged by what we call food. We’ve got lions and all of these animals all over the world, right down to the insects level of life that basically everyday is a killing field, just to survive, because they are taking in energy in a solidified form, that energy deficit, because of the energy shift that took place. This energetic flaw, this vibrational catacylcsm did, was that it took the vibrational state of this reality from harmony to disharmony. Now we’re decoding harmony: love, peace, beauty. (for the record even the eating energy thing is from the book LCE) (quote page 97) “With the energy system at only minimum levels they could no longer live purley on energies in the water and the environment. They had to supplement these by consuming the energies in plant life. This is why we need to eat food now – to make up for the low energy levels in the world around us. – LCE p 97 Now here is the Alice Bailey Connection; She has this to say about the moon: The Moon chain has in itself a curious occult history, not yet to be disclosed Certain brief hints may be given for the due consideration of students: * The Moon chain was a chain wherein a systemic failure was to be seen. * It is connected with the lower principles * The sexual misery of this planet finds its origin in the moon failure. * The progress of evolution on the moon was abruptly disturbed and arrested by the timely interference of the solar Logos. (this would correspond to Icke’s story of the moon spirit being kicked out and the Solar Logos saving the day at the last minute) The secret of the suffering in the Earth chain, which makes it merit the name of the Sphere of Suffering, has its origin in the events which brought the moon chain to a terrific culmination (This next one from alice bailey is pretty important because its at the heart of what ickes current theory is) * Certain results, such as the finding of its polar opposite, were hastened unduly on the moon chain, and the consequence was an uneven development and a retardation of the evolution of a certain number of deva and human groups. Deva is a term used by Bailey and Icke to mean angels like Lucifer * The origin of the feud between the Lords of the Dark Face and the Brotherhood of Light, which found scope for activity in Atlantean days, and during the present root race, can be traced back to the moon chain. So you can see that Icke’s new moon theory is really just an expansion on Alice Bailey’s writings on the moon. The next piece to this puzzle surrounds the idea of Gaia or the Earth Spirit, David has been and still is very passionate about the existence of the earth spirit, what Alice Bailey calls the “Planetary Logos”. Icke: The spirit of the earth is the most evolved ever to incarnate as a physical planet. She is a wondrous being of an evolution we could not even begin to comprehend, and without that wondrous spirit, that high evolution, and the higher you go up in evolution the more ability you have for love, the more ability you have for tolerance, the more of all these things you have. If she didn’t have that, she would have left this planet a long time ago. Icke: What I said publicly in 1991, that the Earth was a living entity that we could communicate with and that it could communicate with us, people just dubbed me crazy. And now we’re scientists that study this coming to the same conclusion. No one did more to popularize the idea of the “Earth Spirit” than Alice Bailey. It was her writing that influenced the Gaia religion of the United Nations which will play an important role in a coming world government. A great example of this is a man names Robert Muller. Robert Muller was the author of the “World Core Curriculum.” He is widely recognized as the “father of global education.” For 30 years, he was Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations. He was the Chancellor of the U.N. University. his ideas about world government, world peace and spirituality led to the increased representation of religions in the UN, especially of New Age Movement. He has become known as the “Philosopher” of the UN. He is the founder of Robert Muller Schools. The preface of the Robert Muller School World Core Curriculum Manual, November, 1986, says, “The underlying philosophy upon which the Robert Muller School is based will be found in the teachings set forth in the books of Alice A. Bailey, by the Tibetan teacher, Djwhal Khul.” Robert Muller told an audience in Costa Rica, “We hear now of the Gaia hypothesis, of the interdependence of all inert and living matter, that we are part and parcel of a living planetary organism.” Maurice Strong, is another Gaia supporter ,he is founder and Secretary General of the United Nations Environment Programme, and Senior Advisor to Kofi Annan. He was the Founder of the Earth Council and the Earth Charter Initiative, and former President of the United Nations University of Peace. He is the author of most of the key UN environmental policies and plans including Agenda 21, the Earth Charter, the Kyoto Protocol and the UN report on Global Governance. He founded the Manitou Institue where various groups perform rituals to heal Gaia. This list can also include people like Al Gore and Ted Turner. So am I saying that there is a connection between Alice Bailey, the idea of Gaia or The Earth Spirit, and The New World Order agenda. Yes there is, to understand it we should listen to a quote from David Icke about what the earth spirit does when people aren’t ready to evolve. “This is how the split in Atlantis occurred, and as it did so the energy system and the Roof of Light became less powerful. The Earth Spirit decided, with guidance from Rakorski and the Godhead, that rather than see such a wonderful people continue to fall down the frequencies she would create the physical changes that would end Atlantis. Those who were still balanced enough to listen to guidance from the light levels would be led to places of safety during the changes. They would later return to restore the roof of light and to take care of the planet still further to even higher frequencies than she had yet reached. You can see that the earth spirit did not make this decision out of anger or resentment. Her motivation was love just as it is today. Had she done nothing these beings who had worked so hard to evolve up the frequencies would have continued to fall back again. But when she told the Atlantians her decision, through thought communication, most of them didn’t like it. This inability to understand the situation confirmed that the time was right to act.” LCE p 53 Although according to Icke this was cut short because of the moon being thrust into the earth atmosphere This would not be the first time that Gaia had tried to commit an evolution specific genocide according to Icke. She also did the same to Lemuria before it. He wrote: “the energy system was in such a muddle that it threatened the Earth Spirits ability to harmonize, and she decided to act to bring Mu [Lemuria] to an end. …If there comes a point when it is necessary to take action to maintain balance for everyone’s benefit and check the imbalances that are harming the progress of all in her care, then it is her duty to act. Sometimes this can mean enormous changes have to take place but it is always done out of love and necessity. Not malice. “ And according to Icke The earth spirit then proceeded to kill everyone. And he still believes we are all in danger because the earths consciousness is too low, the only difference now is that the idea of the illuminati has been incorporated as the ones making it happen. Icke: So of course the planet itself is a living, thinking, emotional entity. We are interacting with that energy field, and one of the things the Illuminati have set out to do and are trying evermore to do in the period we’re experiencing now is to bring the vibrational state, of the earth’s field, it’s consciousness to as low a point as they can. Its also important to understand that Ickes belief in Lemuria and Atlantis are derived entirely from theosophy which he still very much believe in today Icke: In ancient ancient times, prehistorical times in terms of official history where there were two great civilizations which made together a global civilization, one based on a land mass which has become known as Atlantis and one which has become known as Mu or Lemuria. And these were very advanced civilizations with in many ways, knowledge beyond what is available in the public arena today, and they went to great technological lengths, great understandings, for instance, in how you can create a magnetic field which makes vast stones weightless which you can then push them along and maneuver them around. Great technological advancement, at least among the elite. There is not a shred of evidence outside of the Plato account about Atlantis and the Idea of Lemuria, well the main evidence we have for it is simply because Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy said so. The idea of sunken continent of lemuria that Blavatsky describes has been proven an impossibility after the discovery of plate tectonics, which has led modern theosophist to concede that if Lemuria existed maybe it was simply an era in time instead of an actual continent in light of this new evidence. Hitler and the Nazis also really liked theosophy, Hitler was said to have kept a copy of the Secret Doctrine by Helena Blavatsky by his bedside. The Swastica was used because of its use by Blavatsky as the symbol of theosophy. The Genocide that hitler imposed was rooted in the theosphical view of the tall blonde haired blue eyed root races from Atlantis. Actually Icked believed this too, He said on page 46 of LCE that the inhabitats of atlantis were an average height of 6’5” blonde haired and skin the glowed white. Icke remarks about the incredible influence that Theosophy had on hitler in this way: “I am not saying that Blavatsky was negative, only that Hitler was influenced by her work” – And the truth shall set you free. A few other similarities are that Hitler also believed in the idea that a moon came into our orbit and thus gave the need to create this new evolution. He also believes like Icke that the earth was hollow, which is funny because in Ickes book the biggest secret his main evidence for the hollow earth was simply that the Nazi’s believed it too, which is really only because they both read HP Blavatsky who made the claim in the secret doctrine. Also Hitler believed that the Atlanteans possessed physic powers and that they were destroyed by a flood, just like icke believes. It is this desire of Ickes, to get back to the Atlantis evolution that is at the core of his and teaching today. ( to prove this listen to icke in this recent lecture read a message given to him by a spirit in 1990, we find in another place that Icke identified this spirit as ‘Magnu’ who he said was from Atlantis. Listen to Icke explain first that Atlantis was destroyed and how the ultimate objective is to attain the powers we once had in Atlantis Icke: In 1990 I experienced this, and it stood the test of time in my experience. “My own allegiance to your planet goes back to an Atlantean period when there were many energies being used and information and knowledge being used which were for particular reasons of safety, withdrawn, shall we say. To prevent complete catastrophe, to prevent the complete destruction of your planet. As the energies around your planet quicken so these latent energies, these energies that were withdrawn, were now being phased back in. They will gradually be awakened. As the consciousness level of your planet raises itself, those of you who are working together to raise your consciousness, you will be able to hold more and more refined vibrations, and the energies themselves contain the knowledge which is beginning to surface again in your consciousness. Many of you will remember the Atlantean times, you will remember you communicated with, say, dolphins and whales, you understood these sentient creatures, you could levitate, you could manifest things, you could cause spontaneous combustion by not miraculous means at all. Once you know what you’re doing, these things follow, it is a matter of order. Now I am looking at a time on your planet when these energies are reawakened and re-integrated into your consciousness. At the very least we should be warned that that philosophy has had negative consequences at least once before. because its the same thing that Hitler wanted. The fifth root race of Blavatsky, which Hitler was trying to bring about, was known as the “Race of Hope”, and it was said that they soon would rise to the pinnacle of spirituality formerly attained by Atlantis, but that certain people were holding them back…and as we will see in the final section Icke also hold to this very dark idea. This idea has always been planned to be used in the context of a one world government 33rd degree Freemason Manly Palmer Hall said: “The New Atlantis sets forth an ideal government of the earth. It foretells that day when in the midst of men there shall rise up a vast institution composed of the philosophic elect — an order of illumined men banded together for the purpose of investigating the laws of life and the mysteries of the universe …” “The age of boundaries is closing, and we are approaching a nobler era when nations shall be no more; when the lines of race and caste shall be wiped out; when the whole earth shall be under one order, one government, one administrative body.”(41) Another similarity is the contact with the so called spiritual hierarchy. As we have seen Icke is in contact with a plethora of spiritual entities even up to this very day. The Thule Society, the secret society that Hitler belonged to (also used the theosophical swastika) believed that highly intelligent spiritual beings existed and that the truly initiated could, keep in contact with those beings for information about the world. The occultist Dietrich Eckardt taught Hitler to get in contact with this spiritual hierarchy and Hitler in fact believed he was in contact with this superior, mythical race, taught about in the Thule society. Eckardt remarked on his deathbed: “Follow Hitler! He will dance, but I am the one to blow the pipe. We have given him the means to put himself in communication with Them. Mourn me not. I have influenced history more than any other German” [J.H. Brennan: Occult Reich] Hitler wanted to enhance his connection to these beings further and Earnest Pretzsche, a book dealer, introduced Hitler to a psychedelic drug containing mescaline and peyote. This produced clairvoyant visions that made Hitler believe he had opened the door to more supernatural powers. Icke too also was seeking a deeper connection to the spirit world and so he went to Brazil where he took a potent drug used by shamans to contact the spirit world. Icke calls what contacted him that night “the voice” and he says that it was the defining moment of his career. Icke: Then came the third stage which started in 2003 when I had an ayahuascan experience, in Brazil, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mindblowing and life changing. I have often wondered if Icke has ever taken any precautions to make sure that the entities that he is in contact with are good entities, He often talks about how the illuminati are in contact with bad extra dimensional beings, Icke: And these same gods, demonic entities, that are worshipped by the Satanists, are the same gods that are worshipped by the secret societies and the religions, unknowingly. In Satanism it’s knowingly. Icke: These reptilian entities seem to offer, and again, it’s not just reptilian, there are many kinds of entities that do not have a human form but operate just outside of human sight, and history has recorded them as demons and all this stuff… So I wonder if he has a system to discern whether the ones he is talking to are one of the ones that influence the illumnati. You can imagine I was a bit discouraged to hear things like this: Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions through intuitions, through urges, ‘I just gotta do this/I’ve gotta go there’…As I’ve gone through this and followed it, and who the forces are, I don’t know, I’m not really that interested, funny enough, I’ll just go with it and I’ll remember what it’s all about when I leave this genetic spacesuit. Now here is a mystery considering all that we have learned so far Icke: I think a whole lot of this whole New Age area, of ascended masters and all the Blavatsky stuff and Astar Command, I say that is a belief system controlled by the same force which is also drawing that bloody energy as we go along. Again, considering everything we just learned this is clearly an admission that he has been lied to by the spirits all of his life, I mean if they told him that they were Alice Bailey’s ascended masters, which they did, and taught him Theosophy word for word, which they did. He must be admitting here that all he was taught is a lie. But the problem is that he has never stopped teaching and promoting the beings he talked to or what they told them to teach, he clearly attributes everything he is to them, Icke: Among these messages that were given to me in 1990 were “He will say things and wondered where they came from. They will be our words. Sometimes we will put knowledge into his mind, sometimes he will be led to knowledge.” Another one was, a little bit later “Arduous seeking is not necessary.” I have given this much thought and have come to some possible conclusions. Here are some facts. Icke never has mentioned the name Alice Bailey in his early books, although in them it is clear that he is teaching her doctrine, things like about the seven rays, and the coming evolution, the solar logos, the new age, Atlantis/ Lemuria being destroyed because of bad evolution, the earth spirit, the moon problem, her particular brand of reincarnation, even wearing certain colors, he never once attributes any of it to her. He attributes it all to the spirits that he channeled. He says he got all this information from the spirit world, which I am willing to believe, and therefore I suppose its possible that he hasn’t made the connection that everything he believes is from Alice Bailey himself yet, He may have never noticed that what the spirits told him was word for word Alice Bailey and or Theosophy. The other possibility is that because he has alluded to in the past the idea that sometimes during channelings the paradigm of the channeler gets in the way of the message, and so therefore the message can be tainted by the messenger. He refers to this to try I think, to explain the fact that he has pages and pages of material of his conversations with Jesus whom he nowadays says never existed. The idea is that, well the channeler believed in Jesus so the name was messed up. But as we will see later these beings do much more than claim to be some entity, they play the role to the very end and really expect you to go tell people what they told you. There are many problems with this but the biggest one is that, lets say some of the psychics he talked to were big Alice Bailey fans and so he got information that was filtered through their paradigm. That is still not excuse because we are right back to the problem of, well if he learned later on that Alice Bailey and her ascended masters lead to a new world order ideology why is he still teaching us the exact same ideology, only packaged in a way that seems to try to hide the obvious source? We will come back to the investigation of Ickes extra dimensional entities to see if we can determine anything more about them later on, but for now lets move on to some of Ickes more earthly sources of his information to see if we can determine anything about the evolution from his early material to his current material like reptilians. The single most influential person in the development of Ickes current ideas is a man named Brian Desborough,. Desborough wrote a lot of conspiracy articles and posted them on the internet in the mid 90’s into the 2000s, later these articles would be complied into a book Desborough is behind an astonishing amount of Ickes research. There is a lot of interesting things about Mr. Desborough, first of all despite the fact that his bio says that he served as a Director of Research and Development for several American high technology companies, and has provided consultation to a company involved in deep space research. There is no record of him doing anything like this on the internet that I can find, there are only references to his conspiracy articles which have been online for many years. Which seems odd since you would think that a person who was publishing material that early in the internet’s history would also have left some trail to his apparently earth changing scientific research. What’s interesting too is that despite the fact that Icke, when referring to Desborough, calls him his “American scientist friend” you can read Desborough’s own bio to find out that his information was given to him by spiritual beings, like Icke was Desborough says: “During an out of body experience which occurred in 1971, he encountered five highly spiritually evolved non physical beings who informed him that he must write a revisionist history of the world. The purpose of the book was to take the readers out of their comfort zones, by presenting them with the truth regarding such diverse subjects as the true location of Atlantis, the duplicitous acts of the Illuminati, and the fundamentals of free energy technology. It was not until later that the author learned that the non physical entities that he had encountered were associated with a non physical directorate who were the overlords of a group of terrestrial mystics known through the centuries as the Khwajagan. It is the role of the Khwajagan to intercede in the political affairs of the world periodically, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality.” It is very interesting to note that like David , Desborough also speaks out vey harshly against Alice Bailey and the ascended masters in his book, he even says: “The Lucis Trust is a major New Age command center on behalf of the Illuminati” and “Her book Education in The New Age outlined a social engineering program which later was adopted by the Club of Rome. In it she wrote “…the science of eugenics will grow.” Ascended Masters” were, in actuality, merely nicknames she had assigned to wealthy masonic patrons of the Theosophical Society, and displayed outrage against phony psychics claiming to channel these non-existent beings.” But in an equally amazing feat of double think Desborough believes the exact thing that Alice bailey believes, that is the non physical directorate , or ascended spiritual beings are intervening in the political affairs of the world, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality!!! which is arguably the main point to theosophy. As well as all the stuff about the Aryans as we will see later. As far as Desborough’s scientific background , according to his bio it seems to be limited to a story he tells where a chance encounter with a pediatrician who had been one of Wilhelm Reich’s research associates gave him access to all of his notes which he says enabled him to acquire a knowledge of weather engineering and orgonotic science. In addition as luck would have it a similar thing happened to him, but this time it was the with Nicola Tesla’s notes. He says he met an old lady at a spiritual healing circle who asked him if he liked Nicola Tesla she apparently then told him a story he writes on his website: “One day, continued the lady, Tesla felt a tug on his coat sleeve. Looking down he saw the landlord’s twelve year old son, who said: “Mr Tesla, will you teach me all you know?” Tesla was so impressed that the boy became one of Tesla’s enthusiastic proteges, and later married the lady the author had just met. The lady then provided the author with some of her late husband’s research notes on free energy and anti-gravitic technology. In this manner, many doors were opened thus enabling the author to acquire meaningful data for his two books.” The strangest part of Desborough’s bio, in my opinion, is that he claims to be an expert at deprogramming mind control victims. He claims he does this in order to get information out of them to help his research into the new world order. He has written quite a lot about trauma based mind control and at that time very little was known on the internet about it and it does appear he knows quite a lot about how to program multiples. This will become very interesting as we continue this investigation. So with that in mind lets take a look at how David Icke’s mind was shaped by Brian Desborough Ickes Book the Biggest Secret is the first time I know of that Icke mentions Desborough in print, he dedicated to book to him, and he sites him profusely throughout the book as his source for things like Martians coming to Earth and founding the Aryan race, which the reptilians used to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information on the Babylonian world, and things like that black people are a result of the earth being closer to the sun at one point, the ice age was an illusion, monoatomic gold, directed energy weapons, ufos are government craft, crop circles are space beams, Davids new view on Jesus, and much more. Ivan Fraser the other person who David dedicated his book TBS to, later spoke out against David said this about Brian Desborough. “Is there anything David could tell us about Brian Desborough’s background to allay any doubts we may have about his integrity, considering his massive influence in the content and direction of The Biggest Secret?” Also Ickes subsequent book called “Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster” is no better than a copy and pasting of Brian Desborough’s article entitled “The 9/11 Disaster The Myth and Reality “ If you have read Icke’s AIW book please read Desborough’s article when you have time and you will see that the information is exactly the same, the wording, and even the mistakes. But the curious thing is that even though its clear from reading Desborough’s 911 article that he is the one who did all research not Icke, Icke doesn’t site Desborogh one time in his book even though its painfully obvious it was taken from Desborough. I think that Desborough was quite content to feed information to Icke even if he got no credit. One example of this is in regard to the reptilian scandal. As I mentioned the biggest secret is dedicated to Desborough and another man named Ivan Fraser. According to Fraser It was Deborough that introduced Icke to Arizona Wilder. It was her testimony that ended up being the reason why Icke went public with the Reptilians thing. Desborough also admits to introducing Icke to Wilder as well as arranging the meeting between the two. Because Wilder was a victim of trauma based mind control and apparently Desborough had accessed her programming in order to get information about the illuminati, according to him he was amazed to find that she confirmed what he had already been telling Icke, which will be important later. This is Fraser’s side of the story, he had been proofreading the biggest secret for Icke and he found out about the reptilians this way: [Arizona Wilder] was not mentioned at all in the draft copy of The Biggest Secret (TBS) which I had read. David had not met her yet. When the book was released people started ringing me with questions like, is it true about the reptiles?, and is this stuff about the royal family true?. At which time I replied that I thought it was, based on the fact that the version I had read stated only the theory of the reptilians and that certain of the Royals were involved in Satanic rituals. Soon I heard about Arizona Wilder. David stated that he saw his encounter with AW as an amazing synchronicity which endorsed his work in his latest book. How could she have known all of this stuff which tallied so exactly with TBS? Well, I believe I am not as naïve as David, and I know exactly how she could have known. [Icke] was passing copies of the book via post to me and others for editing.. This brings in another character who is pivotal to the entire Biggest Secret thesis. It was a contact of David’s named Brian Desborough who introduced Arizona to David. Brian is mentioned as a source for a great deal of information in the book, having supplied most of the material upon which David based his idea that Martians came to Earth and founded the Aryan race which the reptilians used as a vehicle to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information David had compiled on the Babylonian world, its myths and how they fed into the sinister secret societies. It was Brian Desborough, who was also looking at the draft copy of the Biggest Secret at the same time as myself; i.e. before David met Arizona Wilder. Therefore the fact that Brian Desborough may be responsible for fundamentally leading the direction of David’s research, if not planting much of the basis of the book in David’s mind, is obvious. But then to be the same person responsible for giving him a so-called eye-witness to testify to the verity of that information is highly suspicious. Brian also writes articles on mind control and seems very knowledgeable on the subject. Is it possible that he could be directly involved in some way that we are not being told about? Fraser also says that Arizona endorsed Desborough’s theories So closely that “you would almost think she had already read the book – or had been given the information beforehand! “ He continues: “Or, considering that she claims to be an ex-mind controlled slave, could it be she was pre-programmed? Testimony from Mark Philips and Cathy O?Brien as to how arduous it is to deprogram a CIA slave makes me very suspicious that AW could be considered reliable. She claims that since her programmer died, the programming broke down. I don’t believe this can be accepted as such, and external experts would have to be brought in to convince me that if she was controlled to the highest level, that she could be so deprogrammed now as to be considered reliable.” Brian Desborough describes the story in this way: My own research, based upon unpublished astrophysical data, revealed that Mars originally occupied our planet’s orbit and was populated by a technologically-advanced Aryan race. A celestial catastrophe displaced Mars into its present orbit, forcing the Aryan survivors to colonize our planet and subsequently construct the Great Pyramid. They were overthrown by an evil priesthood who established the Royal Court of the Dragon in Egypt. While David was writing his book, it was my good fortune to meet the Mother Goddess of the Illuminati. She corroborated my research, adding that the Illuminati hierarchy are shape-shifting dragons, who require the consumption of Aryan blood in order to maintain their shape-shifting capability, hence their opposition to interracial marriages. As we watch these clips of Arizona Wilder notice that when she was asked about the history of the Illuminati that she says that she was MADE to learn this. No matter who she thinks taught her the information the fact that a bunch of Satanist made someone learn anything sounds like programming to me. Icke: From your experience being brought up in this Illuminati environment, were you ever told where these reptilians came from, what is the history of it all? Wilder: I was made to learn through mothers of darkness, which is a certain aspect of the organization, because that was an early early part of my training, the history of what was the Illuminati on this planet. What I learned was that the Aryans originally were from Mars and the reptilians came to that planet, they came from another place, they came to rule, they wanted to mix, so they said, with that race, and they became the overlords. Interesting term “Overlords”, Desborough uses it 28 times in his book, compared to Icke using it once, and even that was in a quote. It doesn’t prove that the info was planted, but it is a suspicious coincidence. Wilder: (cont’d) ..and the Martians, the Aryans, were seeking to escape from it, they went to the moon, and then were there attacked. They then went to Earth and established culture here on Earth approximately 6000 years ago, and at that time they were doing well and they were mixing with the indigenous population, of this Earth, they were getting along with. Then about 4000 years ago, the reptilians arrived here and again began to take over. They instilled themselves in different places, underground, in the Earth, and also this one part of them, the ruling part, took over and became involved in the politics, and in the religion, and started controlling through these means at that point in time. A Woman named Svali who is widely regarded as trustworthy by many of all backgrounds claims to be a former programmer for the illuminati. She is currently in hiding, we hope, but her writings which are posted on the internet fill in many of the details about how mind control slaves are programmed. She was once asked about the reptilian idea: “Q: Svali, I have to ask you this: There are stories floating around on the internet about the Illuminati (and other agencies) being run by extra-terrestrials, ET’s, in particular a reptilian race, operating from a higher dimension. Any thoughts on that? A: My answer will probably cause a lot of anger, and it’s not meant to step on any toes. Here it goes. I have never seen an alien or extraterrestrial. I have seen some programming to make people THINK they saw aliens, as a cover story for programming, if they remembered. None of the head trainers I knew, or others on leadership council, believed in aliens, although I never asked them. I personally believe that the reptilian stuff is actually the demonic at work. I have seen shape-shifting and other stuff because of demonic influence (okay, so here some will say, gee, she believes in demons, that’s as far out as aliens). Well, this is what the Illuminati certainly believe in. They KNOW there are spiritual realities, and think they can control them. Those of a more cynical bent would say the shape shifting was a drug induced hallucination and group hysteria in the context of a ritual setting. I will let each reader decide based on their personal comfort zone. But no, absolutely no reptiles or aliens seen in Washington, DC, or San Diego, Ca. as of 5 years ago, at least I never saw them.” Interesting that Icke seems to validate the idea that spirits can make a person shapeshift Icke: There was this lady that channeled this consciousness back in 1990…and I’ll just read what it said because it’s so relevant to now, with the hindsight of the years that have past. If anyone doesn’t believe in shapeshifting, they should have seen this woman’s face when she was doing this, because she became someone else, her face was like ‘wooah’, changed to a completely different face. I would say that Arizona Wilder’s testimony is worth listening to, it seems to be consistent with high level satanic rituals, I would suggest one possibility is that she may have been made to learn the reptilian story as Svali suggested, so that if her programming did ever begin to break down, she would tell people that it was reptilians instead of satanic rituals. Something that a lot of people miss is that the entire purpose for the rituals she did were to summon what she calls demons so they could give more information about how the New World Order should be set up..its clear she believes its demons not reptilians that are behind the planning for the New World Order. Wilder: They materialized out of another dimension, they were present at rituals and they were so powerful, and their presences had such an evil about them and they wanted out of this other dimension. They have to be called out by someone who has that power, and the reptilians don’t have this power, that’s very important, they don’t have this power… During rituals these Old Ones are called out and they are what Christianity would have called the demons…and they want out, they’re always demanding to be let out so you have to be very powerful to keep them in line and to make them go back when it is time to go back. Icke: Why do the reptilians want to manifest these, quote, demons at the rituals? Wilder: It brings power to the rituals, it brings power to them, they are told things by these entities and they are encouraged to go on with what they’re doing and knowledge is imparted to them, through these entities. If this is the case, why is there no attempt to see what we can learn about them, why all this focus on reptilians from Mars and Aryans? By her own admission they aren’t calling the shots, the spirits behind them are. I want to mention a few more things about the reptilian thing before moving on. She states the reptilians change back to reptilians when asleep. Considering how many of them were educated in schools where they also lived amongst hundreds of others in dorms, and many of them were in the armed forces, you would think someone would have noticed this happening by now,” hey buddy, you don’t look so good when you fall asleep.” She states that the royal reptilians can’t stay in human form at the scent of blood and transform and go crazy, ripping into their victims. And in all those years nobody has ever noticed this when they have cut themselves, been around blood, menstruating women etc. Considering they are so public, there is no way they have never been in the vicinity of blood. The other testimony that Icke uses to confirm the reptilian issue is Credo Mutwa. This is what Ivan Fraser said about this Mutwa: Soon after this [the Arizona wilder interview], David re-emerged from a trip to Africa announcing a new video called The Reptilian Agenda, which is an interview with a Zulu shaman called Credo Mutwa, who is confirming the existence of shapeshifting reptilians. Credo recounts various ancient Zulu myths about the reptilian race which manipulates mankind, which are taken literally by himself and Icke and seen as remarkable confirmation of the reptile/human-race theory; although Credo’s version is that the race actually originated on Earth, left it and returned. Furthermore, the central reptile/Aryan race thesis is fundamentally challenged by Mutwa’s assertion that the black leaders of his country, and their bloodlines are from the reptilian race also. Mutwa also speaks about personal encounters with ‘grey’ aliens, which he states are servants of the reptilians. Mutwa elsewhere, rather contradictorily, states that ‘greys’ are actually reptilians with an artificial ‘skin’. This contradiction is not challenged by Icke. Both Mutwa and Wilder may be consciously genuine in recounting their experiences according to their memories. But I believe we need to be extremely careful before buying into what amounts to circumstantial stories with no proof. Also this idea that is circulating on Youtube that peoples pupils change, and you can tell they are reptilians this way. This is an effect caused by uploading a video with bad resolution. The same effect is happening with other elements in the picture , but you only notice it on the eyes, because the eyes are very detailed things and when the pixles cut out on them it is more noticeable than it is with other elements in the picture…even Icke doesn’t believe this stuff. Icke: All over the Internet, people started talking about this now, and pictures circulate, and this might be, probably is just a trick of the light, but it is very symbolic of what we’re looking at… Desborough gave Icke another view that became very important to Ickes’s teaching, he gave him his current view of Jesus. Most of you will not know, but Icke’s view about Jesus changes dramatically from book to book. For instance, The early Icke is very confident that Jesus existed, only that the bible didn’t include parts that it should have, that is it wasn’t telling the whole story. Icke: There is a thin line of truth in the Bible, certainly, and many of the things, the being Jesus, who certainly did exist, and certainly did die in that way, are accurate reflections of what he said, but they are taken out of context and misinterpreted. He tells us very confidently that Joseph of Arimithea was Jesus’ father and he names all the places that Jesus visited etc. One interesting way to demonstrate that his views change dramatically from book to book is by first quoting this passage from Truth Vibrations. “My own feeling, and what I have channeled and seen leads me to believe that [Jesus] survived [the crucifixion] I had a very strong vision of Jesus on the cross. During that vision I was with Jesus, experiencing what he felt. He experienced great pain in his hands and wrists and he was utterly exhausted. I then saw a pole being raised with a cloth which was offered to his mouth. From this he took a drink, soon after this he appeared to lose consciousness. When he awoke he was lying with people all around him attending to his wounds. They were all in white I remember. It was clear that Jesus was in a state of shock, he whispered “I live, I live” as though he had expected to leave the physical body. I had other visions and channeling which together gave me this overall picture of what actually happened two thousand years ago. “ Now listen to his version of the crucifixion in his next book LCE When the channeling [crucifixion] had finished one of the followers asked if Jesus could be taken down, and his request was granted. He was still alive at this point, but the swift movement of a sword removed him from the physical level, Only Jesus knew for certain he would die. So in this version Jesus did die, which is obviously a massive contradiction from the previous book with no explanation of the discrepancy. Keep in mind in that book Jesus personally talks to David on a regular basis. For instance Jesus is quoted as saying things like: “I was so determined, David. So determined to ensure that the truth could not disappear because one man was nailed to some wood. And I knew the effect it would have on Lucifer Satan if the energies were powerful enough.” This also led David to believe that he knew all the real truth of the bible and how to interpret it. For instance he was told that Demons were not real and that was a terrible way to interpret the bible. Icke always tries to downplay his famous claim to be The Son of God, he always said he was simply claiming to be a son of god not the son of God. But the problem is that he really did claim that he personally was the one spoken of in the bible that was going to return, he claims in this clip to be the second coming of Christ in this clip. Campbell: When you think of Jesus, if he were alive today, and you’d been alive then he’d be writing books and appearing on programs and so forth, would he be promoting the same… Icke: Absolutely, I’ll tell you the funny thing, Nicky, you know, the Bible actually predicts the coming of the Son of Man, the Son of God, at this time, the great change… Campbell: The Bible predicts you in a way… Icke: Yeah, exactly, it calls it being the Son of Man…That’s in the book of Revelations towards the end, and it’s also earlier on in some of the gospels too. What do they expect this Son of Man to look like, do they expect him to wear a beard and a white robe? The people 2000 years ago didn’t expect their Son of God or whatever, to be a carpenter’s son, and he got the same reaction. You see what it is is it’s about incarnating into a body that relates to the world as it is at the time, that’s why Jesus was a carpenter’s son and worked in Palestine…Why was I take into a communications… Campbell: You were taught self-discipline and sport… Icke: This is how it’s done. So I’m comfortable talking to you, I’m comfortable on television, in broadcasting which is a great help to get over the truth as, the world as it is in the moment, where the media is the vehicle to do it. You are given the gifts, we are all given the gifts in particular lifetimes, in this time I need certain abilities to be comfortable in the media and to know the media, and that’s what’s been given to me… Ickes view on Jesus changes dramatically from here, he would later add elements from the various books he read, and by the time he gets to The Biggest Secret he has exchanged all previous views for Brian Desborough’s view. Have you ever heard of Icke talk about Tammuz and Nimrod and Queen Semirimus? I am pretty sure you have, its one of the most important parts of Ickes presentations and he rarely misses an opportunity to launch into his speil Icke: In Babylon they had a trinity of Queen Semiramis, also known as Ishtar, Nimrod, the sun god, she was the moon goddess, and Tamuz, who was the virgin born son of Nimrod and Semiramis… He took this view, word for word, from Desborough, and although he doesn’t credit Desborough for it, it’s clear that he did, for instance, there is no mention of Tammuz or Semiramis before this book and its obvious that he is using the same wording from Desborough’s article called “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?” for instance Icke writes Tammuz who was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later And Desborough writes Tammuz who according to the writer Lanctantius was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later The only difference is Icke takes out the reference to Lanctantius, One reason he probably did this is because Lanctantius was a person who was widely known for taking Christianity and trying to explain it using pagan symbology to be more acceptable to pagans so it not shocking if we were to find this information but as we will see even given this, the claim is still not true, and that’s probably why Icke drops the reference altogether. In any case the point is hat Icke took the reference, and Its clear Icke had access to this particular article because in other places in the book when Icke sites Desborough, he sites this very same article. The footnote reads: 18 Brian Desborough, “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?”, a document supplied to the author and also published in the The California Sun newspaper, Los Angeles. The biggest problem here is not who he got the information, but how terrible the information is, no scholar would ever write that a rock was rolled from Tammuz’s tomb after three days, this is a flat out untruth with no apologies. Even Acharya S, who Desborough is misquoting right here disagrees with this idea, and that’s saying something if you know who she is. Icke essentially traded in his earlier view of Jesus for the most easily disproved one..I will call it the “Zeitgeist version of Jesus.” This is the one where He did not exist in history, but was an amalgamation of ancient pagan gods. This is the one that I believed for a long time, thanks to David Icke. But I started doing some investigation on my own, and realized that something was really wrong with this view, although it sounded plausible and scientific, I couldn’t confirm any of it in the actual writings about these gods from the original sources, and all the people that claimed that these things could be found in the original sources were freemasons or luciferians. For instance Icke tell us in the Biggest Secret: Horus was the Good Shepherd. Horus was the lamb Horus was baptised at 30. Horus was the child of a virgin The birth of Horus was marked by a star Horus had 12 followers. Horus was the Morning Star. Horus was the Krst. Horus was tempted on a mountain by set Horus was the child teacher in the temple. None of this is true, If you read every single thing you can find that the Egyptians wrote about horus you wont find any of this stuff, it’s a flat out lie…and guess who Icke cites for his claims like this… Albert Churchward a high level freemason, and not only that, but someone who lacks any expertise in this field. I think one reviewer of his book on Amazon said it best about Albert Churchward in regard to his scholarship. [this book is] Not recommended for those expecting a scientific approach. The absence of any description of the author’s academic background explains it all. I have had a website up called zeitgeistchallenge.com since that film Zeitgeist came out and it offers $1000 cash to anyone who can simply show where in the ancient texts these things are. I have yet to have one serious submission to this challenge since the website was put up. I have had a lot of people confident that they could answer the challenges until they started to look for the actual writings, which was why I put the site up in the first place, to get people to come to the same conclusions on their own, this is a freemasonic lie. Yes I know that the movie gives a long list of their sources, but if you inspect those sources you will find that they do not even attempt to site actual original texts, but instead site recent authors who themselves do not site sources. If this idea makes you mad and you think that I am kidding with you. Please watch the film “Zeitgeist Refuted Final Cut” or “Zeitgeist Part One Exposed: The Film” in the footnotes both by two separate filmmakers that do a great job of showing how easily this idea is refuted. In fact of all the various versions of Jesus that Icke has had, his current view is the most easily refuted. Back to Desborough’s / Ickes view about all the Babylonian symbolism in Christianity. But first let me explain something that will help you understand what we are about to discuss: Christianity was around for at least 300 years before the Vatican, secular history records a massive slaughter that literally lasted their entire early history, Almost every emperor of Rome starting with Nero continued the relentless genocide of the Christians, they fed them to the lions in arenas, and burnt them alive for fun…this was what being a Christian was for it first 300 years of their history. Deciding to be a Christian was basically deciding to be tortured and killed publicly, it wasn’t a decision people made lightly. These people beliefs were nothing like the Babylonian religion of Rome, that is one reason why Rome hated them so much. A good example of this is the emperor Diocletian, who believed he had eliminated all the Christians, he erected monuments to himself that boasted of this supposed accomplishment, it was engraved: Diocletian Jovian Maximian Herculeus Caesares Augusti for having everywhere abolished the superstition of Christ for having extended the worship of the gods. It was only after one of the emperors was said to convert to Christianity, (the jury is still out as to whether that actually happened or not ) but one thing is certain, after that time the government decided to stop fighting Christianity and instead seek to totally control it, it unwisely declared Christianity the official religion of Rome which as you can imagine was a shock to all the pagan citizens of Rome. This is when you start to see all the pagan symbolism start to creep in to Christianity it was added at least in part to appease the pagans and incorporate their symbolism into a religion that they all tried to destroy for the last 300 years…and this is the key to understanding this…the Bible itself, the writing the Christians were reading during their times of persecution doesn’t support any of these illuminati symbols or ideas…that is why the Vatican made reading the bible illegal in the 1200’s…real Christians were literally burned alive with their illegal bibles chained around their necks…even to this day the catholic church does not recommend reading the bible, they say its better left to the priests to interpret for them. This is also why it was not allowed to be translated in any language but latin for 1000 years. The obvious reason is that if people were allowed to read the bible they would know that the empire was telling them to do and believe things that were not in the bible …Take the second commandment for instance: Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in Heaven above or that is on the Earth beneath, or that is in the water under the Earth. Thou shalt not bow down to them or serve them. Now this should help you see whats going on when David shows this picture of Mary and the queen of heaven…yeah sure there was an ancient goddess called the queen of heaven….and the Roman Catholics do call Mary the Queen of Heaven…but has anyone ever read to you what the bible says about the queen of heaven? In the book of Judges , 1 Samuel, 1 and 2 Kings, and Jeremiah it talks about this pagan sacrifice and mentions specifically the pagan goddess called the ‘Queen of Heaven’ several times, and God declares because of their worship of this pagan goddess that he would withdraw his protection from them and judge them. The fact that Rome took the story of Mary and inserted their favorite Goddess, the same one that the bible actually warns about, does not mean that Christianity was based on the Queen of Heaven, it just means that the government was tricking people into doing what they wanted them to, and as generations went by, with people no longer reading the bible anymore, it got easier and easier to trick people in regard to what was and what wasn’t actually in the bible. Icke: So this is why there is this Babylonian depiction of Serimaris and Tammuz, and this is a Christian church; same again. This is a picture I took at Christmas at Rome when I was there for a television program, and that appears to be Jesus and Mary, actually it’s Serimaris and Tammuz. I don’t even think I understood this one when I did believe Icke was genuine. Has anyone ever stopped to consider that mothers with children might be the most common motif in art in the history of the world? I mean mothers have always had children since the dawn of time right, even before there were fruit bowls to paint there were no shortage of mothers with children. I have to chuckle when I hear people showing a picture of a mother and child statue as if they are making a deep connection to Christianity, If statues of mothers with children is a specific thing only to be compared with Mary and Jesus then I have a lot more similarities with Mary and Jesus that I would like to add to the list from every culture in every time period, again you will not find any descriptions of Mary holding Jesus in this way in the bible its not some special idea in the bible at all. But art commissioned by Roman Government has nothing to do with the bible, early Christians did not make images of Jesus, because of what they thought was obedience to the second commandment about making idols, this artwork is only something you see after Rome starts calling the shots and telling everyone this is what Christianity is now…and the sad thing is nowadays we believe them. This also explains this idea of halos, so much is made about these halos in theosophy and the occult, but there is nothing about halos in the bible, early Christians wouldn’t make paintings of Jesus in the first place, the halos on Jesus or other people that Rome made the artist paint is only evidence that as pagans the Roman / Babylonians were trying to appeal to the pagans who were used to seeing their gods like this…the whole idea is foreign to real Christianity and foreign to the bible..just another case of Icke telling you to believe that the illuminati version of Christianity is the real version, he never mentions that this is a perversion of the bible yet every knowledgeable Christian knows it. But my favorite one that Icke uses is this one Icke: This is another depiction of Nimrod in the ancient world, he was also the fish god. Again, Jesus, the fish. He had the fishhead hat..this is the..actual depiction from Babylon, and that’s why we have the mita in the Pope. The key to this one is the connection he makes to Jesus and fish..did you catch it? Icke: Jesus the fish. Jesus is in no way associated with fish, except in the occult world which Blavatsky started because she wanted to connected him to the age of Pisces so she could say we could be done with Jesus in her ‘New Age.’ When Jordan Maxwell does this he always will say “Jesus the Fisher King” which is not a title for Jesus at all, Jesus wasn’t a “fisher king”, or a fisherman, Jesus was a carpenter ..its a little mind trick Maxwell plays to build up the case that Jesus is associated with Pisces.. There are about three things people say to equate Jesus with fish so they can make this Dagon hat connection. Let’s look at them really quick so you can see why Icke’s ”Jesus the fish” thing is so wrong. A few of Jesus disciples were fisherman…does that make Jesus a fish? He fed many people with two fish one time …this is why people equate him with the astrological sign Pisces which is represented by two fish…but when people make this claim they never mention that only a few days later he did the same thing with more than two fish and a different number of loaves…why wouldnt they tell you about that instance a few pages later? Because it ruins the whole Pisces thing. The fact is that Jesus did all kinds of miracles, we don’t associate Jesus with ears even though he was said to heal a man’s ear once And the last thing that people do is point to the Jesus fish on cars. This symbol was representative of an acrostic in the Greek language that early Christians used to use it as a sign to see if certain places were safe for them during persecutions, it meant “Jesus Anointed God Son and Savior” and it doesn’t make Jesus a fish Before moving on to another man who Icke basis his beliefs on I will conclude that the reason that the emperors of Rome, and later the RCC kept the bible from the people for 1000s of years until the reformation was because, contrary to what we are taught in the so called truth movement the bible is incredibly anti illuminati..not only does God, reveal to people like Ezekiel that the elites of his day (the illuminati if you will) were worshiping the Sun behind closed doors..and later show him that the secret worship of Tammuz is going on too, it is filled with discussions and promises to judge this so called secret power of lawlessness what we might call the Illuminati see my video “was the bible written or changed by the illuminati for more on this” Another of Ickes sources is a man named Micheal Talbot. He wrote the book “The Holographic Universe” and Icke quotes him frequently as the basis for his belief that nothing is real and everything is a hologram. Talbot spends the first few chapters of his book doing an excellent job of describing a well know theory of Karl Pribram and David Bohem called “Holonomic Brain Theory”, in their experiment they cut out different pieces of rats brains and ran them through mazes and discovered that memories were apparently stored in each sector of the brain which is similar to a hologram in that each piece of the hologram contains some information about the entire image. Both Bohem and Pribram would later speculate about applying what they found in the brain to the entire universe, but it would remain just a theory. The rest of Talbots book simply starts naming paranormal phenomenon and declaring that it exists because the universe is a hologram. He rarely if ever sites his “evidence” and when he does he reveals his lack of discernment. Consider his support of Sai Baba a man worshiped as a god in India, Tablbot spends several pages gushing over Baba as a perfect example that the universe is a hologram because Baba (according to Talbot) performs these miracles. But watch this video of Baba performing what can only be described as cheap slight of hand tricks as I read from the Holographic Universe. Perhaps the most famous modern-day materializations are those produced by Sathya Sai Baba, a sixty-four-year-old Indian holy man living in a distant corner of the state of Andhra Pradesh in southern India. According to numerous eyewitnesses, Sai Baba is able to pro- duce much more than salt and a few stones. He plucks lockets, rings, and jewelry out of the air and passes them out as gifts. He also materializes an endless supply of Indian delicacies and sweets, and out of his hands pour volumes of vibuti, or sacred ash. These events have been witnessed by literally thousands of individuals, including both scientists and magicians, and no one has ever detected any hint of trickery. One witness is psychologist Erlendur Haraldsson of the Uni- versity of Iceland. He can make sweet syrups and fragrant oils pour from his He can produce exotic objects such as grains of rice with tiny, perfectly carved pictures of Krishna on them, out-of-season fruits (a near impossibility in an area of the coun- try that has no electricity or refrigeration), and anomalous fruits, such as apples that, when peeled, turn out to be an apple on one side and another fruit on the other. Equally astonishing are his productions of sacred ash. Every time he walks among the crowds that visit him, prodigious amounts of it pour from his hands. He scatters it everywhere, into offered contain- ers and outstretched hands, over heads, and in long serpentine trails on the ground. On one of his visits, Haraldsson, along with Dr. Karlis Osis, the director of research for the American Society for Psychical Research, actually saw some of the ash in the process of materializing. As Haraldsson reports, “His palm was open and turned downwards, and he waved his hand in a few quick, small circles. As he did, a grey substance appeared in the air just below his palm. Dr. Osis, who sat slightly closer, observed that this material first appeared entirely in the form of granules (that crumbled into ash when touched) and might have disintegrated earlier if Sai Baba had produced them by a sleight of hand that was undetect- able to us. ” 59 Talbot also talks about cases of stigmata, that is when people get wounds in their hands and feet that are supposed to be similar to those of Christ. The cases are dubious at best especially because the wounds usually happen when no one is looking, but it doesn’t stop Talbot from simply declaring them all to be genuine, and evidence that the universe is a hologram. Or take some of the cases that Icke is fond of referring, Im sure you have heard of the hypnotist that made the man see through his daughter, everyone seems to love that one. -Like that wonderful story told by Michael Talbot in the ‘Holographic Universe’. I read that page over and over again when I first saw that book in the late 1980’s. This is the story about the stage hypnotist who hypnotized the father to be believe that his daughter was invisible. Then he was able to read an inscription on the watch held behind her body, because for him she was no longer there, reality was changed, it was physically different in his mind. -Woman (interviewing Icke): Like you write about in your book, about the hypnotist who told the man your daughter is no longer in the room with us and the man looked right through the daughter at the man’s watch. -Icke: He tells a story in here, that is so brilliant, so I tell it quite often because it is so symbolic of what I am talking about. He attended a party which his father had and he had a stage hypnotist to do party tricks for the guests. There came a point when this hypnotist is dealing with this guy called Tom and he says to him ‘when I bring you back to a wakened state, you’re not gonna be able to see your daughter in the room.’ At which point the hypnotist led the daughter to stand right in front of the father who’s looking at her belly. He brings him out to a wakened state and he says, ‘Tom can you see your daughter’, and he looks around and he says ‘No, I can’t see her.’ She’s giggling, he can’t hear her. The hypnotist went behind the daughter, put his hand in the small of her back and said ‘I’m holding something, Tom, what am I holding?’ He looked bemused because it looked so obvious to him ‘You’re holding a watch’ He says ‘There’s an inscription on the watch, can you read it?’ He leaned forward, he read the inscription, he’s got the daughter standing between him and the watch. The problem is that Talbot simply says this happened at his own fathers friends house, there is no siltation, we are asked to simply trust him that this happened. Let me ask you, If this was so easy, that all a good hypnotist had to do was tell someone that their daughter wasn’t there, how come it hasn’t been re-produced in a lab or some other place where there could be verified a measure of proof, I mean was this particular hypnotist the only guy in the world that could do this? Why not have someone simply put this idea to test and prove it, I hope you see that the answer to that question is obvious. Talbot had preconceived notions himself, he describes how he grew up in a haunted house and these ghosts would mess with him and his family, he describes involuntary OBEs and a host of other experiences involving what he calls poltergeists…he was on a mission to validate his experiences, even by his admission. Here are some reviews of his book that I think sum it up well. I was profoundly disappointed by the book. I was expecting something that took an analytical view of an intriguing theory and explored its implications. Instead, what Talbot provided was a general overview of holography, some broad statements about its implications, and then tons of anecdotes about psychic phenomena that he claims are “explained” by everything being a hologram. Sadly, that’s not science, nor is it compelling writing. Another reviewer says: The book is completely disingenuous and uses numerous case studies where the evidence is presented in a dishonest way. A simple google search will turn up enough information on many of the books claims to start to raise doubt; further investigation will make you very upset that the evidence is presented so matter-of-factly, with no mention of the numerous controversies surrounding the evidence. This would be funny if it weren’t obvious that Icke has based everything he believes on this idea, his religion you might say is the holographic universe. Now let move to the next chapter where we will explore in depth David Ickes most influential source, They tell him what to write, what to say, what to wear, what to believe and what not to believe. He calls them “The Guys.” Icke: The beings which we call ‘the guys’, told us about… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Cambell: It’s highly likely that I have something to do with the whole process because I’m interviewing you. Icke: Well it’s typical because I would have to check all this out, because you’re throwing this at me, I need to sit down and check this out with the guys, but I would say there was a great chance of you being involved at that time… David says often that these beings have always guided him, he clearly says here that it was the same beings that originally contacted him that are still guiding him. Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions in LCE he says “ those who are helping the planet and humanity though this crucial period in their evolution, they have asked me to put together in this book all that I have learned so far.” And that: “Communicating with such beings on other levels of Creation is the most natural thing in the world.” When he describes how it is that this communication with the guys takes place he says: “This process is called channeling. The thought forms can be turned into written words, this is known as automatic writing, your hand writes on the paper sometimes with incredible speed, but the words and information are not yours and could not possibly be yours, because you often know nothing about the subject taking shape in front of you. It is also possible to hear the thought forms as a soft gentle voice inside your head. I call this method ‘getting it direct’, On a more limited level its possible to communicate through dowsing.” Campbell: You actually hear the voices in your head? Icke: It depends. Sometimes you hear voices, sometimes it comes in terms of them talking through you, so they talk through your voicebox. It also comes through what’s known as automatic writing. You take a sheet of paper you put a pen in your hand and they just take over your arm, they write. They write amazing things which you have no comprehension of… He also quotes the being he called Magnu at the end of his recent lectures as evidence that he still considers the information accurate He says that his words are really their words: Icke: …will wonder where they came from. They will be our words. These things as we saw in the first chapter dictated the belief system of theosophy to him, and although he does not call it that today, its clear that that is what it is, Theosophy. Given what we learned in the first section about the connection to Alice Bailey, how can we be sure that Icke is not listening to the wrong spiritual forces, the ones that seem to be orchestrating the New World Order. He is the first to admit that these beings exist : We can gain some wisdom from a man some of you may know named Terrence Mckenna, he was a man who encountered several beings from other dimensions according to his books. He had some sobering words for people like David Icke when he said: It is no great accomplishment to hear a voice in the head. The accomplishment is to make sure it is telling the truth, because the demons are of many kinds… There is no dignity in the universe unless we meet these things on our feet, and that means having an I/Thou relationship. One say to the Other: “You say you are omniscient, omnipresent, or you say you are from Zeta Reticuli. You’re long on talk, but what can you show me?” Magicians, people who invoke these things, have always understood that one must go into such encounters with one’s wits about oneself. You can get a few things from this quote: 1.) Mckenna believed that extra dimensional entities were prone to lying about their identies 2.) That they were able to be summoned in magic rituals. 3.) That they dont necessarily have our best interests in mind, although they always would present it that way in order to be trusted or to get us to do what they wanted us to do. I find it very interesting that Mckenna said these same entities that don’t need to be trusted are the same one that occultist summon in rituals. Although Mckenna seemed to know that these entities were deceptive he still sought contact with them, and he even attributed his amazing ability to speak eloquently to possession by one of them. He says: [after] the experiment at La Chorrera I had apparently evolved into a sort of mouthpiece for the incarnate Logos. I could talk to small groups of people with what appeared to be electrifying effect about the peculiarly transcendental matters that you will read about in these pages. It was as though my ordinary, rather humdrum personality had simply been turned off and speaking through me was the voice of another, a voice that was steady, unhesitating, and articulate – a voice seeking to inform others about the power and promise of psychedelic dimensions. From my study of the 2012 phenomenon, I have seen that these entities are very interested in getting people to go out and spread the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming. And like McKenna warned us about, they pretend to be all kinds of things in order to get us to tell their story. For instance all the main forerunners of the 2012 idea all got their revelation about 2012 and spiritual evolution from spiritual entities claiming to be different things. Jose Arques : got his information from a long dead Mayan priest, Jose has actually now changed his name to reflect that he believes himself to be a reincarnation of that dead Mayan priest. Mckenna got his 2012 info from a being called the Logos Pichbeck from a being called Quezeqotal David Wilcock from Ra. Barbara Hand Clow from the Pleadians I might even be able to believe that these entites were good and were simply given the same message under different names just to make the message easy for the person to handle if it weren’t for the fact that all the information they gave about astronomy and science was so wrong… For instance David Icke in his book “and the truth shall set you free” talks about the “photon belt”, keep in mind while we read this that this information is 100% channeled information originally, none of it is real science, and we will see how wrong this theory is in a moment “Underpinning these astrological events in this period is the Photon Belt. Many psychics and esoteric scientists, (notice how he didn’t say actual scientists or astronomers,) are now agreed on the existence of a belt of highly charged energy centred on the Pleiades star system, an estimated 500 light years from the Earth. It is from here that much channelled information which feels right to me is purported to come. I believe that the Pleiades (maybe in our ‘future’) is a base for the positive extraterrestrial support we are being given at this time, and quite possibly the home of extraterrestrials who have abused the Earth and humanity, too.” “Paul Otto Hesse claimed to have discovered a belt of immensely powerful energy which he termed the Photon Belt. According to estimates, it takes this solar system 24,000 (some say 26,000) years to orbit the Pleiades and the starreckoned to be at the centre of the belt (Figure 17) known as Alcyone (Al-see-ahnee). Again, there is much ancient legend across many cultures about this star. “ It would appear that we have reached the point where this solar system is enteringthe Photon Belt and its highly, highly, charged energy. The influence of the belt on the Earth began in the early 1960s and affected the thinking of many people, but it was as nothing compared with what will happen over the next 35 years. While it takes 2,000 years to pass fully through the belt, the biggest impact is when we first enter, and the vibrations and molecular structure of everything has to cope with dramatically changing conditions. This will affect the thinking, behaviour, and physical bodies of all lifeforms. The effect of the Photon Belt are activating data stored in our consciousness and our physical bodies. Knowledge is being unlocked from the cells, bones, and our DNA which will, eventually, be restored to its twelvestranded potential. Now you can see why if this were true it would be a great find to support the idea of a coming spiritual evolution that Icke and Alice Bailey, and Michael Tsarion, and all these spiritual entities are trying to get us to believe. But the problem is that all this science that these entities told us is not true. Even the basic math shows it to be impossible. Our solar system and that of the pleadies are both orbiting around the galactic center, it takes us about 226, million years to go around one time at about 486,000 mph. If our solar system was also orbiting around Alcyone while it was also revolving around the center of the galaxy it would have to be going much faster that the speed in which we are currently moving, One scientist said it this way. “The math doesn’t work. Alcyone is 400 light years from earth If the sun was orbiting Alcyone in 250,000 years it would have to have an orbital speed of 3,142 km/s which is 14 times faster than the sun orbits the galactic centre. This would be readily apparent if it were so. Another way of expressing this is that if the sun was orbiting Alcyone at the same speed as it goes around the galactic centre ( and if there was such a lesser orbit it would probably be much slower ) then it would either take 3.5 million years ( instead of 250,000 ) or Alcyone would have to be only 28 light years from earth and not 400. besides Our movement has been measured against the background stars on numerous occasions and scientists have found no trace of such an orbit. This is only the beginning of this theories problems Alcyone and the Pleiades cluster are stars no more than 100 million years old ( 1/40 of the Age of earth ) – much younger than our solar system. Alcyone would not have even been there when our sun began such an orbit. And that is in itself is a pretty persuasive argument against this theory. The anomaly in the pleadis cluster is a nebula, it’s made up of plasma and gas not photons, photons are light and light doesn’t gather in clouds like that. Nebulas are remnants of supernovas and they diffuse over time and therefore wouldn’t be expected to be there even if we were orbiting it in a cycle of 26,000 years. The core of the Pleiades cluster is approximately 8 light-years across. The Sun, and with it the Earth, is moving away from Alcyone. This should be the final nail in the coffin of this theory. Simlar things are happening with all the science that these beings told us about the earth lining up with the galactic center in 2012 …most people don’t know that there are two versions of this theory. For this I will play a quick clip from my video (2012 debunked) So these entities are either really bad with science, or they are intentionally deceiving us to believe in a Hitler-esqe 5th root race spiritual evolution. We will look at possible motives for that theory in the next and final section, but for now I want to propose a theory about what these beings are. Most of you will recoil at my suggestion that these are demons, but before you do I think that the science of anthropology will help us to see that every culture has agreed on demons existing and on their basic characteristics. For instance of them being very evil, for example the Sumerians could not even agree if there gods were good or evil but they were unanimous that the demons they delt with were very evil. Cultures around the world have described possession by these evil entities in their writings as well as demons being very deceptive and manipulative..the methods for summoning them are consistent, certain drugs or rituals or tools like runes or chants, its interesting to note that the methods for making contact are ultimately based on the free will of the practitioner. What I mean by that according basic demonology, demons require an invitation, although they sometimes manipulate the person through deception into giving them that invitation, take a Ouija board for example, we all know that it’s just cardboard and paint, but those that decide to use it are essentially asking to be contacted by spirits, and that’s actually all the spirits need, your willingness to be contacted .. Let’s look at David’s testimony to see if we can get any idea if he is dealing with demons instead of ascended Atlantians trying to help humanity evolve. Icke: Suddenly, I felt over, in 1989, that there was a presence in the room whenever I was alone. It became more and more tangible as 1989 unfolded, it was totally bizarre because whenever I was in a room alone…there was this presence, you know. Eventually, it got so powerful towards the end of ‘89 that I was sitting on the side of a bed in a hotel called the Kensington Hilton, just down from the BBC, and I said to this apparently empty room and I said, look if there’s something there would you please contact me because it’s driving me up the wall. Lets stop right there for now. Notice how this all began with a desire to be contacted. Also note that David will later go on to basically preach that this is all that must be done to be contacted. Icke: All they’ve gotta say is, it’s very simple that ‘I accept that I’m being guided, that I have guides in other frequencies, other dimensions of life that are here to guide me and help me in this lifetime, so I’d learn the lessons I’d decided I’d wished to learn, go ahead and guide me. When you do that, things start happening. He says on page 139 of LCE “Every single life form can be part of this transformation, if they say openly ‘I wish to be guided and work for the Light’ Notice that he capitalizes the word ‘light’ p156 he quote the entites which told him: “Always ask for protection and guidance – Ask and you shall receive seek and you shall find, but they then say ‘ you must make the first move. You need to exercise your free will.” They tell him at the end of the book : “Welcome all beings, if you do this you are welcoming creation into your life.” Its also interesting to note the negative effect that even pictures of Jesus begin to have on him, in the book truth vibrations’ he says this about a visit he made to a church as a tourist: “Looking up at a large painting of Christ the picture turned black and moved around before my eyes. Only the face of Christ was still. Suddenly I felt a sensation I can only describe as someone pushing a pneumatic drill into the top of my head. I gripped the pew I was standing beside and my body vibrated from the top of my head to the base of my spine as something seemed to go through me…he says that moths later he was told that he received a gift of energy from one of the masters of this planetary system”…I.E like one of Alice Bailey’s “ascended maters”. Revulsion toward Jesus is actually quite observable among these entities. I would say even empirically testable in our modern times. I have had a unique opportunity to work with hundreds of cases of sleep paralysis through a website a friend and I started called stopsleepparalysis.org Sleep Paralysis is when one wakes up and cant move, but they are fully awake, it is most often associated with the feeling that there is some evil presence in the room. Over time, during the experiences, this presence can become manifest in some form, and can lead to very terrible cases of torture and even rape. This is attributed to demons in almost every culture in the world accept for modern western cultures like America, a few examples are: In Fiji the experience is interpreted as “kana tevoro” being ‘eaten’ or possessed by a demon. In Hmong culture, sleep paralysis describes an experience called “dab tsuam” or “crushing demon.” In Malyasia, Africa, Hugary, the middle east, and everywhere in between these events are attributed to evil spirits, Western scientist do not have an explanation, they postulate, with no evidence, I would add, that it is happening because people are coming out of a dream state and into a waking state and that their mind is still dreaming even though they have awoken, I suppose the obvious question is if that were true, is why does everyone seem to be having the same dream about an evil presence in the room. It seems that dreams should be as varied as dreams normally are among people, but this is not the case. In the cases I have seen about 90-95 percent of the people experiencing it been dabbling in some occult or new age practice and they have in some way given their free will over to these entities, who now apparently feel they have a right to be there, the more a person goes down that road the more intense the control the entities get, now here is the observable and testable part of this. If a person genuinely calls upon Jesus for help the experience will immediately stop, very often the entities will scream or be thrown back by a powerful force. One does not have to be a Christian to do this, or to have previously believed Jesus was important, in fact as you can guess many of the people who are getting this are not Christians but most of them who see the authority that the name of Jesus has over these beings begin to research who Jesus is and do become Christians later. This doesn’t work with other names, for instance calling on Buddha no matter how sincere the person is doesn’t seem to concern the entities. There would be another time in Icke’s life when he would vibrate uncontrollably like he did when looking at the picture of Jesus. This was when he took his infamous trip to Peru, he tells the story this way. Icke: I had the overwhelming feeling again, this urge, this impulse to got to Peru. We got to this place and it was in the middle of nowhere, basically when you looked around, it was encircled by mountains. I’m looking out the window daydreaming and I see this mount to my right, no more than three minutes down the road. As I look at the mound, all I can hear in my head is ‘come to me (repeated)’…I walked to the center of this circle, and suddenly my feet go again, like they did in the newshop but only this time, seriously more powerful. They’re like magnets pulling my feet to the ground. I think, oh crikey, I recognize that, here we go, and then I felt, like a drill going on the top of my head and through my body, through my feet into the ground and another one coming the other way. Then my arms go out at 45 degrees like that, I never made a decision to do it. What then started to happen was this energy coming through me, this is February 1991, it got more and more powerful, my body started to shake with it…very powerful thought forms pass through my head, just like in the newsshop… It was like, if you’ve got a dam that’s holding the water back, well, the water is calm, right, cause that’s its natural state in that situation, but when that dam bursts, before a new balance is found, after the dam bursts, all hell breaks loose. All this water as it’s trying to go from one state to another… When I look back, what happened to me on that mount, it was like, the waters of my mind bursting. Icke always attributes this event to this place in Peru being located near a vortex point in something he calls the energy grid. But there is another side to that story. I used to believe in the idea of “Ley Lines” myself, I had no reason to doubt it, after all all the so called teachers I had in the truth movement talked about it as if it was long established fact. But I encourage anyone to do some research about how this idea started, and see if you can still force yourself to believe it after that, There is actually a very interesting history of its evolution, and I will provide links in the notes where you can get all the details. but I will give you the basic ideas right now. The guy who started it all was Alfred Watkins, He lived in England in the early 1900’s . He noticed that there were straight paths in his area of England that often correlated with ancient megalithic sites. Watkins referred to his alignments as ‘leys’. This is an Anglo-Saxon word meaning ‘cleared strips of ground’ or ‘meadows’. Watkins’ theory of leys was that they were old straight traders’ tracks laid down by surveyors in the Neolithic period of prehistory. They used surveying rods, he claimed, and it was this line-of-sight method that led to the straightness of the old tracks. He basically said they were trade routes. And if you look for a map of ley lines today you will probably find one that looks like this. This is the extent of the real Ley lines..it was one straight trade route and only in England. No energy lines no reason for energy lines. In 1935, Watkins died. In 1936, The idea then became know in the occult world because the British occultist Dion Fortune wrote a fictional book, a novel, called The Goat-Foot God, in which she put forward the notion of ‘lines of force’ connecting megalithic sites such as Avebury and Stonehenge in southern England. From 1960 the ley theory took on a new lease of life, one that has led to the modern New Age notion of ‘ley lines’. An ex-R.A.F. pilot, Tony Wedd, was very interested in flying saucers, or UFOs. He had read Watkins’ The Old Straight Track and also a French book, Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (1958) by Aimé Michel, in which it was (falsely) suggested that the locations where flying saucers landed or hovered very low during the 1954 French flying saucer outbreak or ‘wave’ fell into straight lines or ‘orthotenies’. Wedd made the excited conclusion that Watkins’ ‘leys’ and Michel’s ‘orthotenies’ were one and the same phenomenon. He had also read an American book by Buck Nelson called My Trip to Mars, the Moon and Venus (1956) in which Rogers claimed to have flown in UFOs, and to have witnessed them picking up energy from ‘magnetic currents’ flowing through the Earth. In 1961, Wedd published a pamphlet called Skyways and Landmarks in which he theorized that UFO occupants flew along magnetic lines of force which linked ancient sites, and that the ancient sites acted as landmarks for UFO pilots. It all relied very much on the notions and experiences of an old-fashioned terrestrial airplane pilot, rather than intergalactic extra-terrestrial creatures! Nevermind that if aliens were so advanced why wouldn’t they use modern equipment like our pilots to for navigation, why did they need these physical markers for navigation This is when the new age picked up the story, and then it gets blown way out of proportion. I used to think that the maps people had of these ley lines, Like the one Icke uses in his presentations were based on some kind of science, The history of the maps themselves is pretty interesting too, They are all based on Ivan Sanderson’s 1972 article in Saga magazine, “The Twelve Devil’s Graveyards Around the World,” where he plotted ship and plane disappearances worldwide, focusing his attention on the Bermuda Triangle. This article has been debunked · The number of ships and aircraft reported missing in the area was not significantly greater, proportionally speaking, than in any other part of the ocean. · In an area frequented by tropical storms, the number of disappearances that did occur were, for the most part, neither disproportionate, unlikely, nor mysterious; · The numbers themselves had been exaggerated by sloppy research. A boat’s disappearance, for example, would be reported, but its eventual (if belated) return to port may not have been. · Some disappearances had, in fact, never happened. One plane crash was said to have taken place in 1937 off Daytona Beach, Florida, in front of hundreds of witnesses; a check of the local papers revealed nothing. · The legend of the Bermuda Triangle is a manufactured mystery, perpetuated by writers who either purposely or unknowingly made use of misconceptions, faulty reasoning, and sensationalism.[11 yet this is still believed, and it is the single most important part of any map supposedly containing “ley lines” despite the really good explanations of why things disappear in the Bermuda Triangle. I wont bore you with any more details but please read the compete history of how the idea of energy lines came about in the notes, as there is much more to know, and I am confident you will come to the conclusion that it is simply taking Watkins simple claim to have found a trade route to extreme unwarranted conclusions I say this because many people will claim that a proof that ley lines exist is that fact that certain places especially ancient ritual sites have a very heavy feeling of energy. I would validate that, but let me offer an alternate theory one that I think its based on a much more observable cause, and one that even most occultist will agree with. Icke would say that the reason that people were sacrificing on this site is because it was on a powerful spot in the energy grid and they were adding negativity to it to affect the world consciousness and that’s why the place feels very negative…but I would say based on my understanding of satanic rituals that the area is not intrinsically special, it is simply by it being the place where a lot of blood is spilled in sacrifice that it draws the presence of these evil spirits, and that is why the area feels negative as a result of their presence. Lets see if my theory helps us to understand what happened to Icke in Peru, but first let me describe a little about the area he was visiting. The area that Icke was in was known for its blood sacrifice. New human sacrificial sites turn up all the time in Peru from the Pre-Incan and Incan civilizations, especially of small children. In fact the place Icke talks about in this clip was a place called Sillustani where there are stone channels that lead down to the lake so that the blood of the sacrifices could flow from the sacrificial site to the lake. Ironically there is also a lizard engraved at the site too, and they still sacrifice pregnant iguanas there to this day. There is a stone circle on a mound there which exactly like the one 3 minutes down the road where Icke says his Kundali experience was. This area is was full of these stone circles on mounds and I would suggest to you based on his description of his convulsions and on him hearing voices of beings in his head on a daily basis after this that he was further controlled by the entities at this point. Then there is the story of his experience in the Brazil with the drug Ayahuasca Icke: In 2003, when I had an ayahuasca experience, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mind blowing and life changing. Ayahuasca is a DMT containing drug, which is naturally produced in the pineal gland and is present in wild plants found in places like the Amazon basin and has been used for millennia by aboriginal shamans and medicine men to contact the spirit world and to receive information from entities there. It has recently come in "vogue" to experiment with DMT; It is common for adjoining DMT partakers to see the same apparitions, such as serpents enveloping them. Psychologist Dr. Rick Strassman conducted a formal clinical study of DMT ingestion under the auspices of the University of New Mexico, which he detailed in his book "DMT: The Spirit Molecule". He found, under controlled clinical conditions, that subjects had these experiences within seconds of ingesting DMT, which almost universally mimicked what are described elsewhere as "alien abduction events" (note that these subjects were screened to be those who were not familiar with stories of UFOs or did not believe in them). The entities they encountered were typically described as traditional "greys", reptilian or insect-like. The contacts usually involved medical and reproductive experiments conducted by the entities on the subjects, described as violent rape episodes. When subjects were willing to try an additional experience, they reported that the entities acknowledged their prior disappearance with no sensation of "time loss." The episodes were so traumatic to the subjects, that a support group was later formed to help them deal with the emotional trauma of the experiences. I would ask you to remember the quote from Terence Mckenna warning about these entities who had more experience with this drug that most people. And as much as he enjoyed talking about it, recall that he always described the so called elves he came into contact with as ”mischievous”. Which is a more sugar coated version of the descriptions I have heard from people that have taken it, who simply call these beings evil, in fact I think Mckenna sugar coated much of what he said about DMT to make it appealing to people in my opinion, and as we saw in his quote it was not him but the Logos inside of him that was concerned with getting people to take DMT. But that’s another subject. Here’s a question we should ask about these entities that show up when we take drugs like this: should we assume that the entities that are talking about love are good? Or based on the fact that the negative ones obviously exist and are contacted by the exact same means, can we be skeptical of the positive ones as well, how do we know that the so called good ones we encounter aren’t simply pretending to be good… ….especially as in Ickes case if the voice is clearly describing the same doctrine that Alice Bailey’s “ascended masters” have been trying to teach us from the beginning. This idea of spiritual evolution . I think that the biggest problems we have in the truth movement are. One, we have no idea that everything we believe, we were made to believe by people caring the message of these entities, and two, because we don’t really understand what their endgame is, or why they are so diligent with this deception, which makes us powerless to defend against it, we don’t even know what it is they are trying to ultimately do. We find ourselves wanting to believe what they want us to believe and we never have realized that we are being led like sheep to the slaughter to what I like to call the New New World Order. Let me introduce you to the real plan of the Illuminati. The one thing that has never changed in Ickes teaching is the idea of the coming evolution of Humanity. Icke: One of the themes of that time, we’re talking 1990, was that there was a consciousness shift coming. I kept meeting with a lot of psychic people in those days, and they kept saying, ‘I’m getting something, I’m being told to tell you this’ and again and again, it’s a consciousness shift coming. There is an awakening coming, and now that the ‘90’s has become the new century, more and more this stuff about this shift is going on. It also happens to be the central thesis to Theosophy, the mother of the new age movement, in fact the very term “New Age” is referring to a coming time of spiritual evolution. This fact alone should show you how the idea of a new spiritual evolution is the only idea that matters to these beings. It was what Hitler was working towards, and it is the reason why the 2012 phenomenon exists today, that is to be another vehicle to sell people the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming it is usually sold in tandem with that idea. We have already looked at some of the reasons why Icke thinks the idea of the coming spiritual evolution is valid, one is because he believes the photons from the photon belt will change us, and alternatively he believes that the “Galactic Logos” will send its “seven rays” through the sun god and change our DNA into a better evolution. Despite these flimsy premises, Icke is absolutely convinced that nothing can stop this from happening. Icke: I’m absolutely convinced that the end of this prison society is a done deal. I think the outcome is gonna happen, it’s meant to happen and we’re now seeing, and it’ll go on for awhile, but we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system. You also have to understand that we are being promised a utopia in no uncertain terms. “Beyond the turmoil of transformation awaits a new dawn for all the life-forms on this planet. We will live in a world of love and peace and harmony; a world in which the extremes of today and the recent past will give way to a level of understanding, wisdom, love that we could not begin to understand on this low and troubled frequency.” The first problem that emerges is that this is sounding a lot like what those that wrote about a New World Order talk about. In fact, this chapter comes from a chapter entitled “New World” in Icke’s LCE. But what people often miss is that the New World Order plans to bring order out of chaos, it is suppose to rise out of the ashes of what will appear to be a great change in paradigm, that is why Manly P hall called it the “New Atlantis” they intend for their system to look like a utopia, and they intend for people who currently fight them and resist a world government to think that the old system that they have been fighting has been defeated and they intend for them to embrace what will look like a utopia their victory. Alice Bailey said it best when she wrote: “The new world order must meet the immediate need and not be an attempt to satisfy some distant, idealistic vision. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience. The new world order must lay the foundation for a future world order which will be possible only after a time of recovery, of reconstruction, and of rebuilding.” Notice in this next quote that she considers the current system which is obviously still controlled by them just the prepetory new world order she says: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” “...the present world order (which is today largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world and a new race of men can gradually come into being. Renunciation and the use of the sacrificial will should be the keynote for the interim period after the war, prior to the inauguration of the New Age.” In a writing called “Preparations until 2025” she made some very revealing statements: “This must form the theme of all the propaganda work to be done during the next few decades - until the year 2025 - a brief space of time indeed to produce fundamental changes in human thought, awareness, and direction, but - at the same time - a quite possible achievement, provided the New group of World Servers and the men and women of goodwill perform a conscientious task “ what was this group suppose to teach. I find this one particularly interesting it says” “The day is dawning when all religions will be regarded as emanating from one great spiritual source; all will be seen as unitedly providing the one root out of which the universal world religion will inevitably emerge. Then there will be neither Christian nor heathen, neither Jew nor Gentile, but simply one great body of believers, gathered out of all the current religions.” —Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul And this final quote I find particularly revealing considering that it is the one thing that Icke has consistently done through every manifestation, the last few pages of every book he has written is explaining this message that Alice Bailey said Emphasis must be put on: “Emphasis should be laid on the evolution of humanity.” There is also a very dark side to Ickes spiritual utopia, something that I have previously only alluded to. Not everyone is invited to the utopia. And those that refuse to conform to the new system will be eliminated. This is very apparent when you read the channeled writings. In The Book of Co-Creation, New Age leader Barbara Marx Hubbard states: “Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving . . . Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human . . . the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God's selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.”(114) Alice Bailey explained what the new world order will do to those who refuse to accept its utopia: “… let us never forget that its the Life, its purpose and its directed intentional destiny thats of importance; and also that when a form proves inadequate, or too diseased or to crippled for the expression of that purpose, it is - from the point of view of the Hierarchy - no disaster when that form has to go. Death is not a disaster to be feared; the work of the Destroyer is not really cruel or undesirable… Therefore, there is much destruction permitted by the Custodians of the Plan and much evil turned into good ….”(115) In his chapter “New World” Icke says: “I do not seek to hide the severity of this period of fundamental change. It will be tough for every one of us…Many will return to light levels (die) in the wake of the physical events and the quickening vibrations. The Earth Spirit is already rising up the subplanes, and through the years ahead she will progress through the whole frequencies in her journey back to Atlantis and beyond. .. Those who cannot quicken their own vibrations through love and balance will find themselves out of synchronization with the environment around them. This process is already apparent. As the vibrations of a being fall behind those of their planet, it manifests in physical, mental and emotional imbalances. And such people will need all the love there is to give. Their behavior will be unpredictable and sometimes unpleasant and inexplicable. Those who cannot at this time rise with the climbing subplanes and frequencies will eventually return to the light levels (die) and be surrounded by love of indescribable warmth and power. They will asses their progress and decide how they wish to proceed on their path of evolution. Icke say in TSSYF: “Others who follow the propaganda of the Global Elite and the Prison Warder consciousness will cling on to the old vibration in their desperation to find security. They will become even more vehement in their religious, political, and economic dogma. They will resist the rising vibrations if they choose that path, and this will have mental, emotional, and physical effects. The two states of being, the programmed mind and the open mind, will be more obvious with every month to those who know what is happening. And not just that, but according to Icke these certain people that are hanging on to the old age are going to actually prevent the rest of the people from getting their evolution. “We are now entering a period of fantastic change, and the happening of events are speeding up all the time. We have two challenges here in front of us… people [have to] get access to that information, and start to realize who they really are and the nature of life, then we can go into stage 2 which is the Incredible Consciousness shift that is going to happen (and is happening with many people already, but can happen for everybody if we open up to the knowledge of what’s going on and to do that the edifice of suppression has to go. What I see so often in the New Age movement, is that they’re focusing on the second but they’re in denial of the first. And the second is not going to happen for many people unless we remove the suppression.” Now here is a though that has disturbed me for awhile. Obviously the idea of spiritual evolution is being pushed by the global elite and these entities, and I suppose it could lead to a world government, but only if the entire world was in on it, I mean right now only the New Age and the so called truth movement, which has now been converted to new age, believe the spiritual evolution stuff, and sure the idea is expanding thanks to shock value things like the 2012 stuff, but still it would have to be believed by the entire world and not just a few, they would have to be passionate about the idea of spiritual evolution. Let me let Mr Icke explain how this could all change overnight. Icke: What I would say very strongly, and it’s coming more and more into my life, there is an x-factor, which I don’t understand yet, but I sure as hell know it’s there, and it’s an x-factor that’s going to bring an end to this childish playground nonsense of human control. Interviewer: You mean an external influence? Icke: Something, something, I absolutely…on a deep level I know it….I’d say, and I’m probably being optimistic, but we’d probably live in a global version of Nazi Germany within ten years if we take that route, if we take ‘that’ route, we’ll be, in ten years time, deeply into a transition to a very different world. It’s just a choice, but this x-factor is gonna change the world into one that I would like to live in. I dunno what the x-factor is, but I know it’s coming… Woman: No one’s gonna do it for us. Icke: Well, my feeling is that there’s an x-factor, I don’t think that humanity can do it alone because the programming is so deep and the pressure to go the other way, to hold onto the hack, is so powerful to people who are in mind, alone, but I think what we can do is change enough so that we stop adding to the problem, ut I think there’s an x-factor, and I think there are things going on now, outside of our awareness and on much levels of consciousness than we’re aware of, that is also supporting this change. Notice what the function of the x factor is, he says that the programming to hold on to the old ways is too strong, but the x factor, this external thing, will shatter that paradigm and set us free from our old way of thinking and it will give us a new paradigm. Let me suggest a possible x factor that people like Bill Cooper have suggested, and one that I think without question we are being prepared for by the global elite, and have been for at least 70 years. That is an extra terrestrial presence being discovered. I realize that there are many documents that reveal a plan of the new world order to use an alien threat to cause the patriotism needed for a world government. After all people would no longer view themselves and separate countries but instead a world family, this would also create the need for a world bureaucracy to deal with the threat. But I think that based on the propaganda of Hollywood and the occult writings that this might not be presented as a threat at all, but rather as them posing as a savior to a world that will be war torn, They will claim to be saving us from ourselves, they will claim to have genetically created mankind, and they would claim that they used to be like us and that we are on the verge of an evolution. Suspend disbelief for a moment, As I explain how this would serve as Ickes x factor and the catalyst for his Utopia and the real new world order to begin all at the same time. It would accomplish the primary thing that Icke says we need to do in order to shift with the planet, that is to destroy religion of all types. All over the world religions would be in turmoil, here are these aliens and they are claiming to have created us, that means they are claiming to be our God in a sense. Overnight the programming that Icke says is too powerful, the religious programming, that is holding us back from the shift, would be shattered. All the religions would be forced to reconsider their ideas. Secondly, it would finally get the idea of a possible evolution to the entire world, everyone across the world, from the smallest village to the largest city would have a really good reason to believe that they too could be evolved, they could become like the aliens, they could become actual gods. Overnight the x factor could turn the entire world into little David Ickes believing their evolution was just around the corner. And of course the world government utopia would be possible then, but it would be even better if what after a time of war like when Alice Bailey said The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience.….here is why: We need to be convinced that the utopia that we will be asked to join is totally different than the old system..For us truther types we will need to be convinced that the new world order has been defeated in order to trust such a utopia…the regular people will only have to be convinced that the new system, since it will be based on non religious ideas, now because the aliens showed us that the religions were wrong, will be one where there will be no more wars; that will be the promise…the war that we are saved from initially must be made to look like the epitome of religious wars, it will be something that pins the Jews against Muslims which will draw in the so called Christians…the world will be convinced that the previous wars were about religion…this will be the way that the genocide starts….It like the treaty of Versailles times 100. Only universal disaster could have brought men to a state of mind wherein such propositions and solutions could be presented. The general recognition that the old order has lamentably failed is most valuable. – Alice Bailey The new world order will seem to have been defeated, we will rejoice in our new hope of utopia we will badly need it, we will be told to await out new found powers, but when they don’t come we will be told that it is because there are still among us that are keeping us from it, those that are still hanging on to the old age. All this makes what Icke is saying here very concerning. Icke: But we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system, where the Illuminati in their box, they’re believing they’re crashing the system to create something else, when it’s actually crashing really, for another reason. Understand what he is saying, he is admitting that they are crashing the system to create something else. This idea should be common knowledge to all of us who study them, they are going to be the solution to a problem they created. and Icke of course knows this, after all he is mister problem reaction solution. But listen to what he is saying…he believes his utopia will arise out of their ashes and for some reason their phoenix wont rise… in effect he is saying when the system crashes…he is expecting his utopia to rise but they are expecting a utopia to rise too…how are we suppose to know that the utopia we get after the crash is the one that Icke is talking about instead of the one they have been planning to bring about for so long…or probably the bigger question is… are theses utopias one in the same, they certainly sound the same.…What a dangerous game this is. They will say that there are still people who don’t trust the new utopia, (these people will primarily be Christians because there are prophecies specifically mention a great deception that will seem to offer peace but it will only last a 3.5 years before it shows its true colors) All the other religions will find it easy to agree to the new system. This in addition to the propaganda that Christianity is behind all the wars of the past will convince the entire world of theses words of Aleister Crowley who was given this message from a being claiming to be an Egyptian god. “But the future is now and the manoeuvres are being unveiled. As far as Christianity’s role in this new age Carpenter states: “Christianity therefore as I say must either now come frankly forward and acknowledge it’s parentage from the great order of the past, seek to rehabilitate that and carry mankind one step forward in the path of evolution – or else it must perish, there is no alternative.” [William Cooper:] “But this callous disregard for the right to life of every human on the planet has been predicted before in the New Testament. John was moved to write, ‘… yea the time cometh that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.’ The new world order, ladies and gentlemen, will sail in on a sea of blood.”(111) I want to encourage people to look into some of the things that we have been constantly told are true in the Truth Movement..For example we have always been told that the bible was changed by the illuminati…but if you se my video was the bible written or changed by the illuminati you will see that if this claim is easily. Or that Christians were behind the crusades and other wars see my video “religious wars, fact or fiction” Or as I mentioned the Zeitgeit version of history. Watch the video Zeitgeist Refuted final cut or check out any of the links at the website zeitgeistchallenge.com, if your really concerned about truth watch that film, or go to my youtube channel where I have 336 uploads and other videos I have made like this one, and consider the possibility that you have been brainwashed as I once had been, to hate Christians and Jews. Is it so hard to believe knowing Satanists are behind this? We here we have been told by Icke, a man definitely possessed by something, that if we worship the God of the bible we are worshiping the reptilians. Icke: When you worship, you project energy, you are feeding this force by thinking you are worshipping this force when you are worshipping these! He has changed his mind in every book he has written about which way to tell you not to look toward Jesus and not to look at the Bible. His entieties have told him to tell us That demons don’t exist. The voice that talked to him for 5 hours in brazil went on quite a tirade about how demons don’t exist how could they if everything was an illusion. There is fabulous reason why this misdirection is happening, because the real agenda is being played out like a military system. These demons are influencing people to prepare the way for what the new world order calls its phoenix. And what the theosophical society calls the world teacher, their Christ, what I would call the antichrist. A genuine Satanist knows that this has been the plan all along, they are awaiting something they call the black awakening when this system will begin. Alice Bailey said: The widespread expectation that we approach the “age of Maitreya,” .. when the World Teacher and present head of the spiritual Hierarchy, the Christ, will reappear among humanity to sound the keynote of the new age…. There are millions of mentally alert men and women in all parts of the world who are on rapport with the Plan and work to give it expression.. They provide opportunity for cooperation with the spiritual evolution of humanity… there is no group so likely to ensure that humanity achieves this most difficult goal as the men and women of goodwill …. requiring only courage… to initiate action to prepare for the New World Order.” All the conspiracies are leading up to one event. There is an ancient Angel that has been working on a system that would allow him to actually control the world to such a degree that he could force them to worship him as God… and unfortunately for the first time in history the technology is capable of doing that, I believe that the implantable microchip could actually play a role in this.. And he is the General in this, that is why you find Satanism behind every door you kick down in the investigation of the new world order, that is why you find his demons telling people to go out on a word stage and teach a doctrine that will lead them right into his hands, to an elitist mindset seeking the luciferic initiation of the light bringer, Prometheus, lucifer… they have always been preparing you for the Him…there agenda has never changed…..but we have been so brainwashed to hate Christianity that the bible is the last place we would look for the truth. Jesus spoke of the time that’s coming, he said: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be delivered. It interesting that here is a guy that not even his enemies can find a good reason to accuse him, He is entirely just and sincere, and humble, in the bible, yet for some unknown reason, what he said is absolutely true, we will be hated for his name’s sake. This hate has to come from a third party, the illuminati perverts the bible to make you think that religion is equal with Jesus so that you will reject Him. I submit to all of you that Jesus was the most anti-religious person that ever walked the face of the earth, he had nothing but compassion for sinners of even the worst kind…the only harsh things he ever said was to the clergy of his day….oh and the bankers. The reason the mere calling on his name crushes whatever force is behind sleep paralysis and so called alien abductions is because he really is who he claimed to be. And the demons are just as scared of him now as they were during the pages of the bible. Jesus said Matthew 11:28 “Come to Me, all who are weary and heavy-laden, and I will give you rest. 29 Matthew 11:29 “Take My yoke upon you and learn from Me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and YOU WILL FIND REST FOR YOUR SOULS. 30 “For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” Christianity is not a belief system it’s a supernatural event that happens to you, your life begins to change, you start to love the things of God and hate the things of sin, you are given new power to turn from things that have you in chains, it doesn’t mean you will be prefect but you will start to change and that change will continue your whole life, it is freedom from bondage not a list of rules. Mark 10:45 “For even the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give His life a ransom for many.” Acts 17:30 “Therefore having overlooked the times of ignorance, God is now declaring to men that all people everywhere should repent, 31 because He has fixed a day in which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all men by raising Him from the dead.” I do not think that David Icke knows that he is being used as a tool for the new world order, I would like to think that he would turn from his ways if he could be convinced of it. I want to ask you to help me pray for Mr Icke. For transcripts, footnotes, free downloads and, free dvds go to the website davidickedebunked.com
8261 an0 -
13 min 21
David Icke DEBUNKED- The Film (10 of 11)
Name: Chris White You can contact Chris White at: nowheretorun1984@gmail.com http://www.youtube.com/user/TheCozmikTruth Website: http://conspiracyclothes.com/nowheret... For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Ephesians 6:12 About Me: http://dvdtract.com http://the2012deception.net/ http://twitter.com/NTR1984 http://www.facebook.com/now... http://revelationsradionetw... http://thefullarmorofgod.po... http://zeitgeistchallenge.com Nowhere To Run is an internet based talk radio show and podcast hosted by Chris White. on Revelations radio network http://revelationsradionetw... and the Revere Radio Network http://revereradionetwork.com with the archives and podcast are available anytime for free. Nowhere To Run focuses on the theoretical aspects of the "New World Order" or "Illuminati" agenda. NTR attempts to sift through and analyze the mounds of misinformation looking for the truth, and the true motivations behind the propaganda, from a biblical perspective. He shows the total compatibility of the Conspiracy world to the Biblical one, despite the chorus of folks trying to prove the opposite, He shows how topics like the Nephilim, and trauma based generational mind control, and satanic rituals are crucial aspects of the system, and how important of a role they play in this end game scenario of the illuminati. The show is predicated on the idea that deception works only on the uniformed, in addition that there is plenty to get informed about and very quickly, because our lives and indeed our souls depend on it. Transcript / Footnotes Interestingly, David Icke’s story starts with a woman named Alice Bailey. Some of the following information on Alice bailey is taken from the excellent research of Terry Melanson the founder of and webmaster for www.conspiracyarchive.com/ He writes: Alice Ann Bailey was a leading disciple of the Russian theosophist Madame Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy, Bailey formed the Lucifer Publishing Company in 1920 and in 1922 she saw the organization’s name changed to Lucis Trust though the advancement of the Luciferian beliefs remained true. Lucis Trust promulgates the work of an “Ascended Master” a spiritual being who was working ‘through’ or in Alice Bailey for some 30 years. The Lucis Trust Publishing Company and their many fronts carry out the work of a Luciferian “master plan” for the establishment of a permanent “Age of Aquarius” Lucis Trust is a powerful institution that enjoys “Consultative Status” with the United Nations, which permits it to have a close working relationship with the U.N., including a seat on the weekly sessions, but most importantly, influence with powerful business and national leaders throughout the world. Through its founding of World Goodwill, Lucis Trust is “aggressively involved in promoting a globalist ideology”: Bailey’s influential occult organization is tied to a international conspiracy of elitists like the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergs, and the Trilateral Commission. A sprit that called itself Djwhal Khul wrote many books through her. These included brilliant plan that detailed many aspects of a world government that she called “the New World Order” quotes like: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” She actually outlines the process of how to prepare humanity for the new world order the in a section of her book Externalization of the Hierarchy called “Steps Towards the New World Order” In another section called “The Problem of Government” she appears to lay out a plan that would later become the basis for the trilateral commission by outlining how to divide the world in three blocks. But first she states: Coming now to the realm of government, under the new world order, one is faced with a very complex situation…Various basic trends of thought are appearing which, in the new world order, will unfold into that major synthesis so much desired by the spiritual Hierarchy of the planet. In addition to being one of the founders of the ideals and philosophies of those people planning global governance her writings also gained immense fame with another people group, that is of the so called “New Age”. Her extensive writing served as the foundational beliefs of the new age to this day. David Icke in recent times seems to agree with this, he said in his book The Biggest Secret “Two organizations spawned by Alice Bailey’s work, the Lucis Trust and the World Goodwill Organization, are both staunch promoters of United Nations. Alice Bailey founded the Arcane esoteric school. She claimed to ‘channel’ an entity she called the ‘Tibetan’ and she produced a number of books including Hierarchy Of The Masters, The Seven Rays, A New Group Of World Servers, and New World Religion. Bailey said that her Tibetan Master had told her the Second World War was necessary to defend the plan of God. That sounds ridiculous to me, but there are many in the New Age field who believe that everything is part of ‘the plan’ and the will of God, even a global holocaust.” It is impossible to understand why David Icke teaches the things he teaches these days without first reading two of his now out of print books. His first book ‘Truth Vibrations’, which he has still mentions on his website, but says that they are out of stock, and his next book “Love Changes Everything” which he doesn’t even have listed on his website at all. Before we get into the details of this very important material you should know a little of the history of each book. Truth Vibrations was published in 1991 and Icke will refer to it from time to time, and although he admits his views have changed slightly he still agrees with much that is in the book. Then there is his next book Love Changes Everything. Unlike ‘Truth Vibrations’ LCE was written after his Kundalini spiritual awakening in Peru where Icke says his mind was blown. And because of this, Icke says he doesn’t like the book. He said quote: “I don’t like that book, because it was written at the most extreme time of my transformation, when wasn’t sure what planet I was on, never mind what my name was.” The problem with trying to distance himself with these books is as we will see its obvious that he still believes their main points, we will see countless examples of this in his recent talks and books. And once you see the details of his early beliefs it will become very clear that they are same beliefs that are behind Alice Bailey and the New World Order. The first clue that there was a connection between Icke and Alice Bailey came only a few pages in to “Love Changes Everything” Where Icke says: “Since the publication of The Truth Vibrations I have learned so much more as I have communicated almost daily with Rakorski, the one known as Lord of all Creation, who is directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo. I also communicate often with the one we know as Jesus, the Spirit of the Earth, and many others.” Now keep in mind that this ‘Rakorski’ is the same spirit that dictated much of his first book the Truth Vibrations back when the “eye” appeared, He says on page 21 of Truth Vibrations: “Soon after this the eye appeared. One evening I was lying on my bed in a hotel room when I closed my eyes and there, forming out of the darkness, was the shape of an eye. It was there for a split second at first before dispersing. But gradually it became permanent. “– Truth Vibrations pp.21 Listen to an early interview where Icke talks about these entities. Icke: One great example of the way this works that I came across, which they, the beings which we call ‘the guys’ told us about. Campbell: You call them… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Campbell: He’s Jesus’ father, Rakorski, he was murdered as well… Icke: Yeah, part of him was, yeah. That’s right, the aspects… Now although there is a lot to talk about from that clip the thing I want to focus in on is this being’s name….Rakorski. In Theosophy, Rakorski is one of the ‘ascended masters’ these are beings that are supposedly so evolved that they have transcended the physical realm and now they are helping humanity pass through a coming age of enlightenment. Rakorski was a particular ascended master that Alice Bailey wrote extensively about It is especially significant that Icke calls him “Lord of all Creation” and elsewhere “Lord of Civilization” and says that he is “directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo.” Because these are absolutely clear examples that he is referring to the same ascended master that Alice Bailey made prominent, as she gave him those exact titles and said his ‘task’ is the establishment of the new civilization of the Age of Aquarius. She also connected him with the so called ‘Seventh Ray’ (which will become incredibly significant as this story unfolds). It was only later while reading Truth Vibrations did I find that he actually confirmed my suspicion that he was talking about Bailey’s Ascended Masters. In a section where he was talking about the different messages he received and he said: “Some of the communications came directly from the consciousness which has the awesome responsibility for easing in and guiding the new age of Aquarius. The Lord of Civilization and the Lord of the Seventh Ray, One of the energies we will soon be receiving at a much increased power The universe is governed and guided by a massive hierarchy, and the person or consciousnesses are selected purely by a souls stage of evolution There are beings that Guide the Cosmic, Galactic, Solar and Planetary Systems, Planets, countries, and regions. Each of these systems is broken down into further levels of organization. At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms. These have become known as ascended masters, and they are supported by other ascended masters behind the scenes, as it were. “ One of the best ways to demonstrate that David still holds these theosophical views today is with David’s view of the so called Solar Logos. As we just read David believed that there is a literal Sun God called the Solar Logos, and that the Solar Logos was going to be the entity that would send the energy to raise our consciousness and make us well godlike. In another place Icke says that Rakorski told him that… “The Solar Logos is the spirit of the sun who guides a solar system and sends certain energies to the planets and stars” He also goes on to say that a solar logos, can reach a “immensely high level of understanding “and that he/she can then evolve to be the Lord over several suns.” When Icke said earlier “At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms.” He is talking about how in theosophy it is the Solar Logos that is going to send rays that are suppose to raise the consciousness of the earth. Alice Bailey’s Idea was that these ‘Seven Rays’ would be generated from the Galactic Logos whom she often referred to as “the One about whom Naught may be said” these special rays would be filtered through the sun god and then come to the earth to change us and the earth spirit or Gaia. David very much believed in the Seven Ray theory of Bailey, in fact in both his early books he not only gives lists of each ray and their characteristics but he gives the exact characteristics for each one that Alice Bailey wrote. I will show you Alice Bailey’s Seven Ray Chart on the Screen as I read from David’s book Truth Vibrations. David Begins: “These Rays are: one – Pure Will and Power, ray two – love and wisdom, ray three – intelligence, ray four- harmony through conflict, ray five - concrete mind and science, ray six – love and devotion, ray seven - law and order and ceremonial magic, the Rakorski Ray” The last part is a dead giveaway because if you notice that Alice Bailey associated each ray to an ascended master you will notice that next to the last ray the one Icke calls the Rakorski ray, is the name St Germain. And that is what Bailey, and even Icke would sometimes call Rakorski, Bailey would also sometimes refer to him as “Master R.” One way to demonstrate how devoted Icke was to this idea of the seven rays is to point out that during this time he would only where the colors turquoise and light purple, because certain colors were attributed to the different rays and he believed it would attract more good vibrations to himself. Woman: I’d like to ask Dave, is there anything special about that suit that he has on? Icke: Well, this light that the Bible talks of, this energy, this light force that he sent out from the godhead and all around creation and it’s this light force all around the planet that’s been disrupted, has sub-frequencies within it. And each of these has a vibrational frequency of a colour. Turquoise is the colour of an energy within that light known as love and wisdom and if you wear a colour that’s on the same frequency then you attract it and absorb it much more efficiently. …and in case you think he outgrew that…he posted on his website 11 years later a story defending his wearing turquoise back then. He would later modify beliefs slightly, he said recently: ‘Turquoise is an important color, but you don’t have to wear it all the time.’ In more recent times he confirms this belief in the rays that will cause an evolutionary shift, in his 8th book And The truth shall set you free he says: “Cosmic rays of unprecedented power are being detected. These are the energies that are changing life on this planet..These cycles are fundamental, I believe, to the spiritual transformation and the multidimensional shifts which the planet, and humanity, are experiencing.” Now lets get in to why this matter to you, a truth seeker, let me first quote Icke from his book Robots Rebellion, It says: The Sun is far more than a massive ball of fire, generating warmth. It is another substation for Source energies. The ancients knew this, or at least their most highly evolved members did, and this is one explanation for the origin of the Sun god and Sun worship. The more enlightened members of their number were not worshipping a ball of fire in the sky, they were acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet. Just as the Sun is the mind that guides the solar system; the Galactic Mind guides the galaxy and the Universal Mind guides the Universe. The Source is the mind that guides all Creation..We all have the opportunity to tune into this guidance from the highest the Source. Notice he capitalizes source this would be the galactic logos the one whom bailey called the one about whom naught may be said. Notice how he talks about the worship of the sun in very good terms, that is as long as you know what your doing, and know the esoteric truth about the sun, after all he says these secret societies were just “acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet”..its a very good thing to venerate the sun if you know what your doing. We see also him doing the same thing today the only difference is he doesn’t use the name solar logos any more, as you watch these clips notice the words he uses to describe the true worship of the sun. If you know David Icke you know he is using the best words in his vocabulary to present it in a good way..words like vibrational… Icke: And one of the things that’s come through history is the moon and sun religion. Religions using the symbolism of the sun and moon, which has been manifested as the sun god and the sun goddess. Now this has many connotations. On some levels there’s the worship of the sun, but on deeper levels of knowledge these are symbolic of deep esoteric and vibrational, mathematical, geometrical concepts. It depends what level you’re meeting the knowledge at, what level you have access to. Terry Melanson founder of conspiracyarchive.com said about the Lucis Trust logo “ the Lucis Trust logo features this streaming blue light. The New Age Symbol invented by Foster Bailey (alice baileys 32 degree freemason husband) has a plethora of symbolic imagery. The symbol, according to Lucis Trust, is “set in a limitless field of blue, which signifies the sphere of life expression of our solar logos…superimposed upon the triangle of new age forces is the five pointed star of [Anti]Christ. In her book, `Rays and Initiations`, Alice Bailey reveals this Solar Logos is Lucifer himself. Now listen to Icke describe how the suns rays are going to be the thing that causes the spiritual evolutions he says are coming and listen carefully as he tries to work in the black hole in the center of the galaxy as being the source of this life changing energy. This is important because we will see he has no scientific reason for saying that the black hole is going to send out any energy, but I think he does have a religious belief that bailey’s Seven Rays will come from the “Galactic Logos,” and are then sent to the Solar Logos and then transform humanity and the earth. Icke: My feeling about this awakening is that this is very very much involved. I’ve got a lot more to do on this to say the least, but I’m sure that the sun is far more than a source of heat. It is a place, or an opening, a gateway where great energetic change and co-changes come into the solar system, same with others all around what we call the universe. I feel that at the elite level, not among the general population, one of the focuses on the sun, one of the reasons for this obsession with the sun is the knowledge of this, right going back to the ancient world. I also feel the black holes and stuff are also ways the energetic codes come in and out of this reality. Icke: It’s that what we’re going through, what we call this vibrational base construct which is coming out of the black holes, that is now very powerfully in the process of changing its vibrational state. We’re in the cusp of how it was, the surpressed, the limited…so as this energy changes, it’s triggering different photon information from the suns, in this case, our sun. So people are starting to, those more open to it first, starting to decode base information construct. And what that’s doing is changing their perception as we decode it and move into a new era. Icke: This vibration coming from the blackholes, this base vibration, there’ll be more to know, I’m trying to put the themes here…as it moves through its cycle of change, before coming back to the original vibration, it’s changing the information coming out of the sun in the form of photons, it’s changing the information construct. Therefore we are starting to decode, as it moves through the cycle, different information. Icke: I’ll tell you the way I see it anyway. What I’m saying in my new book is that the black holes, like the one at the center of this galaxy, are vibrtating the base vibrational state of this reality, but it’s not stable in the sense that it doesn’t just stay forever vibrating in the same way. It goes through a cycle. So it goes through this vibrational cycle and eventually comes back to the start. As these black holes vibrate this base vibrational construct it triggers information from the suns to be transmitted in the form of photons. Photon energy which is information. As this vibration changes, and whoever created this virtual reality universe, in other words this massively advanced computer game, they created this vibrational cycle, and as it goes through this cycle, the information coming from the suns in the photon energy changes, so we’re decoding this change. So we go through periods of what the ancients called the Golden Age, this massive expansion of awareness and connection and harmony and all the rest of it. And there are other periods where the information is much more suppressed and limited and it all goes through these cycles until it begins again. Now I looked in his new book to see if he explained what this cycle was that the black hole was going through, because in running the website the2012deception.net I feel I have heard just about every theory in which a cycle concerning the black hole and the sun is mentioned, yet I had never heard of a vibrational base frequency that was part of a cycle or anything remotely similar…so naturally I was very curious to find out what scientific information he had to back up these claims…because it seemed like he was just trying to make the theosophy idea sound really scientific which of course it isn’t. So I thought it was really funny when first, I found that he never addressed this cycle at at all in his new book, but what he did do was pretty hilarious, He actually put a picture of Carl Sagan on p 406 of ‘Human Race Get Off Your Knees’ and instead of quoting Carl Sagan he quotes a woman named Carol Clark who had a “vivid dream” where the dead Carl Sagan spoke to her…this dream version of Carl Sagan is literally the only scientific support he has for this particular idea, it simply says on page 407 “Black holes resonate the frequency and the different frequencies trigger different levels of information awareness to be emitted by the sun in the form of photons” This Dream version of Carl Sagan is the only evidence Icke offers us to believe in this particular theosophical theory about the sun god sending rays from the galactic god to change humanity. Lets move on to more evidence about Icke and theosophy. Even Ickes latest and greatest theories have their origins in his early writings, which in turn have their origins in Alice Bailey’s writings. Take for example the subject of the moon. Icke claims he got a message from the spirit world regarding the moon. Icke: I sat down to start writing that day and the energy in the room changed, and I thought I know this, I recognize this, so the energy in the room changed, there was a vibrational change, you could feel it, the atmosphere changed, a simple way to put it, I recognized this. What I then got as this was happening, the basic first theme was that the moon is not real. Course there’s more to know about that as more came, but ‘the moon is not real, the moon is not what you think it is’. He claims in his recent book that the moon is an artificial spacecraft that reptilians flew to our solar system and once it came into orbit with the earth it caused major catastrophes, but what’s worse is that it messed up the vibration so bad that it took us from god like beings that could levitate and only had to eat energy instead of animals…down to people who are like we are today..controlled by greed and anger etc. There are several things very interesting about Ickes new theory, one of them is that its not new for him at all, He describes this exact same thing in the book “love changes everything” but with a slightly different flavor. “Satan incarnated on the moon and helped to create fantastic negativity. The imbalance was such that the Moon Spirit left, and Lucifer, now rejoined on the light levels by Satan, used all the power of the negative energies and those created at the moment the spirit left to direct the dying, spiritless planet towards another planet. The light levels had known that Lucifer was planning on using the moon to create havoc, because his thought forms were passed directly to the Archangel Michael through the Devic information system and vice versa. Lucifer was thus aware of this, and found a way to prevent the Godhead and Michael knowing exactly what he intended to do with the moon. He formed a very large number of plans in his mind, but did not decide which one he would go for until the last possible moment, when he sent out one surge of negative energy that directed the dying moon towards earth, The Archangel Michael said: There were a great number of possibilities and we were in a waiting situation.” Icke says that this luckily was happening right at the time of a scheduled axis shift at the end of the Atlantis civilization and as a result the Sun God was putting forward a lot of positive energy at the time “Rakorski said of the aftermath: That the power of the Solar Logo’s positive energy ray was enough to stop the moon from colliding with earth but it became trapped in the earths orbit.” “The Earths energy system was in tatters and if it were not for the Archangel Michael somehow keeping open some of the energy arteries to the main network, the planet would not have survived. “I owe him so much” the Earth Spirit said, and his perseverance and positive attitude was wonderful for all of us” A being called Magnu (whom icke still quotes at the end of his lectures) said the following on pages 61-62 “Land was torn in half life was snuffed out in an instant, and it was the start of what has become known as the cataclysm. There was water everywhere. Tidal waves everywhere. Land froze within minutes. Great mountains of rock were wrenched out of the earth Areas of Land Sunk – Just collapsed and disappeared, There were violent eruptions devastating land shifts, and the sea came in.” Doesn’t this better help you understand what Icke is saying in this interview Icke: For me, this period that people call Atlantis and Lemuria and talk about great cataclysms and stuff like that…that was probably the time the hacking happened. There was a vibrational shift in the direction of limitation. M feeling is that first of all is that we had a much greater expansion of awareness, visual awareness, hearing awareness, all the senses, we were much further out vibrationally, therefore we could access far more. When this shift of limitation took place, because of these cataclysmic events, you can see clearly in the biological and geological record that this happened. Of course you can see it in all, the Great Flood, the cataclysmic stories in all the native cultures around the world. When this happened there was an energy deficit and I feel that energy deficit is bridged by what we call food. We’ve got lions and all of these animals all over the world, right down to the insects level of life that basically everyday is a killing field, just to survive, because they are taking in energy in a solidified form, that energy deficit, because of the energy shift that took place. This energetic flaw, this vibrational catacylcsm did, was that it took the vibrational state of this reality from harmony to disharmony. Now we’re decoding harmony: love, peace, beauty. (for the record even the eating energy thing is from the book LCE) (quote page 97) “With the energy system at only minimum levels they could no longer live purley on energies in the water and the environment. They had to supplement these by consuming the energies in plant life. This is why we need to eat food now – to make up for the low energy levels in the world around us. – LCE p 97 Now here is the Alice Bailey Connection; She has this to say about the moon: The Moon chain has in itself a curious occult history, not yet to be disclosed Certain brief hints may be given for the due consideration of students: * The Moon chain was a chain wherein a systemic failure was to be seen. * It is connected with the lower principles * The sexual misery of this planet finds its origin in the moon failure. * The progress of evolution on the moon was abruptly disturbed and arrested by the timely interference of the solar Logos. (this would correspond to Icke’s story of the moon spirit being kicked out and the Solar Logos saving the day at the last minute) The secret of the suffering in the Earth chain, which makes it merit the name of the Sphere of Suffering, has its origin in the events which brought the moon chain to a terrific culmination (This next one from alice bailey is pretty important because its at the heart of what ickes current theory is) * Certain results, such as the finding of its polar opposite, were hastened unduly on the moon chain, and the consequence was an uneven development and a retardation of the evolution of a certain number of deva and human groups. Deva is a term used by Bailey and Icke to mean angels like Lucifer * The origin of the feud between the Lords of the Dark Face and the Brotherhood of Light, which found scope for activity in Atlantean days, and during the present root race, can be traced back to the moon chain. So you can see that Icke’s new moon theory is really just an expansion on Alice Bailey’s writings on the moon. The next piece to this puzzle surrounds the idea of Gaia or the Earth Spirit, David has been and still is very passionate about the existence of the earth spirit, what Alice Bailey calls the “Planetary Logos”. Icke: The spirit of the earth is the most evolved ever to incarnate as a physical planet. She is a wondrous being of an evolution we could not even begin to comprehend, and without that wondrous spirit, that high evolution, and the higher you go up in evolution the more ability you have for love, the more ability you have for tolerance, the more of all these things you have. If she didn’t have that, she would have left this planet a long time ago. Icke: What I said publicly in 1991, that the Earth was a living entity that we could communicate with and that it could communicate with us, people just dubbed me crazy. And now we’re scientists that study this coming to the same conclusion. No one did more to popularize the idea of the “Earth Spirit” than Alice Bailey. It was her writing that influenced the Gaia religion of the United Nations which will play an important role in a coming world government. A great example of this is a man names Robert Muller. Robert Muller was the author of the “World Core Curriculum.” He is widely recognized as the “father of global education.” For 30 years, he was Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations. He was the Chancellor of the U.N. University. his ideas about world government, world peace and spirituality led to the increased representation of religions in the UN, especially of New Age Movement. He has become known as the “Philosopher” of the UN. He is the founder of Robert Muller Schools. The preface of the Robert Muller School World Core Curriculum Manual, November, 1986, says, “The underlying philosophy upon which the Robert Muller School is based will be found in the teachings set forth in the books of Alice A. Bailey, by the Tibetan teacher, Djwhal Khul.” Robert Muller told an audience in Costa Rica, “We hear now of the Gaia hypothesis, of the interdependence of all inert and living matter, that we are part and parcel of a living planetary organism.” Maurice Strong, is another Gaia supporter ,he is founder and Secretary General of the United Nations Environment Programme, and Senior Advisor to Kofi Annan. He was the Founder of the Earth Council and the Earth Charter Initiative, and former President of the United Nations University of Peace. He is the author of most of the key UN environmental policies and plans including Agenda 21, the Earth Charter, the Kyoto Protocol and the UN report on Global Governance. He founded the Manitou Institue where various groups perform rituals to heal Gaia. This list can also include people like Al Gore and Ted Turner. So am I saying that there is a connection between Alice Bailey, the idea of Gaia or The Earth Spirit, and The New World Order agenda. Yes there is, to understand it we should listen to a quote from David Icke about what the earth spirit does when people aren’t ready to evolve. “This is how the split in Atlantis occurred, and as it did so the energy system and the Roof of Light became less powerful. The Earth Spirit decided, with guidance from Rakorski and the Godhead, that rather than see such a wonderful people continue to fall down the frequencies she would create the physical changes that would end Atlantis. Those who were still balanced enough to listen to guidance from the light levels would be led to places of safety during the changes. They would later return to restore the roof of light and to take care of the planet still further to even higher frequencies than she had yet reached. You can see that the earth spirit did not make this decision out of anger or resentment. Her motivation was love just as it is today. Had she done nothing these beings who had worked so hard to evolve up the frequencies would have continued to fall back again. But when she told the Atlantians her decision, through thought communication, most of them didn’t like it. This inability to understand the situation confirmed that the time was right to act.” LCE p 53 Although according to Icke this was cut short because of the moon being thrust into the earth atmosphere This would not be the first time that Gaia had tried to commit an evolution specific genocide according to Icke. She also did the same to Lemuria before it. He wrote: “the energy system was in such a muddle that it threatened the Earth Spirits ability to harmonize, and she decided to act to bring Mu [Lemuria] to an end. …If there comes a point when it is necessary to take action to maintain balance for everyone’s benefit and check the imbalances that are harming the progress of all in her care, then it is her duty to act. Sometimes this can mean enormous changes have to take place but it is always done out of love and necessity. Not malice. “ And according to Icke The earth spirit then proceeded to kill everyone. And he still believes we are all in danger because the earths consciousness is too low, the only difference now is that the idea of the illuminati has been incorporated as the ones making it happen. Icke: So of course the planet itself is a living, thinking, emotional entity. We are interacting with that energy field, and one of the things the Illuminati have set out to do and are trying evermore to do in the period we’re experiencing now is to bring the vibrational state, of the earth’s field, it’s consciousness to as low a point as they can. Its also important to understand that Ickes belief in Lemuria and Atlantis are derived entirely from theosophy which he still very much believe in today Icke: In ancient ancient times, prehistorical times in terms of official history where there were two great civilizations which made together a global civilization, one based on a land mass which has become known as Atlantis and one which has become known as Mu or Lemuria. And these were very advanced civilizations with in many ways, knowledge beyond what is available in the public arena today, and they went to great technological lengths, great understandings, for instance, in how you can create a magnetic field which makes vast stones weightless which you can then push them along and maneuver them around. Great technological advancement, at least among the elite. There is not a shred of evidence outside of the Plato account about Atlantis and the Idea of Lemuria, well the main evidence we have for it is simply because Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy said so. The idea of sunken continent of lemuria that Blavatsky describes has been proven an impossibility after the discovery of plate tectonics, which has led modern theosophist to concede that if Lemuria existed maybe it was simply an era in time instead of an actual continent in light of this new evidence. Hitler and the Nazis also really liked theosophy, Hitler was said to have kept a copy of the Secret Doctrine by Helena Blavatsky by his bedside. The Swastica was used because of its use by Blavatsky as the symbol of theosophy. The Genocide that hitler imposed was rooted in the theosphical view of the tall blonde haired blue eyed root races from Atlantis. Actually Icked believed this too, He said on page 46 of LCE that the inhabitats of atlantis were an average height of 6’5” blonde haired and skin the glowed white. Icke remarks about the incredible influence that Theosophy had on hitler in this way: “I am not saying that Blavatsky was negative, only that Hitler was influenced by her work” – And the truth shall set you free. A few other similarities are that Hitler also believed in the idea that a moon came into our orbit and thus gave the need to create this new evolution. He also believes like Icke that the earth was hollow, which is funny because in Ickes book the biggest secret his main evidence for the hollow earth was simply that the Nazi’s believed it too, which is really only because they both read HP Blavatsky who made the claim in the secret doctrine. Also Hitler believed that the Atlanteans possessed physic powers and that they were destroyed by a flood, just like icke believes. It is this desire of Ickes, to get back to the Atlantis evolution that is at the core of his and teaching today. ( to prove this listen to icke in this recent lecture read a message given to him by a spirit in 1990, we find in another place that Icke identified this spirit as ‘Magnu’ who he said was from Atlantis. Listen to Icke explain first that Atlantis was destroyed and how the ultimate objective is to attain the powers we once had in Atlantis Icke: In 1990 I experienced this, and it stood the test of time in my experience. “My own allegiance to your planet goes back to an Atlantean period when there were many energies being used and information and knowledge being used which were for particular reasons of safety, withdrawn, shall we say. To prevent complete catastrophe, to prevent the complete destruction of your planet. As the energies around your planet quicken so these latent energies, these energies that were withdrawn, were now being phased back in. They will gradually be awakened. As the consciousness level of your planet raises itself, those of you who are working together to raise your consciousness, you will be able to hold more and more refined vibrations, and the energies themselves contain the knowledge which is beginning to surface again in your consciousness. Many of you will remember the Atlantean times, you will remember you communicated with, say, dolphins and whales, you understood these sentient creatures, you could levitate, you could manifest things, you could cause spontaneous combustion by not miraculous means at all. Once you know what you’re doing, these things follow, it is a matter of order. Now I am looking at a time on your planet when these energies are reawakened and re-integrated into your consciousness. At the very least we should be warned that that philosophy has had negative consequences at least once before. because its the same thing that Hitler wanted. The fifth root race of Blavatsky, which Hitler was trying to bring about, was known as the “Race of Hope”, and it was said that they soon would rise to the pinnacle of spirituality formerly attained by Atlantis, but that certain people were holding them back…and as we will see in the final section Icke also hold to this very dark idea. This idea has always been planned to be used in the context of a one world government 33rd degree Freemason Manly Palmer Hall said: “The New Atlantis sets forth an ideal government of the earth. It foretells that day when in the midst of men there shall rise up a vast institution composed of the philosophic elect — an order of illumined men banded together for the purpose of investigating the laws of life and the mysteries of the universe …” “The age of boundaries is closing, and we are approaching a nobler era when nations shall be no more; when the lines of race and caste shall be wiped out; when the whole earth shall be under one order, one government, one administrative body.”(41) Another similarity is the contact with the so called spiritual hierarchy. As we have seen Icke is in contact with a plethora of spiritual entities even up to this very day. The Thule Society, the secret society that Hitler belonged to (also used the theosophical swastika) believed that highly intelligent spiritual beings existed and that the truly initiated could, keep in contact with those beings for information about the world. The occultist Dietrich Eckardt taught Hitler to get in contact with this spiritual hierarchy and Hitler in fact believed he was in contact with this superior, mythical race, taught about in the Thule society. Eckardt remarked on his deathbed: “Follow Hitler! He will dance, but I am the one to blow the pipe. We have given him the means to put himself in communication with Them. Mourn me not. I have influenced history more than any other German” [J.H. Brennan: Occult Reich] Hitler wanted to enhance his connection to these beings further and Earnest Pretzsche, a book dealer, introduced Hitler to a psychedelic drug containing mescaline and peyote. This produced clairvoyant visions that made Hitler believe he had opened the door to more supernatural powers. Icke too also was seeking a deeper connection to the spirit world and so he went to Brazil where he took a potent drug used by shamans to contact the spirit world. Icke calls what contacted him that night “the voice” and he says that it was the defining moment of his career. Icke: Then came the third stage which started in 2003 when I had an ayahuascan experience, in Brazil, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mindblowing and life changing. I have often wondered if Icke has ever taken any precautions to make sure that the entities that he is in contact with are good entities, He often talks about how the illuminati are in contact with bad extra dimensional beings, Icke: And these same gods, demonic entities, that are worshipped by the Satanists, are the same gods that are worshipped by the secret societies and the religions, unknowingly. In Satanism it’s knowingly. Icke: These reptilian entities seem to offer, and again, it’s not just reptilian, there are many kinds of entities that do not have a human form but operate just outside of human sight, and history has recorded them as demons and all this stuff… So I wonder if he has a system to discern whether the ones he is talking to are one of the ones that influence the illumnati. You can imagine I was a bit discouraged to hear things like this: Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions through intuitions, through urges, ‘I just gotta do this/I’ve gotta go there’…As I’ve gone through this and followed it, and who the forces are, I don’t know, I’m not really that interested, funny enough, I’ll just go with it and I’ll remember what it’s all about when I leave this genetic spacesuit. Now here is a mystery considering all that we have learned so far Icke: I think a whole lot of this whole New Age area, of ascended masters and all the Blavatsky stuff and Astar Command, I say that is a belief system controlled by the same force which is also drawing that bloody energy as we go along. Again, considering everything we just learned this is clearly an admission that he has been lied to by the spirits all of his life, I mean if they told him that they were Alice Bailey’s ascended masters, which they did, and taught him Theosophy word for word, which they did. He must be admitting here that all he was taught is a lie. But the problem is that he has never stopped teaching and promoting the beings he talked to or what they told them to teach, he clearly attributes everything he is to them, Icke: Among these messages that were given to me in 1990 were “He will say things and wondered where they came from. They will be our words. Sometimes we will put knowledge into his mind, sometimes he will be led to knowledge.” Another one was, a little bit later “Arduous seeking is not necessary.” I have given this much thought and have come to some possible conclusions. Here are some facts. Icke never has mentioned the name Alice Bailey in his early books, although in them it is clear that he is teaching her doctrine, things like about the seven rays, and the coming evolution, the solar logos, the new age, Atlantis/ Lemuria being destroyed because of bad evolution, the earth spirit, the moon problem, her particular brand of reincarnation, even wearing certain colors, he never once attributes any of it to her. He attributes it all to the spirits that he channeled. He says he got all this information from the spirit world, which I am willing to believe, and therefore I suppose its possible that he hasn’t made the connection that everything he believes is from Alice Bailey himself yet, He may have never noticed that what the spirits told him was word for word Alice Bailey and or Theosophy. The other possibility is that because he has alluded to in the past the idea that sometimes during channelings the paradigm of the channeler gets in the way of the message, and so therefore the message can be tainted by the messenger. He refers to this to try I think, to explain the fact that he has pages and pages of material of his conversations with Jesus whom he nowadays says never existed. The idea is that, well the channeler believed in Jesus so the name was messed up. But as we will see later these beings do much more than claim to be some entity, they play the role to the very end and really expect you to go tell people what they told you. There are many problems with this but the biggest one is that, lets say some of the psychics he talked to were big Alice Bailey fans and so he got information that was filtered through their paradigm. That is still not excuse because we are right back to the problem of, well if he learned later on that Alice Bailey and her ascended masters lead to a new world order ideology why is he still teaching us the exact same ideology, only packaged in a way that seems to try to hide the obvious source? We will come back to the investigation of Ickes extra dimensional entities to see if we can determine anything more about them later on, but for now lets move on to some of Ickes more earthly sources of his information to see if we can determine anything about the evolution from his early material to his current material like reptilians. The single most influential person in the development of Ickes current ideas is a man named Brian Desborough,. Desborough wrote a lot of conspiracy articles and posted them on the internet in the mid 90’s into the 2000s, later these articles would be complied into a book Desborough is behind an astonishing amount of Ickes research. There is a lot of interesting things about Mr. Desborough, first of all despite the fact that his bio says that he served as a Director of Research and Development for several American high technology companies, and has provided consultation to a company involved in deep space research. There is no record of him doing anything like this on the internet that I can find, there are only references to his conspiracy articles which have been online for many years. Which seems odd since you would think that a person who was publishing material that early in the internet’s history would also have left some trail to his apparently earth changing scientific research. What’s interesting too is that despite the fact that Icke, when referring to Desborough, calls him his “American scientist friend” you can read Desborough’s own bio to find out that his information was given to him by spiritual beings, like Icke was Desborough says: “During an out of body experience which occurred in 1971, he encountered five highly spiritually evolved non physical beings who informed him that he must write a revisionist history of the world. The purpose of the book was to take the readers out of their comfort zones, by presenting them with the truth regarding such diverse subjects as the true location of Atlantis, the duplicitous acts of the Illuminati, and the fundamentals of free energy technology. It was not until later that the author learned that the non physical entities that he had encountered were associated with a non physical directorate who were the overlords of a group of terrestrial mystics known through the centuries as the Khwajagan. It is the role of the Khwajagan to intercede in the political affairs of the world periodically, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality.” It is very interesting to note that like David , Desborough also speaks out vey harshly against Alice Bailey and the ascended masters in his book, he even says: “The Lucis Trust is a major New Age command center on behalf of the Illuminati” and “Her book Education in The New Age outlined a social engineering program which later was adopted by the Club of Rome. In it she wrote “…the science of eugenics will grow.” Ascended Masters” were, in actuality, merely nicknames she had assigned to wealthy masonic patrons of the Theosophical Society, and displayed outrage against phony psychics claiming to channel these non-existent beings.” But in an equally amazing feat of double think Desborough believes the exact thing that Alice bailey believes, that is the non physical directorate , or ascended spiritual beings are intervening in the political affairs of the world, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality!!! which is arguably the main point to theosophy. As well as all the stuff about the Aryans as we will see later. As far as Desborough’s scientific background , according to his bio it seems to be limited to a story he tells where a chance encounter with a pediatrician who had been one of Wilhelm Reich’s research associates gave him access to all of his notes which he says enabled him to acquire a knowledge of weather engineering and orgonotic science. In addition as luck would have it a similar thing happened to him, but this time it was the with Nicola Tesla’s notes. He says he met an old lady at a spiritual healing circle who asked him if he liked Nicola Tesla she apparently then told him a story he writes on his website: “One day, continued the lady, Tesla felt a tug on his coat sleeve. Looking down he saw the landlord’s twelve year old son, who said: “Mr Tesla, will you teach me all you know?” Tesla was so impressed that the boy became one of Tesla’s enthusiastic proteges, and later married the lady the author had just met. The lady then provided the author with some of her late husband’s research notes on free energy and anti-gravitic technology. In this manner, many doors were opened thus enabling the author to acquire meaningful data for his two books.” The strangest part of Desborough’s bio, in my opinion, is that he claims to be an expert at deprogramming mind control victims. He claims he does this in order to get information out of them to help his research into the new world order. He has written quite a lot about trauma based mind control and at that time very little was known on the internet about it and it does appear he knows quite a lot about how to program multiples. This will become very interesting as we continue this investigation. So with that in mind lets take a look at how David Icke’s mind was shaped by Brian Desborough Ickes Book the Biggest Secret is the first time I know of that Icke mentions Desborough in print, he dedicated to book to him, and he sites him profusely throughout the book as his source for things like Martians coming to Earth and founding the Aryan race, which the reptilians used to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information on the Babylonian world, and things like that black people are a result of the earth being closer to the sun at one point, the ice age was an illusion, monoatomic gold, directed energy weapons, ufos are government craft, crop circles are space beams, Davids new view on Jesus, and much more. Ivan Fraser the other person who David dedicated his book TBS to, later spoke out against David said this about Brian Desborough. “Is there anything David could tell us about Brian Desborough’s background to allay any doubts we may have about his integrity, considering his massive influence in the content and direction of The Biggest Secret?” Also Ickes subsequent book called “Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster” is no better than a copy and pasting of Brian Desborough’s article entitled “The 9/11 Disaster The Myth and Reality “ If you have read Icke’s AIW book please read Desborough’s article when you have time and you will see that the information is exactly the same, the wording, and even the mistakes. But the curious thing is that even though its clear from reading Desborough’s 911 article that he is the one who did all research not Icke, Icke doesn’t site Desborogh one time in his book even though its painfully obvious it was taken from Desborough. I think that Desborough was quite content to feed information to Icke even if he got no credit. One example of this is in regard to the reptilian scandal. As I mentioned the biggest secret is dedicated to Desborough and another man named Ivan Fraser. According to Fraser It was Deborough that introduced Icke to Arizona Wilder. It was her testimony that ended up being the reason why Icke went public with the Reptilians thing. Desborough also admits to introducing Icke to Wilder as well as arranging the meeting between the two. Because Wilder was a victim of trauma based mind control and apparently Desborough had accessed her programming in order to get information about the illuminati, according to him he was amazed to find that she confirmed what he had already been telling Icke, which will be important later. This is Fraser’s side of the story, he had been proofreading the biggest secret for Icke and he found out about the reptilians this way: [Arizona Wilder] was not mentioned at all in the draft copy of The Biggest Secret (TBS) which I had read. David had not met her yet. When the book was released people started ringing me with questions like, is it true about the reptiles?, and is this stuff about the royal family true?. At which time I replied that I thought it was, based on the fact that the version I had read stated only the theory of the reptilians and that certain of the Royals were involved in Satanic rituals. Soon I heard about Arizona Wilder. David stated that he saw his encounter with AW as an amazing synchronicity which endorsed his work in his latest book. How could she have known all of this stuff which tallied so exactly with TBS? Well, I believe I am not as naïve as David, and I know exactly how she could have known. [Icke] was passing copies of the book via post to me and others for editing.. This brings in another character who is pivotal to the entire Biggest Secret thesis. It was a contact of David’s named Brian Desborough who introduced Arizona to David. Brian is mentioned as a source for a great deal of information in the book, having supplied most of the material upon which David based his idea that Martians came to Earth and founded the Aryan race which the reptilians used as a vehicle to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information David had compiled on the Babylonian world, its myths and how they fed into the sinister secret societies. It was Brian Desborough, who was also looking at the draft copy of the Biggest Secret at the same time as myself; i.e. before David met Arizona Wilder. Therefore the fact that Brian Desborough may be responsible for fundamentally leading the direction of David’s research, if not planting much of the basis of the book in David’s mind, is obvious. But then to be the same person responsible for giving him a so-called eye-witness to testify to the verity of that information is highly suspicious. Brian also writes articles on mind control and seems very knowledgeable on the subject. Is it possible that he could be directly involved in some way that we are not being told about? Fraser also says that Arizona endorsed Desborough’s theories So closely that “you would almost think she had already read the book – or had been given the information beforehand! “ He continues: “Or, considering that she claims to be an ex-mind controlled slave, could it be she was pre-programmed? Testimony from Mark Philips and Cathy O?Brien as to how arduous it is to deprogram a CIA slave makes me very suspicious that AW could be considered reliable. She claims that since her programmer died, the programming broke down. I don’t believe this can be accepted as such, and external experts would have to be brought in to convince me that if she was controlled to the highest level, that she could be so deprogrammed now as to be considered reliable.” Brian Desborough describes the story in this way: My own research, based upon unpublished astrophysical data, revealed that Mars originally occupied our planet’s orbit and was populated by a technologically-advanced Aryan race. A celestial catastrophe displaced Mars into its present orbit, forcing the Aryan survivors to colonize our planet and subsequently construct the Great Pyramid. They were overthrown by an evil priesthood who established the Royal Court of the Dragon in Egypt. While David was writing his book, it was my good fortune to meet the Mother Goddess of the Illuminati. She corroborated my research, adding that the Illuminati hierarchy are shape-shifting dragons, who require the consumption of Aryan blood in order to maintain their shape-shifting capability, hence their opposition to interracial marriages. As we watch these clips of Arizona Wilder notice that when she was asked about the history of the Illuminati that she says that she was MADE to learn this. No matter who she thinks taught her the information the fact that a bunch of Satanist made someone learn anything sounds like programming to me. Icke: From your experience being brought up in this Illuminati environment, were you ever told where these reptilians came from, what is the history of it all? Wilder: I was made to learn through mothers of darkness, which is a certain aspect of the organization, because that was an early early part of my training, the history of what was the Illuminati on this planet. What I learned was that the Aryans originally were from Mars and the reptilians came to that planet, they came from another place, they came to rule, they wanted to mix, so they said, with that race, and they became the overlords. Interesting term “Overlords”, Desborough uses it 28 times in his book, compared to Icke using it once, and even that was in a quote. It doesn’t prove that the info was planted, but it is a suspicious coincidence. Wilder: (cont’d) ..and the Martians, the Aryans, were seeking to escape from it, they went to the moon, and then were there attacked. They then went to Earth and established culture here on Earth approximately 6000 years ago, and at that time they were doing well and they were mixing with the indigenous population, of this Earth, they were getting along with. Then about 4000 years ago, the reptilians arrived here and again began to take over. They instilled themselves in different places, underground, in the Earth, and also this one part of them, the ruling part, took over and became involved in the politics, and in the religion, and started controlling through these means at that point in time. A Woman named Svali who is widely regarded as trustworthy by many of all backgrounds claims to be a former programmer for the illuminati. She is currently in hiding, we hope, but her writings which are posted on the internet fill in many of the details about how mind control slaves are programmed. She was once asked about the reptilian idea: “Q: Svali, I have to ask you this: There are stories floating around on the internet about the Illuminati (and other agencies) being run by extra-terrestrials, ET’s, in particular a reptilian race, operating from a higher dimension. Any thoughts on that? A: My answer will probably cause a lot of anger, and it’s not meant to step on any toes. Here it goes. I have never seen an alien or extraterrestrial. I have seen some programming to make people THINK they saw aliens, as a cover story for programming, if they remembered. None of the head trainers I knew, or others on leadership council, believed in aliens, although I never asked them. I personally believe that the reptilian stuff is actually the demonic at work. I have seen shape-shifting and other stuff because of demonic influence (okay, so here some will say, gee, she believes in demons, that’s as far out as aliens). Well, this is what the Illuminati certainly believe in. They KNOW there are spiritual realities, and think they can control them. Those of a more cynical bent would say the shape shifting was a drug induced hallucination and group hysteria in the context of a ritual setting. I will let each reader decide based on their personal comfort zone. But no, absolutely no reptiles or aliens seen in Washington, DC, or San Diego, Ca. as of 5 years ago, at least I never saw them.” Interesting that Icke seems to validate the idea that spirits can make a person shapeshift Icke: There was this lady that channeled this consciousness back in 1990…and I’ll just read what it said because it’s so relevant to now, with the hindsight of the years that have past. If anyone doesn’t believe in shapeshifting, they should have seen this woman’s face when she was doing this, because she became someone else, her face was like ‘wooah’, changed to a completely different face. I would say that Arizona Wilder’s testimony is worth listening to, it seems to be consistent with high level satanic rituals, I would suggest one possibility is that she may have been made to learn the reptilian story as Svali suggested, so that if her programming did ever begin to break down, she would tell people that it was reptilians instead of satanic rituals. Something that a lot of people miss is that the entire purpose for the rituals she did were to summon what she calls demons so they could give more information about how the New World Order should be set up..its clear she believes its demons not reptilians that are behind the planning for the New World Order. Wilder: They materialized out of another dimension, they were present at rituals and they were so powerful, and their presences had such an evil about them and they wanted out of this other dimension. They have to be called out by someone who has that power, and the reptilians don’t have this power, that’s very important, they don’t have this power… During rituals these Old Ones are called out and they are what Christianity would have called the demons…and they want out, they’re always demanding to be let out so you have to be very powerful to keep them in line and to make them go back when it is time to go back. Icke: Why do the reptilians want to manifest these, quote, demons at the rituals? Wilder: It brings power to the rituals, it brings power to them, they are told things by these entities and they are encouraged to go on with what they’re doing and knowledge is imparted to them, through these entities. If this is the case, why is there no attempt to see what we can learn about them, why all this focus on reptilians from Mars and Aryans? By her own admission they aren’t calling the shots, the spirits behind them are. I want to mention a few more things about the reptilian thing before moving on. She states the reptilians change back to reptilians when asleep. Considering how many of them were educated in schools where they also lived amongst hundreds of others in dorms, and many of them were in the armed forces, you would think someone would have noticed this happening by now,” hey buddy, you don’t look so good when you fall asleep.” She states that the royal reptilians can’t stay in human form at the scent of blood and transform and go crazy, ripping into their victims. And in all those years nobody has ever noticed this when they have cut themselves, been around blood, menstruating women etc. Considering they are so public, there is no way they have never been in the vicinity of blood. The other testimony that Icke uses to confirm the reptilian issue is Credo Mutwa. This is what Ivan Fraser said about this Mutwa: Soon after this [the Arizona wilder interview], David re-emerged from a trip to Africa announcing a new video called The Reptilian Agenda, which is an interview with a Zulu shaman called Credo Mutwa, who is confirming the existence of shapeshifting reptilians. Credo recounts various ancient Zulu myths about the reptilian race which manipulates mankind, which are taken literally by himself and Icke and seen as remarkable confirmation of the reptile/human-race theory; although Credo’s version is that the race actually originated on Earth, left it and returned. Furthermore, the central reptile/Aryan race thesis is fundamentally challenged by Mutwa’s assertion that the black leaders of his country, and their bloodlines are from the reptilian race also. Mutwa also speaks about personal encounters with ‘grey’ aliens, which he states are servants of the reptilians. Mutwa elsewhere, rather contradictorily, states that ‘greys’ are actually reptilians with an artificial ‘skin’. This contradiction is not challenged by Icke. Both Mutwa and Wilder may be consciously genuine in recounting their experiences according to their memories. But I believe we need to be extremely careful before buying into what amounts to circumstantial stories with no proof. Also this idea that is circulating on Youtube that peoples pupils change, and you can tell they are reptilians this way. This is an effect caused by uploading a video with bad resolution. The same effect is happening with other elements in the picture , but you only notice it on the eyes, because the eyes are very detailed things and when the pixles cut out on them it is more noticeable than it is with other elements in the picture…even Icke doesn’t believe this stuff. Icke: All over the Internet, people started talking about this now, and pictures circulate, and this might be, probably is just a trick of the light, but it is very symbolic of what we’re looking at… Desborough gave Icke another view that became very important to Ickes’s teaching, he gave him his current view of Jesus. Most of you will not know, but Icke’s view about Jesus changes dramatically from book to book. For instance, The early Icke is very confident that Jesus existed, only that the bible didn’t include parts that it should have, that is it wasn’t telling the whole story. Icke: There is a thin line of truth in the Bible, certainly, and many of the things, the being Jesus, who certainly did exist, and certainly did die in that way, are accurate reflections of what he said, but they are taken out of context and misinterpreted. He tells us very confidently that Joseph of Arimithea was Jesus’ father and he names all the places that Jesus visited etc. One interesting way to demonstrate that his views change dramatically from book to book is by first quoting this passage from Truth Vibrations. “My own feeling, and what I have channeled and seen leads me to believe that [Jesus] survived [the crucifixion] I had a very strong vision of Jesus on the cross. During that vision I was with Jesus, experiencing what he felt. He experienced great pain in his hands and wrists and he was utterly exhausted. I then saw a pole being raised with a cloth which was offered to his mouth. From this he took a drink, soon after this he appeared to lose consciousness. When he awoke he was lying with people all around him attending to his wounds. They were all in white I remember. It was clear that Jesus was in a state of shock, he whispered “I live, I live” as though he had expected to leave the physical body. I had other visions and channeling which together gave me this overall picture of what actually happened two thousand years ago. “ Now listen to his version of the crucifixion in his next book LCE When the channeling [crucifixion] had finished one of the followers asked if Jesus could be taken down, and his request was granted. He was still alive at this point, but the swift movement of a sword removed him from the physical level, Only Jesus knew for certain he would die. So in this version Jesus did die, which is obviously a massive contradiction from the previous book with no explanation of the discrepancy. Keep in mind in that book Jesus personally talks to David on a regular basis. For instance Jesus is quoted as saying things like: “I was so determined, David. So determined to ensure that the truth could not disappear because one man was nailed to some wood. And I knew the effect it would have on Lucifer Satan if the energies were powerful enough.” This also led David to believe that he knew all the real truth of the bible and how to interpret it. For instance he was told that Demons were not real and that was a terrible way to interpret the bible. Icke always tries to downplay his famous claim to be The Son of God, he always said he was simply claiming to be a son of god not the son of God. But the problem is that he really did claim that he personally was the one spoken of in the bible that was going to return, he claims in this clip to be the second coming of Christ in this clip. Campbell: When you think of Jesus, if he were alive today, and you’d been alive then he’d be writing books and appearing on programs and so forth, would he be promoting the same… Icke: Absolutely, I’ll tell you the funny thing, Nicky, you know, the Bible actually predicts the coming of the Son of Man, the Son of God, at this time, the great change… Campbell: The Bible predicts you in a way… Icke: Yeah, exactly, it calls it being the Son of Man…That’s in the book of Revelations towards the end, and it’s also earlier on in some of the gospels too. What do they expect this Son of Man to look like, do they expect him to wear a beard and a white robe? The people 2000 years ago didn’t expect their Son of God or whatever, to be a carpenter’s son, and he got the same reaction. You see what it is is it’s about incarnating into a body that relates to the world as it is at the time, that’s why Jesus was a carpenter’s son and worked in Palestine…Why was I take into a communications… Campbell: You were taught self-discipline and sport… Icke: This is how it’s done. So I’m comfortable talking to you, I’m comfortable on television, in broadcasting which is a great help to get over the truth as, the world as it is in the moment, where the media is the vehicle to do it. You are given the gifts, we are all given the gifts in particular lifetimes, in this time I need certain abilities to be comfortable in the media and to know the media, and that’s what’s been given to me… Ickes view on Jesus changes dramatically from here, he would later add elements from the various books he read, and by the time he gets to The Biggest Secret he has exchanged all previous views for Brian Desborough’s view. Have you ever heard of Icke talk about Tammuz and Nimrod and Queen Semirimus? I am pretty sure you have, its one of the most important parts of Ickes presentations and he rarely misses an opportunity to launch into his speil Icke: In Babylon they had a trinity of Queen Semiramis, also known as Ishtar, Nimrod, the sun god, she was the moon goddess, and Tamuz, who was the virgin born son of Nimrod and Semiramis… He took this view, word for word, from Desborough, and although he doesn’t credit Desborough for it, it’s clear that he did, for instance, there is no mention of Tammuz or Semiramis before this book and its obvious that he is using the same wording from Desborough’s article called “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?” for instance Icke writes Tammuz who was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later And Desborough writes Tammuz who according to the writer Lanctantius was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later The only difference is Icke takes out the reference to Lanctantius, One reason he probably did this is because Lanctantius was a person who was widely known for taking Christianity and trying to explain it using pagan symbology to be more acceptable to pagans so it not shocking if we were to find this information but as we will see even given this, the claim is still not true, and that’s probably why Icke drops the reference altogether. In any case the point is hat Icke took the reference, and Its clear Icke had access to this particular article because in other places in the book when Icke sites Desborough, he sites this very same article. The footnote reads: 18 Brian Desborough, “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?”, a document supplied to the author and also published in the The California Sun newspaper, Los Angeles. The biggest problem here is not who he got the information, but how terrible the information is, no scholar would ever write that a rock was rolled from Tammuz’s tomb after three days, this is a flat out untruth with no apologies. Even Acharya S, who Desborough is misquoting right here disagrees with this idea, and that’s saying something if you know who she is. Icke essentially traded in his earlier view of Jesus for the most easily disproved one..I will call it the “Zeitgeist version of Jesus.” This is the one where He did not exist in history, but was an amalgamation of ancient pagan gods. This is the one that I believed for a long time, thanks to David Icke. But I started doing some investigation on my own, and realized that something was really wrong with this view, although it sounded plausible and scientific, I couldn’t confirm any of it in the actual writings about these gods from the original sources, and all the people that claimed that these things could be found in the original sources were freemasons or luciferians. For instance Icke tell us in the Biggest Secret: Horus was the Good Shepherd. Horus was the lamb Horus was baptised at 30. Horus was the child of a virgin The birth of Horus was marked by a star Horus had 12 followers. Horus was the Morning Star. Horus was the Krst. Horus was tempted on a mountain by set Horus was the child teacher in the temple. None of this is true, If you read every single thing you can find that the Egyptians wrote about horus you wont find any of this stuff, it’s a flat out lie…and guess who Icke cites for his claims like this… Albert Churchward a high level freemason, and not only that, but someone who lacks any expertise in this field. I think one reviewer of his book on Amazon said it best about Albert Churchward in regard to his scholarship. [this book is] Not recommended for those expecting a scientific approach. The absence of any description of the author’s academic background explains it all. I have had a website up called zeitgeistchallenge.com since that film Zeitgeist came out and it offers $1000 cash to anyone who can simply show where in the ancient texts these things are. I have yet to have one serious submission to this challenge since the website was put up. I have had a lot of people confident that they could answer the challenges until they started to look for the actual writings, which was why I put the site up in the first place, to get people to come to the same conclusions on their own, this is a freemasonic lie. Yes I know that the movie gives a long list of their sources, but if you inspect those sources you will find that they do not even attempt to site actual original texts, but instead site recent authors who themselves do not site sources. If this idea makes you mad and you think that I am kidding with you. Please watch the film “Zeitgeist Refuted Final Cut” or “Zeitgeist Part One Exposed: The Film” in the footnotes both by two separate filmmakers that do a great job of showing how easily this idea is refuted. In fact of all the various versions of Jesus that Icke has had, his current view is the most easily refuted. Back to Desborough’s / Ickes view about all the Babylonian symbolism in Christianity. But first let me explain something that will help you understand what we are about to discuss: Christianity was around for at least 300 years before the Vatican, secular history records a massive slaughter that literally lasted their entire early history, Almost every emperor of Rome starting with Nero continued the relentless genocide of the Christians, they fed them to the lions in arenas, and burnt them alive for fun…this was what being a Christian was for it first 300 years of their history. Deciding to be a Christian was basically deciding to be tortured and killed publicly, it wasn’t a decision people made lightly. These people beliefs were nothing like the Babylonian religion of Rome, that is one reason why Rome hated them so much. A good example of this is the emperor Diocletian, who believed he had eliminated all the Christians, he erected monuments to himself that boasted of this supposed accomplishment, it was engraved: Diocletian Jovian Maximian Herculeus Caesares Augusti for having everywhere abolished the superstition of Christ for having extended the worship of the gods. It was only after one of the emperors was said to convert to Christianity, (the jury is still out as to whether that actually happened or not ) but one thing is certain, after that time the government decided to stop fighting Christianity and instead seek to totally control it, it unwisely declared Christianity the official religion of Rome which as you can imagine was a shock to all the pagan citizens of Rome. This is when you start to see all the pagan symbolism start to creep in to Christianity it was added at least in part to appease the pagans and incorporate their symbolism into a religion that they all tried to destroy for the last 300 years…and this is the key to understanding this…the Bible itself, the writing the Christians were reading during their times of persecution doesn’t support any of these illuminati symbols or ideas…that is why the Vatican made reading the bible illegal in the 1200’s…real Christians were literally burned alive with their illegal bibles chained around their necks…even to this day the catholic church does not recommend reading the bible, they say its better left to the priests to interpret for them. This is also why it was not allowed to be translated in any language but latin for 1000 years. The obvious reason is that if people were allowed to read the bible they would know that the empire was telling them to do and believe things that were not in the bible …Take the second commandment for instance: Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in Heaven above or that is on the Earth beneath, or that is in the water under the Earth. Thou shalt not bow down to them or serve them. Now this should help you see whats going on when David shows this picture of Mary and the queen of heaven…yeah sure there was an ancient goddess called the queen of heaven….and the Roman Catholics do call Mary the Queen of Heaven…but has anyone ever read to you what the bible says about the queen of heaven? In the book of Judges , 1 Samuel, 1 and 2 Kings, and Jeremiah it talks about this pagan sacrifice and mentions specifically the pagan goddess called the ‘Queen of Heaven’ several times, and God declares because of their worship of this pagan goddess that he would withdraw his protection from them and judge them. The fact that Rome took the story of Mary and inserted their favorite Goddess, the same one that the bible actually warns about, does not mean that Christianity was based on the Queen of Heaven, it just means that the government was tricking people into doing what they wanted them to, and as generations went by, with people no longer reading the bible anymore, it got easier and easier to trick people in regard to what was and what wasn’t actually in the bible. Icke: So this is why there is this Babylonian depiction of Serimaris and Tammuz, and this is a Christian church; same again. This is a picture I took at Christmas at Rome when I was there for a television program, and that appears to be Jesus and Mary, actually it’s Serimaris and Tammuz. I don’t even think I understood this one when I did believe Icke was genuine. Has anyone ever stopped to consider that mothers with children might be the most common motif in art in the history of the world? I mean mothers have always had children since the dawn of time right, even before there were fruit bowls to paint there were no shortage of mothers with children. I have to chuckle when I hear people showing a picture of a mother and child statue as if they are making a deep connection to Christianity, If statues of mothers with children is a specific thing only to be compared with Mary and Jesus then I have a lot more similarities with Mary and Jesus that I would like to add to the list from every culture in every time period, again you will not find any descriptions of Mary holding Jesus in this way in the bible its not some special idea in the bible at all. But art commissioned by Roman Government has nothing to do with the bible, early Christians did not make images of Jesus, because of what they thought was obedience to the second commandment about making idols, this artwork is only something you see after Rome starts calling the shots and telling everyone this is what Christianity is now…and the sad thing is nowadays we believe them. This also explains this idea of halos, so much is made about these halos in theosophy and the occult, but there is nothing about halos in the bible, early Christians wouldn’t make paintings of Jesus in the first place, the halos on Jesus or other people that Rome made the artist paint is only evidence that as pagans the Roman / Babylonians were trying to appeal to the pagans who were used to seeing their gods like this…the whole idea is foreign to real Christianity and foreign to the bible..just another case of Icke telling you to believe that the illuminati version of Christianity is the real version, he never mentions that this is a perversion of the bible yet every knowledgeable Christian knows it. But my favorite one that Icke uses is this one Icke: This is another depiction of Nimrod in the ancient world, he was also the fish god. Again, Jesus, the fish. He had the fishhead hat..this is the..actual depiction from Babylon, and that’s why we have the mita in the Pope. The key to this one is the connection he makes to Jesus and fish..did you catch it? Icke: Jesus the fish. Jesus is in no way associated with fish, except in the occult world which Blavatsky started because she wanted to connected him to the age of Pisces so she could say we could be done with Jesus in her ‘New Age.’ When Jordan Maxwell does this he always will say “Jesus the Fisher King” which is not a title for Jesus at all, Jesus wasn’t a “fisher king”, or a fisherman, Jesus was a carpenter ..its a little mind trick Maxwell plays to build up the case that Jesus is associated with Pisces.. There are about three things people say to equate Jesus with fish so they can make this Dagon hat connection. Let’s look at them really quick so you can see why Icke’s ”Jesus the fish” thing is so wrong. A few of Jesus disciples were fisherman…does that make Jesus a fish? He fed many people with two fish one time …this is why people equate him with the astrological sign Pisces which is represented by two fish…but when people make this claim they never mention that only a few days later he did the same thing with more than two fish and a different number of loaves…why wouldnt they tell you about that instance a few pages later? Because it ruins the whole Pisces thing. The fact is that Jesus did all kinds of miracles, we don’t associate Jesus with ears even though he was said to heal a man’s ear once And the last thing that people do is point to the Jesus fish on cars. This symbol was representative of an acrostic in the Greek language that early Christians used to use it as a sign to see if certain places were safe for them during persecutions, it meant “Jesus Anointed God Son and Savior” and it doesn’t make Jesus a fish Before moving on to another man who Icke basis his beliefs on I will conclude that the reason that the emperors of Rome, and later the RCC kept the bible from the people for 1000s of years until the reformation was because, contrary to what we are taught in the so called truth movement the bible is incredibly anti illuminati..not only does God, reveal to people like Ezekiel that the elites of his day (the illuminati if you will) were worshiping the Sun behind closed doors..and later show him that the secret worship of Tammuz is going on too, it is filled with discussions and promises to judge this so called secret power of lawlessness what we might call the Illuminati see my video “was the bible written or changed by the illuminati for more on this” Another of Ickes sources is a man named Micheal Talbot. He wrote the book “The Holographic Universe” and Icke quotes him frequently as the basis for his belief that nothing is real and everything is a hologram. Talbot spends the first few chapters of his book doing an excellent job of describing a well know theory of Karl Pribram and David Bohem called “Holonomic Brain Theory”, in their experiment they cut out different pieces of rats brains and ran them through mazes and discovered that memories were apparently stored in each sector of the brain which is similar to a hologram in that each piece of the hologram contains some information about the entire image. Both Bohem and Pribram would later speculate about applying what they found in the brain to the entire universe, but it would remain just a theory. The rest of Talbots book simply starts naming paranormal phenomenon and declaring that it exists because the universe is a hologram. He rarely if ever sites his “evidence” and when he does he reveals his lack of discernment. Consider his support of Sai Baba a man worshiped as a god in India, Tablbot spends several pages gushing over Baba as a perfect example that the universe is a hologram because Baba (according to Talbot) performs these miracles. But watch this video of Baba performing what can only be described as cheap slight of hand tricks as I read from the Holographic Universe. Perhaps the most famous modern-day materializations are those produced by Sathya Sai Baba, a sixty-four-year-old Indian holy man living in a distant corner of the state of Andhra Pradesh in southern India. According to numerous eyewitnesses, Sai Baba is able to pro- duce much more than salt and a few stones. He plucks lockets, rings, and jewelry out of the air and passes them out as gifts. He also materializes an endless supply of Indian delicacies and sweets, and out of his hands pour volumes of vibuti, or sacred ash. These events have been witnessed by literally thousands of individuals, including both scientists and magicians, and no one has ever detected any hint of trickery. One witness is psychologist Erlendur Haraldsson of the Uni- versity of Iceland. He can make sweet syrups and fragrant oils pour from his He can produce exotic objects such as grains of rice with tiny, perfectly carved pictures of Krishna on them, out-of-season fruits (a near impossibility in an area of the coun- try that has no electricity or refrigeration), and anomalous fruits, such as apples that, when peeled, turn out to be an apple on one side and another fruit on the other. Equally astonishing are his productions of sacred ash. Every time he walks among the crowds that visit him, prodigious amounts of it pour from his hands. He scatters it everywhere, into offered contain- ers and outstretched hands, over heads, and in long serpentine trails on the ground. On one of his visits, Haraldsson, along with Dr. Karlis Osis, the director of research for the American Society for Psychical Research, actually saw some of the ash in the process of materializing. As Haraldsson reports, “His palm was open and turned downwards, and he waved his hand in a few quick, small circles. As he did, a grey substance appeared in the air just below his palm. Dr. Osis, who sat slightly closer, observed that this material first appeared entirely in the form of granules (that crumbled into ash when touched) and might have disintegrated earlier if Sai Baba had produced them by a sleight of hand that was undetect- able to us. ” 59 Talbot also talks about cases of stigmata, that is when people get wounds in their hands and feet that are supposed to be similar to those of Christ. The cases are dubious at best especially because the wounds usually happen when no one is looking, but it doesn’t stop Talbot from simply declaring them all to be genuine, and evidence that the universe is a hologram. Or take some of the cases that Icke is fond of referring, Im sure you have heard of the hypnotist that made the man see through his daughter, everyone seems to love that one. -Like that wonderful story told by Michael Talbot in the ‘Holographic Universe’. I read that page over and over again when I first saw that book in the late 1980’s. This is the story about the stage hypnotist who hypnotized the father to be believe that his daughter was invisible. Then he was able to read an inscription on the watch held behind her body, because for him she was no longer there, reality was changed, it was physically different in his mind. -Woman (interviewing Icke): Like you write about in your book, about the hypnotist who told the man your daughter is no longer in the room with us and the man looked right through the daughter at the man’s watch. -Icke: He tells a story in here, that is so brilliant, so I tell it quite often because it is so symbolic of what I am talking about. He attended a party which his father had and he had a stage hypnotist to do party tricks for the guests. There came a point when this hypnotist is dealing with this guy called Tom and he says to him ‘when I bring you back to a wakened state, you’re not gonna be able to see your daughter in the room.’ At which point the hypnotist led the daughter to stand right in front of the father who’s looking at her belly. He brings him out to a wakened state and he says, ‘Tom can you see your daughter’, and he looks around and he says ‘No, I can’t see her.’ She’s giggling, he can’t hear her. The hypnotist went behind the daughter, put his hand in the small of her back and said ‘I’m holding something, Tom, what am I holding?’ He looked bemused because it looked so obvious to him ‘You’re holding a watch’ He says ‘There’s an inscription on the watch, can you read it?’ He leaned forward, he read the inscription, he’s got the daughter standing between him and the watch. The problem is that Talbot simply says this happened at his own fathers friends house, there is no siltation, we are asked to simply trust him that this happened. Let me ask you, If this was so easy, that all a good hypnotist had to do was tell someone that their daughter wasn’t there, how come it hasn’t been re-produced in a lab or some other place where there could be verified a measure of proof, I mean was this particular hypnotist the only guy in the world that could do this? Why not have someone simply put this idea to test and prove it, I hope you see that the answer to that question is obvious. Talbot had preconceived notions himself, he describes how he grew up in a haunted house and these ghosts would mess with him and his family, he describes involuntary OBEs and a host of other experiences involving what he calls poltergeists…he was on a mission to validate his experiences, even by his admission. Here are some reviews of his book that I think sum it up well. I was profoundly disappointed by the book. I was expecting something that took an analytical view of an intriguing theory and explored its implications. Instead, what Talbot provided was a general overview of holography, some broad statements about its implications, and then tons of anecdotes about psychic phenomena that he claims are “explained” by everything being a hologram. Sadly, that’s not science, nor is it compelling writing. Another reviewer says: The book is completely disingenuous and uses numerous case studies where the evidence is presented in a dishonest way. A simple google search will turn up enough information on many of the books claims to start to raise doubt; further investigation will make you very upset that the evidence is presented so matter-of-factly, with no mention of the numerous controversies surrounding the evidence. This would be funny if it weren’t obvious that Icke has based everything he believes on this idea, his religion you might say is the holographic universe. Now let move to the next chapter where we will explore in depth David Ickes most influential source, They tell him what to write, what to say, what to wear, what to believe and what not to believe. He calls them “The Guys.” Icke: The beings which we call ‘the guys’, told us about… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Cambell: It’s highly likely that I have something to do with the whole process because I’m interviewing you. Icke: Well it’s typical because I would have to check all this out, because you’re throwing this at me, I need to sit down and check this out with the guys, but I would say there was a great chance of you being involved at that time… David says often that these beings have always guided him, he clearly says here that it was the same beings that originally contacted him that are still guiding him. Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions in LCE he says “ those who are helping the planet and humanity though this crucial period in their evolution, they have asked me to put together in this book all that I have learned so far.” And that: “Communicating with such beings on other levels of Creation is the most natural thing in the world.” When he describes how it is that this communication with the guys takes place he says: “This process is called channeling. The thought forms can be turned into written words, this is known as automatic writing, your hand writes on the paper sometimes with incredible speed, but the words and information are not yours and could not possibly be yours, because you often know nothing about the subject taking shape in front of you. It is also possible to hear the thought forms as a soft gentle voice inside your head. I call this method ‘getting it direct’, On a more limited level its possible to communicate through dowsing.” Campbell: You actually hear the voices in your head? Icke: It depends. Sometimes you hear voices, sometimes it comes in terms of them talking through you, so they talk through your voicebox. It also comes through what’s known as automatic writing. You take a sheet of paper you put a pen in your hand and they just take over your arm, they write. They write amazing things which you have no comprehension of… He also quotes the being he called Magnu at the end of his recent lectures as evidence that he still considers the information accurate He says that his words are really their words: Icke: …will wonder where they came from. They will be our words. These things as we saw in the first chapter dictated the belief system of theosophy to him, and although he does not call it that today, its clear that that is what it is, Theosophy. Given what we learned in the first section about the connection to Alice Bailey, how can we be sure that Icke is not listening to the wrong spiritual forces, the ones that seem to be orchestrating the New World Order. He is the first to admit that these beings exist : We can gain some wisdom from a man some of you may know named Terrence Mckenna, he was a man who encountered several beings from other dimensions according to his books. He had some sobering words for people like David Icke when he said: It is no great accomplishment to hear a voice in the head. The accomplishment is to make sure it is telling the truth, because the demons are of many kinds… There is no dignity in the universe unless we meet these things on our feet, and that means having an I/Thou relationship. One say to the Other: “You say you are omniscient, omnipresent, or you say you are from Zeta Reticuli. You’re long on talk, but what can you show me?” Magicians, people who invoke these things, have always understood that one must go into such encounters with one’s wits about oneself. You can get a few things from this quote: 1.) Mckenna believed that extra dimensional entities were prone to lying about their identies 2.) That they were able to be summoned in magic rituals. 3.) That they dont necessarily have our best interests in mind, although they always would present it that way in order to be trusted or to get us to do what they wanted us to do. I find it very interesting that Mckenna said these same entities that don’t need to be trusted are the same one that occultist summon in rituals. Although Mckenna seemed to know that these entities were deceptive he still sought contact with them, and he even attributed his amazing ability to speak eloquently to possession by one of them. He says: [after] the experiment at La Chorrera I had apparently evolved into a sort of mouthpiece for the incarnate Logos. I could talk to small groups of people with what appeared to be electrifying effect about the peculiarly transcendental matters that you will read about in these pages. It was as though my ordinary, rather humdrum personality had simply been turned off and speaking through me was the voice of another, a voice that was steady, unhesitating, and articulate – a voice seeking to inform others about the power and promise of psychedelic dimensions. From my study of the 2012 phenomenon, I have seen that these entities are very interested in getting people to go out and spread the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming. And like McKenna warned us about, they pretend to be all kinds of things in order to get us to tell their story. For instance all the main forerunners of the 2012 idea all got their revelation about 2012 and spiritual evolution from spiritual entities claiming to be different things. Jose Arques : got his information from a long dead Mayan priest, Jose has actually now changed his name to reflect that he believes himself to be a reincarnation of that dead Mayan priest. Mckenna got his 2012 info from a being called the Logos Pichbeck from a being called Quezeqotal David Wilcock from Ra. Barbara Hand Clow from the Pleadians I might even be able to believe that these entites were good and were simply given the same message under different names just to make the message easy for the person to handle if it weren’t for the fact that all the information they gave about astronomy and science was so wrong… For instance David Icke in his book “and the truth shall set you free” talks about the “photon belt”, keep in mind while we read this that this information is 100% channeled information originally, none of it is real science, and we will see how wrong this theory is in a moment “Underpinning these astrological events in this period is the Photon Belt. Many psychics and esoteric scientists, (notice how he didn’t say actual scientists or astronomers,) are now agreed on the existence of a belt of highly charged energy centred on the Pleiades star system, an estimated 500 light years from the Earth. It is from here that much channelled information which feels right to me is purported to come. I believe that the Pleiades (maybe in our ‘future’) is a base for the positive extraterrestrial support we are being given at this time, and quite possibly the home of extraterrestrials who have abused the Earth and humanity, too.” “Paul Otto Hesse claimed to have discovered a belt of immensely powerful energy which he termed the Photon Belt. According to estimates, it takes this solar system 24,000 (some say 26,000) years to orbit the Pleiades and the starreckoned to be at the centre of the belt (Figure 17) known as Alcyone (Al-see-ahnee). Again, there is much ancient legend across many cultures about this star. “ It would appear that we have reached the point where this solar system is enteringthe Photon Belt and its highly, highly, charged energy. The influence of the belt on the Earth began in the early 1960s and affected the thinking of many people, but it was as nothing compared with what will happen over the next 35 years. While it takes 2,000 years to pass fully through the belt, the biggest impact is when we first enter, and the vibrations and molecular structure of everything has to cope with dramatically changing conditions. This will affect the thinking, behaviour, and physical bodies of all lifeforms. The effect of the Photon Belt are activating data stored in our consciousness and our physical bodies. Knowledge is being unlocked from the cells, bones, and our DNA which will, eventually, be restored to its twelvestranded potential. Now you can see why if this were true it would be a great find to support the idea of a coming spiritual evolution that Icke and Alice Bailey, and Michael Tsarion, and all these spiritual entities are trying to get us to believe. But the problem is that all this science that these entities told us is not true. Even the basic math shows it to be impossible. Our solar system and that of the pleadies are both orbiting around the galactic center, it takes us about 226, million years to go around one time at about 486,000 mph. If our solar system was also orbiting around Alcyone while it was also revolving around the center of the galaxy it would have to be going much faster that the speed in which we are currently moving, One scientist said it this way. “The math doesn’t work. Alcyone is 400 light years from earth If the sun was orbiting Alcyone in 250,000 years it would have to have an orbital speed of 3,142 km/s which is 14 times faster than the sun orbits the galactic centre. This would be readily apparent if it were so. Another way of expressing this is that if the sun was orbiting Alcyone at the same speed as it goes around the galactic centre ( and if there was such a lesser orbit it would probably be much slower ) then it would either take 3.5 million years ( instead of 250,000 ) or Alcyone would have to be only 28 light years from earth and not 400. besides Our movement has been measured against the background stars on numerous occasions and scientists have found no trace of such an orbit. This is only the beginning of this theories problems Alcyone and the Pleiades cluster are stars no more than 100 million years old ( 1/40 of the Age of earth ) – much younger than our solar system. Alcyone would not have even been there when our sun began such an orbit. And that is in itself is a pretty persuasive argument against this theory. The anomaly in the pleadis cluster is a nebula, it’s made up of plasma and gas not photons, photons are light and light doesn’t gather in clouds like that. Nebulas are remnants of supernovas and they diffuse over time and therefore wouldn’t be expected to be there even if we were orbiting it in a cycle of 26,000 years. The core of the Pleiades cluster is approximately 8 light-years across. The Sun, and with it the Earth, is moving away from Alcyone. This should be the final nail in the coffin of this theory. Simlar things are happening with all the science that these beings told us about the earth lining up with the galactic center in 2012 …most people don’t know that there are two versions of this theory. For this I will play a quick clip from my video (2012 debunked) So these entities are either really bad with science, or they are intentionally deceiving us to believe in a Hitler-esqe 5th root race spiritual evolution. We will look at possible motives for that theory in the next and final section, but for now I want to propose a theory about what these beings are. Most of you will recoil at my suggestion that these are demons, but before you do I think that the science of anthropology will help us to see that every culture has agreed on demons existing and on their basic characteristics. For instance of them being very evil, for example the Sumerians could not even agree if there gods were good or evil but they were unanimous that the demons they delt with were very evil. Cultures around the world have described possession by these evil entities in their writings as well as demons being very deceptive and manipulative..the methods for summoning them are consistent, certain drugs or rituals or tools like runes or chants, its interesting to note that the methods for making contact are ultimately based on the free will of the practitioner. What I mean by that according basic demonology, demons require an invitation, although they sometimes manipulate the person through deception into giving them that invitation, take a Ouija board for example, we all know that it’s just cardboard and paint, but those that decide to use it are essentially asking to be contacted by spirits, and that’s actually all the spirits need, your willingness to be contacted .. Let’s look at David’s testimony to see if we can get any idea if he is dealing with demons instead of ascended Atlantians trying to help humanity evolve. Icke: Suddenly, I felt over, in 1989, that there was a presence in the room whenever I was alone. It became more and more tangible as 1989 unfolded, it was totally bizarre because whenever I was in a room alone…there was this presence, you know. Eventually, it got so powerful towards the end of ‘89 that I was sitting on the side of a bed in a hotel called the Kensington Hilton, just down from the BBC, and I said to this apparently empty room and I said, look if there’s something there would you please contact me because it’s driving me up the wall. Lets stop right there for now. Notice how this all began with a desire to be contacted. Also note that David will later go on to basically preach that this is all that must be done to be contacted. Icke: All they’ve gotta say is, it’s very simple that ‘I accept that I’m being guided, that I have guides in other frequencies, other dimensions of life that are here to guide me and help me in this lifetime, so I’d learn the lessons I’d decided I’d wished to learn, go ahead and guide me. When you do that, things start happening. He says on page 139 of LCE “Every single life form can be part of this transformation, if they say openly ‘I wish to be guided and work for the Light’ Notice that he capitalizes the word ‘light’ p156 he quote the entites which told him: “Always ask for protection and guidance – Ask and you shall receive seek and you shall find, but they then say ‘ you must make the first move. You need to exercise your free will.” They tell him at the end of the book : “Welcome all beings, if you do this you are welcoming creation into your life.” Its also interesting to note the negative effect that even pictures of Jesus begin to have on him, in the book truth vibrations’ he says this about a visit he made to a church as a tourist: “Looking up at a large painting of Christ the picture turned black and moved around before my eyes. Only the face of Christ was still. Suddenly I felt a sensation I can only describe as someone pushing a pneumatic drill into the top of my head. I gripped the pew I was standing beside and my body vibrated from the top of my head to the base of my spine as something seemed to go through me…he says that moths later he was told that he received a gift of energy from one of the masters of this planetary system”…I.E like one of Alice Bailey’s “ascended maters”. Revulsion toward Jesus is actually quite observable among these entities. I would say even empirically testable in our modern times. I have had a unique opportunity to work with hundreds of cases of sleep paralysis through a website a friend and I started called stopsleepparalysis.org Sleep Paralysis is when one wakes up and cant move, but they are fully awake, it is most often associated with the feeling that there is some evil presence in the room. Over time, during the experiences, this presence can become manifest in some form, and can lead to very terrible cases of torture and even rape. This is attributed to demons in almost every culture in the world accept for modern western cultures like America, a few examples are: In Fiji the experience is interpreted as “kana tevoro” being ‘eaten’ or possessed by a demon. In Hmong culture, sleep paralysis describes an experience called “dab tsuam” or “crushing demon.” In Malyasia, Africa, Hugary, the middle east, and everywhere in between these events are attributed to evil spirits, Western scientist do not have an explanation, they postulate, with no evidence, I would add, that it is happening because people are coming out of a dream state and into a waking state and that their mind is still dreaming even though they have awoken, I suppose the obvious question is if that were true, is why does everyone seem to be having the same dream about an evil presence in the room. It seems that dreams should be as varied as dreams normally are among people, but this is not the case. In the cases I have seen about 90-95 percent of the people experiencing it been dabbling in some occult or new age practice and they have in some way given their free will over to these entities, who now apparently feel they have a right to be there, the more a person goes down that road the more intense the control the entities get, now here is the observable and testable part of this. If a person genuinely calls upon Jesus for help the experience will immediately stop, very often the entities will scream or be thrown back by a powerful force. One does not have to be a Christian to do this, or to have previously believed Jesus was important, in fact as you can guess many of the people who are getting this are not Christians but most of them who see the authority that the name of Jesus has over these beings begin to research who Jesus is and do become Christians later. This doesn’t work with other names, for instance calling on Buddha no matter how sincere the person is doesn’t seem to concern the entities. There would be another time in Icke’s life when he would vibrate uncontrollably like he did when looking at the picture of Jesus. This was when he took his infamous trip to Peru, he tells the story this way. Icke: I had the overwhelming feeling again, this urge, this impulse to got to Peru. We got to this place and it was in the middle of nowhere, basically when you looked around, it was encircled by mountains. I’m looking out the window daydreaming and I see this mount to my right, no more than three minutes down the road. As I look at the mound, all I can hear in my head is ‘come to me (repeated)’…I walked to the center of this circle, and suddenly my feet go again, like they did in the newshop but only this time, seriously more powerful. They’re like magnets pulling my feet to the ground. I think, oh crikey, I recognize that, here we go, and then I felt, like a drill going on the top of my head and through my body, through my feet into the ground and another one coming the other way. Then my arms go out at 45 degrees like that, I never made a decision to do it. What then started to happen was this energy coming through me, this is February 1991, it got more and more powerful, my body started to shake with it…very powerful thought forms pass through my head, just like in the newsshop… It was like, if you’ve got a dam that’s holding the water back, well, the water is calm, right, cause that’s its natural state in that situation, but when that dam bursts, before a new balance is found, after the dam bursts, all hell breaks loose. All this water as it’s trying to go from one state to another… When I look back, what happened to me on that mount, it was like, the waters of my mind bursting. Icke always attributes this event to this place in Peru being located near a vortex point in something he calls the energy grid. But there is another side to that story. I used to believe in the idea of “Ley Lines” myself, I had no reason to doubt it, after all all the so called teachers I had in the truth movement talked about it as if it was long established fact. But I encourage anyone to do some research about how this idea started, and see if you can still force yourself to believe it after that, There is actually a very interesting history of its evolution, and I will provide links in the notes where you can get all the details. but I will give you the basic ideas right now. The guy who started it all was Alfred Watkins, He lived in England in the early 1900’s . He noticed that there were straight paths in his area of England that often correlated with ancient megalithic sites. Watkins referred to his alignments as ‘leys’. This is an Anglo-Saxon word meaning ‘cleared strips of ground’ or ‘meadows’. Watkins’ theory of leys was that they were old straight traders’ tracks laid down by surveyors in the Neolithic period of prehistory. They used surveying rods, he claimed, and it was this line-of-sight method that led to the straightness of the old tracks. He basically said they were trade routes. And if you look for a map of ley lines today you will probably find one that looks like this. This is the extent of the real Ley lines..it was one straight trade route and only in England. No energy lines no reason for energy lines. In 1935, Watkins died. In 1936, The idea then became know in the occult world because the British occultist Dion Fortune wrote a fictional book, a novel, called The Goat-Foot God, in which she put forward the notion of ‘lines of force’ connecting megalithic sites such as Avebury and Stonehenge in southern England. From 1960 the ley theory took on a new lease of life, one that has led to the modern New Age notion of ‘ley lines’. An ex-R.A.F. pilot, Tony Wedd, was very interested in flying saucers, or UFOs. He had read Watkins’ The Old Straight Track and also a French book, Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (1958) by Aimé Michel, in which it was (falsely) suggested that the locations where flying saucers landed or hovered very low during the 1954 French flying saucer outbreak or ‘wave’ fell into straight lines or ‘orthotenies’. Wedd made the excited conclusion that Watkins’ ‘leys’ and Michel’s ‘orthotenies’ were one and the same phenomenon. He had also read an American book by Buck Nelson called My Trip to Mars, the Moon and Venus (1956) in which Rogers claimed to have flown in UFOs, and to have witnessed them picking up energy from ‘magnetic currents’ flowing through the Earth. In 1961, Wedd published a pamphlet called Skyways and Landmarks in which he theorized that UFO occupants flew along magnetic lines of force which linked ancient sites, and that the ancient sites acted as landmarks for UFO pilots. It all relied very much on the notions and experiences of an old-fashioned terrestrial airplane pilot, rather than intergalactic extra-terrestrial creatures! Nevermind that if aliens were so advanced why wouldn’t they use modern equipment like our pilots to for navigation, why did they need these physical markers for navigation This is when the new age picked up the story, and then it gets blown way out of proportion. I used to think that the maps people had of these ley lines, Like the one Icke uses in his presentations were based on some kind of science, The history of the maps themselves is pretty interesting too, They are all based on Ivan Sanderson’s 1972 article in Saga magazine, “The Twelve Devil’s Graveyards Around the World,” where he plotted ship and plane disappearances worldwide, focusing his attention on the Bermuda Triangle. This article has been debunked · The number of ships and aircraft reported missing in the area was not significantly greater, proportionally speaking, than in any other part of the ocean. · In an area frequented by tropical storms, the number of disappearances that did occur were, for the most part, neither disproportionate, unlikely, nor mysterious; · The numbers themselves had been exaggerated by sloppy research. A boat’s disappearance, for example, would be reported, but its eventual (if belated) return to port may not have been. · Some disappearances had, in fact, never happened. One plane crash was said to have taken place in 1937 off Daytona Beach, Florida, in front of hundreds of witnesses; a check of the local papers revealed nothing. · The legend of the Bermuda Triangle is a manufactured mystery, perpetuated by writers who either purposely or unknowingly made use of misconceptions, faulty reasoning, and sensationalism.[11 yet this is still believed, and it is the single most important part of any map supposedly containing “ley lines” despite the really good explanations of why things disappear in the Bermuda Triangle. I wont bore you with any more details but please read the compete history of how the idea of energy lines came about in the notes, as there is much more to know, and I am confident you will come to the conclusion that it is simply taking Watkins simple claim to have found a trade route to extreme unwarranted conclusions I say this because many people will claim that a proof that ley lines exist is that fact that certain places especially ancient ritual sites have a very heavy feeling of energy. I would validate that, but let me offer an alternate theory one that I think its based on a much more observable cause, and one that even most occultist will agree with. Icke would say that the reason that people were sacrificing on this site is because it was on a powerful spot in the energy grid and they were adding negativity to it to affect the world consciousness and that’s why the place feels very negative…but I would say based on my understanding of satanic rituals that the area is not intrinsically special, it is simply by it being the place where a lot of blood is spilled in sacrifice that it draws the presence of these evil spirits, and that is why the area feels negative as a result of their presence. Lets see if my theory helps us to understand what happened to Icke in Peru, but first let me describe a little about the area he was visiting. The area that Icke was in was known for its blood sacrifice. New human sacrificial sites turn up all the time in Peru from the Pre-Incan and Incan civilizations, especially of small children. In fact the place Icke talks about in this clip was a place called Sillustani where there are stone channels that lead down to the lake so that the blood of the sacrifices could flow from the sacrificial site to the lake. Ironically there is also a lizard engraved at the site too, and they still sacrifice pregnant iguanas there to this day. There is a stone circle on a mound there which exactly like the one 3 minutes down the road where Icke says his Kundali experience was. This area is was full of these stone circles on mounds and I would suggest to you based on his description of his convulsions and on him hearing voices of beings in his head on a daily basis after this that he was further controlled by the entities at this point. Then there is the story of his experience in the Brazil with the drug Ayahuasca Icke: In 2003, when I had an ayahuasca experience, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mind blowing and life changing. Ayahuasca is a DMT containing drug, which is naturally produced in the pineal gland and is present in wild plants found in places like the Amazon basin and has been used for millennia by aboriginal shamans and medicine men to contact the spirit world and to receive information from entities there. It has recently come in "vogue" to experiment with DMT; It is common for adjoining DMT partakers to see the same apparitions, such as serpents enveloping them. Psychologist Dr. Rick Strassman conducted a formal clinical study of DMT ingestion under the auspices of the University of New Mexico, which he detailed in his book "DMT: The Spirit Molecule". He found, under controlled clinical conditions, that subjects had these experiences within seconds of ingesting DMT, which almost universally mimicked what are described elsewhere as "alien abduction events" (note that these subjects were screened to be those who were not familiar with stories of UFOs or did not believe in them). The entities they encountered were typically described as traditional "greys", reptilian or insect-like. The contacts usually involved medical and reproductive experiments conducted by the entities on the subjects, described as violent rape episodes. When subjects were willing to try an additional experience, they reported that the entities acknowledged their prior disappearance with no sensation of "time loss." The episodes were so traumatic to the subjects, that a support group was later formed to help them deal with the emotional trauma of the experiences. I would ask you to remember the quote from Terence Mckenna warning about these entities who had more experience with this drug that most people. And as much as he enjoyed talking about it, recall that he always described the so called elves he came into contact with as ”mischievous”. Which is a more sugar coated version of the descriptions I have heard from people that have taken it, who simply call these beings evil, in fact I think Mckenna sugar coated much of what he said about DMT to make it appealing to people in my opinion, and as we saw in his quote it was not him but the Logos inside of him that was concerned with getting people to take DMT. But that’s another subject. Here’s a question we should ask about these entities that show up when we take drugs like this: should we assume that the entities that are talking about love are good? Or based on the fact that the negative ones obviously exist and are contacted by the exact same means, can we be skeptical of the positive ones as well, how do we know that the so called good ones we encounter aren’t simply pretending to be good… ….especially as in Ickes case if the voice is clearly describing the same doctrine that Alice Bailey’s “ascended masters” have been trying to teach us from the beginning. This idea of spiritual evolution . I think that the biggest problems we have in the truth movement are. One, we have no idea that everything we believe, we were made to believe by people caring the message of these entities, and two, because we don’t really understand what their endgame is, or why they are so diligent with this deception, which makes us powerless to defend against it, we don’t even know what it is they are trying to ultimately do. We find ourselves wanting to believe what they want us to believe and we never have realized that we are being led like sheep to the slaughter to what I like to call the New New World Order. Let me introduce you to the real plan of the Illuminati. The one thing that has never changed in Ickes teaching is the idea of the coming evolution of Humanity. Icke: One of the themes of that time, we’re talking 1990, was that there was a consciousness shift coming. I kept meeting with a lot of psychic people in those days, and they kept saying, ‘I’m getting something, I’m being told to tell you this’ and again and again, it’s a consciousness shift coming. There is an awakening coming, and now that the ‘90’s has become the new century, more and more this stuff about this shift is going on. It also happens to be the central thesis to Theosophy, the mother of the new age movement, in fact the very term “New Age” is referring to a coming time of spiritual evolution. This fact alone should show you how the idea of a new spiritual evolution is the only idea that matters to these beings. It was what Hitler was working towards, and it is the reason why the 2012 phenomenon exists today, that is to be another vehicle to sell people the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming it is usually sold in tandem with that idea. We have already looked at some of the reasons why Icke thinks the idea of the coming spiritual evolution is valid, one is because he believes the photons from the photon belt will change us, and alternatively he believes that the “Galactic Logos” will send its “seven rays” through the sun god and change our DNA into a better evolution. Despite these flimsy premises, Icke is absolutely convinced that nothing can stop this from happening. Icke: I’m absolutely convinced that the end of this prison society is a done deal. I think the outcome is gonna happen, it’s meant to happen and we’re now seeing, and it’ll go on for awhile, but we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system. You also have to understand that we are being promised a utopia in no uncertain terms. “Beyond the turmoil of transformation awaits a new dawn for all the life-forms on this planet. We will live in a world of love and peace and harmony; a world in which the extremes of today and the recent past will give way to a level of understanding, wisdom, love that we could not begin to understand on this low and troubled frequency.” The first problem that emerges is that this is sounding a lot like what those that wrote about a New World Order talk about. In fact, this chapter comes from a chapter entitled “New World” in Icke’s LCE. But what people often miss is that the New World Order plans to bring order out of chaos, it is suppose to rise out of the ashes of what will appear to be a great change in paradigm, that is why Manly P hall called it the “New Atlantis” they intend for their system to look like a utopia, and they intend for people who currently fight them and resist a world government to think that the old system that they have been fighting has been defeated and they intend for them to embrace what will look like a utopia their victory. Alice Bailey said it best when she wrote: “The new world order must meet the immediate need and not be an attempt to satisfy some distant, idealistic vision. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience. The new world order must lay the foundation for a future world order which will be possible only after a time of recovery, of reconstruction, and of rebuilding.” Notice in this next quote that she considers the current system which is obviously still controlled by them just the prepetory new world order she says: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” “...the present world order (which is today largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world and a new race of men can gradually come into being. Renunciation and the use of the sacrificial will should be the keynote for the interim period after the war, prior to the inauguration of the New Age.” In a writing called “Preparations until 2025” she made some very revealing statements: “This must form the theme of all the propaganda work to be done during the next few decades - until the year 2025 - a brief space of time indeed to produce fundamental changes in human thought, awareness, and direction, but - at the same time - a quite possible achievement, provided the New group of World Servers and the men and women of goodwill perform a conscientious task “ what was this group suppose to teach. I find this one particularly interesting it says” “The day is dawning when all religions will be regarded as emanating from one great spiritual source; all will be seen as unitedly providing the one root out of which the universal world religion will inevitably emerge. Then there will be neither Christian nor heathen, neither Jew nor Gentile, but simply one great body of believers, gathered out of all the current religions.” —Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul And this final quote I find particularly revealing considering that it is the one thing that Icke has consistently done through every manifestation, the last few pages of every book he has written is explaining this message that Alice Bailey said Emphasis must be put on: “Emphasis should be laid on the evolution of humanity.” There is also a very dark side to Ickes spiritual utopia, something that I have previously only alluded to. Not everyone is invited to the utopia. And those that refuse to conform to the new system will be eliminated. This is very apparent when you read the channeled writings. In The Book of Co-Creation, New Age leader Barbara Marx Hubbard states: “Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving . . . Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human . . . the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God's selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.”(114) Alice Bailey explained what the new world order will do to those who refuse to accept its utopia: “… let us never forget that its the Life, its purpose and its directed intentional destiny thats of importance; and also that when a form proves inadequate, or too diseased or to crippled for the expression of that purpose, it is - from the point of view of the Hierarchy - no disaster when that form has to go. Death is not a disaster to be feared; the work of the Destroyer is not really cruel or undesirable… Therefore, there is much destruction permitted by the Custodians of the Plan and much evil turned into good ….”(115) In his chapter “New World” Icke says: “I do not seek to hide the severity of this period of fundamental change. It will be tough for every one of us…Many will return to light levels (die) in the wake of the physical events and the quickening vibrations. The Earth Spirit is already rising up the subplanes, and through the years ahead she will progress through the whole frequencies in her journey back to Atlantis and beyond. .. Those who cannot quicken their own vibrations through love and balance will find themselves out of synchronization with the environment around them. This process is already apparent. As the vibrations of a being fall behind those of their planet, it manifests in physical, mental and emotional imbalances. And such people will need all the love there is to give. Their behavior will be unpredictable and sometimes unpleasant and inexplicable. Those who cannot at this time rise with the climbing subplanes and frequencies will eventually return to the light levels (die) and be surrounded by love of indescribable warmth and power. They will asses their progress and decide how they wish to proceed on their path of evolution. Icke say in TSSYF: “Others who follow the propaganda of the Global Elite and the Prison Warder consciousness will cling on to the old vibration in their desperation to find security. They will become even more vehement in their religious, political, and economic dogma. They will resist the rising vibrations if they choose that path, and this will have mental, emotional, and physical effects. The two states of being, the programmed mind and the open mind, will be more obvious with every month to those who know what is happening. And not just that, but according to Icke these certain people that are hanging on to the old age are going to actually prevent the rest of the people from getting their evolution. “We are now entering a period of fantastic change, and the happening of events are speeding up all the time. We have two challenges here in front of us… people [have to] get access to that information, and start to realize who they really are and the nature of life, then we can go into stage 2 which is the Incredible Consciousness shift that is going to happen (and is happening with many people already, but can happen for everybody if we open up to the knowledge of what’s going on and to do that the edifice of suppression has to go. What I see so often in the New Age movement, is that they’re focusing on the second but they’re in denial of the first. And the second is not going to happen for many people unless we remove the suppression.” Now here is a though that has disturbed me for awhile. Obviously the idea of spiritual evolution is being pushed by the global elite and these entities, and I suppose it could lead to a world government, but only if the entire world was in on it, I mean right now only the New Age and the so called truth movement, which has now been converted to new age, believe the spiritual evolution stuff, and sure the idea is expanding thanks to shock value things like the 2012 stuff, but still it would have to be believed by the entire world and not just a few, they would have to be passionate about the idea of spiritual evolution. Let me let Mr Icke explain how this could all change overnight. Icke: What I would say very strongly, and it’s coming more and more into my life, there is an x-factor, which I don’t understand yet, but I sure as hell know it’s there, and it’s an x-factor that’s going to bring an end to this childish playground nonsense of human control. Interviewer: You mean an external influence? Icke: Something, something, I absolutely…on a deep level I know it….I’d say, and I’m probably being optimistic, but we’d probably live in a global version of Nazi Germany within ten years if we take that route, if we take ‘that’ route, we’ll be, in ten years time, deeply into a transition to a very different world. It’s just a choice, but this x-factor is gonna change the world into one that I would like to live in. I dunno what the x-factor is, but I know it’s coming… Woman: No one’s gonna do it for us. Icke: Well, my feeling is that there’s an x-factor, I don’t think that humanity can do it alone because the programming is so deep and the pressure to go the other way, to hold onto the hack, is so powerful to people who are in mind, alone, but I think what we can do is change enough so that we stop adding to the problem, ut I think there’s an x-factor, and I think there are things going on now, outside of our awareness and on much levels of consciousness than we’re aware of, that is also supporting this change. Notice what the function of the x factor is, he says that the programming to hold on to the old ways is too strong, but the x factor, this external thing, will shatter that paradigm and set us free from our old way of thinking and it will give us a new paradigm. Let me suggest a possible x factor that people like Bill Cooper have suggested, and one that I think without question we are being prepared for by the global elite, and have been for at least 70 years. That is an extra terrestrial presence being discovered. I realize that there are many documents that reveal a plan of the new world order to use an alien threat to cause the patriotism needed for a world government. After all people would no longer view themselves and separate countries but instead a world family, this would also create the need for a world bureaucracy to deal with the threat. But I think that based on the propaganda of Hollywood and the occult writings that this might not be presented as a threat at all, but rather as them posing as a savior to a world that will be war torn, They will claim to be saving us from ourselves, they will claim to have genetically created mankind, and they would claim that they used to be like us and that we are on the verge of an evolution. Suspend disbelief for a moment, As I explain how this would serve as Ickes x factor and the catalyst for his Utopia and the real new world order to begin all at the same time. It would accomplish the primary thing that Icke says we need to do in order to shift with the planet, that is to destroy religion of all types. All over the world religions would be in turmoil, here are these aliens and they are claiming to have created us, that means they are claiming to be our God in a sense. Overnight the programming that Icke says is too powerful, the religious programming, that is holding us back from the shift, would be shattered. All the religions would be forced to reconsider their ideas. Secondly, it would finally get the idea of a possible evolution to the entire world, everyone across the world, from the smallest village to the largest city would have a really good reason to believe that they too could be evolved, they could become like the aliens, they could become actual gods. Overnight the x factor could turn the entire world into little David Ickes believing their evolution was just around the corner. And of course the world government utopia would be possible then, but it would be even better if what after a time of war like when Alice Bailey said The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience.….here is why: We need to be convinced that the utopia that we will be asked to join is totally different than the old system..For us truther types we will need to be convinced that the new world order has been defeated in order to trust such a utopia…the regular people will only have to be convinced that the new system, since it will be based on non religious ideas, now because the aliens showed us that the religions were wrong, will be one where there will be no more wars; that will be the promise…the war that we are saved from initially must be made to look like the epitome of religious wars, it will be something that pins the Jews against Muslims which will draw in the so called Christians…the world will be convinced that the previous wars were about religion…this will be the way that the genocide starts….It like the treaty of Versailles times 100. Only universal disaster could have brought men to a state of mind wherein such propositions and solutions could be presented. The general recognition that the old order has lamentably failed is most valuable. – Alice Bailey The new world order will seem to have been defeated, we will rejoice in our new hope of utopia we will badly need it, we will be told to await out new found powers, but when they don’t come we will be told that it is because there are still among us that are keeping us from it, those that are still hanging on to the old age. All this makes what Icke is saying here very concerning. Icke: But we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system, where the Illuminati in their box, they’re believing they’re crashing the system to create something else, when it’s actually crashing really, for another reason. Understand what he is saying, he is admitting that they are crashing the system to create something else. This idea should be common knowledge to all of us who study them, they are going to be the solution to a problem they created. and Icke of course knows this, after all he is mister problem reaction solution. But listen to what he is saying…he believes his utopia will arise out of their ashes and for some reason their phoenix wont rise… in effect he is saying when the system crashes…he is expecting his utopia to rise but they are expecting a utopia to rise too…how are we suppose to know that the utopia we get after the crash is the one that Icke is talking about instead of the one they have been planning to bring about for so long…or probably the bigger question is… are theses utopias one in the same, they certainly sound the same.…What a dangerous game this is. They will say that there are still people who don’t trust the new utopia, (these people will primarily be Christians because there are prophecies specifically mention a great deception that will seem to offer peace but it will only last a 3.5 years before it shows its true colors) All the other religions will find it easy to agree to the new system. This in addition to the propaganda that Christianity is behind all the wars of the past will convince the entire world of theses words of Aleister Crowley who was given this message from a being claiming to be an Egyptian god. “But the future is now and the manoeuvres are being unveiled. As far as Christianity’s role in this new age Carpenter states: “Christianity therefore as I say must either now come frankly forward and acknowledge it’s parentage from the great order of the past, seek to rehabilitate that and carry mankind one step forward in the path of evolution – or else it must perish, there is no alternative.” [William Cooper:] “But this callous disregard for the right to life of every human on the planet has been predicted before in the New Testament. John was moved to write, ‘… yea the time cometh that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.’ The new world order, ladies and gentlemen, will sail in on a sea of blood.”(111) I want to encourage people to look into some of the things that we have been constantly told are true in the Truth Movement..For example we have always been told that the bible was changed by the illuminati…but if you se my video was the bible written or changed by the illuminati you will see that if this claim is easily. Or that Christians were behind the crusades and other wars see my video “religious wars, fact or fiction” Or as I mentioned the Zeitgeit version of history. Watch the video Zeitgeist Refuted final cut or check out any of the links at the website zeitgeistchallenge.com, if your really concerned about truth watch that film, or go to my youtube channel where I have 336 uploads and other videos I have made like this one, and consider the possibility that you have been brainwashed as I once had been, to hate Christians and Jews. Is it so hard to believe knowing Satanists are behind this? We here we have been told by Icke, a man definitely possessed by something, that if we worship the God of the bible we are worshiping the reptilians. Icke: When you worship, you project energy, you are feeding this force by thinking you are worshipping this force when you are worshipping these! He has changed his mind in every book he has written about which way to tell you not to look toward Jesus and not to look at the Bible. His entieties have told him to tell us That demons don’t exist. The voice that talked to him for 5 hours in brazil went on quite a tirade about how demons don’t exist how could they if everything was an illusion. There is fabulous reason why this misdirection is happening, because the real agenda is being played out like a military system. These demons are influencing people to prepare the way for what the new world order calls its phoenix. And what the theosophical society calls the world teacher, their Christ, what I would call the antichrist. A genuine Satanist knows that this has been the plan all along, they are awaiting something they call the black awakening when this system will begin. Alice Bailey said: The widespread expectation that we approach the “age of Maitreya,” .. when the World Teacher and present head of the spiritual Hierarchy, the Christ, will reappear among humanity to sound the keynote of the new age…. There are millions of mentally alert men and women in all parts of the world who are on rapport with the Plan and work to give it expression.. They provide opportunity for cooperation with the spiritual evolution of humanity… there is no group so likely to ensure that humanity achieves this most difficult goal as the men and women of goodwill …. requiring only courage… to initiate action to prepare for the New World Order.” All the conspiracies are leading up to one event. There is an ancient Angel that has been working on a system that would allow him to actually control the world to such a degree that he could force them to worship him as God… and unfortunately for the first time in history the technology is capable of doing that, I believe that the implantable microchip could actually play a role in this.. And he is the General in this, that is why you find Satanism behind every door you kick down in the investigation of the new world order, that is why you find his demons telling people to go out on a word stage and teach a doctrine that will lead them right into his hands, to an elitist mindset seeking the luciferic initiation of the light bringer, Prometheus, lucifer… they have always been preparing you for the Him…there agenda has never changed…..but we have been so brainwashed to hate Christianity that the bible is the last place we would look for the truth. Jesus spoke of the time that’s coming, he said: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be delivered. It interesting that here is a guy that not even his enemies can find a good reason to accuse him, He is entirely just and sincere, and humble, in the bible, yet for some unknown reason, what he said is absolutely true, we will be hated for his name’s sake. This hate has to come from a third party, the illuminati perverts the bible to make you think that religion is equal with Jesus so that you will reject Him. I submit to all of you that Jesus was the most anti-religious person that ever walked the face of the earth, he had nothing but compassion for sinners of even the worst kind…the only harsh things he ever said was to the clergy of his day….oh and the bankers. The reason the mere calling on his name crushes whatever force is behind sleep paralysis and so called alien abductions is because he really is who he claimed to be. And the demons are just as scared of him now as they were during the pages of the bible. Jesus said Matthew 11:28 “Come to Me, all who are weary and heavy-laden, and I will give you rest. 29 Matthew 11:29 “Take My yoke upon you and learn from Me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and YOU WILL FIND REST FOR YOUR SOULS. 30 “For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” Christianity is not a belief system it’s a supernatural event that happens to you, your life begins to change, you start to love the things of God and hate the things of sin, you are given new power to turn from things that have you in chains, it doesn’t mean you will be prefect but you will start to change and that change will continue your whole life, it is freedom from bondage not a list of rules. Mark 10:45 “For even the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give His life a ransom for many.” Acts 17:30 “Therefore having overlooked the times of ignorance, God is now declaring to men that all people everywhere should repent, 31 because He has fixed a day in which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all men by raising Him from the dead.” I do not think that David Icke knows that he is being used as a tool for the new world order, I would like to think that he would turn from his ways if he could be convinced of it. I want to ask you to help me pray for Mr Icke. For transcripts, footnotes, free downloads and, free dvds go to the website davidickedebunked.com
3221 an0 -
-
60 min 00
David Icke debunked (audio only) 1 of 3
Name: Chris White You can contact Chris White at: nowheretorun1984@gmail.com http://www.youtube.com/user/TheCozmikTruth Website: http://conspiracyclothes.com/nowheret... For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Ephesians 6:12 About Me: http://dvdtract.com http://the2012deception.net/ http://twitter.com/NTR1984 http://www.facebook.com/now... http://revelationsradionetw... http://thefullarmorofgod.po... http://zeitgeistchallenge.com Nowhere To Run is an internet based talk radio show and podcast hosted by Chris White. on Revelations radio network http://revelationsradionetw... and the Revere Radio Network http://revereradionetwork.com with the archives and podcast are available anytime for free. Nowhere To Run focuses on the theoretical aspects of the "New World Order" or "Illuminati" agenda. NTR attempts to sift through and analyze the mounds of misinformation looking for the truth, and the true motivations behind the propaganda, from a biblical perspective. He shows the total compatibility of the Conspiracy world to the Biblical one, despite the chorus of folks trying to prove the opposite, He shows how topics like the Nephilim, and trauma based generational mind control, and satanic rituals are crucial aspects of the system, and how important of a role they play in this end game scenario of the illuminati. The show is predicated on the idea that deception works only on the uniformed, in addition that there is plenty to get informed about and very quickly, because our lives and indeed our souls depend on it. Transcript / Footnotes Interestingly, David Icke’s story starts with a woman named Alice Bailey. Some of the following information on Alice bailey is taken from the excellent research of Terry Melanson the founder of and webmaster for www.conspiracyarchive.com/ He writes: Alice Ann Bailey was a leading disciple of the Russian theosophist Madame Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy, Bailey formed the Lucifer Publishing Company in 1920 and in 1922 she saw the organization’s name changed to Lucis Trust though the advancement of the Luciferian beliefs remained true. Lucis Trust promulgates the work of an “Ascended Master” a spiritual being who was working ‘through’ or in Alice Bailey for some 30 years. The Lucis Trust Publishing Company and their many fronts carry out the work of a Luciferian “master plan” for the establishment of a permanent “Age of Aquarius” Lucis Trust is a powerful institution that enjoys “Consultative Status” with the United Nations, which permits it to have a close working relationship with the U.N., including a seat on the weekly sessions, but most importantly, influence with powerful business and national leaders throughout the world. Through its founding of World Goodwill, Lucis Trust is “aggressively involved in promoting a globalist ideology”: Bailey’s influential occult organization is tied to a international conspiracy of elitists like the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergs, and the Trilateral Commission. A sprit that called itself Djwhal Khul wrote many books through her. These included brilliant plan that detailed many aspects of a world government that she called “the New World Order” quotes like: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” She actually outlines the process of how to prepare humanity for the new world order the in a section of her book Externalization of the Hierarchy called “Steps Towards the New World Order” In another section called “The Problem of Government” she appears to lay out a plan that would later become the basis for the trilateral commission by outlining how to divide the world in three blocks. But first she states: Coming now to the realm of government, under the new world order, one is faced with a very complex situation…Various basic trends of thought are appearing which, in the new world order, will unfold into that major synthesis so much desired by the spiritual Hierarchy of the planet. In addition to being one of the founders of the ideals and philosophies of those people planning global governance her writings also gained immense fame with another people group, that is of the so called “New Age”. Her extensive writing served as the foundational beliefs of the new age to this day. David Icke in recent times seems to agree with this, he said in his book The Biggest Secret “Two organizations spawned by Alice Bailey’s work, the Lucis Trust and the World Goodwill Organization, are both staunch promoters of United Nations. Alice Bailey founded the Arcane esoteric school. She claimed to ‘channel’ an entity she called the ‘Tibetan’ and she produced a number of books including Hierarchy Of The Masters, The Seven Rays, A New Group Of World Servers, and New World Religion. Bailey said that her Tibetan Master had told her the Second World War was necessary to defend the plan of God. That sounds ridiculous to me, but there are many in the New Age field who believe that everything is part of ‘the plan’ and the will of God, even a global holocaust.” It is impossible to understand why David Icke teaches the things he teaches these days without first reading two of his now out of print books. His first book ‘Truth Vibrations’, which he has still mentions on his website, but says that they are out of stock, and his next book “Love Changes Everything” which he doesn’t even have listed on his website at all. Before we get into the details of this very important material you should know a little of the history of each book. Truth Vibrations was published in 1991 and Icke will refer to it from time to time, and although he admits his views have changed slightly he still agrees with much that is in the book. Then there is his next book Love Changes Everything. Unlike ‘Truth Vibrations’ LCE was written after his Kundalini spiritual awakening in Peru where Icke says his mind was blown. And because of this, Icke says he doesn’t like the book. He said quote: “I don’t like that book, because it was written at the most extreme time of my transformation, when wasn’t sure what planet I was on, never mind what my name was.” The problem with trying to distance himself with these books is as we will see its obvious that he still believes their main points, we will see countless examples of this in his recent talks and books. And once you see the details of his early beliefs it will become very clear that they are same beliefs that are behind Alice Bailey and the New World Order. The first clue that there was a connection between Icke and Alice Bailey came only a few pages in to “Love Changes Everything” Where Icke says: “Since the publication of The Truth Vibrations I have learned so much more as I have communicated almost daily with Rakorski, the one known as Lord of all Creation, who is directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo. I also communicate often with the one we know as Jesus, the Spirit of the Earth, and many others.” Now keep in mind that this ‘Rakorski’ is the same spirit that dictated much of his first book the Truth Vibrations back when the “eye” appeared, He says on page 21 of Truth Vibrations: “Soon after this the eye appeared. One evening I was lying on my bed in a hotel room when I closed my eyes and there, forming out of the darkness, was the shape of an eye. It was there for a split second at first before dispersing. But gradually it became permanent. “– Truth Vibrations pp.21 Listen to an early interview where Icke talks about these entities. Icke: One great example of the way this works that I came across, which they, the beings which we call ‘the guys’ told us about. Campbell: You call them… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Campbell: He’s Jesus’ father, Rakorski, he was murdered as well… Icke: Yeah, part of him was, yeah. That’s right, the aspects… Now although there is a lot to talk about from that clip the thing I want to focus in on is this being’s name….Rakorski. In Theosophy, Rakorski is one of the ‘ascended masters’ these are beings that are supposedly so evolved that they have transcended the physical realm and now they are helping humanity pass through a coming age of enlightenment. Rakorski was a particular ascended master that Alice Bailey wrote extensively about It is especially significant that Icke calls him “Lord of all Creation” and elsewhere “Lord of Civilization” and says that he is “directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo.” Because these are absolutely clear examples that he is referring to the same ascended master that Alice Bailey made prominent, as she gave him those exact titles and said his ‘task’ is the establishment of the new civilization of the Age of Aquarius. She also connected him with the so called ‘Seventh Ray’ (which will become incredibly significant as this story unfolds). It was only later while reading Truth Vibrations did I find that he actually confirmed my suspicion that he was talking about Bailey’s Ascended Masters. In a section where he was talking about the different messages he received and he said: “Some of the communications came directly from the consciousness which has the awesome responsibility for easing in and guiding the new age of Aquarius. The Lord of Civilization and the Lord of the Seventh Ray, One of the energies we will soon be receiving at a much increased power The universe is governed and guided by a massive hierarchy, and the person or consciousnesses are selected purely by a souls stage of evolution There are beings that Guide the Cosmic, Galactic, Solar and Planetary Systems, Planets, countries, and regions. Each of these systems is broken down into further levels of organization. At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms. These have become known as ascended masters, and they are supported by other ascended masters behind the scenes, as it were. “ One of the best ways to demonstrate that David still holds these theosophical views today is with David’s view of the so called Solar Logos. As we just read David believed that there is a literal Sun God called the Solar Logos, and that the Solar Logos was going to be the entity that would send the energy to raise our consciousness and make us well godlike. In another place Icke says that Rakorski told him that… “The Solar Logos is the spirit of the sun who guides a solar system and sends certain energies to the planets and stars” He also goes on to say that a solar logos, can reach a “immensely high level of understanding “and that he/she can then evolve to be the Lord over several suns.” When Icke said earlier “At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms.” He is talking about how in theosophy it is the Solar Logos that is going to send rays that are suppose to raise the consciousness of the earth. Alice Bailey’s Idea was that these ‘Seven Rays’ would be generated from the Galactic Logos whom she often referred to as “the One about whom Naught may be said” these special rays would be filtered through the sun god and then come to the earth to change us and the earth spirit or Gaia. David very much believed in the Seven Ray theory of Bailey, in fact in both his early books he not only gives lists of each ray and their characteristics but he gives the exact characteristics for each one that Alice Bailey wrote. I will show you Alice Bailey’s Seven Ray Chart on the Screen as I read from David’s book Truth Vibrations. David Begins: “These Rays are: one – Pure Will and Power, ray two – love and wisdom, ray three – intelligence, ray four- harmony through conflict, ray five - concrete mind and science, ray six – love and devotion, ray seven - law and order and ceremonial magic, the Rakorski Ray” The last part is a dead giveaway because if you notice that Alice Bailey associated each ray to an ascended master you will notice that next to the last ray the one Icke calls the Rakorski ray, is the name St Germain. And that is what Bailey, and even Icke would sometimes call Rakorski, Bailey would also sometimes refer to him as “Master R.” One way to demonstrate how devoted Icke was to this idea of the seven rays is to point out that during this time he would only where the colors turquoise and light purple, because certain colors were attributed to the different rays and he believed it would attract more good vibrations to himself. Woman: I’d like to ask Dave, is there anything special about that suit that he has on? Icke: Well, this light that the Bible talks of, this energy, this light force that he sent out from the godhead and all around creation and it’s this light force all around the planet that’s been disrupted, has sub-frequencies within it. And each of these has a vibrational frequency of a colour. Turquoise is the colour of an energy within that light known as love and wisdom and if you wear a colour that’s on the same frequency then you attract it and absorb it much more efficiently. …and in case you think he outgrew that…he posted on his website 11 years later a story defending his wearing turquoise back then. He would later modify beliefs slightly, he said recently: ‘Turquoise is an important color, but you don’t have to wear it all the time.’ In more recent times he confirms this belief in the rays that will cause an evolutionary shift, in his 8th book And The truth shall set you free he says: “Cosmic rays of unprecedented power are being detected. These are the energies that are changing life on this planet..These cycles are fundamental, I believe, to the spiritual transformation and the multidimensional shifts which the planet, and humanity, are experiencing.” Now lets get in to why this matter to you, a truth seeker, let me first quote Icke from his book Robots Rebellion, It says: The Sun is far more than a massive ball of fire, generating warmth. It is another substation for Source energies. The ancients knew this, or at least their most highly evolved members did, and this is one explanation for the origin of the Sun god and Sun worship. The more enlightened members of their number were not worshipping a ball of fire in the sky, they were acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet. Just as the Sun is the mind that guides the solar system; the Galactic Mind guides the galaxy and the Universal Mind guides the Universe. The Source is the mind that guides all Creation..We all have the opportunity to tune into this guidance from the highest the Source. Notice he capitalizes source this would be the galactic logos the one whom bailey called the one about whom naught may be said. Notice how he talks about the worship of the sun in very good terms, that is as long as you know what your doing, and know the esoteric truth about the sun, after all he says these secret societies were just “acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet”..its a very good thing to venerate the sun if you know what your doing. We see also him doing the same thing today the only difference is he doesn’t use the name solar logos any more, as you watch these clips notice the words he uses to describe the true worship of the sun. If you know David Icke you know he is using the best words in his vocabulary to present it in a good way..words like vibrational… Icke: And one of the things that’s come through history is the moon and sun religion. Religions using the symbolism of the sun and moon, which has been manifested as the sun god and the sun goddess. Now this has many connotations. On some levels there’s the worship of the sun, but on deeper levels of knowledge these are symbolic of deep esoteric and vibrational, mathematical, geometrical concepts. It depends what level you’re meeting the knowledge at, what level you have access to. Terry Melanson founder of conspiracyarchive.com said about the Lucis Trust logo “ the Lucis Trust logo features this streaming blue light. The New Age Symbol invented by Foster Bailey (alice baileys 32 degree freemason husband) has a plethora of symbolic imagery. The symbol, according to Lucis Trust, is “set in a limitless field of blue, which signifies the sphere of life expression of our solar logos…superimposed upon the triangle of new age forces is the five pointed star of [Anti]Christ. In her book, `Rays and Initiations`, Alice Bailey reveals this Solar Logos is Lucifer himself. Now listen to Icke describe how the suns rays are going to be the thing that causes the spiritual evolutions he says are coming and listen carefully as he tries to work in the black hole in the center of the galaxy as being the source of this life changing energy. This is important because we will see he has no scientific reason for saying that the black hole is going to send out any energy, but I think he does have a religious belief that bailey’s Seven Rays will come from the “Galactic Logos,” and are then sent to the Solar Logos and then transform humanity and the earth. Icke: My feeling about this awakening is that this is very very much involved. I’ve got a lot more to do on this to say the least, but I’m sure that the sun is far more than a source of heat. It is a place, or an opening, a gateway where great energetic change and co-changes come into the solar system, same with others all around what we call the universe. I feel that at the elite level, not among the general population, one of the focuses on the sun, one of the reasons for this obsession with the sun is the knowledge of this, right going back to the ancient world. I also feel the black holes and stuff are also ways the energetic codes come in and out of this reality. Icke: It’s that what we’re going through, what we call this vibrational base construct which is coming out of the black holes, that is now very powerfully in the process of changing its vibrational state. We’re in the cusp of how it was, the surpressed, the limited…so as this energy changes, it’s triggering different photon information from the suns, in this case, our sun. So people are starting to, those more open to it first, starting to decode base information construct. And what that’s doing is changing their perception as we decode it and move into a new era. Icke: This vibration coming from the blackholes, this base vibration, there’ll be more to know, I’m trying to put the themes here…as it moves through its cycle of change, before coming back to the original vibration, it’s changing the information coming out of the sun in the form of photons, it’s changing the information construct. Therefore we are starting to decode, as it moves through the cycle, different information. Icke: I’ll tell you the way I see it anyway. What I’m saying in my new book is that the black holes, like the one at the center of this galaxy, are vibrtating the base vibrational state of this reality, but it’s not stable in the sense that it doesn’t just stay forever vibrating in the same way. It goes through a cycle. So it goes through this vibrational cycle and eventually comes back to the start. As these black holes vibrate this base vibrational construct it triggers information from the suns to be transmitted in the form of photons. Photon energy which is information. As this vibration changes, and whoever created this virtual reality universe, in other words this massively advanced computer game, they created this vibrational cycle, and as it goes through this cycle, the information coming from the suns in the photon energy changes, so we’re decoding this change. So we go through periods of what the ancients called the Golden Age, this massive expansion of awareness and connection and harmony and all the rest of it. And there are other periods where the information is much more suppressed and limited and it all goes through these cycles until it begins again. Now I looked in his new book to see if he explained what this cycle was that the black hole was going through, because in running the website the2012deception.net I feel I have heard just about every theory in which a cycle concerning the black hole and the sun is mentioned, yet I had never heard of a vibrational base frequency that was part of a cycle or anything remotely similar…so naturally I was very curious to find out what scientific information he had to back up these claims…because it seemed like he was just trying to make the theosophy idea sound really scientific which of course it isn’t. So I thought it was really funny when first, I found that he never addressed this cycle at at all in his new book, but what he did do was pretty hilarious, He actually put a picture of Carl Sagan on p 406 of ‘Human Race Get Off Your Knees’ and instead of quoting Carl Sagan he quotes a woman named Carol Clark who had a “vivid dream” where the dead Carl Sagan spoke to her…this dream version of Carl Sagan is literally the only scientific support he has for this particular idea, it simply says on page 407 “Black holes resonate the frequency and the different frequencies trigger different levels of information awareness to be emitted by the sun in the form of photons” This Dream version of Carl Sagan is the only evidence Icke offers us to believe in this particular theosophical theory about the sun god sending rays from the galactic god to change humanity. Lets move on to more evidence about Icke and theosophy. Even Ickes latest and greatest theories have their origins in his early writings, which in turn have their origins in Alice Bailey’s writings. Take for example the subject of the moon. Icke claims he got a message from the spirit world regarding the moon. Icke: I sat down to start writing that day and the energy in the room changed, and I thought I know this, I recognize this, so the energy in the room changed, there was a vibrational change, you could feel it, the atmosphere changed, a simple way to put it, I recognized this. What I then got as this was happening, the basic first theme was that the moon is not real. Course there’s more to know about that as more came, but ‘the moon is not real, the moon is not what you think it is’. He claims in his recent book that the moon is an artificial spacecraft that reptilians flew to our solar system and once it came into orbit with the earth it caused major catastrophes, but what’s worse is that it messed up the vibration so bad that it took us from god like beings that could levitate and only had to eat energy instead of animals…down to people who are like we are today..controlled by greed and anger etc. There are several things very interesting about Ickes new theory, one of them is that its not new for him at all, He describes this exact same thing in the book “love changes everything” but with a slightly different flavor. “Satan incarnated on the moon and helped to create fantastic negativity. The imbalance was such that the Moon Spirit left, and Lucifer, now rejoined on the light levels by Satan, used all the power of the negative energies and those created at the moment the spirit left to direct the dying, spiritless planet towards another planet. The light levels had known that Lucifer was planning on using the moon to create havoc, because his thought forms were passed directly to the Archangel Michael through the Devic information system and vice versa. Lucifer was thus aware of this, and found a way to prevent the Godhead and Michael knowing exactly what he intended to do with the moon. He formed a very large number of plans in his mind, but did not decide which one he would go for until the last possible moment, when he sent out one surge of negative energy that directed the dying moon towards earth, The Archangel Michael said: There were a great number of possibilities and we were in a waiting situation.” Icke says that this luckily was happening right at the time of a scheduled axis shift at the end of the Atlantis civilization and as a result the Sun God was putting forward a lot of positive energy at the time “Rakorski said of the aftermath: That the power of the Solar Logo’s positive energy ray was enough to stop the moon from colliding with earth but it became trapped in the earths orbit.” “The Earths energy system was in tatters and if it were not for the Archangel Michael somehow keeping open some of the energy arteries to the main network, the planet would not have survived. “I owe him so much” the Earth Spirit said, and his perseverance and positive attitude was wonderful for all of us” A being called Magnu (whom icke still quotes at the end of his lectures) said the following on pages 61-62 “Land was torn in half life was snuffed out in an instant, and it was the start of what has become known as the cataclysm. There was water everywhere. Tidal waves everywhere. Land froze within minutes. Great mountains of rock were wrenched out of the earth Areas of Land Sunk – Just collapsed and disappeared, There were violent eruptions devastating land shifts, and the sea came in.” Doesn’t this better help you understand what Icke is saying in this interview Icke: For me, this period that people call Atlantis and Lemuria and talk about great cataclysms and stuff like that…that was probably the time the hacking happened. There was a vibrational shift in the direction of limitation. M feeling is that first of all is that we had a much greater expansion of awareness, visual awareness, hearing awareness, all the senses, we were much further out vibrationally, therefore we could access far more. When this shift of limitation took place, because of these cataclysmic events, you can see clearly in the biological and geological record that this happened. Of course you can see it in all, the Great Flood, the cataclysmic stories in all the native cultures around the world. When this happened there was an energy deficit and I feel that energy deficit is bridged by what we call food. We’ve got lions and all of these animals all over the world, right down to the insects level of life that basically everyday is a killing field, just to survive, because they are taking in energy in a solidified form, that energy deficit, because of the energy shift that took place. This energetic flaw, this vibrational catacylcsm did, was that it took the vibrational state of this reality from harmony to disharmony. Now we’re decoding harmony: love, peace, beauty. (for the record even the eating energy thing is from the book LCE) (quote page 97) “With the energy system at only minimum levels they could no longer live purley on energies in the water and the environment. They had to supplement these by consuming the energies in plant life. This is why we need to eat food now – to make up for the low energy levels in the world around us. – LCE p 97 Now here is the Alice Bailey Connection; She has this to say about the moon: The Moon chain has in itself a curious occult history, not yet to be disclosed Certain brief hints may be given for the due consideration of students: * The Moon chain was a chain wherein a systemic failure was to be seen. * It is connected with the lower principles * The sexual misery of this planet finds its origin in the moon failure. * The progress of evolution on the moon was abruptly disturbed and arrested by the timely interference of the solar Logos. (this would correspond to Icke’s story of the moon spirit being kicked out and the Solar Logos saving the day at the last minute) The secret of the suffering in the Earth chain, which makes it merit the name of the Sphere of Suffering, has its origin in the events which brought the moon chain to a terrific culmination (This next one from alice bailey is pretty important because its at the heart of what ickes current theory is) * Certain results, such as the finding of its polar opposite, were hastened unduly on the moon chain, and the consequence was an uneven development and a retardation of the evolution of a certain number of deva and human groups. Deva is a term used by Bailey and Icke to mean angels like Lucifer * The origin of the feud between the Lords of the Dark Face and the Brotherhood of Light, which found scope for activity in Atlantean days, and during the present root race, can be traced back to the moon chain. So you can see that Icke’s new moon theory is really just an expansion on Alice Bailey’s writings on the moon. The next piece to this puzzle surrounds the idea of Gaia or the Earth Spirit, David has been and still is very passionate about the existence of the earth spirit, what Alice Bailey calls the “Planetary Logos”. Icke: The spirit of the earth is the most evolved ever to incarnate as a physical planet. She is a wondrous being of an evolution we could not even begin to comprehend, and without that wondrous spirit, that high evolution, and the higher you go up in evolution the more ability you have for love, the more ability you have for tolerance, the more of all these things you have. If she didn’t have that, she would have left this planet a long time ago. Icke: What I said publicly in 1991, that the Earth was a living entity that we could communicate with and that it could communicate with us, people just dubbed me crazy. And now we’re scientists that study this coming to the same conclusion. No one did more to popularize the idea of the “Earth Spirit” than Alice Bailey. It was her writing that influenced the Gaia religion of the United Nations which will play an important role in a coming world government. A great example of this is a man names Robert Muller. Robert Muller was the author of the “World Core Curriculum.” He is widely recognized as the “father of global education.” For 30 years, he was Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations. He was the Chancellor of the U.N. University. his ideas about world government, world peace and spirituality led to the increased representation of religions in the UN, especially of New Age Movement. He has become known as the “Philosopher” of the UN. He is the founder of Robert Muller Schools. The preface of the Robert Muller School World Core Curriculum Manual, November, 1986, says, “The underlying philosophy upon which the Robert Muller School is based will be found in the teachings set forth in the books of Alice A. Bailey, by the Tibetan teacher, Djwhal Khul.” Robert Muller told an audience in Costa Rica, “We hear now of the Gaia hypothesis, of the interdependence of all inert and living matter, that we are part and parcel of a living planetary organism.” Maurice Strong, is another Gaia supporter ,he is founder and Secretary General of the United Nations Environment Programme, and Senior Advisor to Kofi Annan. He was the Founder of the Earth Council and the Earth Charter Initiative, and former President of the United Nations University of Peace. He is the author of most of the key UN environmental policies and plans including Agenda 21, the Earth Charter, the Kyoto Protocol and the UN report on Global Governance. He founded the Manitou Institue where various groups perform rituals to heal Gaia. This list can also include people like Al Gore and Ted Turner. So am I saying that there is a connection between Alice Bailey, the idea of Gaia or The Earth Spirit, and The New World Order agenda. Yes there is, to understand it we should listen to a quote from David Icke about what the earth spirit does when people aren’t ready to evolve. “This is how the split in Atlantis occurred, and as it did so the energy system and the Roof of Light became less powerful. The Earth Spirit decided, with guidance from Rakorski and the Godhead, that rather than see such a wonderful people continue to fall down the frequencies she would create the physical changes that would end Atlantis. Those who were still balanced enough to listen to guidance from the light levels would be led to places of safety during the changes. They would later return to restore the roof of light and to take care of the planet still further to even higher frequencies than she had yet reached. You can see that the earth spirit did not make this decision out of anger or resentment. Her motivation was love just as it is today. Had she done nothing these beings who had worked so hard to evolve up the frequencies would have continued to fall back again. But when she told the Atlantians her decision, through thought communication, most of them didn’t like it. This inability to understand the situation confirmed that the time was right to act.” LCE p 53 Although according to Icke this was cut short because of the moon being thrust into the earth atmosphere This would not be the first time that Gaia had tried to commit an evolution specific genocide according to Icke. She also did the same to Lemuria before it. He wrote: “the energy system was in such a muddle that it threatened the Earth Spirits ability to harmonize, and she decided to act to bring Mu [Lemuria] to an end. …If there comes a point when it is necessary to take action to maintain balance for everyone’s benefit and check the imbalances that are harming the progress of all in her care, then it is her duty to act. Sometimes this can mean enormous changes have to take place but it is always done out of love and necessity. Not malice. “ And according to Icke The earth spirit then proceeded to kill everyone. And he still believes we are all in danger because the earths consciousness is too low, the only difference now is that the idea of the illuminati has been incorporated as the ones making it happen. Icke: So of course the planet itself is a living, thinking, emotional entity. We are interacting with that energy field, and one of the things the Illuminati have set out to do and are trying evermore to do in the period we’re experiencing now is to bring the vibrational state, of the earth’s field, it’s consciousness to as low a point as they can. Its also important to understand that Ickes belief in Lemuria and Atlantis are derived entirely from theosophy which he still very much believe in today Icke: In ancient ancient times, prehistorical times in terms of official history where there were two great civilizations which made together a global civilization, one based on a land mass which has become known as Atlantis and one which has become known as Mu or Lemuria. And these were very advanced civilizations with in many ways, knowledge beyond what is available in the public arena today, and they went to great technological lengths, great understandings, for instance, in how you can create a magnetic field which makes vast stones weightless which you can then push them along and maneuver them around. Great technological advancement, at least among the elite. There is not a shred of evidence outside of the Plato account about Atlantis and the Idea of Lemuria, well the main evidence we have for it is simply because Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy said so. The idea of sunken continent of lemuria that Blavatsky describes has been proven an impossibility after the discovery of plate tectonics, which has led modern theosophist to concede that if Lemuria existed maybe it was simply an era in time instead of an actual continent in light of this new evidence. Hitler and the Nazis also really liked theosophy, Hitler was said to have kept a copy of the Secret Doctrine by Helena Blavatsky by his bedside. The Swastica was used because of its use by Blavatsky as the symbol of theosophy. The Genocide that hitler imposed was rooted in the theosphical view of the tall blonde haired blue eyed root races from Atlantis. Actually Icked believed this too, He said on page 46 of LCE that the inhabitats of atlantis were an average height of 6’5” blonde haired and skin the glowed white. Icke remarks about the incredible influence that Theosophy had on hitler in this way: “I am not saying that Blavatsky was negative, only that Hitler was influenced by her work” – And the truth shall set you free. A few other similarities are that Hitler also believed in the idea that a moon came into our orbit and thus gave the need to create this new evolution. He also believes like Icke that the earth was hollow, which is funny because in Ickes book the biggest secret his main evidence for the hollow earth was simply that the Nazi’s believed it too, which is really only because they both read HP Blavatsky who made the claim in the secret doctrine. Also Hitler believed that the Atlanteans possessed physic powers and that they were destroyed by a flood, just like icke believes. It is this desire of Ickes, to get back to the Atlantis evolution that is at the core of his and teaching today. ( to prove this listen to icke in this recent lecture read a message given to him by a spirit in 1990, we find in another place that Icke identified this spirit as ‘Magnu’ who he said was from Atlantis. Listen to Icke explain first that Atlantis was destroyed and how the ultimate objective is to attain the powers we once had in Atlantis Icke: In 1990 I experienced this, and it stood the test of time in my experience. “My own allegiance to your planet goes back to an Atlantean period when there were many energies being used and information and knowledge being used which were for particular reasons of safety, withdrawn, shall we say. To prevent complete catastrophe, to prevent the complete destruction of your planet. As the energies around your planet quicken so these latent energies, these energies that were withdrawn, were now being phased back in. They will gradually be awakened. As the consciousness level of your planet raises itself, those of you who are working together to raise your consciousness, you will be able to hold more and more refined vibrations, and the energies themselves contain the knowledge which is beginning to surface again in your consciousness. Many of you will remember the Atlantean times, you will remember you communicated with, say, dolphins and whales, you understood these sentient creatures, you could levitate, you could manifest things, you could cause spontaneous combustion by not miraculous means at all. Once you know what you’re doing, these things follow, it is a matter of order. Now I am looking at a time on your planet when these energies are reawakened and re-integrated into your consciousness. At the very least we should be warned that that philosophy has had negative consequences at least once before. because its the same thing that Hitler wanted. The fifth root race of Blavatsky, which Hitler was trying to bring about, was known as the “Race of Hope”, and it was said that they soon would rise to the pinnacle of spirituality formerly attained by Atlantis, but that certain people were holding them back…and as we will see in the final section Icke also hold to this very dark idea. This idea has always been planned to be used in the context of a one world government 33rd degree Freemason Manly Palmer Hall said: “The New Atlantis sets forth an ideal government of the earth. It foretells that day when in the midst of men there shall rise up a vast institution composed of the philosophic elect — an order of illumined men banded together for the purpose of investigating the laws of life and the mysteries of the universe …” “The age of boundaries is closing, and we are approaching a nobler era when nations shall be no more; when the lines of race and caste shall be wiped out; when the whole earth shall be under one order, one government, one administrative body.”(41) Another similarity is the contact with the so called spiritual hierarchy. As we have seen Icke is in contact with a plethora of spiritual entities even up to this very day. The Thule Society, the secret society that Hitler belonged to (also used the theosophical swastika) believed that highly intelligent spiritual beings existed and that the truly initiated could, keep in contact with those beings for information about the world. The occultist Dietrich Eckardt taught Hitler to get in contact with this spiritual hierarchy and Hitler in fact believed he was in contact with this superior, mythical race, taught about in the Thule society. Eckardt remarked on his deathbed: “Follow Hitler! He will dance, but I am the one to blow the pipe. We have given him the means to put himself in communication with Them. Mourn me not. I have influenced history more than any other German” [J.H. Brennan: Occult Reich] Hitler wanted to enhance his connection to these beings further and Earnest Pretzsche, a book dealer, introduced Hitler to a psychedelic drug containing mescaline and peyote. This produced clairvoyant visions that made Hitler believe he had opened the door to more supernatural powers. Icke too also was seeking a deeper connection to the spirit world and so he went to Brazil where he took a potent drug used by shamans to contact the spirit world. Icke calls what contacted him that night “the voice” and he says that it was the defining moment of his career. Icke: Then came the third stage which started in 2003 when I had an ayahuascan experience, in Brazil, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mindblowing and life changing. I have often wondered if Icke has ever taken any precautions to make sure that the entities that he is in contact with are good entities, He often talks about how the illuminati are in contact with bad extra dimensional beings, Icke: And these same gods, demonic entities, that are worshipped by the Satanists, are the same gods that are worshipped by the secret societies and the religions, unknowingly. In Satanism it’s knowingly. Icke: These reptilian entities seem to offer, and again, it’s not just reptilian, there are many kinds of entities that do not have a human form but operate just outside of human sight, and history has recorded them as demons and all this stuff… So I wonder if he has a system to discern whether the ones he is talking to are one of the ones that influence the illumnati. You can imagine I was a bit discouraged to hear things like this: Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions through intuitions, through urges, ‘I just gotta do this/I’ve gotta go there’…As I’ve gone through this and followed it, and who the forces are, I don’t know, I’m not really that interested, funny enough, I’ll just go with it and I’ll remember what it’s all about when I leave this genetic spacesuit. Now here is a mystery considering all that we have learned so far Icke: I think a whole lot of this whole New Age area, of ascended masters and all the Blavatsky stuff and Astar Command, I say that is a belief system controlled by the same force which is also drawing that bloody energy as we go along. Again, considering everything we just learned this is clearly an admission that he has been lied to by the spirits all of his life, I mean if they told him that they were Alice Bailey’s ascended masters, which they did, and taught him Theosophy word for word, which they did. He must be admitting here that all he was taught is a lie. But the problem is that he has never stopped teaching and promoting the beings he talked to or what they told them to teach, he clearly attributes everything he is to them, Icke: Among these messages that were given to me in 1990 were “He will say things and wondered where they came from. They will be our words. Sometimes we will put knowledge into his mind, sometimes he will be led to knowledge.” Another one was, a little bit later “Arduous seeking is not necessary.” I have given this much thought and have come to some possible conclusions. Here are some facts. Icke never has mentioned the name Alice Bailey in his early books, although in them it is clear that he is teaching her doctrine, things like about the seven rays, and the coming evolution, the solar logos, the new age, Atlantis/ Lemuria being destroyed because of bad evolution, the earth spirit, the moon problem, her particular brand of reincarnation, even wearing certain colors, he never once attributes any of it to her. He attributes it all to the spirits that he channeled. He says he got all this information from the spirit world, which I am willing to believe, and therefore I suppose its possible that he hasn’t made the connection that everything he believes is from Alice Bailey himself yet, He may have never noticed that what the spirits told him was word for word Alice Bailey and or Theosophy. The other possibility is that because he has alluded to in the past the idea that sometimes during channelings the paradigm of the channeler gets in the way of the message, and so therefore the message can be tainted by the messenger. He refers to this to try I think, to explain the fact that he has pages and pages of material of his conversations with Jesus whom he nowadays says never existed. The idea is that, well the channeler believed in Jesus so the name was messed up. But as we will see later these beings do much more than claim to be some entity, they play the role to the very end and really expect you to go tell people what they told you. There are many problems with this but the biggest one is that, lets say some of the psychics he talked to were big Alice Bailey fans and so he got information that was filtered through their paradigm. That is still not excuse because we are right back to the problem of, well if he learned later on that Alice Bailey and her ascended masters lead to a new world order ideology why is he still teaching us the exact same ideology, only packaged in a way that seems to try to hide the obvious source? We will come back to the investigation of Ickes extra dimensional entities to see if we can determine anything more about them later on, but for now lets move on to some of Ickes more earthly sources of his information to see if we can determine anything about the evolution from his early material to his current material like reptilians. The single most influential person in the development of Ickes current ideas is a man named Brian Desborough,. Desborough wrote a lot of conspiracy articles and posted them on the internet in the mid 90’s into the 2000s, later these articles would be complied into a book Desborough is behind an astonishing amount of Ickes research. There is a lot of interesting things about Mr. Desborough, first of all despite the fact that his bio says that he served as a Director of Research and Development for several American high technology companies, and has provided consultation to a company involved in deep space research. There is no record of him doing anything like this on the internet that I can find, there are only references to his conspiracy articles which have been online for many years. Which seems odd since you would think that a person who was publishing material that early in the internet’s history would also have left some trail to his apparently earth changing scientific research. What’s interesting too is that despite the fact that Icke, when referring to Desborough, calls him his “American scientist friend” you can read Desborough’s own bio to find out that his information was given to him by spiritual beings, like Icke was Desborough says: “During an out of body experience which occurred in 1971, he encountered five highly spiritually evolved non physical beings who informed him that he must write a revisionist history of the world. The purpose of the book was to take the readers out of their comfort zones, by presenting them with the truth regarding such diverse subjects as the true location of Atlantis, the duplicitous acts of the Illuminati, and the fundamentals of free energy technology. It was not until later that the author learned that the non physical entities that he had encountered were associated with a non physical directorate who were the overlords of a group of terrestrial mystics known through the centuries as the Khwajagan. It is the role of the Khwajagan to intercede in the political affairs of the world periodically, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality.” It is very interesting to note that like David , Desborough also speaks out vey harshly against Alice Bailey and the ascended masters in his book, he even says: “The Lucis Trust is a major New Age command center on behalf of the Illuminati” and “Her book Education in The New Age outlined a social engineering program which later was adopted by the Club of Rome. In it she wrote “…the science of eugenics will grow.” Ascended Masters” were, in actuality, merely nicknames she had assigned to wealthy masonic patrons of the Theosophical Society, and displayed outrage against phony psychics claiming to channel these non-existent beings.” But in an equally amazing feat of double think Desborough believes the exact thing that Alice bailey believes, that is the non physical directorate , or ascended spiritual beings are intervening in the political affairs of the world, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality!!! which is arguably the main point to theosophy. As well as all the stuff about the Aryans as we will see later. As far as Desborough’s scientific background , according to his bio it seems to be limited to a story he tells where a chance encounter with a pediatrician who had been one of Wilhelm Reich’s research associates gave him access to all of his notes which he says enabled him to acquire a knowledge of weather engineering and orgonotic science. In addition as luck would have it a similar thing happened to him, but this time it was the with Nicola Tesla’s notes. He says he met an old lady at a spiritual healing circle who asked him if he liked Nicola Tesla she apparently then told him a story he writes on his website: “One day, continued the lady, Tesla felt a tug on his coat sleeve. Looking down he saw the landlord’s twelve year old son, who said: “Mr Tesla, will you teach me all you know?” Tesla was so impressed that the boy became one of Tesla’s enthusiastic proteges, and later married the lady the author had just met. The lady then provided the author with some of her late husband’s research notes on free energy and anti-gravitic technology. In this manner, many doors were opened thus enabling the author to acquire meaningful data for his two books.” The strangest part of Desborough’s bio, in my opinion, is that he claims to be an expert at deprogramming mind control victims. He claims he does this in order to get information out of them to help his research into the new world order. He has written quite a lot about trauma based mind control and at that time very little was known on the internet about it and it does appear he knows quite a lot about how to program multiples. This will become very interesting as we continue this investigation. So with that in mind lets take a look at how David Icke’s mind was shaped by Brian Desborough Ickes Book the Biggest Secret is the first time I know of that Icke mentions Desborough in print, he dedicated to book to him, and he sites him profusely throughout the book as his source for things like Martians coming to Earth and founding the Aryan race, which the reptilians used to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information on the Babylonian world, and things like that black people are a result of the earth being closer to the sun at one point, the ice age was an illusion, monoatomic gold, directed energy weapons, ufos are government craft, crop circles are space beams, Davids new view on Jesus, and much more. Ivan Fraser the other person who David dedicated his book TBS to, later spoke out against David said this about Brian Desborough. “Is there anything David could tell us about Brian Desborough’s background to allay any doubts we may have about his integrity, considering his massive influence in the content and direction of The Biggest Secret?” Also Ickes subsequent book called “Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster” is no better than a copy and pasting of Brian Desborough’s article entitled “The 9/11 Disaster The Myth and Reality “ If you have read Icke’s AIW book please read Desborough’s article when you have time and you will see that the information is exactly the same, the wording, and even the mistakes. But the curious thing is that even though its clear from reading Desborough’s 911 article that he is the one who did all research not Icke, Icke doesn’t site Desborogh one time in his book even though its painfully obvious it was taken from Desborough. I think that Desborough was quite content to feed information to Icke even if he got no credit. One example of this is in regard to the reptilian scandal. As I mentioned the biggest secret is dedicated to Desborough and another man named Ivan Fraser. According to Fraser It was Deborough that introduced Icke to Arizona Wilder. It was her testimony that ended up being the reason why Icke went public with the Reptilians thing. Desborough also admits to introducing Icke to Wilder as well as arranging the meeting between the two. Because Wilder was a victim of trauma based mind control and apparently Desborough had accessed her programming in order to get information about the illuminati, according to him he was amazed to find that she confirmed what he had already been telling Icke, which will be important later. This is Fraser’s side of the story, he had been proofreading the biggest secret for Icke and he found out about the reptilians this way: [Arizona Wilder] was not mentioned at all in the draft copy of The Biggest Secret (TBS) which I had read. David had not met her yet. When the book was released people started ringing me with questions like, is it true about the reptiles?, and is this stuff about the royal family true?. At which time I replied that I thought it was, based on the fact that the version I had read stated only the theory of the reptilians and that certain of the Royals were involved in Satanic rituals. Soon I heard about Arizona Wilder. David stated that he saw his encounter with AW as an amazing synchronicity which endorsed his work in his latest book. How could she have known all of this stuff which tallied so exactly with TBS? Well, I believe I am not as naïve as David, and I know exactly how she could have known. [Icke] was passing copies of the book via post to me and others for editing.. This brings in another character who is pivotal to the entire Biggest Secret thesis. It was a contact of David’s named Brian Desborough who introduced Arizona to David. Brian is mentioned as a source for a great deal of information in the book, having supplied most of the material upon which David based his idea that Martians came to Earth and founded the Aryan race which the reptilians used as a vehicle to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information David had compiled on the Babylonian world, its myths and how they fed into the sinister secret societies. It was Brian Desborough, who was also looking at the draft copy of the Biggest Secret at the same time as myself; i.e. before David met Arizona Wilder. Therefore the fact that Brian Desborough may be responsible for fundamentally leading the direction of David’s research, if not planting much of the basis of the book in David’s mind, is obvious. But then to be the same person responsible for giving him a so-called eye-witness to testify to the verity of that information is highly suspicious. Brian also writes articles on mind control and seems very knowledgeable on the subject. Is it possible that he could be directly involved in some way that we are not being told about? Fraser also says that Arizona endorsed Desborough’s theories So closely that “you would almost think she had already read the book – or had been given the information beforehand! “ He continues: “Or, considering that she claims to be an ex-mind controlled slave, could it be she was pre-programmed? Testimony from Mark Philips and Cathy O?Brien as to how arduous it is to deprogram a CIA slave makes me very suspicious that AW could be considered reliable. She claims that since her programmer died, the programming broke down. I don’t believe this can be accepted as such, and external experts would have to be brought in to convince me that if she was controlled to the highest level, that she could be so deprogrammed now as to be considered reliable.” Brian Desborough describes the story in this way: My own research, based upon unpublished astrophysical data, revealed that Mars originally occupied our planet’s orbit and was populated by a technologically-advanced Aryan race. A celestial catastrophe displaced Mars into its present orbit, forcing the Aryan survivors to colonize our planet and subsequently construct the Great Pyramid. They were overthrown by an evil priesthood who established the Royal Court of the Dragon in Egypt. While David was writing his book, it was my good fortune to meet the Mother Goddess of the Illuminati. She corroborated my research, adding that the Illuminati hierarchy are shape-shifting dragons, who require the consumption of Aryan blood in order to maintain their shape-shifting capability, hence their opposition to interracial marriages. As we watch these clips of Arizona Wilder notice that when she was asked about the history of the Illuminati that she says that she was MADE to learn this. No matter who she thinks taught her the information the fact that a bunch of Satanist made someone learn anything sounds like programming to me. Icke: From your experience being brought up in this Illuminati environment, were you ever told where these reptilians came from, what is the history of it all? Wilder: I was made to learn through mothers of darkness, which is a certain aspect of the organization, because that was an early early part of my training, the history of what was the Illuminati on this planet. What I learned was that the Aryans originally were from Mars and the reptilians came to that planet, they came from another place, they came to rule, they wanted to mix, so they said, with that race, and they became the overlords. Interesting term “Overlords”, Desborough uses it 28 times in his book, compared to Icke using it once, and even that was in a quote. It doesn’t prove that the info was planted, but it is a suspicious coincidence. Wilder: (cont’d) ..and the Martians, the Aryans, were seeking to escape from it, they went to the moon, and then were there attacked. They then went to Earth and established culture here on Earth approximately 6000 years ago, and at that time they were doing well and they were mixing with the indigenous population, of this Earth, they were getting along with. Then about 4000 years ago, the reptilians arrived here and again began to take over. They instilled themselves in different places, underground, in the Earth, and also this one part of them, the ruling part, took over and became involved in the politics, and in the religion, and started controlling through these means at that point in time. A Woman named Svali who is widely regarded as trustworthy by many of all backgrounds claims to be a former programmer for the illuminati. She is currently in hiding, we hope, but her writings which are posted on the internet fill in many of the details about how mind control slaves are programmed. She was once asked about the reptilian idea: “Q: Svali, I have to ask you this: There are stories floating around on the internet about the Illuminati (and other agencies) being run by extra-terrestrials, ET’s, in particular a reptilian race, operating from a higher dimension. Any thoughts on that? A: My answer will probably cause a lot of anger, and it’s not meant to step on any toes. Here it goes. I have never seen an alien or extraterrestrial. I have seen some programming to make people THINK they saw aliens, as a cover story for programming, if they remembered. None of the head trainers I knew, or others on leadership council, believed in aliens, although I never asked them. I personally believe that the reptilian stuff is actually the demonic at work. I have seen shape-shifting and other stuff because of demonic influence (okay, so here some will say, gee, she believes in demons, that’s as far out as aliens). Well, this is what the Illuminati certainly believe in. They KNOW there are spiritual realities, and think they can control them. Those of a more cynical bent would say the shape shifting was a drug induced hallucination and group hysteria in the context of a ritual setting. I will let each reader decide based on their personal comfort zone. But no, absolutely no reptiles or aliens seen in Washington, DC, or San Diego, Ca. as of 5 years ago, at least I never saw them.” Interesting that Icke seems to validate the idea that spirits can make a person shapeshift Icke: There was this lady that channeled this consciousness back in 1990…and I’ll just read what it said because it’s so relevant to now, with the hindsight of the years that have past. If anyone doesn’t believe in shapeshifting, they should have seen this woman’s face when she was doing this, because she became someone else, her face was like ‘wooah’, changed to a completely different face. I would say that Arizona Wilder’s testimony is worth listening to, it seems to be consistent with high level satanic rituals, I would suggest one possibility is that she may have been made to learn the reptilian story as Svali suggested, so that if her programming did ever begin to break down, she would tell people that it was reptilians instead of satanic rituals. Something that a lot of people miss is that the entire purpose for the rituals she did were to summon what she calls demons so they could give more information about how the New World Order should be set up..its clear she believes its demons not reptilians that are behind the planning for the New World Order. Wilder: They materialized out of another dimension, they were present at rituals and they were so powerful, and their presences had such an evil about them and they wanted out of this other dimension. They have to be called out by someone who has that power, and the reptilians don’t have this power, that’s very important, they don’t have this power… During rituals these Old Ones are called out and they are what Christianity would have called the demons…and they want out, they’re always demanding to be let out so you have to be very powerful to keep them in line and to make them go back when it is time to go back. Icke: Why do the reptilians want to manifest these, quote, demons at the rituals? Wilder: It brings power to the rituals, it brings power to them, they are told things by these entities and they are encouraged to go on with what they’re doing and knowledge is imparted to them, through these entities. If this is the case, why is there no attempt to see what we can learn about them, why all this focus on reptilians from Mars and Aryans? By her own admission they aren’t calling the shots, the spirits behind them are. I want to mention a few more things about the reptilian thing before moving on. She states the reptilians change back to reptilians when asleep. Considering how many of them were educated in schools where they also lived amongst hundreds of others in dorms, and many of them were in the armed forces, you would think someone would have noticed this happening by now,” hey buddy, you don’t look so good when you fall asleep.” She states that the royal reptilians can’t stay in human form at the scent of blood and transform and go crazy, ripping into their victims. And in all those years nobody has ever noticed this when they have cut themselves, been around blood, menstruating women etc. Considering they are so public, there is no way they have never been in the vicinity of blood. The other testimony that Icke uses to confirm the reptilian issue is Credo Mutwa. This is what Ivan Fraser said about this Mutwa: Soon after this [the Arizona wilder interview], David re-emerged from a trip to Africa announcing a new video called The Reptilian Agenda, which is an interview with a Zulu shaman called Credo Mutwa, who is confirming the existence of shapeshifting reptilians. Credo recounts various ancient Zulu myths about the reptilian race which manipulates mankind, which are taken literally by himself and Icke and seen as remarkable confirmation of the reptile/human-race theory; although Credo’s version is that the race actually originated on Earth, left it and returned. Furthermore, the central reptile/Aryan race thesis is fundamentally challenged by Mutwa’s assertion that the black leaders of his country, and their bloodlines are from the reptilian race also. Mutwa also speaks about personal encounters with ‘grey’ aliens, which he states are servants of the reptilians. Mutwa elsewhere, rather contradictorily, states that ‘greys’ are actually reptilians with an artificial ‘skin’. This contradiction is not challenged by Icke. Both Mutwa and Wilder may be consciously genuine in recounting their experiences according to their memories. But I believe we need to be extremely careful before buying into what amounts to circumstantial stories with no proof. Also this idea that is circulating on Youtube that peoples pupils change, and you can tell they are reptilians this way. This is an effect caused by uploading a video with bad resolution. The same effect is happening with other elements in the picture , but you only notice it on the eyes, because the eyes are very detailed things and when the pixles cut out on them it is more noticeable than it is with other elements in the picture…even Icke doesn’t believe this stuff. Icke: All over the Internet, people started talking about this now, and pictures circulate, and this might be, probably is just a trick of the light, but it is very symbolic of what we’re looking at… Desborough gave Icke another view that became very important to Ickes’s teaching, he gave him his current view of Jesus. Most of you will not know, but Icke’s view about Jesus changes dramatically from book to book. For instance, The early Icke is very confident that Jesus existed, only that the bible didn’t include parts that it should have, that is it wasn’t telling the whole story. Icke: There is a thin line of truth in the Bible, certainly, and many of the things, the being Jesus, who certainly did exist, and certainly did die in that way, are accurate reflections of what he said, but they are taken out of context and misinterpreted. He tells us very confidently that Joseph of Arimithea was Jesus’ father and he names all the places that Jesus visited etc. One interesting way to demonstrate that his views change dramatically from book to book is by first quoting this passage from Truth Vibrations. “My own feeling, and what I have channeled and seen leads me to believe that [Jesus] survived [the crucifixion] I had a very strong vision of Jesus on the cross. During that vision I was with Jesus, experiencing what he felt. He experienced great pain in his hands and wrists and he was utterly exhausted. I then saw a pole being raised with a cloth which was offered to his mouth. From this he took a drink, soon after this he appeared to lose consciousness. When he awoke he was lying with people all around him attending to his wounds. They were all in white I remember. It was clear that Jesus was in a state of shock, he whispered “I live, I live” as though he had expected to leave the physical body. I had other visions and channeling which together gave me this overall picture of what actually happened two thousand years ago. “ Now listen to his version of the crucifixion in his next book LCE When the channeling [crucifixion] had finished one of the followers asked if Jesus could be taken down, and his request was granted. He was still alive at this point, but the swift movement of a sword removed him from the physical level, Only Jesus knew for certain he would die. So in this version Jesus did die, which is obviously a massive contradiction from the previous book with no explanation of the discrepancy. Keep in mind in that book Jesus personally talks to David on a regular basis. For instance Jesus is quoted as saying things like: “I was so determined, David. So determined to ensure that the truth could not disappear because one man was nailed to some wood. And I knew the effect it would have on Lucifer Satan if the energies were powerful enough.” This also led David to believe that he knew all the real truth of the bible and how to interpret it. For instance he was told that Demons were not real and that was a terrible way to interpret the bible. Icke always tries to downplay his famous claim to be The Son of God, he always said he was simply claiming to be a son of god not the son of God. But the problem is that he really did claim that he personally was the one spoken of in the bible that was going to return, he claims in this clip to be the second coming of Christ in this clip. Campbell: When you think of Jesus, if he were alive today, and you’d been alive then he’d be writing books and appearing on programs and so forth, would he be promoting the same… Icke: Absolutely, I’ll tell you the funny thing, Nicky, you know, the Bible actually predicts the coming of the Son of Man, the Son of God, at this time, the great change… Campbell: The Bible predicts you in a way… Icke: Yeah, exactly, it calls it being the Son of Man…That’s in the book of Revelations towards the end, and it’s also earlier on in some of the gospels too. What do they expect this Son of Man to look like, do they expect him to wear a beard and a white robe? The people 2000 years ago didn’t expect their Son of God or whatever, to be a carpenter’s son, and he got the same reaction. You see what it is is it’s about incarnating into a body that relates to the world as it is at the time, that’s why Jesus was a carpenter’s son and worked in Palestine…Why was I take into a communications… Campbell: You were taught self-discipline and sport… Icke: This is how it’s done. So I’m comfortable talking to you, I’m comfortable on television, in broadcasting which is a great help to get over the truth as, the world as it is in the moment, where the media is the vehicle to do it. You are given the gifts, we are all given the gifts in particular lifetimes, in this time I need certain abilities to be comfortable in the media and to know the media, and that’s what’s been given to me… Ickes view on Jesus changes dramatically from here, he would later add elements from the various books he read, and by the time he gets to The Biggest Secret he has exchanged all previous views for Brian Desborough’s view. Have you ever heard of Icke talk about Tammuz and Nimrod and Queen Semirimus? I am pretty sure you have, its one of the most important parts of Ickes presentations and he rarely misses an opportunity to launch into his speil Icke: In Babylon they had a trinity of Queen Semiramis, also known as Ishtar, Nimrod, the sun god, she was the moon goddess, and Tamuz, who was the virgin born son of Nimrod and Semiramis… He took this view, word for word, from Desborough, and although he doesn’t credit Desborough for it, it’s clear that he did, for instance, there is no mention of Tammuz or Semiramis before this book and its obvious that he is using the same wording from Desborough’s article called “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?” for instance Icke writes Tammuz who was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later And Desborough writes Tammuz who according to the writer Lanctantius was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later The only difference is Icke takes out the reference to Lanctantius, One reason he probably did this is because Lanctantius was a person who was widely known for taking Christianity and trying to explain it using pagan symbology to be more acceptable to pagans so it not shocking if we were to find this information but as we will see even given this, the claim is still not true, and that’s probably why Icke drops the reference altogether. In any case the point is hat Icke took the reference, and Its clear Icke had access to this particular article because in other places in the book when Icke sites Desborough, he sites this very same article. The footnote reads: 18 Brian Desborough, “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?”, a document supplied to the author and also published in the The California Sun newspaper, Los Angeles. The biggest problem here is not who he got the information, but how terrible the information is, no scholar would ever write that a rock was rolled from Tammuz’s tomb after three days, this is a flat out untruth with no apologies. Even Acharya S, who Desborough is misquoting right here disagrees with this idea, and that’s saying something if you know who she is. Icke essentially traded in his earlier view of Jesus for the most easily disproved one..I will call it the “Zeitgeist version of Jesus.” This is the one where He did not exist in history, but was an amalgamation of ancient pagan gods. This is the one that I believed for a long time, thanks to David Icke. But I started doing some investigation on my own, and realized that something was really wrong with this view, although it sounded plausible and scientific, I couldn’t confirm any of it in the actual writings about these gods from the original sources, and all the people that claimed that these things could be found in the original sources were freemasons or luciferians. For instance Icke tell us in the Biggest Secret: Horus was the Good Shepherd. Horus was the lamb Horus was baptised at 30. Horus was the child of a virgin The birth of Horus was marked by a star Horus had 12 followers. Horus was the Morning Star. Horus was the Krst. Horus was tempted on a mountain by set Horus was the child teacher in the temple. None of this is true, If you read every single thing you can find that the Egyptians wrote about horus you wont find any of this stuff, it’s a flat out lie…and guess who Icke cites for his claims like this… Albert Churchward a high level freemason, and not only that, but someone who lacks any expertise in this field. I think one reviewer of his book on Amazon said it best about Albert Churchward in regard to his scholarship. [this book is] Not recommended for those expecting a scientific approach. The absence of any description of the author’s academic background explains it all. I have had a website up called zeitgeistchallenge.com since that film Zeitgeist came out and it offers $1000 cash to anyone who can simply show where in the ancient texts these things are. I have yet to have one serious submission to this challenge since the website was put up. I have had a lot of people confident that they could answer the challenges until they started to look for the actual writings, which was why I put the site up in the first place, to get people to come to the same conclusions on their own, this is a freemasonic lie. Yes I know that the movie gives a long list of their sources, but if you inspect those sources you will find that they do not even attempt to site actual original texts, but instead site recent authors who themselves do not site sources. If this idea makes you mad and you think that I am kidding with you. Please watch the film “Zeitgeist Refuted Final Cut” or “Zeitgeist Part One Exposed: The Film” in the footnotes both by two separate filmmakers that do a great job of showing how easily this idea is refuted. In fact of all the various versions of Jesus that Icke has had, his current view is the most easily refuted. Back to Desborough’s / Ickes view about all the Babylonian symbolism in Christianity. But first let me explain something that will help you understand what we are about to discuss: Christianity was around for at least 300 years before the Vatican, secular history records a massive slaughter that literally lasted their entire early history, Almost every emperor of Rome starting with Nero continued the relentless genocide of the Christians, they fed them to the lions in arenas, and burnt them alive for fun…this was what being a Christian was for it first 300 years of their history. Deciding to be a Christian was basically deciding to be tortured and killed publicly, it wasn’t a decision people made lightly. These people beliefs were nothing like the Babylonian religion of Rome, that is one reason why Rome hated them so much. A good example of this is the emperor Diocletian, who believed he had eliminated all the Christians, he erected monuments to himself that boasted of this supposed accomplishment, it was engraved: Diocletian Jovian Maximian Herculeus Caesares Augusti for having everywhere abolished the superstition of Christ for having extended the worship of the gods. It was only after one of the emperors was said to convert to Christianity, (the jury is still out as to whether that actually happened or not ) but one thing is certain, after that time the government decided to stop fighting Christianity and instead seek to totally control it, it unwisely declared Christianity the official religion of Rome which as you can imagine was a shock to all the pagan citizens of Rome. This is when you start to see all the pagan symbolism start to creep in to Christianity it was added at least in part to appease the pagans and incorporate their symbolism into a religion that they all tried to destroy for the last 300 years…and this is the key to understanding this…the Bible itself, the writing the Christians were reading during their times of persecution doesn’t support any of these illuminati symbols or ideas…that is why the Vatican made reading the bible illegal in the 1200’s…real Christians were literally burned alive with their illegal bibles chained around their necks…even to this day the catholic church does not recommend reading the bible, they say its better left to the priests to interpret for them. This is also why it was not allowed to be translated in any language but latin for 1000 years. The obvious reason is that if people were allowed to read the bible they would know that the empire was telling them to do and believe things that were not in the bible …Take the second commandment for instance: Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in Heaven above or that is on the Earth beneath, or that is in the water under the Earth. Thou shalt not bow down to them or serve them. Now this should help you see whats going on when David shows this picture of Mary and the queen of heaven…yeah sure there was an ancient goddess called the queen of heaven….and the Roman Catholics do call Mary the Queen of Heaven…but has anyone ever read to you what the bible says about the queen of heaven? In the book of Judges , 1 Samuel, 1 and 2 Kings, and Jeremiah it talks about this pagan sacrifice and mentions specifically the pagan goddess called the ‘Queen of Heaven’ several times, and God declares because of their worship of this pagan goddess that he would withdraw his protection from them and judge them. The fact that Rome took the story of Mary and inserted their favorite Goddess, the same one that the bible actually warns about, does not mean that Christianity was based on the Queen of Heaven, it just means that the government was tricking people into doing what they wanted them to, and as generations went by, with people no longer reading the bible anymore, it got easier and easier to trick people in regard to what was and what wasn’t actually in the bible. Icke: So this is why there is this Babylonian depiction of Serimaris and Tammuz, and this is a Christian church; same again. This is a picture I took at Christmas at Rome when I was there for a television program, and that appears to be Jesus and Mary, actually it’s Serimaris and Tammuz. I don’t even think I understood this one when I did believe Icke was genuine. Has anyone ever stopped to consider that mothers with children might be the most common motif in art in the history of the world? I mean mothers have always had children since the dawn of time right, even before there were fruit bowls to paint there were no shortage of mothers with children. I have to chuckle when I hear people showing a picture of a mother and child statue as if they are making a deep connection to Christianity, If statues of mothers with children is a specific thing only to be compared with Mary and Jesus then I have a lot more similarities with Mary and Jesus that I would like to add to the list from every culture in every time period, again you will not find any descriptions of Mary holding Jesus in this way in the bible its not some special idea in the bible at all. But art commissioned by Roman Government has nothing to do with the bible, early Christians did not make images of Jesus, because of what they thought was obedience to the second commandment about making idols, this artwork is only something you see after Rome starts calling the shots and telling everyone this is what Christianity is now…and the sad thing is nowadays we believe them. This also explains this idea of halos, so much is made about these halos in theosophy and the occult, but there is nothing about halos in the bible, early Christians wouldn’t make paintings of Jesus in the first place, the halos on Jesus or other people that Rome made the artist paint is only evidence that as pagans the Roman / Babylonians were trying to appeal to the pagans who were used to seeing their gods like this…the whole idea is foreign to real Christianity and foreign to the bible..just another case of Icke telling you to believe that the illuminati version of Christianity is the real version, he never mentions that this is a perversion of the bible yet every knowledgeable Christian knows it. But my favorite one that Icke uses is this one Icke: This is another depiction of Nimrod in the ancient world, he was also the fish god. Again, Jesus, the fish. He had the fishhead hat..this is the..actual depiction from Babylon, and that’s why we have the mita in the Pope. The key to this one is the connection he makes to Jesus and fish..did you catch it? Icke: Jesus the fish. Jesus is in no way associated with fish, except in the occult world which Blavatsky started because she wanted to connected him to the age of Pisces so she could say we could be done with Jesus in her ‘New Age.’ When Jordan Maxwell does this he always will say “Jesus the Fisher King” which is not a title for Jesus at all, Jesus wasn’t a “fisher king”, or a fisherman, Jesus was a carpenter ..its a little mind trick Maxwell plays to build up the case that Jesus is associated with Pisces.. There are about three things people say to equate Jesus with fish so they can make this Dagon hat connection. Let’s look at them really quick so you can see why Icke’s ”Jesus the fish” thing is so wrong. A few of Jesus disciples were fisherman…does that make Jesus a fish? He fed many people with two fish one time …this is why people equate him with the astrological sign Pisces which is represented by two fish…but when people make this claim they never mention that only a few days later he did the same thing with more than two fish and a different number of loaves…why wouldnt they tell you about that instance a few pages later? Because it ruins the whole Pisces thing. The fact is that Jesus did all kinds of miracles, we don’t associate Jesus with ears even though he was said to heal a man’s ear once And the last thing that people do is point to the Jesus fish on cars. This symbol was representative of an acrostic in the Greek language that early Christians used to use it as a sign to see if certain places were safe for them during persecutions, it meant “Jesus Anointed God Son and Savior” and it doesn’t make Jesus a fish Before moving on to another man who Icke basis his beliefs on I will conclude that the reason that the emperors of Rome, and later the RCC kept the bible from the people for 1000s of years until the reformation was because, contrary to what we are taught in the so called truth movement the bible is incredibly anti illuminati..not only does God, reveal to people like Ezekiel that the elites of his day (the illuminati if you will) were worshiping the Sun behind closed doors..and later show him that the secret worship of Tammuz is going on too, it is filled with discussions and promises to judge this so called secret power of lawlessness what we might call the Illuminati see my video “was the bible written or changed by the illuminati for more on this” Another of Ickes sources is a man named Micheal Talbot. He wrote the book “The Holographic Universe” and Icke quotes him frequently as the basis for his belief that nothing is real and everything is a hologram. Talbot spends the first few chapters of his book doing an excellent job of describing a well know theory of Karl Pribram and David Bohem called “Holonomic Brain Theory”, in their experiment they cut out different pieces of rats brains and ran them through mazes and discovered that memories were apparently stored in each sector of the brain which is similar to a hologram in that each piece of the hologram contains some information about the entire image. Both Bohem and Pribram would later speculate about applying what they found in the brain to the entire universe, but it would remain just a theory. The rest of Talbots book simply starts naming paranormal phenomenon and declaring that it exists because the universe is a hologram. He rarely if ever sites his “evidence” and when he does he reveals his lack of discernment. Consider his support of Sai Baba a man worshiped as a god in India, Tablbot spends several pages gushing over Baba as a perfect example that the universe is a hologram because Baba (according to Talbot) performs these miracles. But watch this video of Baba performing what can only be described as cheap slight of hand tricks as I read from the Holographic Universe. Perhaps the most famous modern-day materializations are those produced by Sathya Sai Baba, a sixty-four-year-old Indian holy man living in a distant corner of the state of Andhra Pradesh in southern India. According to numerous eyewitnesses, Sai Baba is able to pro- duce much more than salt and a few stones. He plucks lockets, rings, and jewelry out of the air and passes them out as gifts. He also materializes an endless supply of Indian delicacies and sweets, and out of his hands pour volumes of vibuti, or sacred ash. These events have been witnessed by literally thousands of individuals, including both scientists and magicians, and no one has ever detected any hint of trickery. One witness is psychologist Erlendur Haraldsson of the Uni- versity of Iceland. He can make sweet syrups and fragrant oils pour from his He can produce exotic objects such as grains of rice with tiny, perfectly carved pictures of Krishna on them, out-of-season fruits (a near impossibility in an area of the coun- try that has no electricity or refrigeration), and anomalous fruits, such as apples that, when peeled, turn out to be an apple on one side and another fruit on the other. Equally astonishing are his productions of sacred ash. Every time he walks among the crowds that visit him, prodigious amounts of it pour from his hands. He scatters it everywhere, into offered contain- ers and outstretched hands, over heads, and in long serpentine trails on the ground. On one of his visits, Haraldsson, along with Dr. Karlis Osis, the director of research for the American Society for Psychical Research, actually saw some of the ash in the process of materializing. As Haraldsson reports, “His palm was open and turned downwards, and he waved his hand in a few quick, small circles. As he did, a grey substance appeared in the air just below his palm. Dr. Osis, who sat slightly closer, observed that this material first appeared entirely in the form of granules (that crumbled into ash when touched) and might have disintegrated earlier if Sai Baba had produced them by a sleight of hand that was undetect- able to us. ” 59 Talbot also talks about cases of stigmata, that is when people get wounds in their hands and feet that are supposed to be similar to those of Christ. The cases are dubious at best especially because the wounds usually happen when no one is looking, but it doesn’t stop Talbot from simply declaring them all to be genuine, and evidence that the universe is a hologram. Or take some of the cases that Icke is fond of referring, Im sure you have heard of the hypnotist that made the man see through his daughter, everyone seems to love that one. -Like that wonderful story told by Michael Talbot in the ‘Holographic Universe’. I read that page over and over again when I first saw that book in the late 1980’s. This is the story about the stage hypnotist who hypnotized the father to be believe that his daughter was invisible. Then he was able to read an inscription on the watch held behind her body, because for him she was no longer there, reality was changed, it was physically different in his mind. -Woman (interviewing Icke): Like you write about in your book, about the hypnotist who told the man your daughter is no longer in the room with us and the man looked right through the daughter at the man’s watch. -Icke: He tells a story in here, that is so brilliant, so I tell it quite often because it is so symbolic of what I am talking about. He attended a party which his father had and he had a stage hypnotist to do party tricks for the guests. There came a point when this hypnotist is dealing with this guy called Tom and he says to him ‘when I bring you back to a wakened state, you’re not gonna be able to see your daughter in the room.’ At which point the hypnotist led the daughter to stand right in front of the father who’s looking at her belly. He brings him out to a wakened state and he says, ‘Tom can you see your daughter’, and he looks around and he says ‘No, I can’t see her.’ She’s giggling, he can’t hear her. The hypnotist went behind the daughter, put his hand in the small of her back and said ‘I’m holding something, Tom, what am I holding?’ He looked bemused because it looked so obvious to him ‘You’re holding a watch’ He says ‘There’s an inscription on the watch, can you read it?’ He leaned forward, he read the inscription, he’s got the daughter standing between him and the watch. The problem is that Talbot simply says this happened at his own fathers friends house, there is no siltation, we are asked to simply trust him that this happened. Let me ask you, If this was so easy, that all a good hypnotist had to do was tell someone that their daughter wasn’t there, how come it hasn’t been re-produced in a lab or some other place where there could be verified a measure of proof, I mean was this particular hypnotist the only guy in the world that could do this? Why not have someone simply put this idea to test and prove it, I hope you see that the answer to that question is obvious. Talbot had preconceived notions himself, he describes how he grew up in a haunted house and these ghosts would mess with him and his family, he describes involuntary OBEs and a host of other experiences involving what he calls poltergeists…he was on a mission to validate his experiences, even by his admission. Here are some reviews of his book that I think sum it up well. I was profoundly disappointed by the book. I was expecting something that took an analytical view of an intriguing theory and explored its implications. Instead, what Talbot provided was a general overview of holography, some broad statements about its implications, and then tons of anecdotes about psychic phenomena that he claims are “explained” by everything being a hologram. Sadly, that’s not science, nor is it compelling writing. Another reviewer says: The book is completely disingenuous and uses numerous case studies where the evidence is presented in a dishonest way. A simple google search will turn up enough information on many of the books claims to start to raise doubt; further investigation will make you very upset that the evidence is presented so matter-of-factly, with no mention of the numerous controversies surrounding the evidence. This would be funny if it weren’t obvious that Icke has based everything he believes on this idea, his religion you might say is the holographic universe. Now let move to the next chapter where we will explore in depth David Ickes most influential source, They tell him what to write, what to say, what to wear, what to believe and what not to believe. He calls them “The Guys.” Icke: The beings which we call ‘the guys’, told us about… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Cambell: It’s highly likely that I have something to do with the whole process because I’m interviewing you. Icke: Well it’s typical because I would have to check all this out, because you’re throwing this at me, I need to sit down and check this out with the guys, but I would say there was a great chance of you being involved at that time… David says often that these beings have always guided him, he clearly says here that it was the same beings that originally contacted him that are still guiding him. Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions in LCE he says “ those who are helping the planet and humanity though this crucial period in their evolution, they have asked me to put together in this book all that I have learned so far.” And that: “Communicating with such beings on other levels of Creation is the most natural thing in the world.” When he describes how it is that this communication with the guys takes place he says: “This process is called channeling. The thought forms can be turned into written words, this is known as automatic writing, your hand writes on the paper sometimes with incredible speed, but the words and information are not yours and could not possibly be yours, because you often know nothing about the subject taking shape in front of you. It is also possible to hear the thought forms as a soft gentle voice inside your head. I call this method ‘getting it direct’, On a more limited level its possible to communicate through dowsing.” Campbell: You actually hear the voices in your head? Icke: It depends. Sometimes you hear voices, sometimes it comes in terms of them talking through you, so they talk through your voicebox. It also comes through what’s known as automatic writing. You take a sheet of paper you put a pen in your hand and they just take over your arm, they write. They write amazing things which you have no comprehension of… He also quotes the being he called Magnu at the end of his recent lectures as evidence that he still considers the information accurate He says that his words are really their words: Icke: …will wonder where they came from. They will be our words. These things as we saw in the first chapter dictated the belief system of theosophy to him, and although he does not call it that today, its clear that that is what it is, Theosophy. Given what we learned in the first section about the connection to Alice Bailey, how can we be sure that Icke is not listening to the wrong spiritual forces, the ones that seem to be orchestrating the New World Order. He is the first to admit that these beings exist : We can gain some wisdom from a man some of you may know named Terrence Mckenna, he was a man who encountered several beings from other dimensions according to his books. He had some sobering words for people like David Icke when he said: It is no great accomplishment to hear a voice in the head. The accomplishment is to make sure it is telling the truth, because the demons are of many kinds… There is no dignity in the universe unless we meet these things on our feet, and that means having an I/Thou relationship. One say to the Other: “You say you are omniscient, omnipresent, or you say you are from Zeta Reticuli. You’re long on talk, but what can you show me?” Magicians, people who invoke these things, have always understood that one must go into such encounters with one’s wits about oneself. You can get a few things from this quote: 1.) Mckenna believed that extra dimensional entities were prone to lying about their identies 2.) That they were able to be summoned in magic rituals. 3.) That they dont necessarily have our best interests in mind, although they always would present it that way in order to be trusted or to get us to do what they wanted us to do. I find it very interesting that Mckenna said these same entities that don’t need to be trusted are the same one that occultist summon in rituals. Although Mckenna seemed to know that these entities were deceptive he still sought contact with them, and he even attributed his amazing ability to speak eloquently to possession by one of them. He says: [after] the experiment at La Chorrera I had apparently evolved into a sort of mouthpiece for the incarnate Logos. I could talk to small groups of people with what appeared to be electrifying effect about the peculiarly transcendental matters that you will read about in these pages. It was as though my ordinary, rather humdrum personality had simply been turned off and speaking through me was the voice of another, a voice that was steady, unhesitating, and articulate – a voice seeking to inform others about the power and promise of psychedelic dimensions. From my study of the 2012 phenomenon, I have seen that these entities are very interested in getting people to go out and spread the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming. And like McKenna warned us about, they pretend to be all kinds of things in order to get us to tell their story. For instance all the main forerunners of the 2012 idea all got their revelation about 2012 and spiritual evolution from spiritual entities claiming to be different things. Jose Arques : got his information from a long dead Mayan priest, Jose has actually now changed his name to reflect that he believes himself to be a reincarnation of that dead Mayan priest. Mckenna got his 2012 info from a being called the Logos Pichbeck from a being called Quezeqotal David Wilcock from Ra. Barbara Hand Clow from the Pleadians I might even be able to believe that these entites were good and were simply given the same message under different names just to make the message easy for the person to handle if it weren’t for the fact that all the information they gave about astronomy and science was so wrong… For instance David Icke in his book “and the truth shall set you free” talks about the “photon belt”, keep in mind while we read this that this information is 100% channeled information originally, none of it is real science, and we will see how wrong this theory is in a moment “Underpinning these astrological events in this period is the Photon Belt. Many psychics and esoteric scientists, (notice how he didn’t say actual scientists or astronomers,) are now agreed on the existence of a belt of highly charged energy centred on the Pleiades star system, an estimated 500 light years from the Earth. It is from here that much channelled information which feels right to me is purported to come. I believe that the Pleiades (maybe in our ‘future’) is a base for the positive extraterrestrial support we are being given at this time, and quite possibly the home of extraterrestrials who have abused the Earth and humanity, too.” “Paul Otto Hesse claimed to have discovered a belt of immensely powerful energy which he termed the Photon Belt. According to estimates, it takes this solar system 24,000 (some say 26,000) years to orbit the Pleiades and the starreckoned to be at the centre of the belt (Figure 17) known as Alcyone (Al-see-ahnee). Again, there is much ancient legend across many cultures about this star. “ It would appear that we have reached the point where this solar system is enteringthe Photon Belt and its highly, highly, charged energy. The influence of the belt on the Earth began in the early 1960s and affected the thinking of many people, but it was as nothing compared with what will happen over the next 35 years. While it takes 2,000 years to pass fully through the belt, the biggest impact is when we first enter, and the vibrations and molecular structure of everything has to cope with dramatically changing conditions. This will affect the thinking, behaviour, and physical bodies of all lifeforms. The effect of the Photon Belt are activating data stored in our consciousness and our physical bodies. Knowledge is being unlocked from the cells, bones, and our DNA which will, eventually, be restored to its twelvestranded potential. Now you can see why if this were true it would be a great find to support the idea of a coming spiritual evolution that Icke and Alice Bailey, and Michael Tsarion, and all these spiritual entities are trying to get us to believe. But the problem is that all this science that these entities told us is not true. Even the basic math shows it to be impossible. Our solar system and that of the pleadies are both orbiting around the galactic center, it takes us about 226, million years to go around one time at about 486,000 mph. If our solar system was also orbiting around Alcyone while it was also revolving around the center of the galaxy it would have to be going much faster that the speed in which we are currently moving, One scientist said it this way. “The math doesn’t work. Alcyone is 400 light years from earth If the sun was orbiting Alcyone in 250,000 years it would have to have an orbital speed of 3,142 km/s which is 14 times faster than the sun orbits the galactic centre. This would be readily apparent if it were so. Another way of expressing this is that if the sun was orbiting Alcyone at the same speed as it goes around the galactic centre ( and if there was such a lesser orbit it would probably be much slower ) then it would either take 3.5 million years ( instead of 250,000 ) or Alcyone would have to be only 28 light years from earth and not 400. besides Our movement has been measured against the background stars on numerous occasions and scientists have found no trace of such an orbit. This is only the beginning of this theories problems Alcyone and the Pleiades cluster are stars no more than 100 million years old ( 1/40 of the Age of earth ) – much younger than our solar system. Alcyone would not have even been there when our sun began such an orbit. And that is in itself is a pretty persuasive argument against this theory. The anomaly in the pleadis cluster is a nebula, it’s made up of plasma and gas not photons, photons are light and light doesn’t gather in clouds like that. Nebulas are remnants of supernovas and they diffuse over time and therefore wouldn’t be expected to be there even if we were orbiting it in a cycle of 26,000 years. The core of the Pleiades cluster is approximately 8 light-years across. The Sun, and with it the Earth, is moving away from Alcyone. This should be the final nail in the coffin of this theory. Simlar things are happening with all the science that these beings told us about the earth lining up with the galactic center in 2012 …most people don’t know that there are two versions of this theory. For this I will play a quick clip from my video (2012 debunked) So these entities are either really bad with science, or they are intentionally deceiving us to believe in a Hitler-esqe 5th root race spiritual evolution. We will look at possible motives for that theory in the next and final section, but for now I want to propose a theory about what these beings are. Most of you will recoil at my suggestion that these are demons, but before you do I think that the science of anthropology will help us to see that every culture has agreed on demons existing and on their basic characteristics. For instance of them being very evil, for example the Sumerians could not even agree if there gods were good or evil but they were unanimous that the demons they delt with were very evil. Cultures around the world have described possession by these evil entities in their writings as well as demons being very deceptive and manipulative..the methods for summoning them are consistent, certain drugs or rituals or tools like runes or chants, its interesting to note that the methods for making contact are ultimately based on the free will of the practitioner. What I mean by that according basic demonology, demons require an invitation, although they sometimes manipulate the person through deception into giving them that invitation, take a Ouija board for example, we all know that it’s just cardboard and paint, but those that decide to use it are essentially asking to be contacted by spirits, and that’s actually all the spirits need, your willingness to be contacted .. Let’s look at David’s testimony to see if we can get any idea if he is dealing with demons instead of ascended Atlantians trying to help humanity evolve. Icke: Suddenly, I felt over, in 1989, that there was a presence in the room whenever I was alone. It became more and more tangible as 1989 unfolded, it was totally bizarre because whenever I was in a room alone…there was this presence, you know. Eventually, it got so powerful towards the end of ‘89 that I was sitting on the side of a bed in a hotel called the Kensington Hilton, just down from the BBC, and I said to this apparently empty room and I said, look if there’s something there would you please contact me because it’s driving me up the wall. Lets stop right there for now. Notice how this all began with a desire to be contacted. Also note that David will later go on to basically preach that this is all that must be done to be contacted. Icke: All they’ve gotta say is, it’s very simple that ‘I accept that I’m being guided, that I have guides in other frequencies, other dimensions of life that are here to guide me and help me in this lifetime, so I’d learn the lessons I’d decided I’d wished to learn, go ahead and guide me. When you do that, things start happening. He says on page 139 of LCE “Every single life form can be part of this transformation, if they say openly ‘I wish to be guided and work for the Light’ Notice that he capitalizes the word ‘light’ p156 he quote the entites which told him: “Always ask for protection and guidance – Ask and you shall receive seek and you shall find, but they then say ‘ you must make the first move. You need to exercise your free will.” They tell him at the end of the book : “Welcome all beings, if you do this you are welcoming creation into your life.” Its also interesting to note the negative effect that even pictures of Jesus begin to have on him, in the book truth vibrations’ he says this about a visit he made to a church as a tourist: “Looking up at a large painting of Christ the picture turned black and moved around before my eyes. Only the face of Christ was still. Suddenly I felt a sensation I can only describe as someone pushing a pneumatic drill into the top of my head. I gripped the pew I was standing beside and my body vibrated from the top of my head to the base of my spine as something seemed to go through me…he says that moths later he was told that he received a gift of energy from one of the masters of this planetary system”…I.E like one of Alice Bailey’s “ascended maters”. Revulsion toward Jesus is actually quite observable among these entities. I would say even empirically testable in our modern times. I have had a unique opportunity to work with hundreds of cases of sleep paralysis through a website a friend and I started called stopsleepparalysis.org Sleep Paralysis is when one wakes up and cant move, but they are fully awake, it is most often associated with the feeling that there is some evil presence in the room. Over time, during the experiences, this presence can become manifest in some form, and can lead to very terrible cases of torture and even rape. This is attributed to demons in almost every culture in the world accept for modern western cultures like America, a few examples are: In Fiji the experience is interpreted as “kana tevoro” being ‘eaten’ or possessed by a demon. In Hmong culture, sleep paralysis describes an experience called “dab tsuam” or “crushing demon.” In Malyasia, Africa, Hugary, the middle east, and everywhere in between these events are attributed to evil spirits, Western scientist do not have an explanation, they postulate, with no evidence, I would add, that it is happening because people are coming out of a dream state and into a waking state and that their mind is still dreaming even though they have awoken, I suppose the obvious question is if that were true, is why does everyone seem to be having the same dream about an evil presence in the room. It seems that dreams should be as varied as dreams normally are among people, but this is not the case. In the cases I have seen about 90-95 percent of the people experiencing it been dabbling in some occult or new age practice and they have in some way given their free will over to these entities, who now apparently feel they have a right to be there, the more a person goes down that road the more intense the control the entities get, now here is the observable and testable part of this. If a person genuinely calls upon Jesus for help the experience will immediately stop, very often the entities will scream or be thrown back by a powerful force. One does not have to be a Christian to do this, or to have previously believed Jesus was important, in fact as you can guess many of the people who are getting this are not Christians but most of them who see the authority that the name of Jesus has over these beings begin to research who Jesus is and do become Christians later. This doesn’t work with other names, for instance calling on Buddha no matter how sincere the person is doesn’t seem to concern the entities. There would be another time in Icke’s life when he would vibrate uncontrollably like he did when looking at the picture of Jesus. This was when he took his infamous trip to Peru, he tells the story this way. Icke: I had the overwhelming feeling again, this urge, this impulse to got to Peru. We got to this place and it was in the middle of nowhere, basically when you looked around, it was encircled by mountains. I’m looking out the window daydreaming and I see this mount to my right, no more than three minutes down the road. As I look at the mound, all I can hear in my head is ‘come to me (repeated)’…I walked to the center of this circle, and suddenly my feet go again, like they did in the newshop but only this time, seriously more powerful. They’re like magnets pulling my feet to the ground. I think, oh crikey, I recognize that, here we go, and then I felt, like a drill going on the top of my head and through my body, through my feet into the ground and another one coming the other way. Then my arms go out at 45 degrees like that, I never made a decision to do it. What then started to happen was this energy coming through me, this is February 1991, it got more and more powerful, my body started to shake with it…very powerful thought forms pass through my head, just like in the newsshop… It was like, if you’ve got a dam that’s holding the water back, well, the water is calm, right, cause that’s its natural state in that situation, but when that dam bursts, before a new balance is found, after the dam bursts, all hell breaks loose. All this water as it’s trying to go from one state to another… When I look back, what happened to me on that mount, it was like, the waters of my mind bursting. Icke always attributes this event to this place in Peru being located near a vortex point in something he calls the energy grid. But there is another side to that story. I used to believe in the idea of “Ley Lines” myself, I had no reason to doubt it, after all all the so called teachers I had in the truth movement talked about it as if it was long established fact. But I encourage anyone to do some research about how this idea started, and see if you can still force yourself to believe it after that, There is actually a very interesting history of its evolution, and I will provide links in the notes where you can get all the details. but I will give you the basic ideas right now. The guy who started it all was Alfred Watkins, He lived in England in the early 1900’s . He noticed that there were straight paths in his area of England that often correlated with ancient megalithic sites. Watkins referred to his alignments as ‘leys’. This is an Anglo-Saxon word meaning ‘cleared strips of ground’ or ‘meadows’. Watkins’ theory of leys was that they were old straight traders’ tracks laid down by surveyors in the Neolithic period of prehistory. They used surveying rods, he claimed, and it was this line-of-sight method that led to the straightness of the old tracks. He basically said they were trade routes. And if you look for a map of ley lines today you will probably find one that looks like this. This is the extent of the real Ley lines..it was one straight trade route and only in England. No energy lines no reason for energy lines. In 1935, Watkins died. In 1936, The idea then became know in the occult world because the British occultist Dion Fortune wrote a fictional book, a novel, called The Goat-Foot God, in which she put forward the notion of ‘lines of force’ connecting megalithic sites such as Avebury and Stonehenge in southern England. From 1960 the ley theory took on a new lease of life, one that has led to the modern New Age notion of ‘ley lines’. An ex-R.A.F. pilot, Tony Wedd, was very interested in flying saucers, or UFOs. He had read Watkins’ The Old Straight Track and also a French book, Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (1958) by Aimé Michel, in which it was (falsely) suggested that the locations where flying saucers landed or hovered very low during the 1954 French flying saucer outbreak or ‘wave’ fell into straight lines or ‘orthotenies’. Wedd made the excited conclusion that Watkins’ ‘leys’ and Michel’s ‘orthotenies’ were one and the same phenomenon. He had also read an American book by Buck Nelson called My Trip to Mars, the Moon and Venus (1956) in which Rogers claimed to have flown in UFOs, and to have witnessed them picking up energy from ‘magnetic currents’ flowing through the Earth. In 1961, Wedd published a pamphlet called Skyways and Landmarks in which he theorized that UFO occupants flew along magnetic lines of force which linked ancient sites, and that the ancient sites acted as landmarks for UFO pilots. It all relied very much on the notions and experiences of an old-fashioned terrestrial airplane pilot, rather than intergalactic extra-terrestrial creatures! Nevermind that if aliens were so advanced why wouldn’t they use modern equipment like our pilots to for navigation, why did they need these physical markers for navigation This is when the new age picked up the story, and then it gets blown way out of proportion. I used to think that the maps people had of these ley lines, Like the one Icke uses in his presentations were based on some kind of science, The history of the maps themselves is pretty interesting too, They are all based on Ivan Sanderson’s 1972 article in Saga magazine, “The Twelve Devil’s Graveyards Around the World,” where he plotted ship and plane disappearances worldwide, focusing his attention on the Bermuda Triangle. This article has been debunked · The number of ships and aircraft reported missing in the area was not significantly greater, proportionally speaking, than in any other part of the ocean. · In an area frequented by tropical storms, the number of disappearances that did occur were, for the most part, neither disproportionate, unlikely, nor mysterious; · The numbers themselves had been exaggerated by sloppy research. A boat’s disappearance, for example, would be reported, but its eventual (if belated) return to port may not have been. · Some disappearances had, in fact, never happened. One plane crash was said to have taken place in 1937 off Daytona Beach, Florida, in front of hundreds of witnesses; a check of the local papers revealed nothing. · The legend of the Bermuda Triangle is a manufactured mystery, perpetuated by writers who either purposely or unknowingly made use of misconceptions, faulty reasoning, and sensationalism.[11 yet this is still believed, and it is the single most important part of any map supposedly containing “ley lines” despite the really good explanations of why things disappear in the Bermuda Triangle. I wont bore you with any more details but please read the compete history of how the idea of energy lines came about in the notes, as there is much more to know, and I am confident you will come to the conclusion that it is simply taking Watkins simple claim to have found a trade route to extreme unwarranted conclusions I say this because many people will claim that a proof that ley lines exist is that fact that certain places especially ancient ritual sites have a very heavy feeling of energy. I would validate that, but let me offer an alternate theory one that I think its based on a much more observable cause, and one that even most occultist will agree with. Icke would say that the reason that people were sacrificing on this site is because it was on a powerful spot in the energy grid and they were adding negativity to it to affect the world consciousness and that’s why the place feels very negative…but I would say based on my understanding of satanic rituals that the area is not intrinsically special, it is simply by it being the place where a lot of blood is spilled in sacrifice that it draws the presence of these evil spirits, and that is why the area feels negative as a result of their presence. Lets see if my theory helps us to understand what happened to Icke in Peru, but first let me describe a little about the area he was visiting. The area that Icke was in was known for its blood sacrifice. New human sacrificial sites turn up all the time in Peru from the Pre-Incan and Incan civilizations, especially of small children. In fact the place Icke talks about in this clip was a place called Sillustani where there are stone channels that lead down to the lake so that the blood of the sacrifices could flow from the sacrificial site to the lake. Ironically there is also a lizard engraved at the site too, and they still sacrifice pregnant iguanas there to this day. There is a stone circle on a mound there which exactly like the one 3 minutes down the road where Icke says his Kundali experience was. This area is was full of these stone circles on mounds and I would suggest to you based on his description of his convulsions and on him hearing voices of beings in his head on a daily basis after this that he was further controlled by the entities at this point. Then there is the story of his experience in the Brazil with the drug Ayahuasca Icke: In 2003, when I had an ayahuasca experience, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mind blowing and life changing. Ayahuasca is a DMT containing drug, which is naturally produced in the pineal gland and is present in wild plants found in places like the Amazon basin and has been used for millennia by aboriginal shamans and medicine men to contact the spirit world and to receive information from entities there. It has recently come in "vogue" to experiment with DMT; It is common for adjoining DMT partakers to see the same apparitions, such as serpents enveloping them. Psychologist Dr. Rick Strassman conducted a formal clinical study of DMT ingestion under the auspices of the University of New Mexico, which he detailed in his book "DMT: The Spirit Molecule". He found, under controlled clinical conditions, that subjects had these experiences within seconds of ingesting DMT, which almost universally mimicked what are described elsewhere as "alien abduction events" (note that these subjects were screened to be those who were not familiar with stories of UFOs or did not believe in them). The entities they encountered were typically described as traditional "greys", reptilian or insect-like. The contacts usually involved medical and reproductive experiments conducted by the entities on the subjects, described as violent rape episodes. When subjects were willing to try an additional experience, they reported that the entities acknowledged their prior disappearance with no sensation of "time loss." The episodes were so traumatic to the subjects, that a support group was later formed to help them deal with the emotional trauma of the experiences. I would ask you to remember the quote from Terence Mckenna warning about these entities who had more experience with this drug that most people. And as much as he enjoyed talking about it, recall that he always described the so called elves he came into contact with as ”mischievous”. Which is a more sugar coated version of the descriptions I have heard from people that have taken it, who simply call these beings evil, in fact I think Mckenna sugar coated much of what he said about DMT to make it appealing to people in my opinion, and as we saw in his quote it was not him but the Logos inside of him that was concerned with getting people to take DMT. But that’s another subject. Here’s a question we should ask about these entities that show up when we take drugs like this: should we assume that the entities that are talking about love are good? Or based on the fact that the negative ones obviously exist and are contacted by the exact same means, can we be skeptical of the positive ones as well, how do we know that the so called good ones we encounter aren’t simply pretending to be good… ….especially as in Ickes case if the voice is clearly describing the same doctrine that Alice Bailey’s “ascended masters” have been trying to teach us from the beginning. This idea of spiritual evolution . I think that the biggest problems we have in the truth movement are. One, we have no idea that everything we believe, we were made to believe by people caring the message of these entities, and two, because we don’t really understand what their endgame is, or why they are so diligent with this deception, which makes us powerless to defend against it, we don’t even know what it is they are trying to ultimately do. We find ourselves wanting to believe what they want us to believe and we never have realized that we are being led like sheep to the slaughter to what I like to call the New New World Order. Let me introduce you to the real plan of the Illuminati. The one thing that has never changed in Ickes teaching is the idea of the coming evolution of Humanity. Icke: One of the themes of that time, we’re talking 1990, was that there was a consciousness shift coming. I kept meeting with a lot of psychic people in those days, and they kept saying, ‘I’m getting something, I’m being told to tell you this’ and again and again, it’s a consciousness shift coming. There is an awakening coming, and now that the ‘90’s has become the new century, more and more this stuff about this shift is going on. It also happens to be the central thesis to Theosophy, the mother of the new age movement, in fact the very term “New Age” is referring to a coming time of spiritual evolution. This fact alone should show you how the idea of a new spiritual evolution is the only idea that matters to these beings. It was what Hitler was working towards, and it is the reason why the 2012 phenomenon exists today, that is to be another vehicle to sell people the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming it is usually sold in tandem with that idea. We have already looked at some of the reasons why Icke thinks the idea of the coming spiritual evolution is valid, one is because he believes the photons from the photon belt will change us, and alternatively he believes that the “Galactic Logos” will send its “seven rays” through the sun god and change our DNA into a better evolution. Despite these flimsy premises, Icke is absolutely convinced that nothing can stop this from happening. Icke: I’m absolutely convinced that the end of this prison society is a done deal. I think the outcome is gonna happen, it’s meant to happen and we’re now seeing, and it’ll go on for awhile, but we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system. You also have to understand that we are being promised a utopia in no uncertain terms. “Beyond the turmoil of transformation awaits a new dawn for all the life-forms on this planet. We will live in a world of love and peace and harmony; a world in which the extremes of today and the recent past will give way to a level of understanding, wisdom, love that we could not begin to understand on this low and troubled frequency.” The first problem that emerges is that this is sounding a lot like what those that wrote about a New World Order talk about. In fact, this chapter comes from a chapter entitled “New World” in Icke’s LCE. But what people often miss is that the New World Order plans to bring order out of chaos, it is suppose to rise out of the ashes of what will appear to be a great change in paradigm, that is why Manly P hall called it the “New Atlantis” they intend for their system to look like a utopia, and they intend for people who currently fight them and resist a world government to think that the old system that they have been fighting has been defeated and they intend for them to embrace what will look like a utopia their victory. Alice Bailey said it best when she wrote: “The new world order must meet the immediate need and not be an attempt to satisfy some distant, idealistic vision. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience. The new world order must lay the foundation for a future world order which will be possible only after a time of recovery, of reconstruction, and of rebuilding.” Notice in this next quote that she considers the current system which is obviously still controlled by them just the prepetory new world order she says: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” “...the present world order (which is today largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world and a new race of men can gradually come into being. Renunciation and the use of the sacrificial will should be the keynote for the interim period after the war, prior to the inauguration of the New Age.” In a writing called “Preparations until 2025” she made some very revealing statements: “This must form the theme of all the propaganda work to be done during the next few decades - until the year 2025 - a brief space of time indeed to produce fundamental changes in human thought, awareness, and direction, but - at the same time - a quite possible achievement, provided the New group of World Servers and the men and women of goodwill perform a conscientious task “ what was this group suppose to teach. I find this one particularly interesting it says” “The day is dawning when all religions will be regarded as emanating from one great spiritual source; all will be seen as unitedly providing the one root out of which the universal world religion will inevitably emerge. Then there will be neither Christian nor heathen, neither Jew nor Gentile, but simply one great body of believers, gathered out of all the current religions.” —Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul And this final quote I find particularly revealing considering that it is the one thing that Icke has consistently done through every manifestation, the last few pages of every book he has written is explaining this message that Alice Bailey said Emphasis must be put on: “Emphasis should be laid on the evolution of humanity.” There is also a very dark side to Ickes spiritual utopia, something that I have previously only alluded to. Not everyone is invited to the utopia. And those that refuse to conform to the new system will be eliminated. This is very apparent when you read the channeled writings. In The Book of Co-Creation, New Age leader Barbara Marx Hubbard states: “Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving . . . Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human . . . the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God's selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.”(114) Alice Bailey explained what the new world order will do to those who refuse to accept its utopia: “… let us never forget that its the Life, its purpose and its directed intentional destiny thats of importance; and also that when a form proves inadequate, or too diseased or to crippled for the expression of that purpose, it is - from the point of view of the Hierarchy - no disaster when that form has to go. Death is not a disaster to be feared; the work of the Destroyer is not really cruel or undesirable… Therefore, there is much destruction permitted by the Custodians of the Plan and much evil turned into good ….”(115) In his chapter “New World” Icke says: “I do not seek to hide the severity of this period of fundamental change. It will be tough for every one of us…Many will return to light levels (die) in the wake of the physical events and the quickening vibrations. The Earth Spirit is already rising up the subplanes, and through the years ahead she will progress through the whole frequencies in her journey back to Atlantis and beyond. .. Those who cannot quicken their own vibrations through love and balance will find themselves out of synchronization with the environment around them. This process is already apparent. As the vibrations of a being fall behind those of their planet, it manifests in physical, mental and emotional imbalances. And such people will need all the love there is to give. Their behavior will be unpredictable and sometimes unpleasant and inexplicable. Those who cannot at this time rise with the climbing subplanes and frequencies will eventually return to the light levels (die) and be surrounded by love of indescribable warmth and power. They will asses their progress and decide how they wish to proceed on their path of evolution. Icke say in TSSYF: “Others who follow the propaganda of the Global Elite and the Prison Warder consciousness will cling on to the old vibration in their desperation to find security. They will become even more vehement in their religious, political, and economic dogma. They will resist the rising vibrations if they choose that path, and this will have mental, emotional, and physical effects. The two states of being, the programmed mind and the open mind, will be more obvious with every month to those who know what is happening. And not just that, but according to Icke these certain people that are hanging on to the old age are going to actually prevent the rest of the people from getting their evolution. “We are now entering a period of fantastic change, and the happening of events are speeding up all the time. We have two challenges here in front of us… people [have to] get access to that information, and start to realize who they really are and the nature of life, then we can go into stage 2 which is the Incredible Consciousness shift that is going to happen (and is happening with many people already, but can happen for everybody if we open up to the knowledge of what’s going on and to do that the edifice of suppression has to go. What I see so often in the New Age movement, is that they’re focusing on the second but they’re in denial of the first. And the second is not going to happen for many people unless we remove the suppression.” Now here is a though that has disturbed me for awhile. Obviously the idea of spiritual evolution is being pushed by the global elite and these entities, and I suppose it could lead to a world government, but only if the entire world was in on it, I mean right now only the New Age and the so called truth movement, which has now been converted to new age, believe the spiritual evolution stuff, and sure the idea is expanding thanks to shock value things like the 2012 stuff, but still it would have to be believed by the entire world and not just a few, they would have to be passionate about the idea of spiritual evolution. Let me let Mr Icke explain how this could all change overnight. Icke: What I would say very strongly, and it’s coming more and more into my life, there is an x-factor, which I don’t understand yet, but I sure as hell know it’s there, and it’s an x-factor that’s going to bring an end to this childish playground nonsense of human control. Interviewer: You mean an external influence? Icke: Something, something, I absolutely…on a deep level I know it….I’d say, and I’m probably being optimistic, but we’d probably live in a global version of Nazi Germany within ten years if we take that route, if we take ‘that’ route, we’ll be, in ten years time, deeply into a transition to a very different world. It’s just a choice, but this x-factor is gonna change the world into one that I would like to live in. I dunno what the x-factor is, but I know it’s coming… Woman: No one’s gonna do it for us. Icke: Well, my feeling is that there’s an x-factor, I don’t think that humanity can do it alone because the programming is so deep and the pressure to go the other way, to hold onto the hack, is so powerful to people who are in mind, alone, but I think what we can do is change enough so that we stop adding to the problem, ut I think there’s an x-factor, and I think there are things going on now, outside of our awareness and on much levels of consciousness than we’re aware of, that is also supporting this change. Notice what the function of the x factor is, he says that the programming to hold on to the old ways is too strong, but the x factor, this external thing, will shatter that paradigm and set us free from our old way of thinking and it will give us a new paradigm. Let me suggest a possible x factor that people like Bill Cooper have suggested, and one that I think without question we are being prepared for by the global elite, and have been for at least 70 years. That is an extra terrestrial presence being discovered. I realize that there are many documents that reveal a plan of the new world order to use an alien threat to cause the patriotism needed for a world government. After all people would no longer view themselves and separate countries but instead a world family, this would also create the need for a world bureaucracy to deal with the threat. But I think that based on the propaganda of Hollywood and the occult writings that this might not be presented as a threat at all, but rather as them posing as a savior to a world that will be war torn, They will claim to be saving us from ourselves, they will claim to have genetically created mankind, and they would claim that they used to be like us and that we are on the verge of an evolution. Suspend disbelief for a moment, As I explain how this would serve as Ickes x factor and the catalyst for his Utopia and the real new world order to begin all at the same time. It would accomplish the primary thing that Icke says we need to do in order to shift with the planet, that is to destroy religion of all types. All over the world religions would be in turmoil, here are these aliens and they are claiming to have created us, that means they are claiming to be our God in a sense. Overnight the programming that Icke says is too powerful, the religious programming, that is holding us back from the shift, would be shattered. All the religions would be forced to reconsider their ideas. Secondly, it would finally get the idea of a possible evolution to the entire world, everyone across the world, from the smallest village to the largest city would have a really good reason to believe that they too could be evolved, they could become like the aliens, they could become actual gods. Overnight the x factor could turn the entire world into little David Ickes believing their evolution was just around the corner. And of course the world government utopia would be possible then, but it would be even better if what after a time of war like when Alice Bailey said The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience.….here is why: We need to be convinced that the utopia that we will be asked to join is totally different than the old system..For us truther types we will need to be convinced that the new world order has been defeated in order to trust such a utopia…the regular people will only have to be convinced that the new system, since it will be based on non religious ideas, now because the aliens showed us that the religions were wrong, will be one where there will be no more wars; that will be the promise…the war that we are saved from initially must be made to look like the epitome of religious wars, it will be something that pins the Jews against Muslims which will draw in the so called Christians…the world will be convinced that the previous wars were about religion…this will be the way that the genocide starts….It like the treaty of Versailles times 100. Only universal disaster could have brought men to a state of mind wherein such propositions and solutions could be presented. The general recognition that the old order has lamentably failed is most valuable. – Alice Bailey The new world order will seem to have been defeated, we will rejoice in our new hope of utopia we will badly need it, we will be told to await out new found powers, but when they don’t come we will be told that it is because there are still among us that are keeping us from it, those that are still hanging on to the old age. All this makes what Icke is saying here very concerning. Icke: But we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system, where the Illuminati in their box, they’re believing they’re crashing the system to create something else, when it’s actually crashing really, for another reason. Understand what he is saying, he is admitting that they are crashing the system to create something else. This idea should be common knowledge to all of us who study them, they are going to be the solution to a problem they created. and Icke of course knows this, after all he is mister problem reaction solution. But listen to what he is saying…he believes his utopia will arise out of their ashes and for some reason their phoenix wont rise… in effect he is saying when the system crashes…he is expecting his utopia to rise but they are expecting a utopia to rise too…how are we suppose to know that the utopia we get after the crash is the one that Icke is talking about instead of the one they have been planning to bring about for so long…or probably the bigger question is… are theses utopias one in the same, they certainly sound the same.…What a dangerous game this is. They will say that there are still people who don’t trust the new utopia, (these people will primarily be Christians because there are prophecies specifically mention a great deception that will seem to offer peace but it will only last a 3.5 years before it shows its true colors) All the other religions will find it easy to agree to the new system. This in addition to the propaganda that Christianity is behind all the wars of the past will convince the entire world of theses words of Aleister Crowley who was given this message from a being claiming to be an Egyptian god. “But the future is now and the manoeuvres are being unveiled. As far as Christianity’s role in this new age Carpenter states: “Christianity therefore as I say must either now come frankly forward and acknowledge it’s parentage from the great order of the past, seek to rehabilitate that and carry mankind one step forward in the path of evolution – or else it must perish, there is no alternative.” [William Cooper:] “But this callous disregard for the right to life of every human on the planet has been predicted before in the New Testament. John was moved to write, ‘… yea the time cometh that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.’ The new world order, ladies and gentlemen, will sail in on a sea of blood.”(111) I want to encourage people to look into some of the things that we have been constantly told are true in the Truth Movement..For example we have always been told that the bible was changed by the illuminati…but if you se my video was the bible written or changed by the illuminati you will see that if this claim is easily. Or that Christians were behind the crusades and other wars see my video “religious wars, fact or fiction” Or as I mentioned the Zeitgeit version of history. Watch the video Zeitgeist Refuted final cut or check out any of the links at the website zeitgeistchallenge.com, if your really concerned about truth watch that film, or go to my youtube channel where I have 336 uploads and other videos I have made like this one, and consider the possibility that you have been brainwashed as I once had been, to hate Christians and Jews. Is it so hard to believe knowing Satanists are behind this? We here we have been told by Icke, a man definitely possessed by something, that if we worship the God of the bible we are worshiping the reptilians. Icke: When you worship, you project energy, you are feeding this force by thinking you are worshipping this force when you are worshipping these! He has changed his mind in every book he has written about which way to tell you not to look toward Jesus and not to look at the Bible. His entieties have told him to tell us That demons don’t exist. The voice that talked to him for 5 hours in brazil went on quite a tirade about how demons don’t exist how could they if everything was an illusion. There is fabulous reason why this misdirection is happening, because the real agenda is being played out like a military system. These demons are influencing people to prepare the way for what the new world order calls its phoenix. And what the theosophical society calls the world teacher, their Christ, what I would call the antichrist. A genuine Satanist knows that this has been the plan all along, they are awaiting something they call the black awakening when this system will begin. Alice Bailey said: The widespread expectation that we approach the “age of Maitreya,” .. when the World Teacher and present head of the spiritual Hierarchy, the Christ, will reappear among humanity to sound the keynote of the new age…. There are millions of mentally alert men and women in all parts of the world who are on rapport with the Plan and work to give it expression.. They provide opportunity for cooperation with the spiritual evolution of humanity… there is no group so likely to ensure that humanity achieves this most difficult goal as the men and women of goodwill …. requiring only courage… to initiate action to prepare for the New World Order.” All the conspiracies are leading up to one event. There is an ancient Angel that has been working on a system that would allow him to actually control the world to such a degree that he could force them to worship him as God… and unfortunately for the first time in history the technology is capable of doing that, I believe that the implantable microchip could actually play a role in this.. And he is the General in this, that is why you find Satanism behind every door you kick down in the investigation of the new world order, that is why you find his demons telling people to go out on a word stage and teach a doctrine that will lead them right into his hands, to an elitist mindset seeking the luciferic initiation of the light bringer, Prometheus, lucifer… they have always been preparing you for the Him…there agenda has never changed…..but we have been so brainwashed to hate Christianity that the bible is the last place we would look for the truth. Jesus spoke of the time that’s coming, he said: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be delivered. It interesting that here is a guy that not even his enemies can find a good reason to accuse him, He is entirely just and sincere, and humble, in the bible, yet for some unknown reason, what he said is absolutely true, we will be hated for his name’s sake. This hate has to come from a third party, the illuminati perverts the bible to make you think that religion is equal with Jesus so that you will reject Him. I submit to all of you that Jesus was the most anti-religious person that ever walked the face of the earth, he had nothing but compassion for sinners of even the worst kind…the only harsh things he ever said was to the clergy of his day….oh and the bankers. The reason the mere calling on his name crushes whatever force is behind sleep paralysis and so called alien abductions is because he really is who he claimed to be. And the demons are just as scared of him now as they were during the pages of the bible. Jesus said Matthew 11:28 “Come to Me, all who are weary and heavy-laden, and I will give you rest. 29 Matthew 11:29 “Take My yoke upon you and learn from Me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and YOU WILL FIND REST FOR YOUR SOULS. 30 “For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” Christianity is not a belief system it’s a supernatural event that happens to you, your life begins to change, you start to love the things of God and hate the things of sin, you are given new power to turn from things that have you in chains, it doesn’t mean you will be prefect but you will start to change and that change will continue your whole life, it is freedom from bondage not a list of rules. Mark 10:45 “For even the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give His life a ransom for many.” Acts 17:30 “Therefore having overlooked the times of ignorance, God is now declaring to men that all people everywhere should repent, 31 because He has fixed a day in which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all men by raising Him from the dead.” I do not think that David Icke knows that he is being used as a tool for the new world order, I would like to think that he would turn from his ways if he could be convinced of it. I want to ask you to help me pray for Mr Icke. For transcripts, footnotes, free downloads and, free dvds go to the website davidickedebunked.com
4401 an0 -
60 min 00
David Icke debunked (audio only) 2 of 3
Name: Chris White You can contact Chris White at: nowheretorun1984@gmail.com http://www.youtube.com/user/TheCozmikTruth Website: http://conspiracyclothes.com/nowheret... For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Ephesians 6:12 About Me: http://dvdtract.com http://the2012deception.net/ http://twitter.com/NTR1984 http://www.facebook.com/now... http://revelationsradionetw... http://thefullarmorofgod.po... http://zeitgeistchallenge.com Nowhere To Run is an internet based talk radio show and podcast hosted by Chris White. on Revelations radio network http://revelationsradionetw... and the Revere Radio Network http://revereradionetwork.com with the archives and podcast are available anytime for free. Nowhere To Run focuses on the theoretical aspects of the "New World Order" or "Illuminati" agenda. NTR attempts to sift through and analyze the mounds of misinformation looking for the truth, and the true motivations behind the propaganda, from a biblical perspective. He shows the total compatibility of the Conspiracy world to the Biblical one, despite the chorus of folks trying to prove the opposite, He shows how topics like the Nephilim, and trauma based generational mind control, and satanic rituals are crucial aspects of the system, and how important of a role they play in this end game scenario of the illuminati. The show is predicated on the idea that deception works only on the uniformed, in addition that there is plenty to get informed about and very quickly, because our lives and indeed our souls depend on it. Transcript / Footnotes Interestingly, David Icke’s story starts with a woman named Alice Bailey. Some of the following information on Alice bailey is taken from the excellent research of Terry Melanson the founder of and webmaster for www.conspiracyarchive.com/ He writes: Alice Ann Bailey was a leading disciple of the Russian theosophist Madame Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy, Bailey formed the Lucifer Publishing Company in 1920 and in 1922 she saw the organization’s name changed to Lucis Trust though the advancement of the Luciferian beliefs remained true. Lucis Trust promulgates the work of an “Ascended Master” a spiritual being who was working ‘through’ or in Alice Bailey for some 30 years. The Lucis Trust Publishing Company and their many fronts carry out the work of a Luciferian “master plan” for the establishment of a permanent “Age of Aquarius” Lucis Trust is a powerful institution that enjoys “Consultative Status” with the United Nations, which permits it to have a close working relationship with the U.N., including a seat on the weekly sessions, but most importantly, influence with powerful business and national leaders throughout the world. Through its founding of World Goodwill, Lucis Trust is “aggressively involved in promoting a globalist ideology”: Bailey’s influential occult organization is tied to a international conspiracy of elitists like the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergs, and the Trilateral Commission. A sprit that called itself Djwhal Khul wrote many books through her. These included brilliant plan that detailed many aspects of a world government that she called “the New World Order” quotes like: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” She actually outlines the process of how to prepare humanity for the new world order the in a section of her book Externalization of the Hierarchy called “Steps Towards the New World Order” In another section called “The Problem of Government” she appears to lay out a plan that would later become the basis for the trilateral commission by outlining how to divide the world in three blocks. But first she states: Coming now to the realm of government, under the new world order, one is faced with a very complex situation…Various basic trends of thought are appearing which, in the new world order, will unfold into that major synthesis so much desired by the spiritual Hierarchy of the planet. In addition to being one of the founders of the ideals and philosophies of those people planning global governance her writings also gained immense fame with another people group, that is of the so called “New Age”. Her extensive writing served as the foundational beliefs of the new age to this day. David Icke in recent times seems to agree with this, he said in his book The Biggest Secret “Two organizations spawned by Alice Bailey’s work, the Lucis Trust and the World Goodwill Organization, are both staunch promoters of United Nations. Alice Bailey founded the Arcane esoteric school. She claimed to ‘channel’ an entity she called the ‘Tibetan’ and she produced a number of books including Hierarchy Of The Masters, The Seven Rays, A New Group Of World Servers, and New World Religion. Bailey said that her Tibetan Master had told her the Second World War was necessary to defend the plan of God. That sounds ridiculous to me, but there are many in the New Age field who believe that everything is part of ‘the plan’ and the will of God, even a global holocaust.” It is impossible to understand why David Icke teaches the things he teaches these days without first reading two of his now out of print books. His first book ‘Truth Vibrations’, which he has still mentions on his website, but says that they are out of stock, and his next book “Love Changes Everything” which he doesn’t even have listed on his website at all. Before we get into the details of this very important material you should know a little of the history of each book. Truth Vibrations was published in 1991 and Icke will refer to it from time to time, and although he admits his views have changed slightly he still agrees with much that is in the book. Then there is his next book Love Changes Everything. Unlike ‘Truth Vibrations’ LCE was written after his Kundalini spiritual awakening in Peru where Icke says his mind was blown. And because of this, Icke says he doesn’t like the book. He said quote: “I don’t like that book, because it was written at the most extreme time of my transformation, when wasn’t sure what planet I was on, never mind what my name was.” The problem with trying to distance himself with these books is as we will see its obvious that he still believes their main points, we will see countless examples of this in his recent talks and books. And once you see the details of his early beliefs it will become very clear that they are same beliefs that are behind Alice Bailey and the New World Order. The first clue that there was a connection between Icke and Alice Bailey came only a few pages in to “Love Changes Everything” Where Icke says: “Since the publication of The Truth Vibrations I have learned so much more as I have communicated almost daily with Rakorski, the one known as Lord of all Creation, who is directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo. I also communicate often with the one we know as Jesus, the Spirit of the Earth, and many others.” Now keep in mind that this ‘Rakorski’ is the same spirit that dictated much of his first book the Truth Vibrations back when the “eye” appeared, He says on page 21 of Truth Vibrations: “Soon after this the eye appeared. One evening I was lying on my bed in a hotel room when I closed my eyes and there, forming out of the darkness, was the shape of an eye. It was there for a split second at first before dispersing. But gradually it became permanent. “– Truth Vibrations pp.21 Listen to an early interview where Icke talks about these entities. Icke: One great example of the way this works that I came across, which they, the beings which we call ‘the guys’ told us about. Campbell: You call them… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Campbell: He’s Jesus’ father, Rakorski, he was murdered as well… Icke: Yeah, part of him was, yeah. That’s right, the aspects… Now although there is a lot to talk about from that clip the thing I want to focus in on is this being’s name….Rakorski. In Theosophy, Rakorski is one of the ‘ascended masters’ these are beings that are supposedly so evolved that they have transcended the physical realm and now they are helping humanity pass through a coming age of enlightenment. Rakorski was a particular ascended master that Alice Bailey wrote extensively about It is especially significant that Icke calls him “Lord of all Creation” and elsewhere “Lord of Civilization” and says that he is “directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo.” Because these are absolutely clear examples that he is referring to the same ascended master that Alice Bailey made prominent, as she gave him those exact titles and said his ‘task’ is the establishment of the new civilization of the Age of Aquarius. She also connected him with the so called ‘Seventh Ray’ (which will become incredibly significant as this story unfolds). It was only later while reading Truth Vibrations did I find that he actually confirmed my suspicion that he was talking about Bailey’s Ascended Masters. In a section where he was talking about the different messages he received and he said: “Some of the communications came directly from the consciousness which has the awesome responsibility for easing in and guiding the new age of Aquarius. The Lord of Civilization and the Lord of the Seventh Ray, One of the energies we will soon be receiving at a much increased power The universe is governed and guided by a massive hierarchy, and the person or consciousnesses are selected purely by a souls stage of evolution There are beings that Guide the Cosmic, Galactic, Solar and Planetary Systems, Planets, countries, and regions. Each of these systems is broken down into further levels of organization. At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms. These have become known as ascended masters, and they are supported by other ascended masters behind the scenes, as it were. “ One of the best ways to demonstrate that David still holds these theosophical views today is with David’s view of the so called Solar Logos. As we just read David believed that there is a literal Sun God called the Solar Logos, and that the Solar Logos was going to be the entity that would send the energy to raise our consciousness and make us well godlike. In another place Icke says that Rakorski told him that… “The Solar Logos is the spirit of the sun who guides a solar system and sends certain energies to the planets and stars” He also goes on to say that a solar logos, can reach a “immensely high level of understanding “and that he/she can then evolve to be the Lord over several suns.” When Icke said earlier “At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms.” He is talking about how in theosophy it is the Solar Logos that is going to send rays that are suppose to raise the consciousness of the earth. Alice Bailey’s Idea was that these ‘Seven Rays’ would be generated from the Galactic Logos whom she often referred to as “the One about whom Naught may be said” these special rays would be filtered through the sun god and then come to the earth to change us and the earth spirit or Gaia. David very much believed in the Seven Ray theory of Bailey, in fact in both his early books he not only gives lists of each ray and their characteristics but he gives the exact characteristics for each one that Alice Bailey wrote. I will show you Alice Bailey’s Seven Ray Chart on the Screen as I read from David’s book Truth Vibrations. David Begins: “These Rays are: one – Pure Will and Power, ray two – love and wisdom, ray three – intelligence, ray four- harmony through conflict, ray five - concrete mind and science, ray six – love and devotion, ray seven - law and order and ceremonial magic, the Rakorski Ray” The last part is a dead giveaway because if you notice that Alice Bailey associated each ray to an ascended master you will notice that next to the last ray the one Icke calls the Rakorski ray, is the name St Germain. And that is what Bailey, and even Icke would sometimes call Rakorski, Bailey would also sometimes refer to him as “Master R.” One way to demonstrate how devoted Icke was to this idea of the seven rays is to point out that during this time he would only where the colors turquoise and light purple, because certain colors were attributed to the different rays and he believed it would attract more good vibrations to himself. Woman: I’d like to ask Dave, is there anything special about that suit that he has on? Icke: Well, this light that the Bible talks of, this energy, this light force that he sent out from the godhead and all around creation and it’s this light force all around the planet that’s been disrupted, has sub-frequencies within it. And each of these has a vibrational frequency of a colour. Turquoise is the colour of an energy within that light known as love and wisdom and if you wear a colour that’s on the same frequency then you attract it and absorb it much more efficiently. …and in case you think he outgrew that…he posted on his website 11 years later a story defending his wearing turquoise back then. He would later modify beliefs slightly, he said recently: ‘Turquoise is an important color, but you don’t have to wear it all the time.’ In more recent times he confirms this belief in the rays that will cause an evolutionary shift, in his 8th book And The truth shall set you free he says: “Cosmic rays of unprecedented power are being detected. These are the energies that are changing life on this planet..These cycles are fundamental, I believe, to the spiritual transformation and the multidimensional shifts which the planet, and humanity, are experiencing.” Now lets get in to why this matter to you, a truth seeker, let me first quote Icke from his book Robots Rebellion, It says: The Sun is far more than a massive ball of fire, generating warmth. It is another substation for Source energies. The ancients knew this, or at least their most highly evolved members did, and this is one explanation for the origin of the Sun god and Sun worship. The more enlightened members of their number were not worshipping a ball of fire in the sky, they were acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet. Just as the Sun is the mind that guides the solar system; the Galactic Mind guides the galaxy and the Universal Mind guides the Universe. The Source is the mind that guides all Creation..We all have the opportunity to tune into this guidance from the highest the Source. Notice he capitalizes source this would be the galactic logos the one whom bailey called the one about whom naught may be said. Notice how he talks about the worship of the sun in very good terms, that is as long as you know what your doing, and know the esoteric truth about the sun, after all he says these secret societies were just “acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet”..its a very good thing to venerate the sun if you know what your doing. We see also him doing the same thing today the only difference is he doesn’t use the name solar logos any more, as you watch these clips notice the words he uses to describe the true worship of the sun. If you know David Icke you know he is using the best words in his vocabulary to present it in a good way..words like vibrational… Icke: And one of the things that’s come through history is the moon and sun religion. Religions using the symbolism of the sun and moon, which has been manifested as the sun god and the sun goddess. Now this has many connotations. On some levels there’s the worship of the sun, but on deeper levels of knowledge these are symbolic of deep esoteric and vibrational, mathematical, geometrical concepts. It depends what level you’re meeting the knowledge at, what level you have access to. Terry Melanson founder of conspiracyarchive.com said about the Lucis Trust logo “ the Lucis Trust logo features this streaming blue light. The New Age Symbol invented by Foster Bailey (alice baileys 32 degree freemason husband) has a plethora of symbolic imagery. The symbol, according to Lucis Trust, is “set in a limitless field of blue, which signifies the sphere of life expression of our solar logos…superimposed upon the triangle of new age forces is the five pointed star of [Anti]Christ. In her book, `Rays and Initiations`, Alice Bailey reveals this Solar Logos is Lucifer himself. Now listen to Icke describe how the suns rays are going to be the thing that causes the spiritual evolutions he says are coming and listen carefully as he tries to work in the black hole in the center of the galaxy as being the source of this life changing energy. This is important because we will see he has no scientific reason for saying that the black hole is going to send out any energy, but I think he does have a religious belief that bailey’s Seven Rays will come from the “Galactic Logos,” and are then sent to the Solar Logos and then transform humanity and the earth. Icke: My feeling about this awakening is that this is very very much involved. I’ve got a lot more to do on this to say the least, but I’m sure that the sun is far more than a source of heat. It is a place, or an opening, a gateway where great energetic change and co-changes come into the solar system, same with others all around what we call the universe. I feel that at the elite level, not among the general population, one of the focuses on the sun, one of the reasons for this obsession with the sun is the knowledge of this, right going back to the ancient world. I also feel the black holes and stuff are also ways the energetic codes come in and out of this reality. Icke: It’s that what we’re going through, what we call this vibrational base construct which is coming out of the black holes, that is now very powerfully in the process of changing its vibrational state. We’re in the cusp of how it was, the surpressed, the limited…so as this energy changes, it’s triggering different photon information from the suns, in this case, our sun. So people are starting to, those more open to it first, starting to decode base information construct. And what that’s doing is changing their perception as we decode it and move into a new era. Icke: This vibration coming from the blackholes, this base vibration, there’ll be more to know, I’m trying to put the themes here…as it moves through its cycle of change, before coming back to the original vibration, it’s changing the information coming out of the sun in the form of photons, it’s changing the information construct. Therefore we are starting to decode, as it moves through the cycle, different information. Icke: I’ll tell you the way I see it anyway. What I’m saying in my new book is that the black holes, like the one at the center of this galaxy, are vibrtating the base vibrational state of this reality, but it’s not stable in the sense that it doesn’t just stay forever vibrating in the same way. It goes through a cycle. So it goes through this vibrational cycle and eventually comes back to the start. As these black holes vibrate this base vibrational construct it triggers information from the suns to be transmitted in the form of photons. Photon energy which is information. As this vibration changes, and whoever created this virtual reality universe, in other words this massively advanced computer game, they created this vibrational cycle, and as it goes through this cycle, the information coming from the suns in the photon energy changes, so we’re decoding this change. So we go through periods of what the ancients called the Golden Age, this massive expansion of awareness and connection and harmony and all the rest of it. And there are other periods where the information is much more suppressed and limited and it all goes through these cycles until it begins again. Now I looked in his new book to see if he explained what this cycle was that the black hole was going through, because in running the website the2012deception.net I feel I have heard just about every theory in which a cycle concerning the black hole and the sun is mentioned, yet I had never heard of a vibrational base frequency that was part of a cycle or anything remotely similar…so naturally I was very curious to find out what scientific information he had to back up these claims…because it seemed like he was just trying to make the theosophy idea sound really scientific which of course it isn’t. So I thought it was really funny when first, I found that he never addressed this cycle at at all in his new book, but what he did do was pretty hilarious, He actually put a picture of Carl Sagan on p 406 of ‘Human Race Get Off Your Knees’ and instead of quoting Carl Sagan he quotes a woman named Carol Clark who had a “vivid dream” where the dead Carl Sagan spoke to her…this dream version of Carl Sagan is literally the only scientific support he has for this particular idea, it simply says on page 407 “Black holes resonate the frequency and the different frequencies trigger different levels of information awareness to be emitted by the sun in the form of photons” This Dream version of Carl Sagan is the only evidence Icke offers us to believe in this particular theosophical theory about the sun god sending rays from the galactic god to change humanity. Lets move on to more evidence about Icke and theosophy. Even Ickes latest and greatest theories have their origins in his early writings, which in turn have their origins in Alice Bailey’s writings. Take for example the subject of the moon. Icke claims he got a message from the spirit world regarding the moon. Icke: I sat down to start writing that day and the energy in the room changed, and I thought I know this, I recognize this, so the energy in the room changed, there was a vibrational change, you could feel it, the atmosphere changed, a simple way to put it, I recognized this. What I then got as this was happening, the basic first theme was that the moon is not real. Course there’s more to know about that as more came, but ‘the moon is not real, the moon is not what you think it is’. He claims in his recent book that the moon is an artificial spacecraft that reptilians flew to our solar system and once it came into orbit with the earth it caused major catastrophes, but what’s worse is that it messed up the vibration so bad that it took us from god like beings that could levitate and only had to eat energy instead of animals…down to people who are like we are today..controlled by greed and anger etc. There are several things very interesting about Ickes new theory, one of them is that its not new for him at all, He describes this exact same thing in the book “love changes everything” but with a slightly different flavor. “Satan incarnated on the moon and helped to create fantastic negativity. The imbalance was such that the Moon Spirit left, and Lucifer, now rejoined on the light levels by Satan, used all the power of the negative energies and those created at the moment the spirit left to direct the dying, spiritless planet towards another planet. The light levels had known that Lucifer was planning on using the moon to create havoc, because his thought forms were passed directly to the Archangel Michael through the Devic information system and vice versa. Lucifer was thus aware of this, and found a way to prevent the Godhead and Michael knowing exactly what he intended to do with the moon. He formed a very large number of plans in his mind, but did not decide which one he would go for until the last possible moment, when he sent out one surge of negative energy that directed the dying moon towards earth, The Archangel Michael said: There were a great number of possibilities and we were in a waiting situation.” Icke says that this luckily was happening right at the time of a scheduled axis shift at the end of the Atlantis civilization and as a result the Sun God was putting forward a lot of positive energy at the time “Rakorski said of the aftermath: That the power of the Solar Logo’s positive energy ray was enough to stop the moon from colliding with earth but it became trapped in the earths orbit.” “The Earths energy system was in tatters and if it were not for the Archangel Michael somehow keeping open some of the energy arteries to the main network, the planet would not have survived. “I owe him so much” the Earth Spirit said, and his perseverance and positive attitude was wonderful for all of us” A being called Magnu (whom icke still quotes at the end of his lectures) said the following on pages 61-62 “Land was torn in half life was snuffed out in an instant, and it was the start of what has become known as the cataclysm. There was water everywhere. Tidal waves everywhere. Land froze within minutes. Great mountains of rock were wrenched out of the earth Areas of Land Sunk – Just collapsed and disappeared, There were violent eruptions devastating land shifts, and the sea came in.” Doesn’t this better help you understand what Icke is saying in this interview Icke: For me, this period that people call Atlantis and Lemuria and talk about great cataclysms and stuff like that…that was probably the time the hacking happened. There was a vibrational shift in the direction of limitation. M feeling is that first of all is that we had a much greater expansion of awareness, visual awareness, hearing awareness, all the senses, we were much further out vibrationally, therefore we could access far more. When this shift of limitation took place, because of these cataclysmic events, you can see clearly in the biological and geological record that this happened. Of course you can see it in all, the Great Flood, the cataclysmic stories in all the native cultures around the world. When this happened there was an energy deficit and I feel that energy deficit is bridged by what we call food. We’ve got lions and all of these animals all over the world, right down to the insects level of life that basically everyday is a killing field, just to survive, because they are taking in energy in a solidified form, that energy deficit, because of the energy shift that took place. This energetic flaw, this vibrational catacylcsm did, was that it took the vibrational state of this reality from harmony to disharmony. Now we’re decoding harmony: love, peace, beauty. (for the record even the eating energy thing is from the book LCE) (quote page 97) “With the energy system at only minimum levels they could no longer live purley on energies in the water and the environment. They had to supplement these by consuming the energies in plant life. This is why we need to eat food now – to make up for the low energy levels in the world around us. – LCE p 97 Now here is the Alice Bailey Connection; She has this to say about the moon: The Moon chain has in itself a curious occult history, not yet to be disclosed Certain brief hints may be given for the due consideration of students: * The Moon chain was a chain wherein a systemic failure was to be seen. * It is connected with the lower principles * The sexual misery of this planet finds its origin in the moon failure. * The progress of evolution on the moon was abruptly disturbed and arrested by the timely interference of the solar Logos. (this would correspond to Icke’s story of the moon spirit being kicked out and the Solar Logos saving the day at the last minute) The secret of the suffering in the Earth chain, which makes it merit the name of the Sphere of Suffering, has its origin in the events which brought the moon chain to a terrific culmination (This next one from alice bailey is pretty important because its at the heart of what ickes current theory is) * Certain results, such as the finding of its polar opposite, were hastened unduly on the moon chain, and the consequence was an uneven development and a retardation of the evolution of a certain number of deva and human groups. Deva is a term used by Bailey and Icke to mean angels like Lucifer * The origin of the feud between the Lords of the Dark Face and the Brotherhood of Light, which found scope for activity in Atlantean days, and during the present root race, can be traced back to the moon chain. So you can see that Icke’s new moon theory is really just an expansion on Alice Bailey’s writings on the moon. The next piece to this puzzle surrounds the idea of Gaia or the Earth Spirit, David has been and still is very passionate about the existence of the earth spirit, what Alice Bailey calls the “Planetary Logos”. Icke: The spirit of the earth is the most evolved ever to incarnate as a physical planet. She is a wondrous being of an evolution we could not even begin to comprehend, and without that wondrous spirit, that high evolution, and the higher you go up in evolution the more ability you have for love, the more ability you have for tolerance, the more of all these things you have. If she didn’t have that, she would have left this planet a long time ago. Icke: What I said publicly in 1991, that the Earth was a living entity that we could communicate with and that it could communicate with us, people just dubbed me crazy. And now we’re scientists that study this coming to the same conclusion. No one did more to popularize the idea of the “Earth Spirit” than Alice Bailey. It was her writing that influenced the Gaia religion of the United Nations which will play an important role in a coming world government. A great example of this is a man names Robert Muller. Robert Muller was the author of the “World Core Curriculum.” He is widely recognized as the “father of global education.” For 30 years, he was Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations. He was the Chancellor of the U.N. University. his ideas about world government, world peace and spirituality led to the increased representation of religions in the UN, especially of New Age Movement. He has become known as the “Philosopher” of the UN. He is the founder of Robert Muller Schools. The preface of the Robert Muller School World Core Curriculum Manual, November, 1986, says, “The underlying philosophy upon which the Robert Muller School is based will be found in the teachings set forth in the books of Alice A. Bailey, by the Tibetan teacher, Djwhal Khul.” Robert Muller told an audience in Costa Rica, “We hear now of the Gaia hypothesis, of the interdependence of all inert and living matter, that we are part and parcel of a living planetary organism.” Maurice Strong, is another Gaia supporter ,he is founder and Secretary General of the United Nations Environment Programme, and Senior Advisor to Kofi Annan. He was the Founder of the Earth Council and the Earth Charter Initiative, and former President of the United Nations University of Peace. He is the author of most of the key UN environmental policies and plans including Agenda 21, the Earth Charter, the Kyoto Protocol and the UN report on Global Governance. He founded the Manitou Institue where various groups perform rituals to heal Gaia. This list can also include people like Al Gore and Ted Turner. So am I saying that there is a connection between Alice Bailey, the idea of Gaia or The Earth Spirit, and The New World Order agenda. Yes there is, to understand it we should listen to a quote from David Icke about what the earth spirit does when people aren’t ready to evolve. “This is how the split in Atlantis occurred, and as it did so the energy system and the Roof of Light became less powerful. The Earth Spirit decided, with guidance from Rakorski and the Godhead, that rather than see such a wonderful people continue to fall down the frequencies she would create the physical changes that would end Atlantis. Those who were still balanced enough to listen to guidance from the light levels would be led to places of safety during the changes. They would later return to restore the roof of light and to take care of the planet still further to even higher frequencies than she had yet reached. You can see that the earth spirit did not make this decision out of anger or resentment. Her motivation was love just as it is today. Had she done nothing these beings who had worked so hard to evolve up the frequencies would have continued to fall back again. But when she told the Atlantians her decision, through thought communication, most of them didn’t like it. This inability to understand the situation confirmed that the time was right to act.” LCE p 53 Although according to Icke this was cut short because of the moon being thrust into the earth atmosphere This would not be the first time that Gaia had tried to commit an evolution specific genocide according to Icke. She also did the same to Lemuria before it. He wrote: “the energy system was in such a muddle that it threatened the Earth Spirits ability to harmonize, and she decided to act to bring Mu [Lemuria] to an end. …If there comes a point when it is necessary to take action to maintain balance for everyone’s benefit and check the imbalances that are harming the progress of all in her care, then it is her duty to act. Sometimes this can mean enormous changes have to take place but it is always done out of love and necessity. Not malice. “ And according to Icke The earth spirit then proceeded to kill everyone. And he still believes we are all in danger because the earths consciousness is too low, the only difference now is that the idea of the illuminati has been incorporated as the ones making it happen. Icke: So of course the planet itself is a living, thinking, emotional entity. We are interacting with that energy field, and one of the things the Illuminati have set out to do and are trying evermore to do in the period we’re experiencing now is to bring the vibrational state, of the earth’s field, it’s consciousness to as low a point as they can. Its also important to understand that Ickes belief in Lemuria and Atlantis are derived entirely from theosophy which he still very much believe in today Icke: In ancient ancient times, prehistorical times in terms of official history where there were two great civilizations which made together a global civilization, one based on a land mass which has become known as Atlantis and one which has become known as Mu or Lemuria. And these were very advanced civilizations with in many ways, knowledge beyond what is available in the public arena today, and they went to great technological lengths, great understandings, for instance, in how you can create a magnetic field which makes vast stones weightless which you can then push them along and maneuver them around. Great technological advancement, at least among the elite. There is not a shred of evidence outside of the Plato account about Atlantis and the Idea of Lemuria, well the main evidence we have for it is simply because Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy said so. The idea of sunken continent of lemuria that Blavatsky describes has been proven an impossibility after the discovery of plate tectonics, which has led modern theosophist to concede that if Lemuria existed maybe it was simply an era in time instead of an actual continent in light of this new evidence. Hitler and the Nazis also really liked theosophy, Hitler was said to have kept a copy of the Secret Doctrine by Helena Blavatsky by his bedside. The Swastica was used because of its use by Blavatsky as the symbol of theosophy. The Genocide that hitler imposed was rooted in the theosphical view of the tall blonde haired blue eyed root races from Atlantis. Actually Icked believed this too, He said on page 46 of LCE that the inhabitats of atlantis were an average height of 6’5” blonde haired and skin the glowed white. Icke remarks about the incredible influence that Theosophy had on hitler in this way: “I am not saying that Blavatsky was negative, only that Hitler was influenced by her work” – And the truth shall set you free. A few other similarities are that Hitler also believed in the idea that a moon came into our orbit and thus gave the need to create this new evolution. He also believes like Icke that the earth was hollow, which is funny because in Ickes book the biggest secret his main evidence for the hollow earth was simply that the Nazi’s believed it too, which is really only because they both read HP Blavatsky who made the claim in the secret doctrine. Also Hitler believed that the Atlanteans possessed physic powers and that they were destroyed by a flood, just like icke believes. It is this desire of Ickes, to get back to the Atlantis evolution that is at the core of his and teaching today. ( to prove this listen to icke in this recent lecture read a message given to him by a spirit in 1990, we find in another place that Icke identified this spirit as ‘Magnu’ who he said was from Atlantis. Listen to Icke explain first that Atlantis was destroyed and how the ultimate objective is to attain the powers we once had in Atlantis Icke: In 1990 I experienced this, and it stood the test of time in my experience. “My own allegiance to your planet goes back to an Atlantean period when there were many energies being used and information and knowledge being used which were for particular reasons of safety, withdrawn, shall we say. To prevent complete catastrophe, to prevent the complete destruction of your planet. As the energies around your planet quicken so these latent energies, these energies that were withdrawn, were now being phased back in. They will gradually be awakened. As the consciousness level of your planet raises itself, those of you who are working together to raise your consciousness, you will be able to hold more and more refined vibrations, and the energies themselves contain the knowledge which is beginning to surface again in your consciousness. Many of you will remember the Atlantean times, you will remember you communicated with, say, dolphins and whales, you understood these sentient creatures, you could levitate, you could manifest things, you could cause spontaneous combustion by not miraculous means at all. Once you know what you’re doing, these things follow, it is a matter of order. Now I am looking at a time on your planet when these energies are reawakened and re-integrated into your consciousness. At the very least we should be warned that that philosophy has had negative consequences at least once before. because its the same thing that Hitler wanted. The fifth root race of Blavatsky, which Hitler was trying to bring about, was known as the “Race of Hope”, and it was said that they soon would rise to the pinnacle of spirituality formerly attained by Atlantis, but that certain people were holding them back…and as we will see in the final section Icke also hold to this very dark idea. This idea has always been planned to be used in the context of a one world government 33rd degree Freemason Manly Palmer Hall said: “The New Atlantis sets forth an ideal government of the earth. It foretells that day when in the midst of men there shall rise up a vast institution composed of the philosophic elect — an order of illumined men banded together for the purpose of investigating the laws of life and the mysteries of the universe …” “The age of boundaries is closing, and we are approaching a nobler era when nations shall be no more; when the lines of race and caste shall be wiped out; when the whole earth shall be under one order, one government, one administrative body.”(41) Another similarity is the contact with the so called spiritual hierarchy. As we have seen Icke is in contact with a plethora of spiritual entities even up to this very day. The Thule Society, the secret society that Hitler belonged to (also used the theosophical swastika) believed that highly intelligent spiritual beings existed and that the truly initiated could, keep in contact with those beings for information about the world. The occultist Dietrich Eckardt taught Hitler to get in contact with this spiritual hierarchy and Hitler in fact believed he was in contact with this superior, mythical race, taught about in the Thule society. Eckardt remarked on his deathbed: “Follow Hitler! He will dance, but I am the one to blow the pipe. We have given him the means to put himself in communication with Them. Mourn me not. I have influenced history more than any other German” [J.H. Brennan: Occult Reich] Hitler wanted to enhance his connection to these beings further and Earnest Pretzsche, a book dealer, introduced Hitler to a psychedelic drug containing mescaline and peyote. This produced clairvoyant visions that made Hitler believe he had opened the door to more supernatural powers. Icke too also was seeking a deeper connection to the spirit world and so he went to Brazil where he took a potent drug used by shamans to contact the spirit world. Icke calls what contacted him that night “the voice” and he says that it was the defining moment of his career. Icke: Then came the third stage which started in 2003 when I had an ayahuascan experience, in Brazil, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mindblowing and life changing. I have often wondered if Icke has ever taken any precautions to make sure that the entities that he is in contact with are good entities, He often talks about how the illuminati are in contact with bad extra dimensional beings, Icke: And these same gods, demonic entities, that are worshipped by the Satanists, are the same gods that are worshipped by the secret societies and the religions, unknowingly. In Satanism it’s knowingly. Icke: These reptilian entities seem to offer, and again, it’s not just reptilian, there are many kinds of entities that do not have a human form but operate just outside of human sight, and history has recorded them as demons and all this stuff… So I wonder if he has a system to discern whether the ones he is talking to are one of the ones that influence the illumnati. You can imagine I was a bit discouraged to hear things like this: Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions through intuitions, through urges, ‘I just gotta do this/I’ve gotta go there’…As I’ve gone through this and followed it, and who the forces are, I don’t know, I’m not really that interested, funny enough, I’ll just go with it and I’ll remember what it’s all about when I leave this genetic spacesuit. Now here is a mystery considering all that we have learned so far Icke: I think a whole lot of this whole New Age area, of ascended masters and all the Blavatsky stuff and Astar Command, I say that is a belief system controlled by the same force which is also drawing that bloody energy as we go along. Again, considering everything we just learned this is clearly an admission that he has been lied to by the spirits all of his life, I mean if they told him that they were Alice Bailey’s ascended masters, which they did, and taught him Theosophy word for word, which they did. He must be admitting here that all he was taught is a lie. But the problem is that he has never stopped teaching and promoting the beings he talked to or what they told them to teach, he clearly attributes everything he is to them, Icke: Among these messages that were given to me in 1990 were “He will say things and wondered where they came from. They will be our words. Sometimes we will put knowledge into his mind, sometimes he will be led to knowledge.” Another one was, a little bit later “Arduous seeking is not necessary.” I have given this much thought and have come to some possible conclusions. Here are some facts. Icke never has mentioned the name Alice Bailey in his early books, although in them it is clear that he is teaching her doctrine, things like about the seven rays, and the coming evolution, the solar logos, the new age, Atlantis/ Lemuria being destroyed because of bad evolution, the earth spirit, the moon problem, her particular brand of reincarnation, even wearing certain colors, he never once attributes any of it to her. He attributes it all to the spirits that he channeled. He says he got all this information from the spirit world, which I am willing to believe, and therefore I suppose its possible that he hasn’t made the connection that everything he believes is from Alice Bailey himself yet, He may have never noticed that what the spirits told him was word for word Alice Bailey and or Theosophy. The other possibility is that because he has alluded to in the past the idea that sometimes during channelings the paradigm of the channeler gets in the way of the message, and so therefore the message can be tainted by the messenger. He refers to this to try I think, to explain the fact that he has pages and pages of material of his conversations with Jesus whom he nowadays says never existed. The idea is that, well the channeler believed in Jesus so the name was messed up. But as we will see later these beings do much more than claim to be some entity, they play the role to the very end and really expect you to go tell people what they told you. There are many problems with this but the biggest one is that, lets say some of the psychics he talked to were big Alice Bailey fans and so he got information that was filtered through their paradigm. That is still not excuse because we are right back to the problem of, well if he learned later on that Alice Bailey and her ascended masters lead to a new world order ideology why is he still teaching us the exact same ideology, only packaged in a way that seems to try to hide the obvious source? We will come back to the investigation of Ickes extra dimensional entities to see if we can determine anything more about them later on, but for now lets move on to some of Ickes more earthly sources of his information to see if we can determine anything about the evolution from his early material to his current material like reptilians. The single most influential person in the development of Ickes current ideas is a man named Brian Desborough,. Desborough wrote a lot of conspiracy articles and posted them on the internet in the mid 90’s into the 2000s, later these articles would be complied into a book Desborough is behind an astonishing amount of Ickes research. There is a lot of interesting things about Mr. Desborough, first of all despite the fact that his bio says that he served as a Director of Research and Development for several American high technology companies, and has provided consultation to a company involved in deep space research. There is no record of him doing anything like this on the internet that I can find, there are only references to his conspiracy articles which have been online for many years. Which seems odd since you would think that a person who was publishing material that early in the internet’s history would also have left some trail to his apparently earth changing scientific research. What’s interesting too is that despite the fact that Icke, when referring to Desborough, calls him his “American scientist friend” you can read Desborough’s own bio to find out that his information was given to him by spiritual beings, like Icke was Desborough says: “During an out of body experience which occurred in 1971, he encountered five highly spiritually evolved non physical beings who informed him that he must write a revisionist history of the world. The purpose of the book was to take the readers out of their comfort zones, by presenting them with the truth regarding such diverse subjects as the true location of Atlantis, the duplicitous acts of the Illuminati, and the fundamentals of free energy technology. It was not until later that the author learned that the non physical entities that he had encountered were associated with a non physical directorate who were the overlords of a group of terrestrial mystics known through the centuries as the Khwajagan. It is the role of the Khwajagan to intercede in the political affairs of the world periodically, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality.” It is very interesting to note that like David , Desborough also speaks out vey harshly against Alice Bailey and the ascended masters in his book, he even says: “The Lucis Trust is a major New Age command center on behalf of the Illuminati” and “Her book Education in The New Age outlined a social engineering program which later was adopted by the Club of Rome. In it she wrote “…the science of eugenics will grow.” Ascended Masters” were, in actuality, merely nicknames she had assigned to wealthy masonic patrons of the Theosophical Society, and displayed outrage against phony psychics claiming to channel these non-existent beings.” But in an equally amazing feat of double think Desborough believes the exact thing that Alice bailey believes, that is the non physical directorate , or ascended spiritual beings are intervening in the political affairs of the world, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality!!! which is arguably the main point to theosophy. As well as all the stuff about the Aryans as we will see later. As far as Desborough’s scientific background , according to his bio it seems to be limited to a story he tells where a chance encounter with a pediatrician who had been one of Wilhelm Reich’s research associates gave him access to all of his notes which he says enabled him to acquire a knowledge of weather engineering and orgonotic science. In addition as luck would have it a similar thing happened to him, but this time it was the with Nicola Tesla’s notes. He says he met an old lady at a spiritual healing circle who asked him if he liked Nicola Tesla she apparently then told him a story he writes on his website: “One day, continued the lady, Tesla felt a tug on his coat sleeve. Looking down he saw the landlord’s twelve year old son, who said: “Mr Tesla, will you teach me all you know?” Tesla was so impressed that the boy became one of Tesla’s enthusiastic proteges, and later married the lady the author had just met. The lady then provided the author with some of her late husband’s research notes on free energy and anti-gravitic technology. In this manner, many doors were opened thus enabling the author to acquire meaningful data for his two books.” The strangest part of Desborough’s bio, in my opinion, is that he claims to be an expert at deprogramming mind control victims. He claims he does this in order to get information out of them to help his research into the new world order. He has written quite a lot about trauma based mind control and at that time very little was known on the internet about it and it does appear he knows quite a lot about how to program multiples. This will become very interesting as we continue this investigation. So with that in mind lets take a look at how David Icke’s mind was shaped by Brian Desborough Ickes Book the Biggest Secret is the first time I know of that Icke mentions Desborough in print, he dedicated to book to him, and he sites him profusely throughout the book as his source for things like Martians coming to Earth and founding the Aryan race, which the reptilians used to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information on the Babylonian world, and things like that black people are a result of the earth being closer to the sun at one point, the ice age was an illusion, monoatomic gold, directed energy weapons, ufos are government craft, crop circles are space beams, Davids new view on Jesus, and much more. Ivan Fraser the other person who David dedicated his book TBS to, later spoke out against David said this about Brian Desborough. “Is there anything David could tell us about Brian Desborough’s background to allay any doubts we may have about his integrity, considering his massive influence in the content and direction of The Biggest Secret?” Also Ickes subsequent book called “Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster” is no better than a copy and pasting of Brian Desborough’s article entitled “The 9/11 Disaster The Myth and Reality “ If you have read Icke’s AIW book please read Desborough’s article when you have time and you will see that the information is exactly the same, the wording, and even the mistakes. But the curious thing is that even though its clear from reading Desborough’s 911 article that he is the one who did all research not Icke, Icke doesn’t site Desborogh one time in his book even though its painfully obvious it was taken from Desborough. I think that Desborough was quite content to feed information to Icke even if he got no credit. One example of this is in regard to the reptilian scandal. As I mentioned the biggest secret is dedicated to Desborough and another man named Ivan Fraser. According to Fraser It was Deborough that introduced Icke to Arizona Wilder. It was her testimony that ended up being the reason why Icke went public with the Reptilians thing. Desborough also admits to introducing Icke to Wilder as well as arranging the meeting between the two. Because Wilder was a victim of trauma based mind control and apparently Desborough had accessed her programming in order to get information about the illuminati, according to him he was amazed to find that she confirmed what he had already been telling Icke, which will be important later. This is Fraser’s side of the story, he had been proofreading the biggest secret for Icke and he found out about the reptilians this way: [Arizona Wilder] was not mentioned at all in the draft copy of The Biggest Secret (TBS) which I had read. David had not met her yet. When the book was released people started ringing me with questions like, is it true about the reptiles?, and is this stuff about the royal family true?. At which time I replied that I thought it was, based on the fact that the version I had read stated only the theory of the reptilians and that certain of the Royals were involved in Satanic rituals. Soon I heard about Arizona Wilder. David stated that he saw his encounter with AW as an amazing synchronicity which endorsed his work in his latest book. How could she have known all of this stuff which tallied so exactly with TBS? Well, I believe I am not as naïve as David, and I know exactly how she could have known. [Icke] was passing copies of the book via post to me and others for editing.. This brings in another character who is pivotal to the entire Biggest Secret thesis. It was a contact of David’s named Brian Desborough who introduced Arizona to David. Brian is mentioned as a source for a great deal of information in the book, having supplied most of the material upon which David based his idea that Martians came to Earth and founded the Aryan race which the reptilians used as a vehicle to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information David had compiled on the Babylonian world, its myths and how they fed into the sinister secret societies. It was Brian Desborough, who was also looking at the draft copy of the Biggest Secret at the same time as myself; i.e. before David met Arizona Wilder. Therefore the fact that Brian Desborough may be responsible for fundamentally leading the direction of David’s research, if not planting much of the basis of the book in David’s mind, is obvious. But then to be the same person responsible for giving him a so-called eye-witness to testify to the verity of that information is highly suspicious. Brian also writes articles on mind control and seems very knowledgeable on the subject. Is it possible that he could be directly involved in some way that we are not being told about? Fraser also says that Arizona endorsed Desborough’s theories So closely that “you would almost think she had already read the book – or had been given the information beforehand! “ He continues: “Or, considering that she claims to be an ex-mind controlled slave, could it be she was pre-programmed? Testimony from Mark Philips and Cathy O?Brien as to how arduous it is to deprogram a CIA slave makes me very suspicious that AW could be considered reliable. She claims that since her programmer died, the programming broke down. I don’t believe this can be accepted as such, and external experts would have to be brought in to convince me that if she was controlled to the highest level, that she could be so deprogrammed now as to be considered reliable.” Brian Desborough describes the story in this way: My own research, based upon unpublished astrophysical data, revealed that Mars originally occupied our planet’s orbit and was populated by a technologically-advanced Aryan race. A celestial catastrophe displaced Mars into its present orbit, forcing the Aryan survivors to colonize our planet and subsequently construct the Great Pyramid. They were overthrown by an evil priesthood who established the Royal Court of the Dragon in Egypt. While David was writing his book, it was my good fortune to meet the Mother Goddess of the Illuminati. She corroborated my research, adding that the Illuminati hierarchy are shape-shifting dragons, who require the consumption of Aryan blood in order to maintain their shape-shifting capability, hence their opposition to interracial marriages. As we watch these clips of Arizona Wilder notice that when she was asked about the history of the Illuminati that she says that she was MADE to learn this. No matter who she thinks taught her the information the fact that a bunch of Satanist made someone learn anything sounds like programming to me. Icke: From your experience being brought up in this Illuminati environment, were you ever told where these reptilians came from, what is the history of it all? Wilder: I was made to learn through mothers of darkness, which is a certain aspect of the organization, because that was an early early part of my training, the history of what was the Illuminati on this planet. What I learned was that the Aryans originally were from Mars and the reptilians came to that planet, they came from another place, they came to rule, they wanted to mix, so they said, with that race, and they became the overlords. Interesting term “Overlords”, Desborough uses it 28 times in his book, compared to Icke using it once, and even that was in a quote. It doesn’t prove that the info was planted, but it is a suspicious coincidence. Wilder: (cont’d) ..and the Martians, the Aryans, were seeking to escape from it, they went to the moon, and then were there attacked. They then went to Earth and established culture here on Earth approximately 6000 years ago, and at that time they were doing well and they were mixing with the indigenous population, of this Earth, they were getting along with. Then about 4000 years ago, the reptilians arrived here and again began to take over. They instilled themselves in different places, underground, in the Earth, and also this one part of them, the ruling part, took over and became involved in the politics, and in the religion, and started controlling through these means at that point in time. A Woman named Svali who is widely regarded as trustworthy by many of all backgrounds claims to be a former programmer for the illuminati. She is currently in hiding, we hope, but her writings which are posted on the internet fill in many of the details about how mind control slaves are programmed. She was once asked about the reptilian idea: “Q: Svali, I have to ask you this: There are stories floating around on the internet about the Illuminati (and other agencies) being run by extra-terrestrials, ET’s, in particular a reptilian race, operating from a higher dimension. Any thoughts on that? A: My answer will probably cause a lot of anger, and it’s not meant to step on any toes. Here it goes. I have never seen an alien or extraterrestrial. I have seen some programming to make people THINK they saw aliens, as a cover story for programming, if they remembered. None of the head trainers I knew, or others on leadership council, believed in aliens, although I never asked them. I personally believe that the reptilian stuff is actually the demonic at work. I have seen shape-shifting and other stuff because of demonic influence (okay, so here some will say, gee, she believes in demons, that’s as far out as aliens). Well, this is what the Illuminati certainly believe in. They KNOW there are spiritual realities, and think they can control them. Those of a more cynical bent would say the shape shifting was a drug induced hallucination and group hysteria in the context of a ritual setting. I will let each reader decide based on their personal comfort zone. But no, absolutely no reptiles or aliens seen in Washington, DC, or San Diego, Ca. as of 5 years ago, at least I never saw them.” Interesting that Icke seems to validate the idea that spirits can make a person shapeshift Icke: There was this lady that channeled this consciousness back in 1990…and I’ll just read what it said because it’s so relevant to now, with the hindsight of the years that have past. If anyone doesn’t believe in shapeshifting, they should have seen this woman’s face when she was doing this, because she became someone else, her face was like ‘wooah’, changed to a completely different face. I would say that Arizona Wilder’s testimony is worth listening to, it seems to be consistent with high level satanic rituals, I would suggest one possibility is that she may have been made to learn the reptilian story as Svali suggested, so that if her programming did ever begin to break down, she would tell people that it was reptilians instead of satanic rituals. Something that a lot of people miss is that the entire purpose for the rituals she did were to summon what she calls demons so they could give more information about how the New World Order should be set up..its clear she believes its demons not reptilians that are behind the planning for the New World Order. Wilder: They materialized out of another dimension, they were present at rituals and they were so powerful, and their presences had such an evil about them and they wanted out of this other dimension. They have to be called out by someone who has that power, and the reptilians don’t have this power, that’s very important, they don’t have this power… During rituals these Old Ones are called out and they are what Christianity would have called the demons…and they want out, they’re always demanding to be let out so you have to be very powerful to keep them in line and to make them go back when it is time to go back. Icke: Why do the reptilians want to manifest these, quote, demons at the rituals? Wilder: It brings power to the rituals, it brings power to them, they are told things by these entities and they are encouraged to go on with what they’re doing and knowledge is imparted to them, through these entities. If this is the case, why is there no attempt to see what we can learn about them, why all this focus on reptilians from Mars and Aryans? By her own admission they aren’t calling the shots, the spirits behind them are. I want to mention a few more things about the reptilian thing before moving on. She states the reptilians change back to reptilians when asleep. Considering how many of them were educated in schools where they also lived amongst hundreds of others in dorms, and many of them were in the armed forces, you would think someone would have noticed this happening by now,” hey buddy, you don’t look so good when you fall asleep.” She states that the royal reptilians can’t stay in human form at the scent of blood and transform and go crazy, ripping into their victims. And in all those years nobody has ever noticed this when they have cut themselves, been around blood, menstruating women etc. Considering they are so public, there is no way they have never been in the vicinity of blood. The other testimony that Icke uses to confirm the reptilian issue is Credo Mutwa. This is what Ivan Fraser said about this Mutwa: Soon after this [the Arizona wilder interview], David re-emerged from a trip to Africa announcing a new video called The Reptilian Agenda, which is an interview with a Zulu shaman called Credo Mutwa, who is confirming the existence of shapeshifting reptilians. Credo recounts various ancient Zulu myths about the reptilian race which manipulates mankind, which are taken literally by himself and Icke and seen as remarkable confirmation of the reptile/human-race theory; although Credo’s version is that the race actually originated on Earth, left it and returned. Furthermore, the central reptile/Aryan race thesis is fundamentally challenged by Mutwa’s assertion that the black leaders of his country, and their bloodlines are from the reptilian race also. Mutwa also speaks about personal encounters with ‘grey’ aliens, which he states are servants of the reptilians. Mutwa elsewhere, rather contradictorily, states that ‘greys’ are actually reptilians with an artificial ‘skin’. This contradiction is not challenged by Icke. Both Mutwa and Wilder may be consciously genuine in recounting their experiences according to their memories. But I believe we need to be extremely careful before buying into what amounts to circumstantial stories with no proof. Also this idea that is circulating on Youtube that peoples pupils change, and you can tell they are reptilians this way. This is an effect caused by uploading a video with bad resolution. The same effect is happening with other elements in the picture , but you only notice it on the eyes, because the eyes are very detailed things and when the pixles cut out on them it is more noticeable than it is with other elements in the picture…even Icke doesn’t believe this stuff. Icke: All over the Internet, people started talking about this now, and pictures circulate, and this might be, probably is just a trick of the light, but it is very symbolic of what we’re looking at… Desborough gave Icke another view that became very important to Ickes’s teaching, he gave him his current view of Jesus. Most of you will not know, but Icke’s view about Jesus changes dramatically from book to book. For instance, The early Icke is very confident that Jesus existed, only that the bible didn’t include parts that it should have, that is it wasn’t telling the whole story. Icke: There is a thin line of truth in the Bible, certainly, and many of the things, the being Jesus, who certainly did exist, and certainly did die in that way, are accurate reflections of what he said, but they are taken out of context and misinterpreted. He tells us very confidently that Joseph of Arimithea was Jesus’ father and he names all the places that Jesus visited etc. One interesting way to demonstrate that his views change dramatically from book to book is by first quoting this passage from Truth Vibrations. “My own feeling, and what I have channeled and seen leads me to believe that [Jesus] survived [the crucifixion] I had a very strong vision of Jesus on the cross. During that vision I was with Jesus, experiencing what he felt. He experienced great pain in his hands and wrists and he was utterly exhausted. I then saw a pole being raised with a cloth which was offered to his mouth. From this he took a drink, soon after this he appeared to lose consciousness. When he awoke he was lying with people all around him attending to his wounds. They were all in white I remember. It was clear that Jesus was in a state of shock, he whispered “I live, I live” as though he had expected to leave the physical body. I had other visions and channeling which together gave me this overall picture of what actually happened two thousand years ago. “ Now listen to his version of the crucifixion in his next book LCE When the channeling [crucifixion] had finished one of the followers asked if Jesus could be taken down, and his request was granted. He was still alive at this point, but the swift movement of a sword removed him from the physical level, Only Jesus knew for certain he would die. So in this version Jesus did die, which is obviously a massive contradiction from the previous book with no explanation of the discrepancy. Keep in mind in that book Jesus personally talks to David on a regular basis. For instance Jesus is quoted as saying things like: “I was so determined, David. So determined to ensure that the truth could not disappear because one man was nailed to some wood. And I knew the effect it would have on Lucifer Satan if the energies were powerful enough.” This also led David to believe that he knew all the real truth of the bible and how to interpret it. For instance he was told that Demons were not real and that was a terrible way to interpret the bible. Icke always tries to downplay his famous claim to be The Son of God, he always said he was simply claiming to be a son of god not the son of God. But the problem is that he really did claim that he personally was the one spoken of in the bible that was going to return, he claims in this clip to be the second coming of Christ in this clip. Campbell: When you think of Jesus, if he were alive today, and you’d been alive then he’d be writing books and appearing on programs and so forth, would he be promoting the same… Icke: Absolutely, I’ll tell you the funny thing, Nicky, you know, the Bible actually predicts the coming of the Son of Man, the Son of God, at this time, the great change… Campbell: The Bible predicts you in a way… Icke: Yeah, exactly, it calls it being the Son of Man…That’s in the book of Revelations towards the end, and it’s also earlier on in some of the gospels too. What do they expect this Son of Man to look like, do they expect him to wear a beard and a white robe? The people 2000 years ago didn’t expect their Son of God or whatever, to be a carpenter’s son, and he got the same reaction. You see what it is is it’s about incarnating into a body that relates to the world as it is at the time, that’s why Jesus was a carpenter’s son and worked in Palestine…Why was I take into a communications… Campbell: You were taught self-discipline and sport… Icke: This is how it’s done. So I’m comfortable talking to you, I’m comfortable on television, in broadcasting which is a great help to get over the truth as, the world as it is in the moment, where the media is the vehicle to do it. You are given the gifts, we are all given the gifts in particular lifetimes, in this time I need certain abilities to be comfortable in the media and to know the media, and that’s what’s been given to me… Ickes view on Jesus changes dramatically from here, he would later add elements from the various books he read, and by the time he gets to The Biggest Secret he has exchanged all previous views for Brian Desborough’s view. Have you ever heard of Icke talk about Tammuz and Nimrod and Queen Semirimus? I am pretty sure you have, its one of the most important parts of Ickes presentations and he rarely misses an opportunity to launch into his speil Icke: In Babylon they had a trinity of Queen Semiramis, also known as Ishtar, Nimrod, the sun god, she was the moon goddess, and Tamuz, who was the virgin born son of Nimrod and Semiramis… He took this view, word for word, from Desborough, and although he doesn’t credit Desborough for it, it’s clear that he did, for instance, there is no mention of Tammuz or Semiramis before this book and its obvious that he is using the same wording from Desborough’s article called “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?” for instance Icke writes Tammuz who was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later And Desborough writes Tammuz who according to the writer Lanctantius was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later The only difference is Icke takes out the reference to Lanctantius, One reason he probably did this is because Lanctantius was a person who was widely known for taking Christianity and trying to explain it using pagan symbology to be more acceptable to pagans so it not shocking if we were to find this information but as we will see even given this, the claim is still not true, and that’s probably why Icke drops the reference altogether. In any case the point is hat Icke took the reference, and Its clear Icke had access to this particular article because in other places in the book when Icke sites Desborough, he sites this very same article. The footnote reads: 18 Brian Desborough, “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?”, a document supplied to the author and also published in the The California Sun newspaper, Los Angeles. The biggest problem here is not who he got the information, but how terrible the information is, no scholar would ever write that a rock was rolled from Tammuz’s tomb after three days, this is a flat out untruth with no apologies. Even Acharya S, who Desborough is misquoting right here disagrees with this idea, and that’s saying something if you know who she is. Icke essentially traded in his earlier view of Jesus for the most easily disproved one..I will call it the “Zeitgeist version of Jesus.” This is the one where He did not exist in history, but was an amalgamation of ancient pagan gods. This is the one that I believed for a long time, thanks to David Icke. But I started doing some investigation on my own, and realized that something was really wrong with this view, although it sounded plausible and scientific, I couldn’t confirm any of it in the actual writings about these gods from the original sources, and all the people that claimed that these things could be found in the original sources were freemasons or luciferians. For instance Icke tell us in the Biggest Secret: Horus was the Good Shepherd. Horus was the lamb Horus was baptised at 30. Horus was the child of a virgin The birth of Horus was marked by a star Horus had 12 followers. Horus was the Morning Star. Horus was the Krst. Horus was tempted on a mountain by set Horus was the child teacher in the temple. None of this is true, If you read every single thing you can find that the Egyptians wrote about horus you wont find any of this stuff, it’s a flat out lie…and guess who Icke cites for his claims like this… Albert Churchward a high level freemason, and not only that, but someone who lacks any expertise in this field. I think one reviewer of his book on Amazon said it best about Albert Churchward in regard to his scholarship. [this book is] Not recommended for those expecting a scientific approach. The absence of any description of the author’s academic background explains it all. I have had a website up called zeitgeistchallenge.com since that film Zeitgeist came out and it offers $1000 cash to anyone who can simply show where in the ancient texts these things are. I have yet to have one serious submission to this challenge since the website was put up. I have had a lot of people confident that they could answer the challenges until they started to look for the actual writings, which was why I put the site up in the first place, to get people to come to the same conclusions on their own, this is a freemasonic lie. Yes I know that the movie gives a long list of their sources, but if you inspect those sources you will find that they do not even attempt to site actual original texts, but instead site recent authors who themselves do not site sources. If this idea makes you mad and you think that I am kidding with you. Please watch the film “Zeitgeist Refuted Final Cut” or “Zeitgeist Part One Exposed: The Film” in the footnotes both by two separate filmmakers that do a great job of showing how easily this idea is refuted. In fact of all the various versions of Jesus that Icke has had, his current view is the most easily refuted. Back to Desborough’s / Ickes view about all the Babylonian symbolism in Christianity. But first let me explain something that will help you understand what we are about to discuss: Christianity was around for at least 300 years before the Vatican, secular history records a massive slaughter that literally lasted their entire early history, Almost every emperor of Rome starting with Nero continued the relentless genocide of the Christians, they fed them to the lions in arenas, and burnt them alive for fun…this was what being a Christian was for it first 300 years of their history. Deciding to be a Christian was basically deciding to be tortured and killed publicly, it wasn’t a decision people made lightly. These people beliefs were nothing like the Babylonian religion of Rome, that is one reason why Rome hated them so much. A good example of this is the emperor Diocletian, who believed he had eliminated all the Christians, he erected monuments to himself that boasted of this supposed accomplishment, it was engraved: Diocletian Jovian Maximian Herculeus Caesares Augusti for having everywhere abolished the superstition of Christ for having extended the worship of the gods. It was only after one of the emperors was said to convert to Christianity, (the jury is still out as to whether that actually happened or not ) but one thing is certain, after that time the government decided to stop fighting Christianity and instead seek to totally control it, it unwisely declared Christianity the official religion of Rome which as you can imagine was a shock to all the pagan citizens of Rome. This is when you start to see all the pagan symbolism start to creep in to Christianity it was added at least in part to appease the pagans and incorporate their symbolism into a religion that they all tried to destroy for the last 300 years…and this is the key to understanding this…the Bible itself, the writing the Christians were reading during their times of persecution doesn’t support any of these illuminati symbols or ideas…that is why the Vatican made reading the bible illegal in the 1200’s…real Christians were literally burned alive with their illegal bibles chained around their necks…even to this day the catholic church does not recommend reading the bible, they say its better left to the priests to interpret for them. This is also why it was not allowed to be translated in any language but latin for 1000 years. The obvious reason is that if people were allowed to read the bible they would know that the empire was telling them to do and believe things that were not in the bible …Take the second commandment for instance: Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in Heaven above or that is on the Earth beneath, or that is in the water under the Earth. Thou shalt not bow down to them or serve them. Now this should help you see whats going on when David shows this picture of Mary and the queen of heaven…yeah sure there was an ancient goddess called the queen of heaven….and the Roman Catholics do call Mary the Queen of Heaven…but has anyone ever read to you what the bible says about the queen of heaven? In the book of Judges , 1 Samuel, 1 and 2 Kings, and Jeremiah it talks about this pagan sacrifice and mentions specifically the pagan goddess called the ‘Queen of Heaven’ several times, and God declares because of their worship of this pagan goddess that he would withdraw his protection from them and judge them. The fact that Rome took the story of Mary and inserted their favorite Goddess, the same one that the bible actually warns about, does not mean that Christianity was based on the Queen of Heaven, it just means that the government was tricking people into doing what they wanted them to, and as generations went by, with people no longer reading the bible anymore, it got easier and easier to trick people in regard to what was and what wasn’t actually in the bible. Icke: So this is why there is this Babylonian depiction of Serimaris and Tammuz, and this is a Christian church; same again. This is a picture I took at Christmas at Rome when I was there for a television program, and that appears to be Jesus and Mary, actually it’s Serimaris and Tammuz. I don’t even think I understood this one when I did believe Icke was genuine. Has anyone ever stopped to consider that mothers with children might be the most common motif in art in the history of the world? I mean mothers have always had children since the dawn of time right, even before there were fruit bowls to paint there were no shortage of mothers with children. I have to chuckle when I hear people showing a picture of a mother and child statue as if they are making a deep connection to Christianity, If statues of mothers with children is a specific thing only to be compared with Mary and Jesus then I have a lot more similarities with Mary and Jesus that I would like to add to the list from every culture in every time period, again you will not find any descriptions of Mary holding Jesus in this way in the bible its not some special idea in the bible at all. But art commissioned by Roman Government has nothing to do with the bible, early Christians did not make images of Jesus, because of what they thought was obedience to the second commandment about making idols, this artwork is only something you see after Rome starts calling the shots and telling everyone this is what Christianity is now…and the sad thing is nowadays we believe them. This also explains this idea of halos, so much is made about these halos in theosophy and the occult, but there is nothing about halos in the bible, early Christians wouldn’t make paintings of Jesus in the first place, the halos on Jesus or other people that Rome made the artist paint is only evidence that as pagans the Roman / Babylonians were trying to appeal to the pagans who were used to seeing their gods like this…the whole idea is foreign to real Christianity and foreign to the bible..just another case of Icke telling you to believe that the illuminati version of Christianity is the real version, he never mentions that this is a perversion of the bible yet every knowledgeable Christian knows it. But my favorite one that Icke uses is this one Icke: This is another depiction of Nimrod in the ancient world, he was also the fish god. Again, Jesus, the fish. He had the fishhead hat..this is the..actual depiction from Babylon, and that’s why we have the mita in the Pope. The key to this one is the connection he makes to Jesus and fish..did you catch it? Icke: Jesus the fish. Jesus is in no way associated with fish, except in the occult world which Blavatsky started because she wanted to connected him to the age of Pisces so she could say we could be done with Jesus in her ‘New Age.’ When Jordan Maxwell does this he always will say “Jesus the Fisher King” which is not a title for Jesus at all, Jesus wasn’t a “fisher king”, or a fisherman, Jesus was a carpenter ..its a little mind trick Maxwell plays to build up the case that Jesus is associated with Pisces.. There are about three things people say to equate Jesus with fish so they can make this Dagon hat connection. Let’s look at them really quick so you can see why Icke’s ”Jesus the fish” thing is so wrong. A few of Jesus disciples were fisherman…does that make Jesus a fish? He fed many people with two fish one time …this is why people equate him with the astrological sign Pisces which is represented by two fish…but when people make this claim they never mention that only a few days later he did the same thing with more than two fish and a different number of loaves…why wouldnt they tell you about that instance a few pages later? Because it ruins the whole Pisces thing. The fact is that Jesus did all kinds of miracles, we don’t associate Jesus with ears even though he was said to heal a man’s ear once And the last thing that people do is point to the Jesus fish on cars. This symbol was representative of an acrostic in the Greek language that early Christians used to use it as a sign to see if certain places were safe for them during persecutions, it meant “Jesus Anointed God Son and Savior” and it doesn’t make Jesus a fish Before moving on to another man who Icke basis his beliefs on I will conclude that the reason that the emperors of Rome, and later the RCC kept the bible from the people for 1000s of years until the reformation was because, contrary to what we are taught in the so called truth movement the bible is incredibly anti illuminati..not only does God, reveal to people like Ezekiel that the elites of his day (the illuminati if you will) were worshiping the Sun behind closed doors..and later show him that the secret worship of Tammuz is going on too, it is filled with discussions and promises to judge this so called secret power of lawlessness what we might call the Illuminati see my video “was the bible written or changed by the illuminati for more on this” Another of Ickes sources is a man named Micheal Talbot. He wrote the book “The Holographic Universe” and Icke quotes him frequently as the basis for his belief that nothing is real and everything is a hologram. Talbot spends the first few chapters of his book doing an excellent job of describing a well know theory of Karl Pribram and David Bohem called “Holonomic Brain Theory”, in their experiment they cut out different pieces of rats brains and ran them through mazes and discovered that memories were apparently stored in each sector of the brain which is similar to a hologram in that each piece of the hologram contains some information about the entire image. Both Bohem and Pribram would later speculate about applying what they found in the brain to the entire universe, but it would remain just a theory. The rest of Talbots book simply starts naming paranormal phenomenon and declaring that it exists because the universe is a hologram. He rarely if ever sites his “evidence” and when he does he reveals his lack of discernment. Consider his support of Sai Baba a man worshiped as a god in India, Tablbot spends several pages gushing over Baba as a perfect example that the universe is a hologram because Baba (according to Talbot) performs these miracles. But watch this video of Baba performing what can only be described as cheap slight of hand tricks as I read from the Holographic Universe. Perhaps the most famous modern-day materializations are those produced by Sathya Sai Baba, a sixty-four-year-old Indian holy man living in a distant corner of the state of Andhra Pradesh in southern India. According to numerous eyewitnesses, Sai Baba is able to pro- duce much more than salt and a few stones. He plucks lockets, rings, and jewelry out of the air and passes them out as gifts. He also materializes an endless supply of Indian delicacies and sweets, and out of his hands pour volumes of vibuti, or sacred ash. These events have been witnessed by literally thousands of individuals, including both scientists and magicians, and no one has ever detected any hint of trickery. One witness is psychologist Erlendur Haraldsson of the Uni- versity of Iceland. He can make sweet syrups and fragrant oils pour from his He can produce exotic objects such as grains of rice with tiny, perfectly carved pictures of Krishna on them, out-of-season fruits (a near impossibility in an area of the coun- try that has no electricity or refrigeration), and anomalous fruits, such as apples that, when peeled, turn out to be an apple on one side and another fruit on the other. Equally astonishing are his productions of sacred ash. Every time he walks among the crowds that visit him, prodigious amounts of it pour from his hands. He scatters it everywhere, into offered contain- ers and outstretched hands, over heads, and in long serpentine trails on the ground. On one of his visits, Haraldsson, along with Dr. Karlis Osis, the director of research for the American Society for Psychical Research, actually saw some of the ash in the process of materializing. As Haraldsson reports, “His palm was open and turned downwards, and he waved his hand in a few quick, small circles. As he did, a grey substance appeared in the air just below his palm. Dr. Osis, who sat slightly closer, observed that this material first appeared entirely in the form of granules (that crumbled into ash when touched) and might have disintegrated earlier if Sai Baba had produced them by a sleight of hand that was undetect- able to us. ” 59 Talbot also talks about cases of stigmata, that is when people get wounds in their hands and feet that are supposed to be similar to those of Christ. The cases are dubious at best especially because the wounds usually happen when no one is looking, but it doesn’t stop Talbot from simply declaring them all to be genuine, and evidence that the universe is a hologram. Or take some of the cases that Icke is fond of referring, Im sure you have heard of the hypnotist that made the man see through his daughter, everyone seems to love that one. -Like that wonderful story told by Michael Talbot in the ‘Holographic Universe’. I read that page over and over again when I first saw that book in the late 1980’s. This is the story about the stage hypnotist who hypnotized the father to be believe that his daughter was invisible. Then he was able to read an inscription on the watch held behind her body, because for him she was no longer there, reality was changed, it was physically different in his mind. -Woman (interviewing Icke): Like you write about in your book, about the hypnotist who told the man your daughter is no longer in the room with us and the man looked right through the daughter at the man’s watch. -Icke: He tells a story in here, that is so brilliant, so I tell it quite often because it is so symbolic of what I am talking about. He attended a party which his father had and he had a stage hypnotist to do party tricks for the guests. There came a point when this hypnotist is dealing with this guy called Tom and he says to him ‘when I bring you back to a wakened state, you’re not gonna be able to see your daughter in the room.’ At which point the hypnotist led the daughter to stand right in front of the father who’s looking at her belly. He brings him out to a wakened state and he says, ‘Tom can you see your daughter’, and he looks around and he says ‘No, I can’t see her.’ She’s giggling, he can’t hear her. The hypnotist went behind the daughter, put his hand in the small of her back and said ‘I’m holding something, Tom, what am I holding?’ He looked bemused because it looked so obvious to him ‘You’re holding a watch’ He says ‘There’s an inscription on the watch, can you read it?’ He leaned forward, he read the inscription, he’s got the daughter standing between him and the watch. The problem is that Talbot simply says this happened at his own fathers friends house, there is no siltation, we are asked to simply trust him that this happened. Let me ask you, If this was so easy, that all a good hypnotist had to do was tell someone that their daughter wasn’t there, how come it hasn’t been re-produced in a lab or some other place where there could be verified a measure of proof, I mean was this particular hypnotist the only guy in the world that could do this? Why not have someone simply put this idea to test and prove it, I hope you see that the answer to that question is obvious. Talbot had preconceived notions himself, he describes how he grew up in a haunted house and these ghosts would mess with him and his family, he describes involuntary OBEs and a host of other experiences involving what he calls poltergeists…he was on a mission to validate his experiences, even by his admission. Here are some reviews of his book that I think sum it up well. I was profoundly disappointed by the book. I was expecting something that took an analytical view of an intriguing theory and explored its implications. Instead, what Talbot provided was a general overview of holography, some broad statements about its implications, and then tons of anecdotes about psychic phenomena that he claims are “explained” by everything being a hologram. Sadly, that’s not science, nor is it compelling writing. Another reviewer says: The book is completely disingenuous and uses numerous case studies where the evidence is presented in a dishonest way. A simple google search will turn up enough information on many of the books claims to start to raise doubt; further investigation will make you very upset that the evidence is presented so matter-of-factly, with no mention of the numerous controversies surrounding the evidence. This would be funny if it weren’t obvious that Icke has based everything he believes on this idea, his religion you might say is the holographic universe. Now let move to the next chapter where we will explore in depth David Ickes most influential source, They tell him what to write, what to say, what to wear, what to believe and what not to believe. He calls them “The Guys.” Icke: The beings which we call ‘the guys’, told us about… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Cambell: It’s highly likely that I have something to do with the whole process because I’m interviewing you. Icke: Well it’s typical because I would have to check all this out, because you’re throwing this at me, I need to sit down and check this out with the guys, but I would say there was a great chance of you being involved at that time… David says often that these beings have always guided him, he clearly says here that it was the same beings that originally contacted him that are still guiding him. Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions in LCE he says “ those who are helping the planet and humanity though this crucial period in their evolution, they have asked me to put together in this book all that I have learned so far.” And that: “Communicating with such beings on other levels of Creation is the most natural thing in the world.” When he describes how it is that this communication with the guys takes place he says: “This process is called channeling. The thought forms can be turned into written words, this is known as automatic writing, your hand writes on the paper sometimes with incredible speed, but the words and information are not yours and could not possibly be yours, because you often know nothing about the subject taking shape in front of you. It is also possible to hear the thought forms as a soft gentle voice inside your head. I call this method ‘getting it direct’, On a more limited level its possible to communicate through dowsing.” Campbell: You actually hear the voices in your head? Icke: It depends. Sometimes you hear voices, sometimes it comes in terms of them talking through you, so they talk through your voicebox. It also comes through what’s known as automatic writing. You take a sheet of paper you put a pen in your hand and they just take over your arm, they write. They write amazing things which you have no comprehension of… He also quotes the being he called Magnu at the end of his recent lectures as evidence that he still considers the information accurate He says that his words are really their words: Icke: …will wonder where they came from. They will be our words. These things as we saw in the first chapter dictated the belief system of theosophy to him, and although he does not call it that today, its clear that that is what it is, Theosophy. Given what we learned in the first section about the connection to Alice Bailey, how can we be sure that Icke is not listening to the wrong spiritual forces, the ones that seem to be orchestrating the New World Order. He is the first to admit that these beings exist : We can gain some wisdom from a man some of you may know named Terrence Mckenna, he was a man who encountered several beings from other dimensions according to his books. He had some sobering words for people like David Icke when he said: It is no great accomplishment to hear a voice in the head. The accomplishment is to make sure it is telling the truth, because the demons are of many kinds… There is no dignity in the universe unless we meet these things on our feet, and that means having an I/Thou relationship. One say to the Other: “You say you are omniscient, omnipresent, or you say you are from Zeta Reticuli. You’re long on talk, but what can you show me?” Magicians, people who invoke these things, have always understood that one must go into such encounters with one’s wits about oneself. You can get a few things from this quote: 1.) Mckenna believed that extra dimensional entities were prone to lying about their identies 2.) That they were able to be summoned in magic rituals. 3.) That they dont necessarily have our best interests in mind, although they always would present it that way in order to be trusted or to get us to do what they wanted us to do. I find it very interesting that Mckenna said these same entities that don’t need to be trusted are the same one that occultist summon in rituals. Although Mckenna seemed to know that these entities were deceptive he still sought contact with them, and he even attributed his amazing ability to speak eloquently to possession by one of them. He says: [after] the experiment at La Chorrera I had apparently evolved into a sort of mouthpiece for the incarnate Logos. I could talk to small groups of people with what appeared to be electrifying effect about the peculiarly transcendental matters that you will read about in these pages. It was as though my ordinary, rather humdrum personality had simply been turned off and speaking through me was the voice of another, a voice that was steady, unhesitating, and articulate – a voice seeking to inform others about the power and promise of psychedelic dimensions. From my study of the 2012 phenomenon, I have seen that these entities are very interested in getting people to go out and spread the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming. And like McKenna warned us about, they pretend to be all kinds of things in order to get us to tell their story. For instance all the main forerunners of the 2012 idea all got their revelation about 2012 and spiritual evolution from spiritual entities claiming to be different things. Jose Arques : got his information from a long dead Mayan priest, Jose has actually now changed his name to reflect that he believes himself to be a reincarnation of that dead Mayan priest. Mckenna got his 2012 info from a being called the Logos Pichbeck from a being called Quezeqotal David Wilcock from Ra. Barbara Hand Clow from the Pleadians I might even be able to believe that these entites were good and were simply given the same message under different names just to make the message easy for the person to handle if it weren’t for the fact that all the information they gave about astronomy and science was so wrong… For instance David Icke in his book “and the truth shall set you free” talks about the “photon belt”, keep in mind while we read this that this information is 100% channeled information originally, none of it is real science, and we will see how wrong this theory is in a moment “Underpinning these astrological events in this period is the Photon Belt. Many psychics and esoteric scientists, (notice how he didn’t say actual scientists or astronomers,) are now agreed on the existence of a belt of highly charged energy centred on the Pleiades star system, an estimated 500 light years from the Earth. It is from here that much channelled information which feels right to me is purported to come. I believe that the Pleiades (maybe in our ‘future’) is a base for the positive extraterrestrial support we are being given at this time, and quite possibly the home of extraterrestrials who have abused the Earth and humanity, too.” “Paul Otto Hesse claimed to have discovered a belt of immensely powerful energy which he termed the Photon Belt. According to estimates, it takes this solar system 24,000 (some say 26,000) years to orbit the Pleiades and the starreckoned to be at the centre of the belt (Figure 17) known as Alcyone (Al-see-ahnee). Again, there is much ancient legend across many cultures about this star. “ It would appear that we have reached the point where this solar system is enteringthe Photon Belt and its highly, highly, charged energy. The influence of the belt on the Earth began in the early 1960s and affected the thinking of many people, but it was as nothing compared with what will happen over the next 35 years. While it takes 2,000 years to pass fully through the belt, the biggest impact is when we first enter, and the vibrations and molecular structure of everything has to cope with dramatically changing conditions. This will affect the thinking, behaviour, and physical bodies of all lifeforms. The effect of the Photon Belt are activating data stored in our consciousness and our physical bodies. Knowledge is being unlocked from the cells, bones, and our DNA which will, eventually, be restored to its twelvestranded potential. Now you can see why if this were true it would be a great find to support the idea of a coming spiritual evolution that Icke and Alice Bailey, and Michael Tsarion, and all these spiritual entities are trying to get us to believe. But the problem is that all this science that these entities told us is not true. Even the basic math shows it to be impossible. Our solar system and that of the pleadies are both orbiting around the galactic center, it takes us about 226, million years to go around one time at about 486,000 mph. If our solar system was also orbiting around Alcyone while it was also revolving around the center of the galaxy it would have to be going much faster that the speed in which we are currently moving, One scientist said it this way. “The math doesn’t work. Alcyone is 400 light years from earth If the sun was orbiting Alcyone in 250,000 years it would have to have an orbital speed of 3,142 km/s which is 14 times faster than the sun orbits the galactic centre. This would be readily apparent if it were so. Another way of expressing this is that if the sun was orbiting Alcyone at the same speed as it goes around the galactic centre ( and if there was such a lesser orbit it would probably be much slower ) then it would either take 3.5 million years ( instead of 250,000 ) or Alcyone would have to be only 28 light years from earth and not 400. besides Our movement has been measured against the background stars on numerous occasions and scientists have found no trace of such an orbit. This is only the beginning of this theories problems Alcyone and the Pleiades cluster are stars no more than 100 million years old ( 1/40 of the Age of earth ) – much younger than our solar system. Alcyone would not have even been there when our sun began such an orbit. And that is in itself is a pretty persuasive argument against this theory. The anomaly in the pleadis cluster is a nebula, it’s made up of plasma and gas not photons, photons are light and light doesn’t gather in clouds like that. Nebulas are remnants of supernovas and they diffuse over time and therefore wouldn’t be expected to be there even if we were orbiting it in a cycle of 26,000 years. The core of the Pleiades cluster is approximately 8 light-years across. The Sun, and with it the Earth, is moving away from Alcyone. This should be the final nail in the coffin of this theory. Simlar things are happening with all the science that these beings told us about the earth lining up with the galactic center in 2012 …most people don’t know that there are two versions of this theory. For this I will play a quick clip from my video (2012 debunked) So these entities are either really bad with science, or they are intentionally deceiving us to believe in a Hitler-esqe 5th root race spiritual evolution. We will look at possible motives for that theory in the next and final section, but for now I want to propose a theory about what these beings are. Most of you will recoil at my suggestion that these are demons, but before you do I think that the science of anthropology will help us to see that every culture has agreed on demons existing and on their basic characteristics. For instance of them being very evil, for example the Sumerians could not even agree if there gods were good or evil but they were unanimous that the demons they delt with were very evil. Cultures around the world have described possession by these evil entities in their writings as well as demons being very deceptive and manipulative..the methods for summoning them are consistent, certain drugs or rituals or tools like runes or chants, its interesting to note that the methods for making contact are ultimately based on the free will of the practitioner. What I mean by that according basic demonology, demons require an invitation, although they sometimes manipulate the person through deception into giving them that invitation, take a Ouija board for example, we all know that it’s just cardboard and paint, but those that decide to use it are essentially asking to be contacted by spirits, and that’s actually all the spirits need, your willingness to be contacted .. Let’s look at David’s testimony to see if we can get any idea if he is dealing with demons instead of ascended Atlantians trying to help humanity evolve. Icke: Suddenly, I felt over, in 1989, that there was a presence in the room whenever I was alone. It became more and more tangible as 1989 unfolded, it was totally bizarre because whenever I was in a room alone…there was this presence, you know. Eventually, it got so powerful towards the end of ‘89 that I was sitting on the side of a bed in a hotel called the Kensington Hilton, just down from the BBC, and I said to this apparently empty room and I said, look if there’s something there would you please contact me because it’s driving me up the wall. Lets stop right there for now. Notice how this all began with a desire to be contacted. Also note that David will later go on to basically preach that this is all that must be done to be contacted. Icke: All they’ve gotta say is, it’s very simple that ‘I accept that I’m being guided, that I have guides in other frequencies, other dimensions of life that are here to guide me and help me in this lifetime, so I’d learn the lessons I’d decided I’d wished to learn, go ahead and guide me. When you do that, things start happening. He says on page 139 of LCE “Every single life form can be part of this transformation, if they say openly ‘I wish to be guided and work for the Light’ Notice that he capitalizes the word ‘light’ p156 he quote the entites which told him: “Always ask for protection and guidance – Ask and you shall receive seek and you shall find, but they then say ‘ you must make the first move. You need to exercise your free will.” They tell him at the end of the book : “Welcome all beings, if you do this you are welcoming creation into your life.” Its also interesting to note the negative effect that even pictures of Jesus begin to have on him, in the book truth vibrations’ he says this about a visit he made to a church as a tourist: “Looking up at a large painting of Christ the picture turned black and moved around before my eyes. Only the face of Christ was still. Suddenly I felt a sensation I can only describe as someone pushing a pneumatic drill into the top of my head. I gripped the pew I was standing beside and my body vibrated from the top of my head to the base of my spine as something seemed to go through me…he says that moths later he was told that he received a gift of energy from one of the masters of this planetary system”…I.E like one of Alice Bailey’s “ascended maters”. Revulsion toward Jesus is actually quite observable among these entities. I would say even empirically testable in our modern times. I have had a unique opportunity to work with hundreds of cases of sleep paralysis through a website a friend and I started called stopsleepparalysis.org Sleep Paralysis is when one wakes up and cant move, but they are fully awake, it is most often associated with the feeling that there is some evil presence in the room. Over time, during the experiences, this presence can become manifest in some form, and can lead to very terrible cases of torture and even rape. This is attributed to demons in almost every culture in the world accept for modern western cultures like America, a few examples are: In Fiji the experience is interpreted as “kana tevoro” being ‘eaten’ or possessed by a demon. In Hmong culture, sleep paralysis describes an experience called “dab tsuam” or “crushing demon.” In Malyasia, Africa, Hugary, the middle east, and everywhere in between these events are attributed to evil spirits, Western scientist do not have an explanation, they postulate, with no evidence, I would add, that it is happening because people are coming out of a dream state and into a waking state and that their mind is still dreaming even though they have awoken, I suppose the obvious question is if that were true, is why does everyone seem to be having the same dream about an evil presence in the room. It seems that dreams should be as varied as dreams normally are among people, but this is not the case. In the cases I have seen about 90-95 percent of the people experiencing it been dabbling in some occult or new age practice and they have in some way given their free will over to these entities, who now apparently feel they have a right to be there, the more a person goes down that road the more intense the control the entities get, now here is the observable and testable part of this. If a person genuinely calls upon Jesus for help the experience will immediately stop, very often the entities will scream or be thrown back by a powerful force. One does not have to be a Christian to do this, or to have previously believed Jesus was important, in fact as you can guess many of the people who are getting this are not Christians but most of them who see the authority that the name of Jesus has over these beings begin to research who Jesus is and do become Christians later. This doesn’t work with other names, for instance calling on Buddha no matter how sincere the person is doesn’t seem to concern the entities. There would be another time in Icke’s life when he would vibrate uncontrollably like he did when looking at the picture of Jesus. This was when he took his infamous trip to Peru, he tells the story this way. Icke: I had the overwhelming feeling again, this urge, this impulse to got to Peru. We got to this place and it was in the middle of nowhere, basically when you looked around, it was encircled by mountains. I’m looking out the window daydreaming and I see this mount to my right, no more than three minutes down the road. As I look at the mound, all I can hear in my head is ‘come to me (repeated)’…I walked to the center of this circle, and suddenly my feet go again, like they did in the newshop but only this time, seriously more powerful. They’re like magnets pulling my feet to the ground. I think, oh crikey, I recognize that, here we go, and then I felt, like a drill going on the top of my head and through my body, through my feet into the ground and another one coming the other way. Then my arms go out at 45 degrees like that, I never made a decision to do it. What then started to happen was this energy coming through me, this is February 1991, it got more and more powerful, my body started to shake with it…very powerful thought forms pass through my head, just like in the newsshop… It was like, if you’ve got a dam that’s holding the water back, well, the water is calm, right, cause that’s its natural state in that situation, but when that dam bursts, before a new balance is found, after the dam bursts, all hell breaks loose. All this water as it’s trying to go from one state to another… When I look back, what happened to me on that mount, it was like, the waters of my mind bursting. Icke always attributes this event to this place in Peru being located near a vortex point in something he calls the energy grid. But there is another side to that story. I used to believe in the idea of “Ley Lines” myself, I had no reason to doubt it, after all all the so called teachers I had in the truth movement talked about it as if it was long established fact. But I encourage anyone to do some research about how this idea started, and see if you can still force yourself to believe it after that, There is actually a very interesting history of its evolution, and I will provide links in the notes where you can get all the details. but I will give you the basic ideas right now. The guy who started it all was Alfred Watkins, He lived in England in the early 1900’s . He noticed that there were straight paths in his area of England that often correlated with ancient megalithic sites. Watkins referred to his alignments as ‘leys’. This is an Anglo-Saxon word meaning ‘cleared strips of ground’ or ‘meadows’. Watkins’ theory of leys was that they were old straight traders’ tracks laid down by surveyors in the Neolithic period of prehistory. They used surveying rods, he claimed, and it was this line-of-sight method that led to the straightness of the old tracks. He basically said they were trade routes. And if you look for a map of ley lines today you will probably find one that looks like this. This is the extent of the real Ley lines..it was one straight trade route and only in England. No energy lines no reason for energy lines. In 1935, Watkins died. In 1936, The idea then became know in the occult world because the British occultist Dion Fortune wrote a fictional book, a novel, called The Goat-Foot God, in which she put forward the notion of ‘lines of force’ connecting megalithic sites such as Avebury and Stonehenge in southern England. From 1960 the ley theory took on a new lease of life, one that has led to the modern New Age notion of ‘ley lines’. An ex-R.A.F. pilot, Tony Wedd, was very interested in flying saucers, or UFOs. He had read Watkins’ The Old Straight Track and also a French book, Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (1958) by Aimé Michel, in which it was (falsely) suggested that the locations where flying saucers landed or hovered very low during the 1954 French flying saucer outbreak or ‘wave’ fell into straight lines or ‘orthotenies’. Wedd made the excited conclusion that Watkins’ ‘leys’ and Michel’s ‘orthotenies’ were one and the same phenomenon. He had also read an American book by Buck Nelson called My Trip to Mars, the Moon and Venus (1956) in which Rogers claimed to have flown in UFOs, and to have witnessed them picking up energy from ‘magnetic currents’ flowing through the Earth. In 1961, Wedd published a pamphlet called Skyways and Landmarks in which he theorized that UFO occupants flew along magnetic lines of force which linked ancient sites, and that the ancient sites acted as landmarks for UFO pilots. It all relied very much on the notions and experiences of an old-fashioned terrestrial airplane pilot, rather than intergalactic extra-terrestrial creatures! Nevermind that if aliens were so advanced why wouldn’t they use modern equipment like our pilots to for navigation, why did they need these physical markers for navigation This is when the new age picked up the story, and then it gets blown way out of proportion. I used to think that the maps people had of these ley lines, Like the one Icke uses in his presentations were based on some kind of science, The history of the maps themselves is pretty interesting too, They are all based on Ivan Sanderson’s 1972 article in Saga magazine, “The Twelve Devil’s Graveyards Around the World,” where he plotted ship and plane disappearances worldwide, focusing his attention on the Bermuda Triangle. This article has been debunked · The number of ships and aircraft reported missing in the area was not significantly greater, proportionally speaking, than in any other part of the ocean. · In an area frequented by tropical storms, the number of disappearances that did occur were, for the most part, neither disproportionate, unlikely, nor mysterious; · The numbers themselves had been exaggerated by sloppy research. A boat’s disappearance, for example, would be reported, but its eventual (if belated) return to port may not have been. · Some disappearances had, in fact, never happened. One plane crash was said to have taken place in 1937 off Daytona Beach, Florida, in front of hundreds of witnesses; a check of the local papers revealed nothing. · The legend of the Bermuda Triangle is a manufactured mystery, perpetuated by writers who either purposely or unknowingly made use of misconceptions, faulty reasoning, and sensationalism.[11 yet this is still believed, and it is the single most important part of any map supposedly containing “ley lines” despite the really good explanations of why things disappear in the Bermuda Triangle. I wont bore you with any more details but please read the compete history of how the idea of energy lines came about in the notes, as there is much more to know, and I am confident you will come to the conclusion that it is simply taking Watkins simple claim to have found a trade route to extreme unwarranted conclusions I say this because many people will claim that a proof that ley lines exist is that fact that certain places especially ancient ritual sites have a very heavy feeling of energy. I would validate that, but let me offer an alternate theory one that I think its based on a much more observable cause, and one that even most occultist will agree with. Icke would say that the reason that people were sacrificing on this site is because it was on a powerful spot in the energy grid and they were adding negativity to it to affect the world consciousness and that’s why the place feels very negative…but I would say based on my understanding of satanic rituals that the area is not intrinsically special, it is simply by it being the place where a lot of blood is spilled in sacrifice that it draws the presence of these evil spirits, and that is why the area feels negative as a result of their presence. Lets see if my theory helps us to understand what happened to Icke in Peru, but first let me describe a little about the area he was visiting. The area that Icke was in was known for its blood sacrifice. New human sacrificial sites turn up all the time in Peru from the Pre-Incan and Incan civilizations, especially of small children. In fact the place Icke talks about in this clip was a place called Sillustani where there are stone channels that lead down to the lake so that the blood of the sacrifices could flow from the sacrificial site to the lake. Ironically there is also a lizard engraved at the site too, and they still sacrifice pregnant iguanas there to this day. There is a stone circle on a mound there which exactly like the one 3 minutes down the road where Icke says his Kundali experience was. This area is was full of these stone circles on mounds and I would suggest to you based on his description of his convulsions and on him hearing voices of beings in his head on a daily basis after this that he was further controlled by the entities at this point. Then there is the story of his experience in the Brazil with the drug Ayahuasca Icke: In 2003, when I had an ayahuasca experience, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mind blowing and life changing. Ayahuasca is a DMT containing drug, which is naturally produced in the pineal gland and is present in wild plants found in places like the Amazon basin and has been used for millennia by aboriginal shamans and medicine men to contact the spirit world and to receive information from entities there. It has recently come in "vogue" to experiment with DMT; It is common for adjoining DMT partakers to see the same apparitions, such as serpents enveloping them. Psychologist Dr. Rick Strassman conducted a formal clinical study of DMT ingestion under the auspices of the University of New Mexico, which he detailed in his book "DMT: The Spirit Molecule". He found, under controlled clinical conditions, that subjects had these experiences within seconds of ingesting DMT, which almost universally mimicked what are described elsewhere as "alien abduction events" (note that these subjects were screened to be those who were not familiar with stories of UFOs or did not believe in them). The entities they encountered were typically described as traditional "greys", reptilian or insect-like. The contacts usually involved medical and reproductive experiments conducted by the entities on the subjects, described as violent rape episodes. When subjects were willing to try an additional experience, they reported that the entities acknowledged their prior disappearance with no sensation of "time loss." The episodes were so traumatic to the subjects, that a support group was later formed to help them deal with the emotional trauma of the experiences. I would ask you to remember the quote from Terence Mckenna warning about these entities who had more experience with this drug that most people. And as much as he enjoyed talking about it, recall that he always described the so called elves he came into contact with as ”mischievous”. Which is a more sugar coated version of the descriptions I have heard from people that have taken it, who simply call these beings evil, in fact I think Mckenna sugar coated much of what he said about DMT to make it appealing to people in my opinion, and as we saw in his quote it was not him but the Logos inside of him that was concerned with getting people to take DMT. But that’s another subject. Here’s a question we should ask about these entities that show up when we take drugs like this: should we assume that the entities that are talking about love are good? Or based on the fact that the negative ones obviously exist and are contacted by the exact same means, can we be skeptical of the positive ones as well, how do we know that the so called good ones we encounter aren’t simply pretending to be good… ….especially as in Ickes case if the voice is clearly describing the same doctrine that Alice Bailey’s “ascended masters” have been trying to teach us from the beginning. This idea of spiritual evolution . I think that the biggest problems we have in the truth movement are. One, we have no idea that everything we believe, we were made to believe by people caring the message of these entities, and two, because we don’t really understand what their endgame is, or why they are so diligent with this deception, which makes us powerless to defend against it, we don’t even know what it is they are trying to ultimately do. We find ourselves wanting to believe what they want us to believe and we never have realized that we are being led like sheep to the slaughter to what I like to call the New New World Order. Let me introduce you to the real plan of the Illuminati. The one thing that has never changed in Ickes teaching is the idea of the coming evolution of Humanity. Icke: One of the themes of that time, we’re talking 1990, was that there was a consciousness shift coming. I kept meeting with a lot of psychic people in those days, and they kept saying, ‘I’m getting something, I’m being told to tell you this’ and again and again, it’s a consciousness shift coming. There is an awakening coming, and now that the ‘90’s has become the new century, more and more this stuff about this shift is going on. It also happens to be the central thesis to Theosophy, the mother of the new age movement, in fact the very term “New Age” is referring to a coming time of spiritual evolution. This fact alone should show you how the idea of a new spiritual evolution is the only idea that matters to these beings. It was what Hitler was working towards, and it is the reason why the 2012 phenomenon exists today, that is to be another vehicle to sell people the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming it is usually sold in tandem with that idea. We have already looked at some of the reasons why Icke thinks the idea of the coming spiritual evolution is valid, one is because he believes the photons from the photon belt will change us, and alternatively he believes that the “Galactic Logos” will send its “seven rays” through the sun god and change our DNA into a better evolution. Despite these flimsy premises, Icke is absolutely convinced that nothing can stop this from happening. Icke: I’m absolutely convinced that the end of this prison society is a done deal. I think the outcome is gonna happen, it’s meant to happen and we’re now seeing, and it’ll go on for awhile, but we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system. You also have to understand that we are being promised a utopia in no uncertain terms. “Beyond the turmoil of transformation awaits a new dawn for all the life-forms on this planet. We will live in a world of love and peace and harmony; a world in which the extremes of today and the recent past will give way to a level of understanding, wisdom, love that we could not begin to understand on this low and troubled frequency.” The first problem that emerges is that this is sounding a lot like what those that wrote about a New World Order talk about. In fact, this chapter comes from a chapter entitled “New World” in Icke’s LCE. But what people often miss is that the New World Order plans to bring order out of chaos, it is suppose to rise out of the ashes of what will appear to be a great change in paradigm, that is why Manly P hall called it the “New Atlantis” they intend for their system to look like a utopia, and they intend for people who currently fight them and resist a world government to think that the old system that they have been fighting has been defeated and they intend for them to embrace what will look like a utopia their victory. Alice Bailey said it best when she wrote: “The new world order must meet the immediate need and not be an attempt to satisfy some distant, idealistic vision. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience. The new world order must lay the foundation for a future world order which will be possible only after a time of recovery, of reconstruction, and of rebuilding.” Notice in this next quote that she considers the current system which is obviously still controlled by them just the prepetory new world order she says: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” “...the present world order (which is today largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world and a new race of men can gradually come into being. Renunciation and the use of the sacrificial will should be the keynote for the interim period after the war, prior to the inauguration of the New Age.” In a writing called “Preparations until 2025” she made some very revealing statements: “This must form the theme of all the propaganda work to be done during the next few decades - until the year 2025 - a brief space of time indeed to produce fundamental changes in human thought, awareness, and direction, but - at the same time - a quite possible achievement, provided the New group of World Servers and the men and women of goodwill perform a conscientious task “ what was this group suppose to teach. I find this one particularly interesting it says” “The day is dawning when all religions will be regarded as emanating from one great spiritual source; all will be seen as unitedly providing the one root out of which the universal world religion will inevitably emerge. Then there will be neither Christian nor heathen, neither Jew nor Gentile, but simply one great body of believers, gathered out of all the current religions.” —Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul And this final quote I find particularly revealing considering that it is the one thing that Icke has consistently done through every manifestation, the last few pages of every book he has written is explaining this message that Alice Bailey said Emphasis must be put on: “Emphasis should be laid on the evolution of humanity.” There is also a very dark side to Ickes spiritual utopia, something that I have previously only alluded to. Not everyone is invited to the utopia. And those that refuse to conform to the new system will be eliminated. This is very apparent when you read the channeled writings. In The Book of Co-Creation, New Age leader Barbara Marx Hubbard states: “Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving . . . Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human . . . the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God's selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.”(114) Alice Bailey explained what the new world order will do to those who refuse to accept its utopia: “… let us never forget that its the Life, its purpose and its directed intentional destiny thats of importance; and also that when a form proves inadequate, or too diseased or to crippled for the expression of that purpose, it is - from the point of view of the Hierarchy - no disaster when that form has to go. Death is not a disaster to be feared; the work of the Destroyer is not really cruel or undesirable… Therefore, there is much destruction permitted by the Custodians of the Plan and much evil turned into good ….”(115) In his chapter “New World” Icke says: “I do not seek to hide the severity of this period of fundamental change. It will be tough for every one of us…Many will return to light levels (die) in the wake of the physical events and the quickening vibrations. The Earth Spirit is already rising up the subplanes, and through the years ahead she will progress through the whole frequencies in her journey back to Atlantis and beyond. .. Those who cannot quicken their own vibrations through love and balance will find themselves out of synchronization with the environment around them. This process is already apparent. As the vibrations of a being fall behind those of their planet, it manifests in physical, mental and emotional imbalances. And such people will need all the love there is to give. Their behavior will be unpredictable and sometimes unpleasant and inexplicable. Those who cannot at this time rise with the climbing subplanes and frequencies will eventually return to the light levels (die) and be surrounded by love of indescribable warmth and power. They will asses their progress and decide how they wish to proceed on their path of evolution. Icke say in TSSYF: “Others who follow the propaganda of the Global Elite and the Prison Warder consciousness will cling on to the old vibration in their desperation to find security. They will become even more vehement in their religious, political, and economic dogma. They will resist the rising vibrations if they choose that path, and this will have mental, emotional, and physical effects. The two states of being, the programmed mind and the open mind, will be more obvious with every month to those who know what is happening. And not just that, but according to Icke these certain people that are hanging on to the old age are going to actually prevent the rest of the people from getting their evolution. “We are now entering a period of fantastic change, and the happening of events are speeding up all the time. We have two challenges here in front of us… people [have to] get access to that information, and start to realize who they really are and the nature of life, then we can go into stage 2 which is the Incredible Consciousness shift that is going to happen (and is happening with many people already, but can happen for everybody if we open up to the knowledge of what’s going on and to do that the edifice of suppression has to go. What I see so often in the New Age movement, is that they’re focusing on the second but they’re in denial of the first. And the second is not going to happen for many people unless we remove the suppression.” Now here is a though that has disturbed me for awhile. Obviously the idea of spiritual evolution is being pushed by the global elite and these entities, and I suppose it could lead to a world government, but only if the entire world was in on it, I mean right now only the New Age and the so called truth movement, which has now been converted to new age, believe the spiritual evolution stuff, and sure the idea is expanding thanks to shock value things like the 2012 stuff, but still it would have to be believed by the entire world and not just a few, they would have to be passionate about the idea of spiritual evolution. Let me let Mr Icke explain how this could all change overnight. Icke: What I would say very strongly, and it’s coming more and more into my life, there is an x-factor, which I don’t understand yet, but I sure as hell know it’s there, and it’s an x-factor that’s going to bring an end to this childish playground nonsense of human control. Interviewer: You mean an external influence? Icke: Something, something, I absolutely…on a deep level I know it….I’d say, and I’m probably being optimistic, but we’d probably live in a global version of Nazi Germany within ten years if we take that route, if we take ‘that’ route, we’ll be, in ten years time, deeply into a transition to a very different world. It’s just a choice, but this x-factor is gonna change the world into one that I would like to live in. I dunno what the x-factor is, but I know it’s coming… Woman: No one’s gonna do it for us. Icke: Well, my feeling is that there’s an x-factor, I don’t think that humanity can do it alone because the programming is so deep and the pressure to go the other way, to hold onto the hack, is so powerful to people who are in mind, alone, but I think what we can do is change enough so that we stop adding to the problem, ut I think there’s an x-factor, and I think there are things going on now, outside of our awareness and on much levels of consciousness than we’re aware of, that is also supporting this change. Notice what the function of the x factor is, he says that the programming to hold on to the old ways is too strong, but the x factor, this external thing, will shatter that paradigm and set us free from our old way of thinking and it will give us a new paradigm. Let me suggest a possible x factor that people like Bill Cooper have suggested, and one that I think without question we are being prepared for by the global elite, and have been for at least 70 years. That is an extra terrestrial presence being discovered. I realize that there are many documents that reveal a plan of the new world order to use an alien threat to cause the patriotism needed for a world government. After all people would no longer view themselves and separate countries but instead a world family, this would also create the need for a world bureaucracy to deal with the threat. But I think that based on the propaganda of Hollywood and the occult writings that this might not be presented as a threat at all, but rather as them posing as a savior to a world that will be war torn, They will claim to be saving us from ourselves, they will claim to have genetically created mankind, and they would claim that they used to be like us and that we are on the verge of an evolution. Suspend disbelief for a moment, As I explain how this would serve as Ickes x factor and the catalyst for his Utopia and the real new world order to begin all at the same time. It would accomplish the primary thing that Icke says we need to do in order to shift with the planet, that is to destroy religion of all types. All over the world religions would be in turmoil, here are these aliens and they are claiming to have created us, that means they are claiming to be our God in a sense. Overnight the programming that Icke says is too powerful, the religious programming, that is holding us back from the shift, would be shattered. All the religions would be forced to reconsider their ideas. Secondly, it would finally get the idea of a possible evolution to the entire world, everyone across the world, from the smallest village to the largest city would have a really good reason to believe that they too could be evolved, they could become like the aliens, they could become actual gods. Overnight the x factor could turn the entire world into little David Ickes believing their evolution was just around the corner. And of course the world government utopia would be possible then, but it would be even better if what after a time of war like when Alice Bailey said The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience.….here is why: We need to be convinced that the utopia that we will be asked to join is totally different than the old system..For us truther types we will need to be convinced that the new world order has been defeated in order to trust such a utopia…the regular people will only have to be convinced that the new system, since it will be based on non religious ideas, now because the aliens showed us that the religions were wrong, will be one where there will be no more wars; that will be the promise…the war that we are saved from initially must be made to look like the epitome of religious wars, it will be something that pins the Jews against Muslims which will draw in the so called Christians…the world will be convinced that the previous wars were about religion…this will be the way that the genocide starts….It like the treaty of Versailles times 100. Only universal disaster could have brought men to a state of mind wherein such propositions and solutions could be presented. The general recognition that the old order has lamentably failed is most valuable. – Alice Bailey The new world order will seem to have been defeated, we will rejoice in our new hope of utopia we will badly need it, we will be told to await out new found powers, but when they don’t come we will be told that it is because there are still among us that are keeping us from it, those that are still hanging on to the old age. All this makes what Icke is saying here very concerning. Icke: But we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system, where the Illuminati in their box, they’re believing they’re crashing the system to create something else, when it’s actually crashing really, for another reason. Understand what he is saying, he is admitting that they are crashing the system to create something else. This idea should be common knowledge to all of us who study them, they are going to be the solution to a problem they created. and Icke of course knows this, after all he is mister problem reaction solution. But listen to what he is saying…he believes his utopia will arise out of their ashes and for some reason their phoenix wont rise… in effect he is saying when the system crashes…he is expecting his utopia to rise but they are expecting a utopia to rise too…how are we suppose to know that the utopia we get after the crash is the one that Icke is talking about instead of the one they have been planning to bring about for so long…or probably the bigger question is… are theses utopias one in the same, they certainly sound the same.…What a dangerous game this is. They will say that there are still people who don’t trust the new utopia, (these people will primarily be Christians because there are prophecies specifically mention a great deception that will seem to offer peace but it will only last a 3.5 years before it shows its true colors) All the other religions will find it easy to agree to the new system. This in addition to the propaganda that Christianity is behind all the wars of the past will convince the entire world of theses words of Aleister Crowley who was given this message from a being claiming to be an Egyptian god. “But the future is now and the manoeuvres are being unveiled. As far as Christianity’s role in this new age Carpenter states: “Christianity therefore as I say must either now come frankly forward and acknowledge it’s parentage from the great order of the past, seek to rehabilitate that and carry mankind one step forward in the path of evolution – or else it must perish, there is no alternative.” [William Cooper:] “But this callous disregard for the right to life of every human on the planet has been predicted before in the New Testament. John was moved to write, ‘… yea the time cometh that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.’ The new world order, ladies and gentlemen, will sail in on a sea of blood.”(111) I want to encourage people to look into some of the things that we have been constantly told are true in the Truth Movement..For example we have always been told that the bible was changed by the illuminati…but if you se my video was the bible written or changed by the illuminati you will see that if this claim is easily. Or that Christians were behind the crusades and other wars see my video “religious wars, fact or fiction” Or as I mentioned the Zeitgeit version of history. Watch the video Zeitgeist Refuted final cut or check out any of the links at the website zeitgeistchallenge.com, if your really concerned about truth watch that film, or go to my youtube channel where I have 336 uploads and other videos I have made like this one, and consider the possibility that you have been brainwashed as I once had been, to hate Christians and Jews. Is it so hard to believe knowing Satanists are behind this? We here we have been told by Icke, a man definitely possessed by something, that if we worship the God of the bible we are worshiping the reptilians. Icke: When you worship, you project energy, you are feeding this force by thinking you are worshipping this force when you are worshipping these! He has changed his mind in every book he has written about which way to tell you not to look toward Jesus and not to look at the Bible. His entieties have told him to tell us That demons don’t exist. The voice that talked to him for 5 hours in brazil went on quite a tirade about how demons don’t exist how could they if everything was an illusion. There is fabulous reason why this misdirection is happening, because the real agenda is being played out like a military system. These demons are influencing people to prepare the way for what the new world order calls its phoenix. And what the theosophical society calls the world teacher, their Christ, what I would call the antichrist. A genuine Satanist knows that this has been the plan all along, they are awaiting something they call the black awakening when this system will begin. Alice Bailey said: The widespread expectation that we approach the “age of Maitreya,” .. when the World Teacher and present head of the spiritual Hierarchy, the Christ, will reappear among humanity to sound the keynote of the new age…. There are millions of mentally alert men and women in all parts of the world who are on rapport with the Plan and work to give it expression.. They provide opportunity for cooperation with the spiritual evolution of humanity… there is no group so likely to ensure that humanity achieves this most difficult goal as the men and women of goodwill …. requiring only courage… to initiate action to prepare for the New World Order.” All the conspiracies are leading up to one event. There is an ancient Angel that has been working on a system that would allow him to actually control the world to such a degree that he could force them to worship him as God… and unfortunately for the first time in history the technology is capable of doing that, I believe that the implantable microchip could actually play a role in this.. And he is the General in this, that is why you find Satanism behind every door you kick down in the investigation of the new world order, that is why you find his demons telling people to go out on a word stage and teach a doctrine that will lead them right into his hands, to an elitist mindset seeking the luciferic initiation of the light bringer, Prometheus, lucifer… they have always been preparing you for the Him…there agenda has never changed…..but we have been so brainwashed to hate Christianity that the bible is the last place we would look for the truth. Jesus spoke of the time that’s coming, he said: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be delivered. It interesting that here is a guy that not even his enemies can find a good reason to accuse him, He is entirely just and sincere, and humble, in the bible, yet for some unknown reason, what he said is absolutely true, we will be hated for his name’s sake. This hate has to come from a third party, the illuminati perverts the bible to make you think that religion is equal with Jesus so that you will reject Him. I submit to all of you that Jesus was the most anti-religious person that ever walked the face of the earth, he had nothing but compassion for sinners of even the worst kind…the only harsh things he ever said was to the clergy of his day….oh and the bankers. The reason the mere calling on his name crushes whatever force is behind sleep paralysis and so called alien abductions is because he really is who he claimed to be. And the demons are just as scared of him now as they were during the pages of the bible. Jesus said Matthew 11:28 “Come to Me, all who are weary and heavy-laden, and I will give you rest. 29 Matthew 11:29 “Take My yoke upon you and learn from Me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and YOU WILL FIND REST FOR YOUR SOULS. 30 “For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” Christianity is not a belief system it’s a supernatural event that happens to you, your life begins to change, you start to love the things of God and hate the things of sin, you are given new power to turn from things that have you in chains, it doesn’t mean you will be prefect but you will start to change and that change will continue your whole life, it is freedom from bondage not a list of rules. Mark 10:45 “For even the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give His life a ransom for many.” Acts 17:30 “Therefore having overlooked the times of ignorance, God is now declaring to men that all people everywhere should repent, 31 because He has fixed a day in which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all men by raising Him from the dead.” I do not think that David Icke knows that he is being used as a tool for the new world order, I would like to think that he would turn from his ways if he could be convinced of it. I want to ask you to help me pray for Mr Icke. For transcripts, footnotes, free downloads and, free dvds go to the website davidickedebunked.com
1461 an0 -
28 min 25
David Icke debunked (audio only) 3 o f 3
Name: Chris White You can contact Chris White at: nowheretorun1984@gmail.com http://www.youtube.com/user/TheCozmikTruth Website: http://conspiracyclothes.com/nowheret... For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Ephesians 6:12 About Me: http://dvdtract.com http://the2012deception.net/ http://twitter.com/NTR1984 http://www.facebook.com/now... http://revelationsradionetw... http://thefullarmorofgod.po... http://zeitgeistchallenge.com Nowhere To Run is an internet based talk radio show and podcast hosted by Chris White. on Revelations radio network http://revelationsradionetw... and the Revere Radio Network http://revereradionetwork.com with the archives and podcast are available anytime for free. Nowhere To Run focuses on the theoretical aspects of the "New World Order" or "Illuminati" agenda. NTR attempts to sift through and analyze the mounds of misinformation looking for the truth, and the true motivations behind the propaganda, from a biblical perspective. He shows the total compatibility of the Conspiracy world to the Biblical one, despite the chorus of folks trying to prove the opposite, He shows how topics like the Nephilim, and trauma based generational mind control, and satanic rituals are crucial aspects of the system, and how important of a role they play in this end game scenario of the illuminati. The show is predicated on the idea that deception works only on the uniformed, in addition that there is plenty to get informed about and very quickly, because our lives and indeed our souls depend on it. Transcript / Footnotes Interestingly, David Icke’s story starts with a woman named Alice Bailey. Some of the following information on Alice bailey is taken from the excellent research of Terry Melanson the founder of and webmaster for www.conspiracyarchive.com/ He writes: Alice Ann Bailey was a leading disciple of the Russian theosophist Madame Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy, Bailey formed the Lucifer Publishing Company in 1920 and in 1922 she saw the organization’s name changed to Lucis Trust though the advancement of the Luciferian beliefs remained true. Lucis Trust promulgates the work of an “Ascended Master” a spiritual being who was working ‘through’ or in Alice Bailey for some 30 years. The Lucis Trust Publishing Company and their many fronts carry out the work of a Luciferian “master plan” for the establishment of a permanent “Age of Aquarius” Lucis Trust is a powerful institution that enjoys “Consultative Status” with the United Nations, which permits it to have a close working relationship with the U.N., including a seat on the weekly sessions, but most importantly, influence with powerful business and national leaders throughout the world. Through its founding of World Goodwill, Lucis Trust is “aggressively involved in promoting a globalist ideology”: Bailey’s influential occult organization is tied to a international conspiracy of elitists like the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderbergs, and the Trilateral Commission. A sprit that called itself Djwhal Khul wrote many books through her. These included brilliant plan that detailed many aspects of a world government that she called “the New World Order” quotes like: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” She actually outlines the process of how to prepare humanity for the new world order the in a section of her book Externalization of the Hierarchy called “Steps Towards the New World Order” In another section called “The Problem of Government” she appears to lay out a plan that would later become the basis for the trilateral commission by outlining how to divide the world in three blocks. But first she states: Coming now to the realm of government, under the new world order, one is faced with a very complex situation…Various basic trends of thought are appearing which, in the new world order, will unfold into that major synthesis so much desired by the spiritual Hierarchy of the planet. In addition to being one of the founders of the ideals and philosophies of those people planning global governance her writings also gained immense fame with another people group, that is of the so called “New Age”. Her extensive writing served as the foundational beliefs of the new age to this day. David Icke in recent times seems to agree with this, he said in his book The Biggest Secret “Two organizations spawned by Alice Bailey’s work, the Lucis Trust and the World Goodwill Organization, are both staunch promoters of United Nations. Alice Bailey founded the Arcane esoteric school. She claimed to ‘channel’ an entity she called the ‘Tibetan’ and she produced a number of books including Hierarchy Of The Masters, The Seven Rays, A New Group Of World Servers, and New World Religion. Bailey said that her Tibetan Master had told her the Second World War was necessary to defend the plan of God. That sounds ridiculous to me, but there are many in the New Age field who believe that everything is part of ‘the plan’ and the will of God, even a global holocaust.” It is impossible to understand why David Icke teaches the things he teaches these days without first reading two of his now out of print books. His first book ‘Truth Vibrations’, which he has still mentions on his website, but says that they are out of stock, and his next book “Love Changes Everything” which he doesn’t even have listed on his website at all. Before we get into the details of this very important material you should know a little of the history of each book. Truth Vibrations was published in 1991 and Icke will refer to it from time to time, and although he admits his views have changed slightly he still agrees with much that is in the book. Then there is his next book Love Changes Everything. Unlike ‘Truth Vibrations’ LCE was written after his Kundalini spiritual awakening in Peru where Icke says his mind was blown. And because of this, Icke says he doesn’t like the book. He said quote: “I don’t like that book, because it was written at the most extreme time of my transformation, when wasn’t sure what planet I was on, never mind what my name was.” The problem with trying to distance himself with these books is as we will see its obvious that he still believes their main points, we will see countless examples of this in his recent talks and books. And once you see the details of his early beliefs it will become very clear that they are same beliefs that are behind Alice Bailey and the New World Order. The first clue that there was a connection between Icke and Alice Bailey came only a few pages in to “Love Changes Everything” Where Icke says: “Since the publication of The Truth Vibrations I have learned so much more as I have communicated almost daily with Rakorski, the one known as Lord of all Creation, who is directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo. I also communicate often with the one we know as Jesus, the Spirit of the Earth, and many others.” Now keep in mind that this ‘Rakorski’ is the same spirit that dictated much of his first book the Truth Vibrations back when the “eye” appeared, He says on page 21 of Truth Vibrations: “Soon after this the eye appeared. One evening I was lying on my bed in a hotel room when I closed my eyes and there, forming out of the darkness, was the shape of an eye. It was there for a split second at first before dispersing. But gradually it became permanent. “– Truth Vibrations pp.21 Listen to an early interview where Icke talks about these entities. Icke: One great example of the way this works that I came across, which they, the beings which we call ‘the guys’ told us about. Campbell: You call them… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Campbell: He’s Jesus’ father, Rakorski, he was murdered as well… Icke: Yeah, part of him was, yeah. That’s right, the aspects… Now although there is a lot to talk about from that clip the thing I want to focus in on is this being’s name….Rakorski. In Theosophy, Rakorski is one of the ‘ascended masters’ these are beings that are supposedly so evolved that they have transcended the physical realm and now they are helping humanity pass through a coming age of enlightenment. Rakorski was a particular ascended master that Alice Bailey wrote extensively about It is especially significant that Icke calls him “Lord of all Creation” and elsewhere “Lord of Civilization” and says that he is “directly responsible for the changes the Earth will undergo.” Because these are absolutely clear examples that he is referring to the same ascended master that Alice Bailey made prominent, as she gave him those exact titles and said his ‘task’ is the establishment of the new civilization of the Age of Aquarius. She also connected him with the so called ‘Seventh Ray’ (which will become incredibly significant as this story unfolds). It was only later while reading Truth Vibrations did I find that he actually confirmed my suspicion that he was talking about Bailey’s Ascended Masters. In a section where he was talking about the different messages he received and he said: “Some of the communications came directly from the consciousness which has the awesome responsibility for easing in and guiding the new age of Aquarius. The Lord of Civilization and the Lord of the Seventh Ray, One of the energies we will soon be receiving at a much increased power The universe is governed and guided by a massive hierarchy, and the person or consciousnesses are selected purely by a souls stage of evolution There are beings that Guide the Cosmic, Galactic, Solar and Planetary Systems, Planets, countries, and regions. Each of these systems is broken down into further levels of organization. At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms. These have become known as ascended masters, and they are supported by other ascended masters behind the scenes, as it were. “ One of the best ways to demonstrate that David still holds these theosophical views today is with David’s view of the so called Solar Logos. As we just read David believed that there is a literal Sun God called the Solar Logos, and that the Solar Logos was going to be the entity that would send the energy to raise our consciousness and make us well godlike. In another place Icke says that Rakorski told him that… “The Solar Logos is the spirit of the sun who guides a solar system and sends certain energies to the planets and stars” He also goes on to say that a solar logos, can reach a “immensely high level of understanding “and that he/she can then evolve to be the Lord over several suns.” When Icke said earlier “At the head of our solar system is the Solar Logos, Working with the Lords of the Rays who control the energies that effect consciousness and spiritual development of life forms.” He is talking about how in theosophy it is the Solar Logos that is going to send rays that are suppose to raise the consciousness of the earth. Alice Bailey’s Idea was that these ‘Seven Rays’ would be generated from the Galactic Logos whom she often referred to as “the One about whom Naught may be said” these special rays would be filtered through the sun god and then come to the earth to change us and the earth spirit or Gaia. David very much believed in the Seven Ray theory of Bailey, in fact in both his early books he not only gives lists of each ray and their characteristics but he gives the exact characteristics for each one that Alice Bailey wrote. I will show you Alice Bailey’s Seven Ray Chart on the Screen as I read from David’s book Truth Vibrations. David Begins: “These Rays are: one – Pure Will and Power, ray two – love and wisdom, ray three – intelligence, ray four- harmony through conflict, ray five - concrete mind and science, ray six – love and devotion, ray seven - law and order and ceremonial magic, the Rakorski Ray” The last part is a dead giveaway because if you notice that Alice Bailey associated each ray to an ascended master you will notice that next to the last ray the one Icke calls the Rakorski ray, is the name St Germain. And that is what Bailey, and even Icke would sometimes call Rakorski, Bailey would also sometimes refer to him as “Master R.” One way to demonstrate how devoted Icke was to this idea of the seven rays is to point out that during this time he would only where the colors turquoise and light purple, because certain colors were attributed to the different rays and he believed it would attract more good vibrations to himself. Woman: I’d like to ask Dave, is there anything special about that suit that he has on? Icke: Well, this light that the Bible talks of, this energy, this light force that he sent out from the godhead and all around creation and it’s this light force all around the planet that’s been disrupted, has sub-frequencies within it. And each of these has a vibrational frequency of a colour. Turquoise is the colour of an energy within that light known as love and wisdom and if you wear a colour that’s on the same frequency then you attract it and absorb it much more efficiently. …and in case you think he outgrew that…he posted on his website 11 years later a story defending his wearing turquoise back then. He would later modify beliefs slightly, he said recently: ‘Turquoise is an important color, but you don’t have to wear it all the time.’ In more recent times he confirms this belief in the rays that will cause an evolutionary shift, in his 8th book And The truth shall set you free he says: “Cosmic rays of unprecedented power are being detected. These are the energies that are changing life on this planet..These cycles are fundamental, I believe, to the spiritual transformation and the multidimensional shifts which the planet, and humanity, are experiencing.” Now lets get in to why this matter to you, a truth seeker, let me first quote Icke from his book Robots Rebellion, It says: The Sun is far more than a massive ball of fire, generating warmth. It is another substation for Source energies. The ancients knew this, or at least their most highly evolved members did, and this is one explanation for the origin of the Sun god and Sun worship. The more enlightened members of their number were not worshipping a ball of fire in the sky, they were acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet. Just as the Sun is the mind that guides the solar system; the Galactic Mind guides the galaxy and the Universal Mind guides the Universe. The Source is the mind that guides all Creation..We all have the opportunity to tune into this guidance from the highest the Source. Notice he capitalizes source this would be the galactic logos the one whom bailey called the one about whom naught may be said. Notice how he talks about the worship of the sun in very good terms, that is as long as you know what your doing, and know the esoteric truth about the sun, after all he says these secret societies were just “acknowledging the Solar Logos through which the knowledge and wisdom of the Source reaches the planet”..its a very good thing to venerate the sun if you know what your doing. We see also him doing the same thing today the only difference is he doesn’t use the name solar logos any more, as you watch these clips notice the words he uses to describe the true worship of the sun. If you know David Icke you know he is using the best words in his vocabulary to present it in a good way..words like vibrational… Icke: And one of the things that’s come through history is the moon and sun religion. Religions using the symbolism of the sun and moon, which has been manifested as the sun god and the sun goddess. Now this has many connotations. On some levels there’s the worship of the sun, but on deeper levels of knowledge these are symbolic of deep esoteric and vibrational, mathematical, geometrical concepts. It depends what level you’re meeting the knowledge at, what level you have access to. Terry Melanson founder of conspiracyarchive.com said about the Lucis Trust logo “ the Lucis Trust logo features this streaming blue light. The New Age Symbol invented by Foster Bailey (alice baileys 32 degree freemason husband) has a plethora of symbolic imagery. The symbol, according to Lucis Trust, is “set in a limitless field of blue, which signifies the sphere of life expression of our solar logos…superimposed upon the triangle of new age forces is the five pointed star of [Anti]Christ. In her book, `Rays and Initiations`, Alice Bailey reveals this Solar Logos is Lucifer himself. Now listen to Icke describe how the suns rays are going to be the thing that causes the spiritual evolutions he says are coming and listen carefully as he tries to work in the black hole in the center of the galaxy as being the source of this life changing energy. This is important because we will see he has no scientific reason for saying that the black hole is going to send out any energy, but I think he does have a religious belief that bailey’s Seven Rays will come from the “Galactic Logos,” and are then sent to the Solar Logos and then transform humanity and the earth. Icke: My feeling about this awakening is that this is very very much involved. I’ve got a lot more to do on this to say the least, but I’m sure that the sun is far more than a source of heat. It is a place, or an opening, a gateway where great energetic change and co-changes come into the solar system, same with others all around what we call the universe. I feel that at the elite level, not among the general population, one of the focuses on the sun, one of the reasons for this obsession with the sun is the knowledge of this, right going back to the ancient world. I also feel the black holes and stuff are also ways the energetic codes come in and out of this reality. Icke: It’s that what we’re going through, what we call this vibrational base construct which is coming out of the black holes, that is now very powerfully in the process of changing its vibrational state. We’re in the cusp of how it was, the surpressed, the limited…so as this energy changes, it’s triggering different photon information from the suns, in this case, our sun. So people are starting to, those more open to it first, starting to decode base information construct. And what that’s doing is changing their perception as we decode it and move into a new era. Icke: This vibration coming from the blackholes, this base vibration, there’ll be more to know, I’m trying to put the themes here…as it moves through its cycle of change, before coming back to the original vibration, it’s changing the information coming out of the sun in the form of photons, it’s changing the information construct. Therefore we are starting to decode, as it moves through the cycle, different information. Icke: I’ll tell you the way I see it anyway. What I’m saying in my new book is that the black holes, like the one at the center of this galaxy, are vibrtating the base vibrational state of this reality, but it’s not stable in the sense that it doesn’t just stay forever vibrating in the same way. It goes through a cycle. So it goes through this vibrational cycle and eventually comes back to the start. As these black holes vibrate this base vibrational construct it triggers information from the suns to be transmitted in the form of photons. Photon energy which is information. As this vibration changes, and whoever created this virtual reality universe, in other words this massively advanced computer game, they created this vibrational cycle, and as it goes through this cycle, the information coming from the suns in the photon energy changes, so we’re decoding this change. So we go through periods of what the ancients called the Golden Age, this massive expansion of awareness and connection and harmony and all the rest of it. And there are other periods where the information is much more suppressed and limited and it all goes through these cycles until it begins again. Now I looked in his new book to see if he explained what this cycle was that the black hole was going through, because in running the website the2012deception.net I feel I have heard just about every theory in which a cycle concerning the black hole and the sun is mentioned, yet I had never heard of a vibrational base frequency that was part of a cycle or anything remotely similar…so naturally I was very curious to find out what scientific information he had to back up these claims…because it seemed like he was just trying to make the theosophy idea sound really scientific which of course it isn’t. So I thought it was really funny when first, I found that he never addressed this cycle at at all in his new book, but what he did do was pretty hilarious, He actually put a picture of Carl Sagan on p 406 of ‘Human Race Get Off Your Knees’ and instead of quoting Carl Sagan he quotes a woman named Carol Clark who had a “vivid dream” where the dead Carl Sagan spoke to her…this dream version of Carl Sagan is literally the only scientific support he has for this particular idea, it simply says on page 407 “Black holes resonate the frequency and the different frequencies trigger different levels of information awareness to be emitted by the sun in the form of photons” This Dream version of Carl Sagan is the only evidence Icke offers us to believe in this particular theosophical theory about the sun god sending rays from the galactic god to change humanity. Lets move on to more evidence about Icke and theosophy. Even Ickes latest and greatest theories have their origins in his early writings, which in turn have their origins in Alice Bailey’s writings. Take for example the subject of the moon. Icke claims he got a message from the spirit world regarding the moon. Icke: I sat down to start writing that day and the energy in the room changed, and I thought I know this, I recognize this, so the energy in the room changed, there was a vibrational change, you could feel it, the atmosphere changed, a simple way to put it, I recognized this. What I then got as this was happening, the basic first theme was that the moon is not real. Course there’s more to know about that as more came, but ‘the moon is not real, the moon is not what you think it is’. He claims in his recent book that the moon is an artificial spacecraft that reptilians flew to our solar system and once it came into orbit with the earth it caused major catastrophes, but what’s worse is that it messed up the vibration so bad that it took us from god like beings that could levitate and only had to eat energy instead of animals…down to people who are like we are today..controlled by greed and anger etc. There are several things very interesting about Ickes new theory, one of them is that its not new for him at all, He describes this exact same thing in the book “love changes everything” but with a slightly different flavor. “Satan incarnated on the moon and helped to create fantastic negativity. The imbalance was such that the Moon Spirit left, and Lucifer, now rejoined on the light levels by Satan, used all the power of the negative energies and those created at the moment the spirit left to direct the dying, spiritless planet towards another planet. The light levels had known that Lucifer was planning on using the moon to create havoc, because his thought forms were passed directly to the Archangel Michael through the Devic information system and vice versa. Lucifer was thus aware of this, and found a way to prevent the Godhead and Michael knowing exactly what he intended to do with the moon. He formed a very large number of plans in his mind, but did not decide which one he would go for until the last possible moment, when he sent out one surge of negative energy that directed the dying moon towards earth, The Archangel Michael said: There were a great number of possibilities and we were in a waiting situation.” Icke says that this luckily was happening right at the time of a scheduled axis shift at the end of the Atlantis civilization and as a result the Sun God was putting forward a lot of positive energy at the time “Rakorski said of the aftermath: That the power of the Solar Logo’s positive energy ray was enough to stop the moon from colliding with earth but it became trapped in the earths orbit.” “The Earths energy system was in tatters and if it were not for the Archangel Michael somehow keeping open some of the energy arteries to the main network, the planet would not have survived. “I owe him so much” the Earth Spirit said, and his perseverance and positive attitude was wonderful for all of us” A being called Magnu (whom icke still quotes at the end of his lectures) said the following on pages 61-62 “Land was torn in half life was snuffed out in an instant, and it was the start of what has become known as the cataclysm. There was water everywhere. Tidal waves everywhere. Land froze within minutes. Great mountains of rock were wrenched out of the earth Areas of Land Sunk – Just collapsed and disappeared, There were violent eruptions devastating land shifts, and the sea came in.” Doesn’t this better help you understand what Icke is saying in this interview Icke: For me, this period that people call Atlantis and Lemuria and talk about great cataclysms and stuff like that…that was probably the time the hacking happened. There was a vibrational shift in the direction of limitation. M feeling is that first of all is that we had a much greater expansion of awareness, visual awareness, hearing awareness, all the senses, we were much further out vibrationally, therefore we could access far more. When this shift of limitation took place, because of these cataclysmic events, you can see clearly in the biological and geological record that this happened. Of course you can see it in all, the Great Flood, the cataclysmic stories in all the native cultures around the world. When this happened there was an energy deficit and I feel that energy deficit is bridged by what we call food. We’ve got lions and all of these animals all over the world, right down to the insects level of life that basically everyday is a killing field, just to survive, because they are taking in energy in a solidified form, that energy deficit, because of the energy shift that took place. This energetic flaw, this vibrational catacylcsm did, was that it took the vibrational state of this reality from harmony to disharmony. Now we’re decoding harmony: love, peace, beauty. (for the record even the eating energy thing is from the book LCE) (quote page 97) “With the energy system at only minimum levels they could no longer live purley on energies in the water and the environment. They had to supplement these by consuming the energies in plant life. This is why we need to eat food now – to make up for the low energy levels in the world around us. – LCE p 97 Now here is the Alice Bailey Connection; She has this to say about the moon: The Moon chain has in itself a curious occult history, not yet to be disclosed Certain brief hints may be given for the due consideration of students: * The Moon chain was a chain wherein a systemic failure was to be seen. * It is connected with the lower principles * The sexual misery of this planet finds its origin in the moon failure. * The progress of evolution on the moon was abruptly disturbed and arrested by the timely interference of the solar Logos. (this would correspond to Icke’s story of the moon spirit being kicked out and the Solar Logos saving the day at the last minute) The secret of the suffering in the Earth chain, which makes it merit the name of the Sphere of Suffering, has its origin in the events which brought the moon chain to a terrific culmination (This next one from alice bailey is pretty important because its at the heart of what ickes current theory is) * Certain results, such as the finding of its polar opposite, were hastened unduly on the moon chain, and the consequence was an uneven development and a retardation of the evolution of a certain number of deva and human groups. Deva is a term used by Bailey and Icke to mean angels like Lucifer * The origin of the feud between the Lords of the Dark Face and the Brotherhood of Light, which found scope for activity in Atlantean days, and during the present root race, can be traced back to the moon chain. So you can see that Icke’s new moon theory is really just an expansion on Alice Bailey’s writings on the moon. The next piece to this puzzle surrounds the idea of Gaia or the Earth Spirit, David has been and still is very passionate about the existence of the earth spirit, what Alice Bailey calls the “Planetary Logos”. Icke: The spirit of the earth is the most evolved ever to incarnate as a physical planet. She is a wondrous being of an evolution we could not even begin to comprehend, and without that wondrous spirit, that high evolution, and the higher you go up in evolution the more ability you have for love, the more ability you have for tolerance, the more of all these things you have. If she didn’t have that, she would have left this planet a long time ago. Icke: What I said publicly in 1991, that the Earth was a living entity that we could communicate with and that it could communicate with us, people just dubbed me crazy. And now we’re scientists that study this coming to the same conclusion. No one did more to popularize the idea of the “Earth Spirit” than Alice Bailey. It was her writing that influenced the Gaia religion of the United Nations which will play an important role in a coming world government. A great example of this is a man names Robert Muller. Robert Muller was the author of the “World Core Curriculum.” He is widely recognized as the “father of global education.” For 30 years, he was Deputy Secretary-General of the United Nations. He was the Chancellor of the U.N. University. his ideas about world government, world peace and spirituality led to the increased representation of religions in the UN, especially of New Age Movement. He has become known as the “Philosopher” of the UN. He is the founder of Robert Muller Schools. The preface of the Robert Muller School World Core Curriculum Manual, November, 1986, says, “The underlying philosophy upon which the Robert Muller School is based will be found in the teachings set forth in the books of Alice A. Bailey, by the Tibetan teacher, Djwhal Khul.” Robert Muller told an audience in Costa Rica, “We hear now of the Gaia hypothesis, of the interdependence of all inert and living matter, that we are part and parcel of a living planetary organism.” Maurice Strong, is another Gaia supporter ,he is founder and Secretary General of the United Nations Environment Programme, and Senior Advisor to Kofi Annan. He was the Founder of the Earth Council and the Earth Charter Initiative, and former President of the United Nations University of Peace. He is the author of most of the key UN environmental policies and plans including Agenda 21, the Earth Charter, the Kyoto Protocol and the UN report on Global Governance. He founded the Manitou Institue where various groups perform rituals to heal Gaia. This list can also include people like Al Gore and Ted Turner. So am I saying that there is a connection between Alice Bailey, the idea of Gaia or The Earth Spirit, and The New World Order agenda. Yes there is, to understand it we should listen to a quote from David Icke about what the earth spirit does when people aren’t ready to evolve. “This is how the split in Atlantis occurred, and as it did so the energy system and the Roof of Light became less powerful. The Earth Spirit decided, with guidance from Rakorski and the Godhead, that rather than see such a wonderful people continue to fall down the frequencies she would create the physical changes that would end Atlantis. Those who were still balanced enough to listen to guidance from the light levels would be led to places of safety during the changes. They would later return to restore the roof of light and to take care of the planet still further to even higher frequencies than she had yet reached. You can see that the earth spirit did not make this decision out of anger or resentment. Her motivation was love just as it is today. Had she done nothing these beings who had worked so hard to evolve up the frequencies would have continued to fall back again. But when she told the Atlantians her decision, through thought communication, most of them didn’t like it. This inability to understand the situation confirmed that the time was right to act.” LCE p 53 Although according to Icke this was cut short because of the moon being thrust into the earth atmosphere This would not be the first time that Gaia had tried to commit an evolution specific genocide according to Icke. She also did the same to Lemuria before it. He wrote: “the energy system was in such a muddle that it threatened the Earth Spirits ability to harmonize, and she decided to act to bring Mu [Lemuria] to an end. …If there comes a point when it is necessary to take action to maintain balance for everyone’s benefit and check the imbalances that are harming the progress of all in her care, then it is her duty to act. Sometimes this can mean enormous changes have to take place but it is always done out of love and necessity. Not malice. “ And according to Icke The earth spirit then proceeded to kill everyone. And he still believes we are all in danger because the earths consciousness is too low, the only difference now is that the idea of the illuminati has been incorporated as the ones making it happen. Icke: So of course the planet itself is a living, thinking, emotional entity. We are interacting with that energy field, and one of the things the Illuminati have set out to do and are trying evermore to do in the period we’re experiencing now is to bring the vibrational state, of the earth’s field, it’s consciousness to as low a point as they can. Its also important to understand that Ickes belief in Lemuria and Atlantis are derived entirely from theosophy which he still very much believe in today Icke: In ancient ancient times, prehistorical times in terms of official history where there were two great civilizations which made together a global civilization, one based on a land mass which has become known as Atlantis and one which has become known as Mu or Lemuria. And these were very advanced civilizations with in many ways, knowledge beyond what is available in the public arena today, and they went to great technological lengths, great understandings, for instance, in how you can create a magnetic field which makes vast stones weightless which you can then push them along and maneuver them around. Great technological advancement, at least among the elite. There is not a shred of evidence outside of the Plato account about Atlantis and the Idea of Lemuria, well the main evidence we have for it is simply because Helena Blavatsky the founder of theosophy said so. The idea of sunken continent of lemuria that Blavatsky describes has been proven an impossibility after the discovery of plate tectonics, which has led modern theosophist to concede that if Lemuria existed maybe it was simply an era in time instead of an actual continent in light of this new evidence. Hitler and the Nazis also really liked theosophy, Hitler was said to have kept a copy of the Secret Doctrine by Helena Blavatsky by his bedside. The Swastica was used because of its use by Blavatsky as the symbol of theosophy. The Genocide that hitler imposed was rooted in the theosphical view of the tall blonde haired blue eyed root races from Atlantis. Actually Icked believed this too, He said on page 46 of LCE that the inhabitats of atlantis were an average height of 6’5” blonde haired and skin the glowed white. Icke remarks about the incredible influence that Theosophy had on hitler in this way: “I am not saying that Blavatsky was negative, only that Hitler was influenced by her work” – And the truth shall set you free. A few other similarities are that Hitler also believed in the idea that a moon came into our orbit and thus gave the need to create this new evolution. He also believes like Icke that the earth was hollow, which is funny because in Ickes book the biggest secret his main evidence for the hollow earth was simply that the Nazi’s believed it too, which is really only because they both read HP Blavatsky who made the claim in the secret doctrine. Also Hitler believed that the Atlanteans possessed physic powers and that they were destroyed by a flood, just like icke believes. It is this desire of Ickes, to get back to the Atlantis evolution that is at the core of his and teaching today. ( to prove this listen to icke in this recent lecture read a message given to him by a spirit in 1990, we find in another place that Icke identified this spirit as ‘Magnu’ who he said was from Atlantis. Listen to Icke explain first that Atlantis was destroyed and how the ultimate objective is to attain the powers we once had in Atlantis Icke: In 1990 I experienced this, and it stood the test of time in my experience. “My own allegiance to your planet goes back to an Atlantean period when there were many energies being used and information and knowledge being used which were for particular reasons of safety, withdrawn, shall we say. To prevent complete catastrophe, to prevent the complete destruction of your planet. As the energies around your planet quicken so these latent energies, these energies that were withdrawn, were now being phased back in. They will gradually be awakened. As the consciousness level of your planet raises itself, those of you who are working together to raise your consciousness, you will be able to hold more and more refined vibrations, and the energies themselves contain the knowledge which is beginning to surface again in your consciousness. Many of you will remember the Atlantean times, you will remember you communicated with, say, dolphins and whales, you understood these sentient creatures, you could levitate, you could manifest things, you could cause spontaneous combustion by not miraculous means at all. Once you know what you’re doing, these things follow, it is a matter of order. Now I am looking at a time on your planet when these energies are reawakened and re-integrated into your consciousness. At the very least we should be warned that that philosophy has had negative consequences at least once before. because its the same thing that Hitler wanted. The fifth root race of Blavatsky, which Hitler was trying to bring about, was known as the “Race of Hope”, and it was said that they soon would rise to the pinnacle of spirituality formerly attained by Atlantis, but that certain people were holding them back…and as we will see in the final section Icke also hold to this very dark idea. This idea has always been planned to be used in the context of a one world government 33rd degree Freemason Manly Palmer Hall said: “The New Atlantis sets forth an ideal government of the earth. It foretells that day when in the midst of men there shall rise up a vast institution composed of the philosophic elect — an order of illumined men banded together for the purpose of investigating the laws of life and the mysteries of the universe …” “The age of boundaries is closing, and we are approaching a nobler era when nations shall be no more; when the lines of race and caste shall be wiped out; when the whole earth shall be under one order, one government, one administrative body.”(41) Another similarity is the contact with the so called spiritual hierarchy. As we have seen Icke is in contact with a plethora of spiritual entities even up to this very day. The Thule Society, the secret society that Hitler belonged to (also used the theosophical swastika) believed that highly intelligent spiritual beings existed and that the truly initiated could, keep in contact with those beings for information about the world. The occultist Dietrich Eckardt taught Hitler to get in contact with this spiritual hierarchy and Hitler in fact believed he was in contact with this superior, mythical race, taught about in the Thule society. Eckardt remarked on his deathbed: “Follow Hitler! He will dance, but I am the one to blow the pipe. We have given him the means to put himself in communication with Them. Mourn me not. I have influenced history more than any other German” [J.H. Brennan: Occult Reich] Hitler wanted to enhance his connection to these beings further and Earnest Pretzsche, a book dealer, introduced Hitler to a psychedelic drug containing mescaline and peyote. This produced clairvoyant visions that made Hitler believe he had opened the door to more supernatural powers. Icke too also was seeking a deeper connection to the spirit world and so he went to Brazil where he took a potent drug used by shamans to contact the spirit world. Icke calls what contacted him that night “the voice” and he says that it was the defining moment of his career. Icke: Then came the third stage which started in 2003 when I had an ayahuascan experience, in Brazil, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mindblowing and life changing. I have often wondered if Icke has ever taken any precautions to make sure that the entities that he is in contact with are good entities, He often talks about how the illuminati are in contact with bad extra dimensional beings, Icke: And these same gods, demonic entities, that are worshipped by the Satanists, are the same gods that are worshipped by the secret societies and the religions, unknowingly. In Satanism it’s knowingly. Icke: These reptilian entities seem to offer, and again, it’s not just reptilian, there are many kinds of entities that do not have a human form but operate just outside of human sight, and history has recorded them as demons and all this stuff… So I wonder if he has a system to discern whether the ones he is talking to are one of the ones that influence the illumnati. You can imagine I was a bit discouraged to hear things like this: Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions through intuitions, through urges, ‘I just gotta do this/I’ve gotta go there’…As I’ve gone through this and followed it, and who the forces are, I don’t know, I’m not really that interested, funny enough, I’ll just go with it and I’ll remember what it’s all about when I leave this genetic spacesuit. Now here is a mystery considering all that we have learned so far Icke: I think a whole lot of this whole New Age area, of ascended masters and all the Blavatsky stuff and Astar Command, I say that is a belief system controlled by the same force which is also drawing that bloody energy as we go along. Again, considering everything we just learned this is clearly an admission that he has been lied to by the spirits all of his life, I mean if they told him that they were Alice Bailey’s ascended masters, which they did, and taught him Theosophy word for word, which they did. He must be admitting here that all he was taught is a lie. But the problem is that he has never stopped teaching and promoting the beings he talked to or what they told them to teach, he clearly attributes everything he is to them, Icke: Among these messages that were given to me in 1990 were “He will say things and wondered where they came from. They will be our words. Sometimes we will put knowledge into his mind, sometimes he will be led to knowledge.” Another one was, a little bit later “Arduous seeking is not necessary.” I have given this much thought and have come to some possible conclusions. Here are some facts. Icke never has mentioned the name Alice Bailey in his early books, although in them it is clear that he is teaching her doctrine, things like about the seven rays, and the coming evolution, the solar logos, the new age, Atlantis/ Lemuria being destroyed because of bad evolution, the earth spirit, the moon problem, her particular brand of reincarnation, even wearing certain colors, he never once attributes any of it to her. He attributes it all to the spirits that he channeled. He says he got all this information from the spirit world, which I am willing to believe, and therefore I suppose its possible that he hasn’t made the connection that everything he believes is from Alice Bailey himself yet, He may have never noticed that what the spirits told him was word for word Alice Bailey and or Theosophy. The other possibility is that because he has alluded to in the past the idea that sometimes during channelings the paradigm of the channeler gets in the way of the message, and so therefore the message can be tainted by the messenger. He refers to this to try I think, to explain the fact that he has pages and pages of material of his conversations with Jesus whom he nowadays says never existed. The idea is that, well the channeler believed in Jesus so the name was messed up. But as we will see later these beings do much more than claim to be some entity, they play the role to the very end and really expect you to go tell people what they told you. There are many problems with this but the biggest one is that, lets say some of the psychics he talked to were big Alice Bailey fans and so he got information that was filtered through their paradigm. That is still not excuse because we are right back to the problem of, well if he learned later on that Alice Bailey and her ascended masters lead to a new world order ideology why is he still teaching us the exact same ideology, only packaged in a way that seems to try to hide the obvious source? We will come back to the investigation of Ickes extra dimensional entities to see if we can determine anything more about them later on, but for now lets move on to some of Ickes more earthly sources of his information to see if we can determine anything about the evolution from his early material to his current material like reptilians. The single most influential person in the development of Ickes current ideas is a man named Brian Desborough,. Desborough wrote a lot of conspiracy articles and posted them on the internet in the mid 90’s into the 2000s, later these articles would be complied into a book Desborough is behind an astonishing amount of Ickes research. There is a lot of interesting things about Mr. Desborough, first of all despite the fact that his bio says that he served as a Director of Research and Development for several American high technology companies, and has provided consultation to a company involved in deep space research. There is no record of him doing anything like this on the internet that I can find, there are only references to his conspiracy articles which have been online for many years. Which seems odd since you would think that a person who was publishing material that early in the internet’s history would also have left some trail to his apparently earth changing scientific research. What’s interesting too is that despite the fact that Icke, when referring to Desborough, calls him his “American scientist friend” you can read Desborough’s own bio to find out that his information was given to him by spiritual beings, like Icke was Desborough says: “During an out of body experience which occurred in 1971, he encountered five highly spiritually evolved non physical beings who informed him that he must write a revisionist history of the world. The purpose of the book was to take the readers out of their comfort zones, by presenting them with the truth regarding such diverse subjects as the true location of Atlantis, the duplicitous acts of the Illuminati, and the fundamentals of free energy technology. It was not until later that the author learned that the non physical entities that he had encountered were associated with a non physical directorate who were the overlords of a group of terrestrial mystics known through the centuries as the Khwajagan. It is the role of the Khwajagan to intercede in the political affairs of the world periodically, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality.” It is very interesting to note that like David , Desborough also speaks out vey harshly against Alice Bailey and the ascended masters in his book, he even says: “The Lucis Trust is a major New Age command center on behalf of the Illuminati” and “Her book Education in The New Age outlined a social engineering program which later was adopted by the Club of Rome. In it she wrote “…the science of eugenics will grow.” Ascended Masters” were, in actuality, merely nicknames she had assigned to wealthy masonic patrons of the Theosophical Society, and displayed outrage against phony psychics claiming to channel these non-existent beings.” But in an equally amazing feat of double think Desborough believes the exact thing that Alice bailey believes, that is the non physical directorate , or ascended spiritual beings are intervening in the political affairs of the world, in an attempt to elevate the level of human spirituality!!! which is arguably the main point to theosophy. As well as all the stuff about the Aryans as we will see later. As far as Desborough’s scientific background , according to his bio it seems to be limited to a story he tells where a chance encounter with a pediatrician who had been one of Wilhelm Reich’s research associates gave him access to all of his notes which he says enabled him to acquire a knowledge of weather engineering and orgonotic science. In addition as luck would have it a similar thing happened to him, but this time it was the with Nicola Tesla’s notes. He says he met an old lady at a spiritual healing circle who asked him if he liked Nicola Tesla she apparently then told him a story he writes on his website: “One day, continued the lady, Tesla felt a tug on his coat sleeve. Looking down he saw the landlord’s twelve year old son, who said: “Mr Tesla, will you teach me all you know?” Tesla was so impressed that the boy became one of Tesla’s enthusiastic proteges, and later married the lady the author had just met. The lady then provided the author with some of her late husband’s research notes on free energy and anti-gravitic technology. In this manner, many doors were opened thus enabling the author to acquire meaningful data for his two books.” The strangest part of Desborough’s bio, in my opinion, is that he claims to be an expert at deprogramming mind control victims. He claims he does this in order to get information out of them to help his research into the new world order. He has written quite a lot about trauma based mind control and at that time very little was known on the internet about it and it does appear he knows quite a lot about how to program multiples. This will become very interesting as we continue this investigation. So with that in mind lets take a look at how David Icke’s mind was shaped by Brian Desborough Ickes Book the Biggest Secret is the first time I know of that Icke mentions Desborough in print, he dedicated to book to him, and he sites him profusely throughout the book as his source for things like Martians coming to Earth and founding the Aryan race, which the reptilians used to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information on the Babylonian world, and things like that black people are a result of the earth being closer to the sun at one point, the ice age was an illusion, monoatomic gold, directed energy weapons, ufos are government craft, crop circles are space beams, Davids new view on Jesus, and much more. Ivan Fraser the other person who David dedicated his book TBS to, later spoke out against David said this about Brian Desborough. “Is there anything David could tell us about Brian Desborough’s background to allay any doubts we may have about his integrity, considering his massive influence in the content and direction of The Biggest Secret?” Also Ickes subsequent book called “Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster” is no better than a copy and pasting of Brian Desborough’s article entitled “The 9/11 Disaster The Myth and Reality “ If you have read Icke’s AIW book please read Desborough’s article when you have time and you will see that the information is exactly the same, the wording, and even the mistakes. But the curious thing is that even though its clear from reading Desborough’s 911 article that he is the one who did all research not Icke, Icke doesn’t site Desborogh one time in his book even though its painfully obvious it was taken from Desborough. I think that Desborough was quite content to feed information to Icke even if he got no credit. One example of this is in regard to the reptilian scandal. As I mentioned the biggest secret is dedicated to Desborough and another man named Ivan Fraser. According to Fraser It was Deborough that introduced Icke to Arizona Wilder. It was her testimony that ended up being the reason why Icke went public with the Reptilians thing. Desborough also admits to introducing Icke to Wilder as well as arranging the meeting between the two. Because Wilder was a victim of trauma based mind control and apparently Desborough had accessed her programming in order to get information about the illuminati, according to him he was amazed to find that she confirmed what he had already been telling Icke, which will be important later. This is Fraser’s side of the story, he had been proofreading the biggest secret for Icke and he found out about the reptilians this way: [Arizona Wilder] was not mentioned at all in the draft copy of The Biggest Secret (TBS) which I had read. David had not met her yet. When the book was released people started ringing me with questions like, is it true about the reptiles?, and is this stuff about the royal family true?. At which time I replied that I thought it was, based on the fact that the version I had read stated only the theory of the reptilians and that certain of the Royals were involved in Satanic rituals. Soon I heard about Arizona Wilder. David stated that he saw his encounter with AW as an amazing synchronicity which endorsed his work in his latest book. How could she have known all of this stuff which tallied so exactly with TBS? Well, I believe I am not as naïve as David, and I know exactly how she could have known. [Icke] was passing copies of the book via post to me and others for editing.. This brings in another character who is pivotal to the entire Biggest Secret thesis. It was a contact of David’s named Brian Desborough who introduced Arizona to David. Brian is mentioned as a source for a great deal of information in the book, having supplied most of the material upon which David based his idea that Martians came to Earth and founded the Aryan race which the reptilians used as a vehicle to overtake the planet. Brian is also the source of much of the information David had compiled on the Babylonian world, its myths and how they fed into the sinister secret societies. It was Brian Desborough, who was also looking at the draft copy of the Biggest Secret at the same time as myself; i.e. before David met Arizona Wilder. Therefore the fact that Brian Desborough may be responsible for fundamentally leading the direction of David’s research, if not planting much of the basis of the book in David’s mind, is obvious. But then to be the same person responsible for giving him a so-called eye-witness to testify to the verity of that information is highly suspicious. Brian also writes articles on mind control and seems very knowledgeable on the subject. Is it possible that he could be directly involved in some way that we are not being told about? Fraser also says that Arizona endorsed Desborough’s theories So closely that “you would almost think she had already read the book – or had been given the information beforehand! “ He continues: “Or, considering that she claims to be an ex-mind controlled slave, could it be she was pre-programmed? Testimony from Mark Philips and Cathy O?Brien as to how arduous it is to deprogram a CIA slave makes me very suspicious that AW could be considered reliable. She claims that since her programmer died, the programming broke down. I don’t believe this can be accepted as such, and external experts would have to be brought in to convince me that if she was controlled to the highest level, that she could be so deprogrammed now as to be considered reliable.” Brian Desborough describes the story in this way: My own research, based upon unpublished astrophysical data, revealed that Mars originally occupied our planet’s orbit and was populated by a technologically-advanced Aryan race. A celestial catastrophe displaced Mars into its present orbit, forcing the Aryan survivors to colonize our planet and subsequently construct the Great Pyramid. They were overthrown by an evil priesthood who established the Royal Court of the Dragon in Egypt. While David was writing his book, it was my good fortune to meet the Mother Goddess of the Illuminati. She corroborated my research, adding that the Illuminati hierarchy are shape-shifting dragons, who require the consumption of Aryan blood in order to maintain their shape-shifting capability, hence their opposition to interracial marriages. As we watch these clips of Arizona Wilder notice that when she was asked about the history of the Illuminati that she says that she was MADE to learn this. No matter who she thinks taught her the information the fact that a bunch of Satanist made someone learn anything sounds like programming to me. Icke: From your experience being brought up in this Illuminati environment, were you ever told where these reptilians came from, what is the history of it all? Wilder: I was made to learn through mothers of darkness, which is a certain aspect of the organization, because that was an early early part of my training, the history of what was the Illuminati on this planet. What I learned was that the Aryans originally were from Mars and the reptilians came to that planet, they came from another place, they came to rule, they wanted to mix, so they said, with that race, and they became the overlords. Interesting term “Overlords”, Desborough uses it 28 times in his book, compared to Icke using it once, and even that was in a quote. It doesn’t prove that the info was planted, but it is a suspicious coincidence. Wilder: (cont’d) ..and the Martians, the Aryans, were seeking to escape from it, they went to the moon, and then were there attacked. They then went to Earth and established culture here on Earth approximately 6000 years ago, and at that time they were doing well and they were mixing with the indigenous population, of this Earth, they were getting along with. Then about 4000 years ago, the reptilians arrived here and again began to take over. They instilled themselves in different places, underground, in the Earth, and also this one part of them, the ruling part, took over and became involved in the politics, and in the religion, and started controlling through these means at that point in time. A Woman named Svali who is widely regarded as trustworthy by many of all backgrounds claims to be a former programmer for the illuminati. She is currently in hiding, we hope, but her writings which are posted on the internet fill in many of the details about how mind control slaves are programmed. She was once asked about the reptilian idea: “Q: Svali, I have to ask you this: There are stories floating around on the internet about the Illuminati (and other agencies) being run by extra-terrestrials, ET’s, in particular a reptilian race, operating from a higher dimension. Any thoughts on that? A: My answer will probably cause a lot of anger, and it’s not meant to step on any toes. Here it goes. I have never seen an alien or extraterrestrial. I have seen some programming to make people THINK they saw aliens, as a cover story for programming, if they remembered. None of the head trainers I knew, or others on leadership council, believed in aliens, although I never asked them. I personally believe that the reptilian stuff is actually the demonic at work. I have seen shape-shifting and other stuff because of demonic influence (okay, so here some will say, gee, she believes in demons, that’s as far out as aliens). Well, this is what the Illuminati certainly believe in. They KNOW there are spiritual realities, and think they can control them. Those of a more cynical bent would say the shape shifting was a drug induced hallucination and group hysteria in the context of a ritual setting. I will let each reader decide based on their personal comfort zone. But no, absolutely no reptiles or aliens seen in Washington, DC, or San Diego, Ca. as of 5 years ago, at least I never saw them.” Interesting that Icke seems to validate the idea that spirits can make a person shapeshift Icke: There was this lady that channeled this consciousness back in 1990…and I’ll just read what it said because it’s so relevant to now, with the hindsight of the years that have past. If anyone doesn’t believe in shapeshifting, they should have seen this woman’s face when she was doing this, because she became someone else, her face was like ‘wooah’, changed to a completely different face. I would say that Arizona Wilder’s testimony is worth listening to, it seems to be consistent with high level satanic rituals, I would suggest one possibility is that she may have been made to learn the reptilian story as Svali suggested, so that if her programming did ever begin to break down, she would tell people that it was reptilians instead of satanic rituals. Something that a lot of people miss is that the entire purpose for the rituals she did were to summon what she calls demons so they could give more information about how the New World Order should be set up..its clear she believes its demons not reptilians that are behind the planning for the New World Order. Wilder: They materialized out of another dimension, they were present at rituals and they were so powerful, and their presences had such an evil about them and they wanted out of this other dimension. They have to be called out by someone who has that power, and the reptilians don’t have this power, that’s very important, they don’t have this power… During rituals these Old Ones are called out and they are what Christianity would have called the demons…and they want out, they’re always demanding to be let out so you have to be very powerful to keep them in line and to make them go back when it is time to go back. Icke: Why do the reptilians want to manifest these, quote, demons at the rituals? Wilder: It brings power to the rituals, it brings power to them, they are told things by these entities and they are encouraged to go on with what they’re doing and knowledge is imparted to them, through these entities. If this is the case, why is there no attempt to see what we can learn about them, why all this focus on reptilians from Mars and Aryans? By her own admission they aren’t calling the shots, the spirits behind them are. I want to mention a few more things about the reptilian thing before moving on. She states the reptilians change back to reptilians when asleep. Considering how many of them were educated in schools where they also lived amongst hundreds of others in dorms, and many of them were in the armed forces, you would think someone would have noticed this happening by now,” hey buddy, you don’t look so good when you fall asleep.” She states that the royal reptilians can’t stay in human form at the scent of blood and transform and go crazy, ripping into their victims. And in all those years nobody has ever noticed this when they have cut themselves, been around blood, menstruating women etc. Considering they are so public, there is no way they have never been in the vicinity of blood. The other testimony that Icke uses to confirm the reptilian issue is Credo Mutwa. This is what Ivan Fraser said about this Mutwa: Soon after this [the Arizona wilder interview], David re-emerged from a trip to Africa announcing a new video called The Reptilian Agenda, which is an interview with a Zulu shaman called Credo Mutwa, who is confirming the existence of shapeshifting reptilians. Credo recounts various ancient Zulu myths about the reptilian race which manipulates mankind, which are taken literally by himself and Icke and seen as remarkable confirmation of the reptile/human-race theory; although Credo’s version is that the race actually originated on Earth, left it and returned. Furthermore, the central reptile/Aryan race thesis is fundamentally challenged by Mutwa’s assertion that the black leaders of his country, and their bloodlines are from the reptilian race also. Mutwa also speaks about personal encounters with ‘grey’ aliens, which he states are servants of the reptilians. Mutwa elsewhere, rather contradictorily, states that ‘greys’ are actually reptilians with an artificial ‘skin’. This contradiction is not challenged by Icke. Both Mutwa and Wilder may be consciously genuine in recounting their experiences according to their memories. But I believe we need to be extremely careful before buying into what amounts to circumstantial stories with no proof. Also this idea that is circulating on Youtube that peoples pupils change, and you can tell they are reptilians this way. This is an effect caused by uploading a video with bad resolution. The same effect is happening with other elements in the picture , but you only notice it on the eyes, because the eyes are very detailed things and when the pixles cut out on them it is more noticeable than it is with other elements in the picture…even Icke doesn’t believe this stuff. Icke: All over the Internet, people started talking about this now, and pictures circulate, and this might be, probably is just a trick of the light, but it is very symbolic of what we’re looking at… Desborough gave Icke another view that became very important to Ickes’s teaching, he gave him his current view of Jesus. Most of you will not know, but Icke’s view about Jesus changes dramatically from book to book. For instance, The early Icke is very confident that Jesus existed, only that the bible didn’t include parts that it should have, that is it wasn’t telling the whole story. Icke: There is a thin line of truth in the Bible, certainly, and many of the things, the being Jesus, who certainly did exist, and certainly did die in that way, are accurate reflections of what he said, but they are taken out of context and misinterpreted. He tells us very confidently that Joseph of Arimithea was Jesus’ father and he names all the places that Jesus visited etc. One interesting way to demonstrate that his views change dramatically from book to book is by first quoting this passage from Truth Vibrations. “My own feeling, and what I have channeled and seen leads me to believe that [Jesus] survived [the crucifixion] I had a very strong vision of Jesus on the cross. During that vision I was with Jesus, experiencing what he felt. He experienced great pain in his hands and wrists and he was utterly exhausted. I then saw a pole being raised with a cloth which was offered to his mouth. From this he took a drink, soon after this he appeared to lose consciousness. When he awoke he was lying with people all around him attending to his wounds. They were all in white I remember. It was clear that Jesus was in a state of shock, he whispered “I live, I live” as though he had expected to leave the physical body. I had other visions and channeling which together gave me this overall picture of what actually happened two thousand years ago. “ Now listen to his version of the crucifixion in his next book LCE When the channeling [crucifixion] had finished one of the followers asked if Jesus could be taken down, and his request was granted. He was still alive at this point, but the swift movement of a sword removed him from the physical level, Only Jesus knew for certain he would die. So in this version Jesus did die, which is obviously a massive contradiction from the previous book with no explanation of the discrepancy. Keep in mind in that book Jesus personally talks to David on a regular basis. For instance Jesus is quoted as saying things like: “I was so determined, David. So determined to ensure that the truth could not disappear because one man was nailed to some wood. And I knew the effect it would have on Lucifer Satan if the energies were powerful enough.” This also led David to believe that he knew all the real truth of the bible and how to interpret it. For instance he was told that Demons were not real and that was a terrible way to interpret the bible. Icke always tries to downplay his famous claim to be The Son of God, he always said he was simply claiming to be a son of god not the son of God. But the problem is that he really did claim that he personally was the one spoken of in the bible that was going to return, he claims in this clip to be the second coming of Christ in this clip. Campbell: When you think of Jesus, if he were alive today, and you’d been alive then he’d be writing books and appearing on programs and so forth, would he be promoting the same… Icke: Absolutely, I’ll tell you the funny thing, Nicky, you know, the Bible actually predicts the coming of the Son of Man, the Son of God, at this time, the great change… Campbell: The Bible predicts you in a way… Icke: Yeah, exactly, it calls it being the Son of Man…That’s in the book of Revelations towards the end, and it’s also earlier on in some of the gospels too. What do they expect this Son of Man to look like, do they expect him to wear a beard and a white robe? The people 2000 years ago didn’t expect their Son of God or whatever, to be a carpenter’s son, and he got the same reaction. You see what it is is it’s about incarnating into a body that relates to the world as it is at the time, that’s why Jesus was a carpenter’s son and worked in Palestine…Why was I take into a communications… Campbell: You were taught self-discipline and sport… Icke: This is how it’s done. So I’m comfortable talking to you, I’m comfortable on television, in broadcasting which is a great help to get over the truth as, the world as it is in the moment, where the media is the vehicle to do it. You are given the gifts, we are all given the gifts in particular lifetimes, in this time I need certain abilities to be comfortable in the media and to know the media, and that’s what’s been given to me… Ickes view on Jesus changes dramatically from here, he would later add elements from the various books he read, and by the time he gets to The Biggest Secret he has exchanged all previous views for Brian Desborough’s view. Have you ever heard of Icke talk about Tammuz and Nimrod and Queen Semirimus? I am pretty sure you have, its one of the most important parts of Ickes presentations and he rarely misses an opportunity to launch into his speil Icke: In Babylon they had a trinity of Queen Semiramis, also known as Ishtar, Nimrod, the sun god, she was the moon goddess, and Tamuz, who was the virgin born son of Nimrod and Semiramis… He took this view, word for word, from Desborough, and although he doesn’t credit Desborough for it, it’s clear that he did, for instance, there is no mention of Tammuz or Semiramis before this book and its obvious that he is using the same wording from Desborough’s article called “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?” for instance Icke writes Tammuz who was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later And Desborough writes Tammuz who according to the writer Lanctantius was said to have been crucified with a lamb at his feet and placed in a cave. When a rock was rolled away from the cave’s entrance three days later The only difference is Icke takes out the reference to Lanctantius, One reason he probably did this is because Lanctantius was a person who was widely known for taking Christianity and trying to explain it using pagan symbology to be more acceptable to pagans so it not shocking if we were to find this information but as we will see even given this, the claim is still not true, and that’s probably why Icke drops the reference altogether. In any case the point is hat Icke took the reference, and Its clear Icke had access to this particular article because in other places in the book when Icke sites Desborough, he sites this very same article. The footnote reads: 18 Brian Desborough, “The Great Pyramid Mystery, Tomb, Occult Initiation Center, Or What?”, a document supplied to the author and also published in the The California Sun newspaper, Los Angeles. The biggest problem here is not who he got the information, but how terrible the information is, no scholar would ever write that a rock was rolled from Tammuz’s tomb after three days, this is a flat out untruth with no apologies. Even Acharya S, who Desborough is misquoting right here disagrees with this idea, and that’s saying something if you know who she is. Icke essentially traded in his earlier view of Jesus for the most easily disproved one..I will call it the “Zeitgeist version of Jesus.” This is the one where He did not exist in history, but was an amalgamation of ancient pagan gods. This is the one that I believed for a long time, thanks to David Icke. But I started doing some investigation on my own, and realized that something was really wrong with this view, although it sounded plausible and scientific, I couldn’t confirm any of it in the actual writings about these gods from the original sources, and all the people that claimed that these things could be found in the original sources were freemasons or luciferians. For instance Icke tell us in the Biggest Secret: Horus was the Good Shepherd. Horus was the lamb Horus was baptised at 30. Horus was the child of a virgin The birth of Horus was marked by a star Horus had 12 followers. Horus was the Morning Star. Horus was the Krst. Horus was tempted on a mountain by set Horus was the child teacher in the temple. None of this is true, If you read every single thing you can find that the Egyptians wrote about horus you wont find any of this stuff, it’s a flat out lie…and guess who Icke cites for his claims like this… Albert Churchward a high level freemason, and not only that, but someone who lacks any expertise in this field. I think one reviewer of his book on Amazon said it best about Albert Churchward in regard to his scholarship. [this book is] Not recommended for those expecting a scientific approach. The absence of any description of the author’s academic background explains it all. I have had a website up called zeitgeistchallenge.com since that film Zeitgeist came out and it offers $1000 cash to anyone who can simply show where in the ancient texts these things are. I have yet to have one serious submission to this challenge since the website was put up. I have had a lot of people confident that they could answer the challenges until they started to look for the actual writings, which was why I put the site up in the first place, to get people to come to the same conclusions on their own, this is a freemasonic lie. Yes I know that the movie gives a long list of their sources, but if you inspect those sources you will find that they do not even attempt to site actual original texts, but instead site recent authors who themselves do not site sources. If this idea makes you mad and you think that I am kidding with you. Please watch the film “Zeitgeist Refuted Final Cut” or “Zeitgeist Part One Exposed: The Film” in the footnotes both by two separate filmmakers that do a great job of showing how easily this idea is refuted. In fact of all the various versions of Jesus that Icke has had, his current view is the most easily refuted. Back to Desborough’s / Ickes view about all the Babylonian symbolism in Christianity. But first let me explain something that will help you understand what we are about to discuss: Christianity was around for at least 300 years before the Vatican, secular history records a massive slaughter that literally lasted their entire early history, Almost every emperor of Rome starting with Nero continued the relentless genocide of the Christians, they fed them to the lions in arenas, and burnt them alive for fun…this was what being a Christian was for it first 300 years of their history. Deciding to be a Christian was basically deciding to be tortured and killed publicly, it wasn’t a decision people made lightly. These people beliefs were nothing like the Babylonian religion of Rome, that is one reason why Rome hated them so much. A good example of this is the emperor Diocletian, who believed he had eliminated all the Christians, he erected monuments to himself that boasted of this supposed accomplishment, it was engraved: Diocletian Jovian Maximian Herculeus Caesares Augusti for having everywhere abolished the superstition of Christ for having extended the worship of the gods. It was only after one of the emperors was said to convert to Christianity, (the jury is still out as to whether that actually happened or not ) but one thing is certain, after that time the government decided to stop fighting Christianity and instead seek to totally control it, it unwisely declared Christianity the official religion of Rome which as you can imagine was a shock to all the pagan citizens of Rome. This is when you start to see all the pagan symbolism start to creep in to Christianity it was added at least in part to appease the pagans and incorporate their symbolism into a religion that they all tried to destroy for the last 300 years…and this is the key to understanding this…the Bible itself, the writing the Christians were reading during their times of persecution doesn’t support any of these illuminati symbols or ideas…that is why the Vatican made reading the bible illegal in the 1200’s…real Christians were literally burned alive with their illegal bibles chained around their necks…even to this day the catholic church does not recommend reading the bible, they say its better left to the priests to interpret for them. This is also why it was not allowed to be translated in any language but latin for 1000 years. The obvious reason is that if people were allowed to read the bible they would know that the empire was telling them to do and believe things that were not in the bible …Take the second commandment for instance: Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in Heaven above or that is on the Earth beneath, or that is in the water under the Earth. Thou shalt not bow down to them or serve them. Now this should help you see whats going on when David shows this picture of Mary and the queen of heaven…yeah sure there was an ancient goddess called the queen of heaven….and the Roman Catholics do call Mary the Queen of Heaven…but has anyone ever read to you what the bible says about the queen of heaven? In the book of Judges , 1 Samuel, 1 and 2 Kings, and Jeremiah it talks about this pagan sacrifice and mentions specifically the pagan goddess called the ‘Queen of Heaven’ several times, and God declares because of their worship of this pagan goddess that he would withdraw his protection from them and judge them. The fact that Rome took the story of Mary and inserted their favorite Goddess, the same one that the bible actually warns about, does not mean that Christianity was based on the Queen of Heaven, it just means that the government was tricking people into doing what they wanted them to, and as generations went by, with people no longer reading the bible anymore, it got easier and easier to trick people in regard to what was and what wasn’t actually in the bible. Icke: So this is why there is this Babylonian depiction of Serimaris and Tammuz, and this is a Christian church; same again. This is a picture I took at Christmas at Rome when I was there for a television program, and that appears to be Jesus and Mary, actually it’s Serimaris and Tammuz. I don’t even think I understood this one when I did believe Icke was genuine. Has anyone ever stopped to consider that mothers with children might be the most common motif in art in the history of the world? I mean mothers have always had children since the dawn of time right, even before there were fruit bowls to paint there were no shortage of mothers with children. I have to chuckle when I hear people showing a picture of a mother and child statue as if they are making a deep connection to Christianity, If statues of mothers with children is a specific thing only to be compared with Mary and Jesus then I have a lot more similarities with Mary and Jesus that I would like to add to the list from every culture in every time period, again you will not find any descriptions of Mary holding Jesus in this way in the bible its not some special idea in the bible at all. But art commissioned by Roman Government has nothing to do with the bible, early Christians did not make images of Jesus, because of what they thought was obedience to the second commandment about making idols, this artwork is only something you see after Rome starts calling the shots and telling everyone this is what Christianity is now…and the sad thing is nowadays we believe them. This also explains this idea of halos, so much is made about these halos in theosophy and the occult, but there is nothing about halos in the bible, early Christians wouldn’t make paintings of Jesus in the first place, the halos on Jesus or other people that Rome made the artist paint is only evidence that as pagans the Roman / Babylonians were trying to appeal to the pagans who were used to seeing their gods like this…the whole idea is foreign to real Christianity and foreign to the bible..just another case of Icke telling you to believe that the illuminati version of Christianity is the real version, he never mentions that this is a perversion of the bible yet every knowledgeable Christian knows it. But my favorite one that Icke uses is this one Icke: This is another depiction of Nimrod in the ancient world, he was also the fish god. Again, Jesus, the fish. He had the fishhead hat..this is the..actual depiction from Babylon, and that’s why we have the mita in the Pope. The key to this one is the connection he makes to Jesus and fish..did you catch it? Icke: Jesus the fish. Jesus is in no way associated with fish, except in the occult world which Blavatsky started because she wanted to connected him to the age of Pisces so she could say we could be done with Jesus in her ‘New Age.’ When Jordan Maxwell does this he always will say “Jesus the Fisher King” which is not a title for Jesus at all, Jesus wasn’t a “fisher king”, or a fisherman, Jesus was a carpenter ..its a little mind trick Maxwell plays to build up the case that Jesus is associated with Pisces.. There are about three things people say to equate Jesus with fish so they can make this Dagon hat connection. Let’s look at them really quick so you can see why Icke’s ”Jesus the fish” thing is so wrong. A few of Jesus disciples were fisherman…does that make Jesus a fish? He fed many people with two fish one time …this is why people equate him with the astrological sign Pisces which is represented by two fish…but when people make this claim they never mention that only a few days later he did the same thing with more than two fish and a different number of loaves…why wouldnt they tell you about that instance a few pages later? Because it ruins the whole Pisces thing. The fact is that Jesus did all kinds of miracles, we don’t associate Jesus with ears even though he was said to heal a man’s ear once And the last thing that people do is point to the Jesus fish on cars. This symbol was representative of an acrostic in the Greek language that early Christians used to use it as a sign to see if certain places were safe for them during persecutions, it meant “Jesus Anointed God Son and Savior” and it doesn’t make Jesus a fish Before moving on to another man who Icke basis his beliefs on I will conclude that the reason that the emperors of Rome, and later the RCC kept the bible from the people for 1000s of years until the reformation was because, contrary to what we are taught in the so called truth movement the bible is incredibly anti illuminati..not only does God, reveal to people like Ezekiel that the elites of his day (the illuminati if you will) were worshiping the Sun behind closed doors..and later show him that the secret worship of Tammuz is going on too, it is filled with discussions and promises to judge this so called secret power of lawlessness what we might call the Illuminati see my video “was the bible written or changed by the illuminati for more on this” Another of Ickes sources is a man named Micheal Talbot. He wrote the book “The Holographic Universe” and Icke quotes him frequently as the basis for his belief that nothing is real and everything is a hologram. Talbot spends the first few chapters of his book doing an excellent job of describing a well know theory of Karl Pribram and David Bohem called “Holonomic Brain Theory”, in their experiment they cut out different pieces of rats brains and ran them through mazes and discovered that memories were apparently stored in each sector of the brain which is similar to a hologram in that each piece of the hologram contains some information about the entire image. Both Bohem and Pribram would later speculate about applying what they found in the brain to the entire universe, but it would remain just a theory. The rest of Talbots book simply starts naming paranormal phenomenon and declaring that it exists because the universe is a hologram. He rarely if ever sites his “evidence” and when he does he reveals his lack of discernment. Consider his support of Sai Baba a man worshiped as a god in India, Tablbot spends several pages gushing over Baba as a perfect example that the universe is a hologram because Baba (according to Talbot) performs these miracles. But watch this video of Baba performing what can only be described as cheap slight of hand tricks as I read from the Holographic Universe. Perhaps the most famous modern-day materializations are those produced by Sathya Sai Baba, a sixty-four-year-old Indian holy man living in a distant corner of the state of Andhra Pradesh in southern India. According to numerous eyewitnesses, Sai Baba is able to pro- duce much more than salt and a few stones. He plucks lockets, rings, and jewelry out of the air and passes them out as gifts. He also materializes an endless supply of Indian delicacies and sweets, and out of his hands pour volumes of vibuti, or sacred ash. These events have been witnessed by literally thousands of individuals, including both scientists and magicians, and no one has ever detected any hint of trickery. One witness is psychologist Erlendur Haraldsson of the Uni- versity of Iceland. He can make sweet syrups and fragrant oils pour from his He can produce exotic objects such as grains of rice with tiny, perfectly carved pictures of Krishna on them, out-of-season fruits (a near impossibility in an area of the coun- try that has no electricity or refrigeration), and anomalous fruits, such as apples that, when peeled, turn out to be an apple on one side and another fruit on the other. Equally astonishing are his productions of sacred ash. Every time he walks among the crowds that visit him, prodigious amounts of it pour from his hands. He scatters it everywhere, into offered contain- ers and outstretched hands, over heads, and in long serpentine trails on the ground. On one of his visits, Haraldsson, along with Dr. Karlis Osis, the director of research for the American Society for Psychical Research, actually saw some of the ash in the process of materializing. As Haraldsson reports, “His palm was open and turned downwards, and he waved his hand in a few quick, small circles. As he did, a grey substance appeared in the air just below his palm. Dr. Osis, who sat slightly closer, observed that this material first appeared entirely in the form of granules (that crumbled into ash when touched) and might have disintegrated earlier if Sai Baba had produced them by a sleight of hand that was undetect- able to us. ” 59 Talbot also talks about cases of stigmata, that is when people get wounds in their hands and feet that are supposed to be similar to those of Christ. The cases are dubious at best especially because the wounds usually happen when no one is looking, but it doesn’t stop Talbot from simply declaring them all to be genuine, and evidence that the universe is a hologram. Or take some of the cases that Icke is fond of referring, Im sure you have heard of the hypnotist that made the man see through his daughter, everyone seems to love that one. -Like that wonderful story told by Michael Talbot in the ‘Holographic Universe’. I read that page over and over again when I first saw that book in the late 1980’s. This is the story about the stage hypnotist who hypnotized the father to be believe that his daughter was invisible. Then he was able to read an inscription on the watch held behind her body, because for him she was no longer there, reality was changed, it was physically different in his mind. -Woman (interviewing Icke): Like you write about in your book, about the hypnotist who told the man your daughter is no longer in the room with us and the man looked right through the daughter at the man’s watch. -Icke: He tells a story in here, that is so brilliant, so I tell it quite often because it is so symbolic of what I am talking about. He attended a party which his father had and he had a stage hypnotist to do party tricks for the guests. There came a point when this hypnotist is dealing with this guy called Tom and he says to him ‘when I bring you back to a wakened state, you’re not gonna be able to see your daughter in the room.’ At which point the hypnotist led the daughter to stand right in front of the father who’s looking at her belly. He brings him out to a wakened state and he says, ‘Tom can you see your daughter’, and he looks around and he says ‘No, I can’t see her.’ She’s giggling, he can’t hear her. The hypnotist went behind the daughter, put his hand in the small of her back and said ‘I’m holding something, Tom, what am I holding?’ He looked bemused because it looked so obvious to him ‘You’re holding a watch’ He says ‘There’s an inscription on the watch, can you read it?’ He leaned forward, he read the inscription, he’s got the daughter standing between him and the watch. The problem is that Talbot simply says this happened at his own fathers friends house, there is no siltation, we are asked to simply trust him that this happened. Let me ask you, If this was so easy, that all a good hypnotist had to do was tell someone that their daughter wasn’t there, how come it hasn’t been re-produced in a lab or some other place where there could be verified a measure of proof, I mean was this particular hypnotist the only guy in the world that could do this? Why not have someone simply put this idea to test and prove it, I hope you see that the answer to that question is obvious. Talbot had preconceived notions himself, he describes how he grew up in a haunted house and these ghosts would mess with him and his family, he describes involuntary OBEs and a host of other experiences involving what he calls poltergeists…he was on a mission to validate his experiences, even by his admission. Here are some reviews of his book that I think sum it up well. I was profoundly disappointed by the book. I was expecting something that took an analytical view of an intriguing theory and explored its implications. Instead, what Talbot provided was a general overview of holography, some broad statements about its implications, and then tons of anecdotes about psychic phenomena that he claims are “explained” by everything being a hologram. Sadly, that’s not science, nor is it compelling writing. Another reviewer says: The book is completely disingenuous and uses numerous case studies where the evidence is presented in a dishonest way. A simple google search will turn up enough information on many of the books claims to start to raise doubt; further investigation will make you very upset that the evidence is presented so matter-of-factly, with no mention of the numerous controversies surrounding the evidence. This would be funny if it weren’t obvious that Icke has based everything he believes on this idea, his religion you might say is the holographic universe. Now let move to the next chapter where we will explore in depth David Ickes most influential source, They tell him what to write, what to say, what to wear, what to believe and what not to believe. He calls them “The Guys.” Icke: The beings which we call ‘the guys’, told us about… Icke: Yeah, you know, it’s the beings like the Tarot, Rakorski.. Cambell: It’s highly likely that I have something to do with the whole process because I’m interviewing you. Icke: Well it’s typical because I would have to check all this out, because you’re throwing this at me, I need to sit down and check this out with the guys, but I would say there was a great chance of you being involved at that time… David says often that these beings have always guided him, he clearly says here that it was the same beings that originally contacted him that are still guiding him. Icke: Well I’ve been on a long journey of nearly 20 years now, consciously doing this and some force has been pushing me in different directions in LCE he says “ those who are helping the planet and humanity though this crucial period in their evolution, they have asked me to put together in this book all that I have learned so far.” And that: “Communicating with such beings on other levels of Creation is the most natural thing in the world.” When he describes how it is that this communication with the guys takes place he says: “This process is called channeling. The thought forms can be turned into written words, this is known as automatic writing, your hand writes on the paper sometimes with incredible speed, but the words and information are not yours and could not possibly be yours, because you often know nothing about the subject taking shape in front of you. It is also possible to hear the thought forms as a soft gentle voice inside your head. I call this method ‘getting it direct’, On a more limited level its possible to communicate through dowsing.” Campbell: You actually hear the voices in your head? Icke: It depends. Sometimes you hear voices, sometimes it comes in terms of them talking through you, so they talk through your voicebox. It also comes through what’s known as automatic writing. You take a sheet of paper you put a pen in your hand and they just take over your arm, they write. They write amazing things which you have no comprehension of… He also quotes the being he called Magnu at the end of his recent lectures as evidence that he still considers the information accurate He says that his words are really their words: Icke: …will wonder where they came from. They will be our words. These things as we saw in the first chapter dictated the belief system of theosophy to him, and although he does not call it that today, its clear that that is what it is, Theosophy. Given what we learned in the first section about the connection to Alice Bailey, how can we be sure that Icke is not listening to the wrong spiritual forces, the ones that seem to be orchestrating the New World Order. He is the first to admit that these beings exist : We can gain some wisdom from a man some of you may know named Terrence Mckenna, he was a man who encountered several beings from other dimensions according to his books. He had some sobering words for people like David Icke when he said: It is no great accomplishment to hear a voice in the head. The accomplishment is to make sure it is telling the truth, because the demons are of many kinds… There is no dignity in the universe unless we meet these things on our feet, and that means having an I/Thou relationship. One say to the Other: “You say you are omniscient, omnipresent, or you say you are from Zeta Reticuli. You’re long on talk, but what can you show me?” Magicians, people who invoke these things, have always understood that one must go into such encounters with one’s wits about oneself. You can get a few things from this quote: 1.) Mckenna believed that extra dimensional entities were prone to lying about their identies 2.) That they were able to be summoned in magic rituals. 3.) That they dont necessarily have our best interests in mind, although they always would present it that way in order to be trusted or to get us to do what they wanted us to do. I find it very interesting that Mckenna said these same entities that don’t need to be trusted are the same one that occultist summon in rituals. Although Mckenna seemed to know that these entities were deceptive he still sought contact with them, and he even attributed his amazing ability to speak eloquently to possession by one of them. He says: [after] the experiment at La Chorrera I had apparently evolved into a sort of mouthpiece for the incarnate Logos. I could talk to small groups of people with what appeared to be electrifying effect about the peculiarly transcendental matters that you will read about in these pages. It was as though my ordinary, rather humdrum personality had simply been turned off and speaking through me was the voice of another, a voice that was steady, unhesitating, and articulate – a voice seeking to inform others about the power and promise of psychedelic dimensions. From my study of the 2012 phenomenon, I have seen that these entities are very interested in getting people to go out and spread the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming. And like McKenna warned us about, they pretend to be all kinds of things in order to get us to tell their story. For instance all the main forerunners of the 2012 idea all got their revelation about 2012 and spiritual evolution from spiritual entities claiming to be different things. Jose Arques : got his information from a long dead Mayan priest, Jose has actually now changed his name to reflect that he believes himself to be a reincarnation of that dead Mayan priest. Mckenna got his 2012 info from a being called the Logos Pichbeck from a being called Quezeqotal David Wilcock from Ra. Barbara Hand Clow from the Pleadians I might even be able to believe that these entites were good and were simply given the same message under different names just to make the message easy for the person to handle if it weren’t for the fact that all the information they gave about astronomy and science was so wrong… For instance David Icke in his book “and the truth shall set you free” talks about the “photon belt”, keep in mind while we read this that this information is 100% channeled information originally, none of it is real science, and we will see how wrong this theory is in a moment “Underpinning these astrological events in this period is the Photon Belt. Many psychics and esoteric scientists, (notice how he didn’t say actual scientists or astronomers,) are now agreed on the existence of a belt of highly charged energy centred on the Pleiades star system, an estimated 500 light years from the Earth. It is from here that much channelled information which feels right to me is purported to come. I believe that the Pleiades (maybe in our ‘future’) is a base for the positive extraterrestrial support we are being given at this time, and quite possibly the home of extraterrestrials who have abused the Earth and humanity, too.” “Paul Otto Hesse claimed to have discovered a belt of immensely powerful energy which he termed the Photon Belt. According to estimates, it takes this solar system 24,000 (some say 26,000) years to orbit the Pleiades and the starreckoned to be at the centre of the belt (Figure 17) known as Alcyone (Al-see-ahnee). Again, there is much ancient legend across many cultures about this star. “ It would appear that we have reached the point where this solar system is enteringthe Photon Belt and its highly, highly, charged energy. The influence of the belt on the Earth began in the early 1960s and affected the thinking of many people, but it was as nothing compared with what will happen over the next 35 years. While it takes 2,000 years to pass fully through the belt, the biggest impact is when we first enter, and the vibrations and molecular structure of everything has to cope with dramatically changing conditions. This will affect the thinking, behaviour, and physical bodies of all lifeforms. The effect of the Photon Belt are activating data stored in our consciousness and our physical bodies. Knowledge is being unlocked from the cells, bones, and our DNA which will, eventually, be restored to its twelvestranded potential. Now you can see why if this were true it would be a great find to support the idea of a coming spiritual evolution that Icke and Alice Bailey, and Michael Tsarion, and all these spiritual entities are trying to get us to believe. But the problem is that all this science that these entities told us is not true. Even the basic math shows it to be impossible. Our solar system and that of the pleadies are both orbiting around the galactic center, it takes us about 226, million years to go around one time at about 486,000 mph. If our solar system was also orbiting around Alcyone while it was also revolving around the center of the galaxy it would have to be going much faster that the speed in which we are currently moving, One scientist said it this way. “The math doesn’t work. Alcyone is 400 light years from earth If the sun was orbiting Alcyone in 250,000 years it would have to have an orbital speed of 3,142 km/s which is 14 times faster than the sun orbits the galactic centre. This would be readily apparent if it were so. Another way of expressing this is that if the sun was orbiting Alcyone at the same speed as it goes around the galactic centre ( and if there was such a lesser orbit it would probably be much slower ) then it would either take 3.5 million years ( instead of 250,000 ) or Alcyone would have to be only 28 light years from earth and not 400. besides Our movement has been measured against the background stars on numerous occasions and scientists have found no trace of such an orbit. This is only the beginning of this theories problems Alcyone and the Pleiades cluster are stars no more than 100 million years old ( 1/40 of the Age of earth ) – much younger than our solar system. Alcyone would not have even been there when our sun began such an orbit. And that is in itself is a pretty persuasive argument against this theory. The anomaly in the pleadis cluster is a nebula, it’s made up of plasma and gas not photons, photons are light and light doesn’t gather in clouds like that. Nebulas are remnants of supernovas and they diffuse over time and therefore wouldn’t be expected to be there even if we were orbiting it in a cycle of 26,000 years. The core of the Pleiades cluster is approximately 8 light-years across. The Sun, and with it the Earth, is moving away from Alcyone. This should be the final nail in the coffin of this theory. Simlar things are happening with all the science that these beings told us about the earth lining up with the galactic center in 2012 …most people don’t know that there are two versions of this theory. For this I will play a quick clip from my video (2012 debunked) So these entities are either really bad with science, or they are intentionally deceiving us to believe in a Hitler-esqe 5th root race spiritual evolution. We will look at possible motives for that theory in the next and final section, but for now I want to propose a theory about what these beings are. Most of you will recoil at my suggestion that these are demons, but before you do I think that the science of anthropology will help us to see that every culture has agreed on demons existing and on their basic characteristics. For instance of them being very evil, for example the Sumerians could not even agree if there gods were good or evil but they were unanimous that the demons they delt with were very evil. Cultures around the world have described possession by these evil entities in their writings as well as demons being very deceptive and manipulative..the methods for summoning them are consistent, certain drugs or rituals or tools like runes or chants, its interesting to note that the methods for making contact are ultimately based on the free will of the practitioner. What I mean by that according basic demonology, demons require an invitation, although they sometimes manipulate the person through deception into giving them that invitation, take a Ouija board for example, we all know that it’s just cardboard and paint, but those that decide to use it are essentially asking to be contacted by spirits, and that’s actually all the spirits need, your willingness to be contacted .. Let’s look at David’s testimony to see if we can get any idea if he is dealing with demons instead of ascended Atlantians trying to help humanity evolve. Icke: Suddenly, I felt over, in 1989, that there was a presence in the room whenever I was alone. It became more and more tangible as 1989 unfolded, it was totally bizarre because whenever I was in a room alone…there was this presence, you know. Eventually, it got so powerful towards the end of ‘89 that I was sitting on the side of a bed in a hotel called the Kensington Hilton, just down from the BBC, and I said to this apparently empty room and I said, look if there’s something there would you please contact me because it’s driving me up the wall. Lets stop right there for now. Notice how this all began with a desire to be contacted. Also note that David will later go on to basically preach that this is all that must be done to be contacted. Icke: All they’ve gotta say is, it’s very simple that ‘I accept that I’m being guided, that I have guides in other frequencies, other dimensions of life that are here to guide me and help me in this lifetime, so I’d learn the lessons I’d decided I’d wished to learn, go ahead and guide me. When you do that, things start happening. He says on page 139 of LCE “Every single life form can be part of this transformation, if they say openly ‘I wish to be guided and work for the Light’ Notice that he capitalizes the word ‘light’ p156 he quote the entites which told him: “Always ask for protection and guidance – Ask and you shall receive seek and you shall find, but they then say ‘ you must make the first move. You need to exercise your free will.” They tell him at the end of the book : “Welcome all beings, if you do this you are welcoming creation into your life.” Its also interesting to note the negative effect that even pictures of Jesus begin to have on him, in the book truth vibrations’ he says this about a visit he made to a church as a tourist: “Looking up at a large painting of Christ the picture turned black and moved around before my eyes. Only the face of Christ was still. Suddenly I felt a sensation I can only describe as someone pushing a pneumatic drill into the top of my head. I gripped the pew I was standing beside and my body vibrated from the top of my head to the base of my spine as something seemed to go through me…he says that moths later he was told that he received a gift of energy from one of the masters of this planetary system”…I.E like one of Alice Bailey’s “ascended maters”. Revulsion toward Jesus is actually quite observable among these entities. I would say even empirically testable in our modern times. I have had a unique opportunity to work with hundreds of cases of sleep paralysis through a website a friend and I started called stopsleepparalysis.org Sleep Paralysis is when one wakes up and cant move, but they are fully awake, it is most often associated with the feeling that there is some evil presence in the room. Over time, during the experiences, this presence can become manifest in some form, and can lead to very terrible cases of torture and even rape. This is attributed to demons in almost every culture in the world accept for modern western cultures like America, a few examples are: In Fiji the experience is interpreted as “kana tevoro” being ‘eaten’ or possessed by a demon. In Hmong culture, sleep paralysis describes an experience called “dab tsuam” or “crushing demon.” In Malyasia, Africa, Hugary, the middle east, and everywhere in between these events are attributed to evil spirits, Western scientist do not have an explanation, they postulate, with no evidence, I would add, that it is happening because people are coming out of a dream state and into a waking state and that their mind is still dreaming even though they have awoken, I suppose the obvious question is if that were true, is why does everyone seem to be having the same dream about an evil presence in the room. It seems that dreams should be as varied as dreams normally are among people, but this is not the case. In the cases I have seen about 90-95 percent of the people experiencing it been dabbling in some occult or new age practice and they have in some way given their free will over to these entities, who now apparently feel they have a right to be there, the more a person goes down that road the more intense the control the entities get, now here is the observable and testable part of this. If a person genuinely calls upon Jesus for help the experience will immediately stop, very often the entities will scream or be thrown back by a powerful force. One does not have to be a Christian to do this, or to have previously believed Jesus was important, in fact as you can guess many of the people who are getting this are not Christians but most of them who see the authority that the name of Jesus has over these beings begin to research who Jesus is and do become Christians later. This doesn’t work with other names, for instance calling on Buddha no matter how sincere the person is doesn’t seem to concern the entities. There would be another time in Icke’s life when he would vibrate uncontrollably like he did when looking at the picture of Jesus. This was when he took his infamous trip to Peru, he tells the story this way. Icke: I had the overwhelming feeling again, this urge, this impulse to got to Peru. We got to this place and it was in the middle of nowhere, basically when you looked around, it was encircled by mountains. I’m looking out the window daydreaming and I see this mount to my right, no more than three minutes down the road. As I look at the mound, all I can hear in my head is ‘come to me (repeated)’…I walked to the center of this circle, and suddenly my feet go again, like they did in the newshop but only this time, seriously more powerful. They’re like magnets pulling my feet to the ground. I think, oh crikey, I recognize that, here we go, and then I felt, like a drill going on the top of my head and through my body, through my feet into the ground and another one coming the other way. Then my arms go out at 45 degrees like that, I never made a decision to do it. What then started to happen was this energy coming through me, this is February 1991, it got more and more powerful, my body started to shake with it…very powerful thought forms pass through my head, just like in the newsshop… It was like, if you’ve got a dam that’s holding the water back, well, the water is calm, right, cause that’s its natural state in that situation, but when that dam bursts, before a new balance is found, after the dam bursts, all hell breaks loose. All this water as it’s trying to go from one state to another… When I look back, what happened to me on that mount, it was like, the waters of my mind bursting. Icke always attributes this event to this place in Peru being located near a vortex point in something he calls the energy grid. But there is another side to that story. I used to believe in the idea of “Ley Lines” myself, I had no reason to doubt it, after all all the so called teachers I had in the truth movement talked about it as if it was long established fact. But I encourage anyone to do some research about how this idea started, and see if you can still force yourself to believe it after that, There is actually a very interesting history of its evolution, and I will provide links in the notes where you can get all the details. but I will give you the basic ideas right now. The guy who started it all was Alfred Watkins, He lived in England in the early 1900’s . He noticed that there were straight paths in his area of England that often correlated with ancient megalithic sites. Watkins referred to his alignments as ‘leys’. This is an Anglo-Saxon word meaning ‘cleared strips of ground’ or ‘meadows’. Watkins’ theory of leys was that they were old straight traders’ tracks laid down by surveyors in the Neolithic period of prehistory. They used surveying rods, he claimed, and it was this line-of-sight method that led to the straightness of the old tracks. He basically said they were trade routes. And if you look for a map of ley lines today you will probably find one that looks like this. This is the extent of the real Ley lines..it was one straight trade route and only in England. No energy lines no reason for energy lines. In 1935, Watkins died. In 1936, The idea then became know in the occult world because the British occultist Dion Fortune wrote a fictional book, a novel, called The Goat-Foot God, in which she put forward the notion of ‘lines of force’ connecting megalithic sites such as Avebury and Stonehenge in southern England. From 1960 the ley theory took on a new lease of life, one that has led to the modern New Age notion of ‘ley lines’. An ex-R.A.F. pilot, Tony Wedd, was very interested in flying saucers, or UFOs. He had read Watkins’ The Old Straight Track and also a French book, Flying Saucers and the Straight Line Mystery (1958) by Aimé Michel, in which it was (falsely) suggested that the locations where flying saucers landed or hovered very low during the 1954 French flying saucer outbreak or ‘wave’ fell into straight lines or ‘orthotenies’. Wedd made the excited conclusion that Watkins’ ‘leys’ and Michel’s ‘orthotenies’ were one and the same phenomenon. He had also read an American book by Buck Nelson called My Trip to Mars, the Moon and Venus (1956) in which Rogers claimed to have flown in UFOs, and to have witnessed them picking up energy from ‘magnetic currents’ flowing through the Earth. In 1961, Wedd published a pamphlet called Skyways and Landmarks in which he theorized that UFO occupants flew along magnetic lines of force which linked ancient sites, and that the ancient sites acted as landmarks for UFO pilots. It all relied very much on the notions and experiences of an old-fashioned terrestrial airplane pilot, rather than intergalactic extra-terrestrial creatures! Nevermind that if aliens were so advanced why wouldn’t they use modern equipment like our pilots to for navigation, why did they need these physical markers for navigation This is when the new age picked up the story, and then it gets blown way out of proportion. I used to think that the maps people had of these ley lines, Like the one Icke uses in his presentations were based on some kind of science, The history of the maps themselves is pretty interesting too, They are all based on Ivan Sanderson’s 1972 article in Saga magazine, “The Twelve Devil’s Graveyards Around the World,” where he plotted ship and plane disappearances worldwide, focusing his attention on the Bermuda Triangle. This article has been debunked · The number of ships and aircraft reported missing in the area was not significantly greater, proportionally speaking, than in any other part of the ocean. · In an area frequented by tropical storms, the number of disappearances that did occur were, for the most part, neither disproportionate, unlikely, nor mysterious; · The numbers themselves had been exaggerated by sloppy research. A boat’s disappearance, for example, would be reported, but its eventual (if belated) return to port may not have been. · Some disappearances had, in fact, never happened. One plane crash was said to have taken place in 1937 off Daytona Beach, Florida, in front of hundreds of witnesses; a check of the local papers revealed nothing. · The legend of the Bermuda Triangle is a manufactured mystery, perpetuated by writers who either purposely or unknowingly made use of misconceptions, faulty reasoning, and sensationalism.[11 yet this is still believed, and it is the single most important part of any map supposedly containing “ley lines” despite the really good explanations of why things disappear in the Bermuda Triangle. I wont bore you with any more details but please read the compete history of how the idea of energy lines came about in the notes, as there is much more to know, and I am confident you will come to the conclusion that it is simply taking Watkins simple claim to have found a trade route to extreme unwarranted conclusions I say this because many people will claim that a proof that ley lines exist is that fact that certain places especially ancient ritual sites have a very heavy feeling of energy. I would validate that, but let me offer an alternate theory one that I think its based on a much more observable cause, and one that even most occultist will agree with. Icke would say that the reason that people were sacrificing on this site is because it was on a powerful spot in the energy grid and they were adding negativity to it to affect the world consciousness and that’s why the place feels very negative…but I would say based on my understanding of satanic rituals that the area is not intrinsically special, it is simply by it being the place where a lot of blood is spilled in sacrifice that it draws the presence of these evil spirits, and that is why the area feels negative as a result of their presence. Lets see if my theory helps us to understand what happened to Icke in Peru, but first let me describe a little about the area he was visiting. The area that Icke was in was known for its blood sacrifice. New human sacrificial sites turn up all the time in Peru from the Pre-Incan and Incan civilizations, especially of small children. In fact the place Icke talks about in this clip was a place called Sillustani where there are stone channels that lead down to the lake so that the blood of the sacrifices could flow from the sacrificial site to the lake. Ironically there is also a lizard engraved at the site too, and they still sacrifice pregnant iguanas there to this day. There is a stone circle on a mound there which exactly like the one 3 minutes down the road where Icke says his Kundali experience was. This area is was full of these stone circles on mounds and I would suggest to you based on his description of his convulsions and on him hearing voices of beings in his head on a daily basis after this that he was further controlled by the entities at this point. Then there is the story of his experience in the Brazil with the drug Ayahuasca Icke: In 2003, when I had an ayahuasca experience, and a voice talked to me for five hours about the nature of reality. Real clear, very funny, and mind blowing and life changing. Ayahuasca is a DMT containing drug, which is naturally produced in the pineal gland and is present in wild plants found in places like the Amazon basin and has been used for millennia by aboriginal shamans and medicine men to contact the spirit world and to receive information from entities there. It has recently come in "vogue" to experiment with DMT; It is common for adjoining DMT partakers to see the same apparitions, such as serpents enveloping them. Psychologist Dr. Rick Strassman conducted a formal clinical study of DMT ingestion under the auspices of the University of New Mexico, which he detailed in his book "DMT: The Spirit Molecule". He found, under controlled clinical conditions, that subjects had these experiences within seconds of ingesting DMT, which almost universally mimicked what are described elsewhere as "alien abduction events" (note that these subjects were screened to be those who were not familiar with stories of UFOs or did not believe in them). The entities they encountered were typically described as traditional "greys", reptilian or insect-like. The contacts usually involved medical and reproductive experiments conducted by the entities on the subjects, described as violent rape episodes. When subjects were willing to try an additional experience, they reported that the entities acknowledged their prior disappearance with no sensation of "time loss." The episodes were so traumatic to the subjects, that a support group was later formed to help them deal with the emotional trauma of the experiences. I would ask you to remember the quote from Terence Mckenna warning about these entities who had more experience with this drug that most people. And as much as he enjoyed talking about it, recall that he always described the so called elves he came into contact with as ”mischievous”. Which is a more sugar coated version of the descriptions I have heard from people that have taken it, who simply call these beings evil, in fact I think Mckenna sugar coated much of what he said about DMT to make it appealing to people in my opinion, and as we saw in his quote it was not him but the Logos inside of him that was concerned with getting people to take DMT. But that’s another subject. Here’s a question we should ask about these entities that show up when we take drugs like this: should we assume that the entities that are talking about love are good? Or based on the fact that the negative ones obviously exist and are contacted by the exact same means, can we be skeptical of the positive ones as well, how do we know that the so called good ones we encounter aren’t simply pretending to be good… ….especially as in Ickes case if the voice is clearly describing the same doctrine that Alice Bailey’s “ascended masters” have been trying to teach us from the beginning. This idea of spiritual evolution . I think that the biggest problems we have in the truth movement are. One, we have no idea that everything we believe, we were made to believe by people caring the message of these entities, and two, because we don’t really understand what their endgame is, or why they are so diligent with this deception, which makes us powerless to defend against it, we don’t even know what it is they are trying to ultimately do. We find ourselves wanting to believe what they want us to believe and we never have realized that we are being led like sheep to the slaughter to what I like to call the New New World Order. Let me introduce you to the real plan of the Illuminati. The one thing that has never changed in Ickes teaching is the idea of the coming evolution of Humanity. Icke: One of the themes of that time, we’re talking 1990, was that there was a consciousness shift coming. I kept meeting with a lot of psychic people in those days, and they kept saying, ‘I’m getting something, I’m being told to tell you this’ and again and again, it’s a consciousness shift coming. There is an awakening coming, and now that the ‘90’s has become the new century, more and more this stuff about this shift is going on. It also happens to be the central thesis to Theosophy, the mother of the new age movement, in fact the very term “New Age” is referring to a coming time of spiritual evolution. This fact alone should show you how the idea of a new spiritual evolution is the only idea that matters to these beings. It was what Hitler was working towards, and it is the reason why the 2012 phenomenon exists today, that is to be another vehicle to sell people the idea that a spiritual evolution is coming it is usually sold in tandem with that idea. We have already looked at some of the reasons why Icke thinks the idea of the coming spiritual evolution is valid, one is because he believes the photons from the photon belt will change us, and alternatively he believes that the “Galactic Logos” will send its “seven rays” through the sun god and change our DNA into a better evolution. Despite these flimsy premises, Icke is absolutely convinced that nothing can stop this from happening. Icke: I’m absolutely convinced that the end of this prison society is a done deal. I think the outcome is gonna happen, it’s meant to happen and we’re now seeing, and it’ll go on for awhile, but we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system. You also have to understand that we are being promised a utopia in no uncertain terms. “Beyond the turmoil of transformation awaits a new dawn for all the life-forms on this planet. We will live in a world of love and peace and harmony; a world in which the extremes of today and the recent past will give way to a level of understanding, wisdom, love that we could not begin to understand on this low and troubled frequency.” The first problem that emerges is that this is sounding a lot like what those that wrote about a New World Order talk about. In fact, this chapter comes from a chapter entitled “New World” in Icke’s LCE. But what people often miss is that the New World Order plans to bring order out of chaos, it is suppose to rise out of the ashes of what will appear to be a great change in paradigm, that is why Manly P hall called it the “New Atlantis” they intend for their system to look like a utopia, and they intend for people who currently fight them and resist a world government to think that the old system that they have been fighting has been defeated and they intend for them to embrace what will look like a utopia their victory. Alice Bailey said it best when she wrote: “The new world order must meet the immediate need and not be an attempt to satisfy some distant, idealistic vision. The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience. The new world order must lay the foundation for a future world order which will be possible only after a time of recovery, of reconstruction, and of rebuilding.” Notice in this next quote that she considers the current system which is obviously still controlled by them just the prepetory new world order she says: “In the preparatory period for the new world order there will be a steady and regulated disarmament. It will not be optional. No nation will be permitted to produce and organize any equipment for destructive purposes or to infringe the security of any other nation.” “...the present world order (which is today largely disorder) can be so modified and changed that a new world and a new race of men can gradually come into being. Renunciation and the use of the sacrificial will should be the keynote for the interim period after the war, prior to the inauguration of the New Age.” In a writing called “Preparations until 2025” she made some very revealing statements: “This must form the theme of all the propaganda work to be done during the next few decades - until the year 2025 - a brief space of time indeed to produce fundamental changes in human thought, awareness, and direction, but - at the same time - a quite possible achievement, provided the New group of World Servers and the men and women of goodwill perform a conscientious task “ what was this group suppose to teach. I find this one particularly interesting it says” “The day is dawning when all religions will be regarded as emanating from one great spiritual source; all will be seen as unitedly providing the one root out of which the universal world religion will inevitably emerge. Then there will be neither Christian nor heathen, neither Jew nor Gentile, but simply one great body of believers, gathered out of all the current religions.” —Alice Bailey & Djwhal Khul And this final quote I find particularly revealing considering that it is the one thing that Icke has consistently done through every manifestation, the last few pages of every book he has written is explaining this message that Alice Bailey said Emphasis must be put on: “Emphasis should be laid on the evolution of humanity.” There is also a very dark side to Ickes spiritual utopia, something that I have previously only alluded to. Not everyone is invited to the utopia. And those that refuse to conform to the new system will be eliminated. This is very apparent when you read the channeled writings. In The Book of Co-Creation, New Age leader Barbara Marx Hubbard states: “Out of the full spectrum of human personality, one-fourth is electing to transcend . . . One-fourth is resistant to election. They are unattracted by life ever-evolving . . . Now, as we approach the quantum shift from creature-human to co-creative human . . . the destructive one-fourth must be eliminated from the social body . . . Fortunately you, dearly beloveds, are not responsible for this act. We are. We are in charge of God's selection process for planet Earth. He selects, we destroy. We are the riders of the pale horse, Death.”(114) Alice Bailey explained what the new world order will do to those who refuse to accept its utopia: “… let us never forget that its the Life, its purpose and its directed intentional destiny thats of importance; and also that when a form proves inadequate, or too diseased or to crippled for the expression of that purpose, it is - from the point of view of the Hierarchy - no disaster when that form has to go. Death is not a disaster to be feared; the work of the Destroyer is not really cruel or undesirable… Therefore, there is much destruction permitted by the Custodians of the Plan and much evil turned into good ….”(115) In his chapter “New World” Icke says: “I do not seek to hide the severity of this period of fundamental change. It will be tough for every one of us…Many will return to light levels (die) in the wake of the physical events and the quickening vibrations. The Earth Spirit is already rising up the subplanes, and through the years ahead she will progress through the whole frequencies in her journey back to Atlantis and beyond. .. Those who cannot quicken their own vibrations through love and balance will find themselves out of synchronization with the environment around them. This process is already apparent. As the vibrations of a being fall behind those of their planet, it manifests in physical, mental and emotional imbalances. And such people will need all the love there is to give. Their behavior will be unpredictable and sometimes unpleasant and inexplicable. Those who cannot at this time rise with the climbing subplanes and frequencies will eventually return to the light levels (die) and be surrounded by love of indescribable warmth and power. They will asses their progress and decide how they wish to proceed on their path of evolution. Icke say in TSSYF: “Others who follow the propaganda of the Global Elite and the Prison Warder consciousness will cling on to the old vibration in their desperation to find security. They will become even more vehement in their religious, political, and economic dogma. They will resist the rising vibrations if they choose that path, and this will have mental, emotional, and physical effects. The two states of being, the programmed mind and the open mind, will be more obvious with every month to those who know what is happening. And not just that, but according to Icke these certain people that are hanging on to the old age are going to actually prevent the rest of the people from getting their evolution. “We are now entering a period of fantastic change, and the happening of events are speeding up all the time. We have two challenges here in front of us… people [have to] get access to that information, and start to realize who they really are and the nature of life, then we can go into stage 2 which is the Incredible Consciousness shift that is going to happen (and is happening with many people already, but can happen for everybody if we open up to the knowledge of what’s going on and to do that the edifice of suppression has to go. What I see so often in the New Age movement, is that they’re focusing on the second but they’re in denial of the first. And the second is not going to happen for many people unless we remove the suppression.” Now here is a though that has disturbed me for awhile. Obviously the idea of spiritual evolution is being pushed by the global elite and these entities, and I suppose it could lead to a world government, but only if the entire world was in on it, I mean right now only the New Age and the so called truth movement, which has now been converted to new age, believe the spiritual evolution stuff, and sure the idea is expanding thanks to shock value things like the 2012 stuff, but still it would have to be believed by the entire world and not just a few, they would have to be passionate about the idea of spiritual evolution. Let me let Mr Icke explain how this could all change overnight. Icke: What I would say very strongly, and it’s coming more and more into my life, there is an x-factor, which I don’t understand yet, but I sure as hell know it’s there, and it’s an x-factor that’s going to bring an end to this childish playground nonsense of human control. Interviewer: You mean an external influence? Icke: Something, something, I absolutely…on a deep level I know it….I’d say, and I’m probably being optimistic, but we’d probably live in a global version of Nazi Germany within ten years if we take that route, if we take ‘that’ route, we’ll be, in ten years time, deeply into a transition to a very different world. It’s just a choice, but this x-factor is gonna change the world into one that I would like to live in. I dunno what the x-factor is, but I know it’s coming… Woman: No one’s gonna do it for us. Icke: Well, my feeling is that there’s an x-factor, I don’t think that humanity can do it alone because the programming is so deep and the pressure to go the other way, to hold onto the hack, is so powerful to people who are in mind, alone, but I think what we can do is change enough so that we stop adding to the problem, ut I think there’s an x-factor, and I think there are things going on now, outside of our awareness and on much levels of consciousness than we’re aware of, that is also supporting this change. Notice what the function of the x factor is, he says that the programming to hold on to the old ways is too strong, but the x factor, this external thing, will shatter that paradigm and set us free from our old way of thinking and it will give us a new paradigm. Let me suggest a possible x factor that people like Bill Cooper have suggested, and one that I think without question we are being prepared for by the global elite, and have been for at least 70 years. That is an extra terrestrial presence being discovered. I realize that there are many documents that reveal a plan of the new world order to use an alien threat to cause the patriotism needed for a world government. After all people would no longer view themselves and separate countries but instead a world family, this would also create the need for a world bureaucracy to deal with the threat. But I think that based on the propaganda of Hollywood and the occult writings that this might not be presented as a threat at all, but rather as them posing as a savior to a world that will be war torn, They will claim to be saving us from ourselves, they will claim to have genetically created mankind, and they would claim that they used to be like us and that we are on the verge of an evolution. Suspend disbelief for a moment, As I explain how this would serve as Ickes x factor and the catalyst for his Utopia and the real new world order to begin all at the same time. It would accomplish the primary thing that Icke says we need to do in order to shift with the planet, that is to destroy religion of all types. All over the world religions would be in turmoil, here are these aliens and they are claiming to have created us, that means they are claiming to be our God in a sense. Overnight the programming that Icke says is too powerful, the religious programming, that is holding us back from the shift, would be shattered. All the religions would be forced to reconsider their ideas. Secondly, it would finally get the idea of a possible evolution to the entire world, everyone across the world, from the smallest village to the largest city would have a really good reason to believe that they too could be evolved, they could become like the aliens, they could become actual gods. Overnight the x factor could turn the entire world into little David Ickes believing their evolution was just around the corner. And of course the world government utopia would be possible then, but it would be even better if what after a time of war like when Alice Bailey said The new world order must be appropriate to a world which has passed through a destructive crisis and to a humanity which is badly shattered by the experience.….here is why: We need to be convinced that the utopia that we will be asked to join is totally different than the old system..For us truther types we will need to be convinced that the new world order has been defeated in order to trust such a utopia…the regular people will only have to be convinced that the new system, since it will be based on non religious ideas, now because the aliens showed us that the religions were wrong, will be one where there will be no more wars; that will be the promise…the war that we are saved from initially must be made to look like the epitome of religious wars, it will be something that pins the Jews against Muslims which will draw in the so called Christians…the world will be convinced that the previous wars were about religion…this will be the way that the genocide starts….It like the treaty of Versailles times 100. Only universal disaster could have brought men to a state of mind wherein such propositions and solutions could be presented. The general recognition that the old order has lamentably failed is most valuable. – Alice Bailey The new world order will seem to have been defeated, we will rejoice in our new hope of utopia we will badly need it, we will be told to await out new found powers, but when they don’t come we will be told that it is because there are still among us that are keeping us from it, those that are still hanging on to the old age. All this makes what Icke is saying here very concerning. Icke: But we’re now seeing the last throes of a dying system, where the Illuminati in their box, they’re believing they’re crashing the system to create something else, when it’s actually crashing really, for another reason. Understand what he is saying, he is admitting that they are crashing the system to create something else. This idea should be common knowledge to all of us who study them, they are going to be the solution to a problem they created. and Icke of course knows this, after all he is mister problem reaction solution. But listen to what he is saying…he believes his utopia will arise out of their ashes and for some reason their phoenix wont rise… in effect he is saying when the system crashes…he is expecting his utopia to rise but they are expecting a utopia to rise too…how are we suppose to know that the utopia we get after the crash is the one that Icke is talking about instead of the one they have been planning to bring about for so long…or probably the bigger question is… are theses utopias one in the same, they certainly sound the same.…What a dangerous game this is. They will say that there are still people who don’t trust the new utopia, (these people will primarily be Christians because there are prophecies specifically mention a great deception that will seem to offer peace but it will only last a 3.5 years before it shows its true colors) All the other religions will find it easy to agree to the new system. This in addition to the propaganda that Christianity is behind all the wars of the past will convince the entire world of theses words of Aleister Crowley who was given this message from a being claiming to be an Egyptian god. “But the future is now and the manoeuvres are being unveiled. As far as Christianity’s role in this new age Carpenter states: “Christianity therefore as I say must either now come frankly forward and acknowledge it’s parentage from the great order of the past, seek to rehabilitate that and carry mankind one step forward in the path of evolution – or else it must perish, there is no alternative.” [William Cooper:] “But this callous disregard for the right to life of every human on the planet has been predicted before in the New Testament. John was moved to write, ‘… yea the time cometh that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.’ The new world order, ladies and gentlemen, will sail in on a sea of blood.”(111) I want to encourage people to look into some of the things that we have been constantly told are true in the Truth Movement..For example we have always been told that the bible was changed by the illuminati…but if you se my video was the bible written or changed by the illuminati you will see that if this claim is easily. Or that Christians were behind the crusades and other wars see my video “religious wars, fact or fiction” Or as I mentioned the Zeitgeit version of history. Watch the video Zeitgeist Refuted final cut or check out any of the links at the website zeitgeistchallenge.com, if your really concerned about truth watch that film, or go to my youtube channel where I have 336 uploads and other videos I have made like this one, and consider the possibility that you have been brainwashed as I once had been, to hate Christians and Jews. Is it so hard to believe knowing Satanists are behind this? We here we have been told by Icke, a man definitely possessed by something, that if we worship the God of the bible we are worshiping the reptilians. Icke: When you worship, you project energy, you are feeding this force by thinking you are worshipping this force when you are worshipping these! He has changed his mind in every book he has written about which way to tell you not to look toward Jesus and not to look at the Bible. His entieties have told him to tell us That demons don’t exist. The voice that talked to him for 5 hours in brazil went on quite a tirade about how demons don’t exist how could they if everything was an illusion. There is fabulous reason why this misdirection is happening, because the real agenda is being played out like a military system. These demons are influencing people to prepare the way for what the new world order calls its phoenix. And what the theosophical society calls the world teacher, their Christ, what I would call the antichrist. A genuine Satanist knows that this has been the plan all along, they are awaiting something they call the black awakening when this system will begin. Alice Bailey said: The widespread expectation that we approach the “age of Maitreya,” .. when the World Teacher and present head of the spiritual Hierarchy, the Christ, will reappear among humanity to sound the keynote of the new age…. There are millions of mentally alert men and women in all parts of the world who are on rapport with the Plan and work to give it expression.. They provide opportunity for cooperation with the spiritual evolution of humanity… there is no group so likely to ensure that humanity achieves this most difficult goal as the men and women of goodwill …. requiring only courage… to initiate action to prepare for the New World Order.” All the conspiracies are leading up to one event. There is an ancient Angel that has been working on a system that would allow him to actually control the world to such a degree that he could force them to worship him as God… and unfortunately for the first time in history the technology is capable of doing that, I believe that the implantable microchip could actually play a role in this.. And he is the General in this, that is why you find Satanism behind every door you kick down in the investigation of the new world order, that is why you find his demons telling people to go out on a word stage and teach a doctrine that will lead them right into his hands, to an elitist mindset seeking the luciferic initiation of the light bringer, Prometheus, lucifer… they have always been preparing you for the Him…there agenda has never changed…..but we have been so brainwashed to hate Christianity that the bible is the last place we would look for the truth. Jesus spoke of the time that’s coming, he said: Now the brother shall betray the brother to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be delivered. It interesting that here is a guy that not even his enemies can find a good reason to accuse him, He is entirely just and sincere, and humble, in the bible, yet for some unknown reason, what he said is absolutely true, we will be hated for his name’s sake. This hate has to come from a third party, the illuminati perverts the bible to make you think that religion is equal with Jesus so that you will reject Him. I submit to all of you that Jesus was the most anti-religious person that ever walked the face of the earth, he had nothing but compassion for sinners of even the worst kind…the only harsh things he ever said was to the clergy of his day….oh and the bankers. The reason the mere calling on his name crushes whatever force is behind sleep paralysis and so called alien abductions is because he really is who he claimed to be. And the demons are just as scared of him now as they were during the pages of the bible. Jesus said Matthew 11:28 “Come to Me, all who are weary and heavy-laden, and I will give you rest. 29 Matthew 11:29 “Take My yoke upon you and learn from Me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and YOU WILL FIND REST FOR YOUR SOULS. 30 “For My yoke is easy and My burden is light.” Christianity is not a belief system it’s a supernatural event that happens to you, your life begins to change, you start to love the things of God and hate the things of sin, you are given new power to turn from things that have you in chains, it doesn’t mean you will be prefect but you will start to change and that change will continue your whole life, it is freedom from bondage not a list of rules. Mark 10:45 “For even the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give His life a ransom for many.” Acts 17:30 “Therefore having overlooked the times of ignorance, God is now declaring to men that all people everywhere should repent, 31 because He has fixed a day in which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all men by raising Him from the dead.” I do not think that David Icke knows that he is being used as a tool for the new world order, I would like to think that he would turn from his ways if he could be convinced of it. I want to ask you to help me pray for Mr Icke. For transcripts, footnotes, free downloads and, free dvds go to the website davidickedebunked.com
3381 an0 -
27 min 58
David Kelly - The Conspiracy Files - Part 1 of 2
David Kelly - The Conspiracy Files - Part 1 of 2 http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/programmes/conspiracy_files/6213898.stm David Kelly: The Conspiracy Files For many the sudden death of the government scientist and weapons inspector, Dr David Kelly, remains suspicious. BBC TWO: THE CONSPIRACY FILES Dr David Kelly David Kelly: The Conspiracy Files Sunday 25 February, 2007 Programme preview Kelly death not suicide, says MP Q&A: What really happened Timeline: David Kelly The official verdict was suicide. But a public inquest was never completed. The Conspiracy Files explores the questions that still surround Dr Kelly's death in July 2003, when the controversy about Iraq's weapons of mass destruction was at its height. Doctors, lawyers, bloggers and politicians, question the official account; and the programme investigates what really happened when David Kelly walked up Harrowdown Hill. BBC DAVID KELLY: THE CONSPIRACY FILES Transcript Harrowdown Hill Oxfordshire. In July 2003, the body of Dr David Kelly – Britain’s leading weapons inspector, was found here. The tragic death of the man caught in the crossfire of a prolonged and bitter battle between the Government and the BBC over why Britain went to war in Iraq. The official account says that under pressure he took his own life by cutting his wrist. Thames Valley Police spokesman: There is no indication at this stage of any other party being involved But the method it’s said he used was so unusual that many people now doubt the official version John Scurr, Consultant Vascular Surgeon: The question really is does it seem reasonable that he could have died from this injury alone, and I don't think he could. The official version says he also took an overdose of pills. But is there another story? Rowena Thursby: They were intent on not only killing him but making it look like-like suicide. They didn't want to know-people to know that he was being murdered. Lord Hutton’s inquiry into David Kelly’s death had far less legal powers than an inquest. Dr Michael Powers QC: They didn't have to give evidence under oath. A witness lying to Lord Hutton could not be prosecuted for perjury Some say it could be more sinister than suicide. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: David Kelly did not commit suicide. He was assassinated After a six month inquiry Lord Hutton concluded there was no evidence at all of any foul play. Press: There was no involvement by a third person in Dr Kelly’s death But could there have been a conspiracy by intelligence agencies to murder Dr David Kelly? Norman Baker MP: He told me it was a wet disposal which means killed in a hurry What led this man to a tragic death on this lonely hillside? Dr David Kelly was Britain’s leading expert on biological weapons, and a key UN Inspector in the hunt for Saddam Hussein’s Weapons of Mass Destruction. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: Well there's no question that David was an extremely good inspector A hardworking dedicated honest servant to what he believed in. Doctor Kelly did not seek out the harsh light at the centre of the political stage. A private man, he found the Oxfordshire countryside a respite from his involvement in the tense build up to the controversial war in Iraq. The Government said that Iraq posed an imminent threat in a dossier of intelligence about the regime of Saddam Hussein. Tony Blair September 2002: He has existing and active plans for the use of chemical and biological weapons which could be activated within 45 minutes. The 45 minute claim changed the reputation of the Government, the BBC, and David Kelly forever. After Iraq was invaded, no Weapons of Mass Destruction were found. When the BBC reporter Andrew Gilligan reported that a secret source told him that the Government probably knew the 45 minute claim was wrong, the Government’s credibility was on the line. Journalist’s question to Tony Blair: Did you mislead parliament Prime Minister? The stakes got higher and higher as the Prime Ministers integrity was questioned around the world News reporter: British Prime Minister Tony Blair is facing a barrage of accusations that he exaggerated intelligence about deadly weapons.. Blair is being characterised as a political Pinocchio in cartoons. An influential magazine spells Blair: ‘Bliar.’. As Andrew Gilligan’s secret source, David Kelly had unwittingly become the key to the biggest and fiercest row ever between the Government and the BBC in which neither side would back down. Alastair Campbell, Prime Minister’s Official Spokesman 1997-2003: Until the BBC acknowledge that is a lie I will keep banging on that correspondence file will get thicker,and they’d better issue an apology pretty quick. A witch hunt for the whistleblower gripped the corridors of power for six weeks. Dr Kelly volunteered his name internally to the Ministry of Defence, hoping he’d be protected, but the government revealed details about his identity before finally confirming his name. He and his wife had just ten minutes notice to flee their home to escape a rat-pack of reporters hot on his tail. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: This pressure was extraordinary I don’t know what point somebody has to reach before it becomes too much. The Inspector became the inspected. Andrew Mackinlay MP: This is the High Court of Parliament and I want you to tell the committee who you met. Three days after this questioning, Dr Kelly was found dead a few miles from his home in Oxfordshire, on Harrow down Hill. Thames Valley Police read out a statement from his family. Kelly Family Statement: Events over recent weeks have made David’s life intolerable and all of those involved should reflect long and hard on this fact. The end of David Kelly’s life was the beginning of a mystery. What really happened on Harrowdown Hill? Lord Hutton said the BBC was at fault in broadcasting unfounded allegations and Andrew Gilligan had admitted mistakes in his reporting. Lord Hutton concluded Dr Kelly killed himself. He found public exposure very stressful, feared he’d lose his job, felt unable to share his problems and was gripped by a profound sense of hopelessness. Lord Hutton: The major factor was a severe loss of self esteem resulting from his feeling that people had lost trust in him and from his dismay at being exposed to the media. Lord Hutton also gave the official account of how Dr Kelly died: by completely severing an artery in his wrist and taking an overdose of painkillers. Lord Hutton: Dr Kelly took his own life by cutting his left wrist, and that his death was hastened by taking co-proxamol tablets I’m further satisfied that there was no involvement by a third person in Dr Kelly’s death. So, officially it’s a suicide and the case is closed. But the Conspiracy Files series commissioned an opinion poll of a thousand people in Britain. The telephone poll found that almost one in four people questioned believed Dr Kelly did not commit suicide. So despite a two and a half million pound judicial inquiry. There remain many unanswered questions… and secrecy breeds conspiracy. A group of doctors and consultants have written a number of published letters saying that they don’t accept the cause of death given by Lord Hutton. Their letters have made them front page news, but have not drawn an official response from the Government. The letters by the doctors are co-ordinated by Rowena Thursby. She has set up a website called “The Kelly Investigation Group” to look into Dr Kelly’s death Rowena Thursby: People are very very interested in the death of Dr Kelly and they don't necessarily believe the official line which is that he took his own life. They find the whole thing rather suspicious and they write to me telling me that I'm doing, me that I'm doing very important work and that they that they are encouraging me to continue. David Kelly’s body was found by two volunteer searchers Paul Chapman and Louise Holmes with the help of their dog. They said they took care not to disturb the scene or get too close to the body, and contacted the Police as soon as they found him. Their description was of a body “slumped” or “sitting … up against a tree”. Rowena Thursby: The first two search volunteers who found the body clearly report-reported that his body was sitting up against a tree, The searchers told a police officer DC Graham Coe how to find the body, and he stayed alone with it for thirty minutes. DC Coe said he only observed the scene and never got close to the body and stayed about 7 or 8 feet away. Rowena Thursby: When the other people came along, the paramedics, the policemen, the detective, the forensic pathologist - all those people subsequently said that the body was flat on its back, not touching the tree at all. So completely horizontal on his back, so, which indicates to me, to anybody sensible, that the body was moved. But if the body was moved, who would have moved it and why? Rowena Thursby believes that DC Coe should have been questioned by Lord Hutton about what happened when he was alone with the body. Rowena Thursby: To find out why-what he-what he was doing for half an hour by the body, to question directly on whether he'd actually moved the body and put it to him that-that these witnesses say one thing and these witnesses say another. How do you explain that? You were with the body for the half an hour on your own, did you move the body? Lord Hutton says that such discrepancies in eye witness accounts are quite normal and do not disturb him. He saw photographs of the body that he believes are consistent with all the descriptions given. But discrepancies did trouble the Paramedics. Eleven months after Lord Hutton’s final report, they took the unprecedented step of calling a press conference. Dave Bartlett and Vanessa Hunt had attended dozens of suicide attempts in which someone has cut a wrist. But they found the scene of David Kelly’s death unusually free of bloodstains. Dave Bartlett: I suppose everyone was surprised at the outcome. Like I say we’re not medical experts, all we commented on was the amount of blood over the body. Vanessa Hunt: We can only say what we saw on that morning and there just didn’t appear to be a substantial amount of blood loss either onto the clothing or around the area. Rowena Thursby: The paramedics who attended the body they were very very shocked to find that there was very little blood around. In fact they they attend, they had attended attempted suicides and actual suicides, in about over a period of about 15 years and there was always masses and masses of blood all over the place So they didn't feel that he he could have died in that way. The Hutton Report had different witness accounts. Some saw more blood. The pathologist said there was a “significant volume of blood” and the forensic biologist, said that there was “a fair bit of blood” consistent with a severed artery, and some had soaked into the ground. Neither of them would speak to this programme to clarify exactly what they meant. One of the group of doctors and consultants who have published letters questioning the official cause of death is vascular surgeon John Scurr, a specialist in veins and arteries. John Scurr, Consultant Vascular Surgeon: I personally I don't think I've ever seen anybody die from wrist injuries. I have seen a lot of wrist injuries. It is a very common cry for help type thing. Attempt at suicide rather than a genuine attempt at killing themselves. John Scurr believes that if Dr Kelly had really meant to kill himself, he cut the wrong artery in the wrong way. John Scurr, Consultant Vascular Surgeon: Frankly I don't believe that simply cutting an ulnar artery will cause death. The radial artery runs down here and the ulnar artery runs down this side of the wrist. The ulnar artery is relatively deep and to get the ulnar artery you would need to cut in that sort of direction, which is an unusual way of holding a knife. The body has a lot of self defensive mechanisms. As you know if you take a knife and cut your finger you don't bleed to death. And the reason you don't bleed to death is you produce all sorts of clever things that seal the circulation and the bleeding stops. If you cut a large artery then you may not be able to stop the bleeding. The thing we know about the ulnar artery is it's quite small and so if Dr Kelly had cut it clean it would have gone into spasm and it would have, you know, probably oozed for a little while trickled. He might have lost a few hundred mills of blood. And then it would have stopped. Officially, David Kelly’s death was not only caused by haemorrhaging from a wrist wound. Lord Hutton says that an overdose of the painkiller co-proxamol probably also played a part. Packaging found with the body meant that up to twenty nine co-proxamol tablets were available to Dr Kelly. But the toxicologist who gave evidence to the Hutton Inquiry could not be definitive about how many tablets were taken. Tests he carried out suggested it was an overdose. That Dr Kelly had ten times more than a normal medical dose of co-proxamol. But he also said that Dr Kelly had less is usually fatal. Rowena Thursby : The forensic toxicologist to the Hutton Inquiry said that there was only a third of what’s normally a fatal amount in his blood. That’s an area which does need proper exploration by people who have expertise in toxicology and that could only be done at an inquest. One of Dr Kelly’s close friends, who is himself an eminent toxicologist was concerned about the way this evidence was dealt with by the Hutton Inquiry. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: Well if I comment on the toxicology which is the assessment of the drugs that were present in David. I thought it was incredibly superficial very superficial. You need to know something about the behaviour of the drug, there are concerns about where you take the blood sample from. Concentrations vary at different sites of the body. And might there be changes in the blood levels after somebody dies with these drugs. These are all important factors that you need to know when you’re interpreting a blood level after somebody dies. And that inquiry didn't go ahead. It is not only the medical causes of Dr Kelly’s death that are disputed. People also question whether there was evidence that he intended to commit suicide. The Hutton Report says that Dr Kelly became suicidal because he felt humiliated and that his self esteem, his integrity and his job were threatened. To find out if Dr Kelly really reached that point you need to know who he was. David Kelly: Hello and welcome to the Defence and microbiology division… lead to the procurement of defensive equipment against biological warfare His job required a balance between the open world of briefing the media about the risks posed by germ warfare and the secret world of intelligence. Dr Kelly had the highest level of security clearance and briefed the Defence Intelligence Staff, MI6 and the CIA. Dr Kelly was involved in the preparation of the dossier that formed the basis of the Governments case for war against Iraq. After the war, when no weapons of mass destruction were found in Iraq, Dr Kelly talked to a number of journalists about the dossier, and came under suspicion of being Andrew Gilligan’s secret source. As rumours swirled around David Kelly volunteered his name to the MoD… BBC Ten O’Clock News George Alagiah: The ministry of defence has announced that one of its employees has volunteered he met the BBC reporter Andrew Gilligan in an unauthorised meeting. The Government held off naming Dr Kelly initially. But they revealed details of his identity which enabled the media to identify him. Something which has angered a former Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 – 1999 : I think if they decided that they didn't want the name to come out, they could have protected him. They just left so many clues, that they all pointed to poor old Dr. Kelly. When the Government finally confirmed Dr Kelly’s name to the media, he was subjected to public scrutiny by a televised Parliamentary Committee. After two interviews by his employers and public exposure in the media, Dr Kelly had been under a lot of strain. But he spent many years doing a very difficult job in a hostile environment, making 37 visits to Iraq. Would someone like that really buckle and kill himself during a period of stress? Not according to one of his closest colleagues. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: One of the reasons I didn’t accept the suicide story from the beginning is I would not consider David a person that would become suicidal. We all have depressions. There are some of us and David is included in those that would endure and find other ways out On the last day of his life, Dr Kelly was telling friends that he would continue with the job that was so important to him. He was replying to messages from friends and colleagues that he would soon be back in Baghdad. His daughter was due to get married in a couple of months Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: I would feel it most unlikely that he would want to essentially abandon his family and end his life prematurely. He certainly could have looked forward to many more years of happy life. But amongst the e-mails on that last day, there was one sinister message. It doesn’t appear to show that Dr Kelly was a threat to himself, but that he felt threatened by others. He told his friend, journalist Judith Miller that there were “many dark actors playing games”. When David Kelly’s body was found the Prime Minister had just arrived in Japan and faced some difficult moments. Journalist’s question to Tony Blair in Japan : Have you got blood on your hands Prime Minister? But he did say that Lord Hutton’s Inquiry would follow established legal procedures. Tony Blair in Japan: I think what is important now is that there is some due process and the reason for having an inquiry and I think people would have expected us to have one because of the tragedy that’s occurred is so that the facts can be established. But was the Hutton Inquiry fit for purpose? Dr Michael Powers QC is an expert in the law relating to inquests, and has sat as a coroner, he points out that the Hutton Inquiry had less legal powers than a Coroner has at an inquest Dr Michael Powers QC: In Lord Hutton's inquiry, they didn't have to give evidence under oath. And we all know, whatever one - one's view might be upon people giving evidence under oath, that if evidence is given under oath, it has to be truthful. If it can be shown not to be truthful, the persons giving out untruthful evidence can be prosecuted for perjury. A witness lying to Lord Hutton could not be prosecuted for perjury The law that allowed the Hutton Inquiry to replace the inquest has only been used on three other occasions, when it could prevent unnecessary repetition of inquests in cases of multiple deaths from the same cause. Dr Michael Powers QC: This procedure of adjourning for a public inquiry is really still with major disasters. People die multiple deaths in a train accident or boating accident of that kind. So far as I'm aware, this is the first and only time when it has been used to investigate the death of a single person. Lord Hutton’s report was strongly criticised but there was some praise too. At the time few questioned the report’s conclusion that David Kelly took his own life. Lord Hutton says he decided fairly on the basis of the evidence most of which he published. Liberal Democrat MP Norman Baker is renowned for asking difficult question of the Government. He has committed a whole year to investigating Dr Kelly’s death, which he believes was not properly examined by the Hutton Inquiry. Norman Baker MP: The Hutton Inquiry singularly failed to pursue any points of interest. As soon as anyone starts to say anything interesting the Hutton Inquiry moved onto something else. The Hutton Inquiry seemed to be there to shut down matters rather than to open them up. It's extraordinary that the, the rigour and the legal defence and legal protection for the Hutton Inquiry was less than a normal court inquiry, less than a normal. And yet this is what was set up by the Prime Minister. So that's very odd. Defenders of Lord Hutton’s inquiry say it was not impeded by the absence of statutory powers, as the huge public interest in the inquiry ensured that it had the full co-operation of all the witnesses needed. They also praise its detail and rigour. Would an inquest have been a better way to answer the questions about the death of David Kelly? The MP Norman Baker thinks so. He’s come to a school in Nottingham to talk to pupils about the way that Dr Kelly’s death was officially investigated. Norman Baker MP: People who meet violent deaths always have a proper inquest it’s extraordinary that there hasn’t been one on this occasion and we ought to have one some of the evidence would then come out properly An inquest was opened in Oxford, but the Lord Chancellor told the Oxfordshire Coroner to adjourn it as the Hutton Inquiry would take over. The coroner wrote to the Lord Chancellor of his concern at the Hutton inquiry’s lack of legal powers when compared to those of an inquest “as you will know, a coroner has power to compel the attendance of witnesses. There are no such powers attached to a Public Inquiry”. Just after that Mr Gardiner attended a private meeting at the Department of Constitutional Affairs. Norman Baker MP: So how did this happen? Why did he have that meeting with DCA officials and what happened in that meeting? The Lord Chancellor, Charles Falconer, accepted the Coroner’s need to have one further hearing but in an unusual intervention, he told the coroner to “keep the proceedings as short as possible and, so far as the Coroner’s Rules allow, take the evidence in writing”. The coroner did just that, and a death certificate was registered setting out the causes of death. Yet the Hutton Inquiry had only just started taking evidence. Norman Baker wants the Government to explain this Norman Baker MP: What was the point of the Hutton inquiry if the death certificate already gave the reasons. Harriet Harman: Um well I think that that that it the Hutton Report obviously ranged much more widely that is one of the reasons why there wasn’t necessary for there to be a further inquest by the Oxfordshire coroner Three months after the Hutton Report, the Coroner Nicholas Gardiner formally considered whether to reopen the inquest. And on the 14 April, 2004--I On t, David Kelly’s widow accepted that he had taken his own life and did not want the inquest resumed, neither did the Lord Chancellor. The coroner had additional evidence from the Police, which he kept away from the public gaze. Dr Michael Powers QC: He had access to other information. The Thames Valley police report-- which, of course, we don't have access to--which, again, gave him support for his conclusion that there was no exceptional reason to resume the inquest. Now the difficulty, so far as the additional evidence is concerned, is that we don't know what it was. Thames Valley Police declined to assist this programme, but told us they “conducted a thorough investigation into the death of Dr Kelly and presented the evidence to Lord Hutton’s inquiry and to the Oxfordshire coroner”. The Lord Chancellor also declined to contribute to this programme. But said at the time he’d checked with the Kelly family that they preferred the Inquest to be adjourned. And he said he did so to avoid any unnecessary distress the duplication of proceedings might cause. The Hutton Inquiry took evidence from an official who said in a throw away remark, David Kelly had told him that if Iraq was invaded, he’d “probably be found dead in the woods”. Rowena Thursby thinks that the possibility of murder should at least be investigated further. Rowena Thursby: Who would've wanted to murder him at that time? Well, there is the possibility at least, that he was murdered by agents of a state. Whether that state was, well we don't know which state it was, but it, it could have been what's known as a hit. A professional assassination. The Government’s denies that UK intelligence services carry out assassinations. But Norman Baker believes that David Kelly was murdered. And he’s used a newspaper article to call for people who have any information to contact him. Norman Baker MP: A small number of people have come forward with something to tell. People who’ve either known David Kelly or been connected with the Government in some way an even smaller number of people who are in the inside connected with the security services or others who may know something of what happened. There’s one particular one which may well be the answer that has validity and that is the particular one that I’m pursuing at the moment. The Conspiracy Files has heard from a number of people who say that David Kelly could have been assassinated. Richard Spertzel was the USA’s most senior biological weapons inspector. He worked alongside Dr Kelly for many years in Iraq and believes the Iraqi regime may have pursued a vendetta against Dr Kelly. Richard Spertzel: I believed that David was probably a victim of Iraqi Intelligence Service because of long standing enmity of Iraq towards David. Dr Kelly was a very effective Inspector. In 1995 he uncovered a large amount of biological weapons agent and forced the Iraqi government to admit that they had a secret biological weapons programme. Kelly’s colleague Richard Spertzel discovered just how much the weapons inspectors had annoyed Saddam Hussein. Richard Spertzel: A number of us were on an Iraqi hit list. I was number three, and my understanding, David was only a couple behind that. And none of the people on that hit list were welcome in Iraq. Richard Spertzel: Immediately after David's death, a number of the other inspectors and I exchanged emails saying, 'Be careful.' He could have been murdered, assassinated, I mean to that extent I'm involved in my own conspiracy theory. In June 2003, after the invasion of Iraq, UN inspectors examined the mobile labs that were claimed as the “smoking gun” of the Iraqi weapons programme. Tony Blair at Evian G8 2003: We already have according to our experts, two mobile biological weapons facilities that were most certainly part, according to our intelligence, of a whole set of those facilities. We have a situation where I don’t think there is any doubt in anybody’s mind that Saddam Hussein accumulated these weapons. But an inspection team which included Dr Kelly later revealed that they were really devices to make hydrogen for balloons. Rowena Thursby believes this may have provided a motive. Rowena Thursby: He was dangerous to the cause at that time, of, of, of getting the country to war. And to, revealing that the, the country had been taken to war on false pretences. And he you know he spoke offline to the Observer in the same way that he'd spoken offline to Andrew Gilligan, so perhaps they they felt that he had to go Did anyone really believe that Dr Kelly ought to be silenced? Warren Reed was an officer in the Australian Secret Intelligence Service for ten years and thinks someone in Whitehall might have. Warren Reed, Australian Secret Intelligence Service 1976-1985: A key priority of some people in the political machine would have been to shut David Kelly up once and for all. John Scarlett the Chairman of the Joint Intelligence Committee- the Government’s main intelligence advisor - had said that David Kelly needed a “proper security style interview” Warren Reed was trained by MI6. He knows what a security style interview involves and believes that Dr Kelly would have felt threatened by it. Warren Reed, Australian Secret Intelligence Service 1976-1985: They would have known how to ask questions that would have perhaps needled Kelly in a certain sort of way. They were looking for pressure points that would intimidate him. If indeed something like this did occur I would imagine that a top British interrogator maybe from MI6 MI5 would have been brought in under cover perhaps something they picked out to do with say his personal life could have been sufficiently intimidatory to have brought on either the suicide or say a heart attack. Could Dr Kelly have had such an intimidating interrogation in a safe house? Norman Baker MP has found an interesting lead in the Southend Echo Norman Baker MP: This looks like the period after when he admitted to the MoD that he may have been responsible for the leak and he had spoken to Andrew Gilligan and before he then became a public figure so I’m guessing this is probably round about the 10th July or that sort of time and this is one part of the sequence which so far hasn’t been identified in the story of David Kelly. The Ministry of Defence told us that Dr Kelly was not taken to a safe house in Southend. He was interviewed twice at the Ministry by his line manager and the head of personnel, but they say they did not subject Dr Kelly to particular stress. A different explanation for Dr Kelly’s death comes from Barrister Michael Shrimpton. He has made his own investigation at Harrowdown Hill. Michael Shrimpton: Harrowdown Hill, I've visited the murder site, it's ideal. I'm known as a national security lawyer and it's known that I have links with the intelligence communities in the United Kingdom and in-throughout the western world. I was contacted within about twenty four hours by somebody working with David Kelly in the intelligence community and he said he'd been murdered and I wasn't particularly surprised at that and given the source I had no doubts whatsoever that he'd been murdered from that time. Michael Shrimpton believes he has found clues on Harrowdown Hill that others have missed. Michael Shrimpton: You could a hide a platoon or a company of men over the brow of that hill and you wouldn’t know if they kept quiet until you were right on top of them. As a place for an ambush it’s just frankly ideal. He was clearly assassinated to keep him quiet there was no other motive. Michael Shrimpton believes that the co-proxamol pain-killers found near the body were simply a cover used by assassins Michael Shrimpton: The plan is to leave coproxamol by the side of the body. So they’re trying to get co-proxamol into the stomach and they’re trying to shove co-proxamol down into poor David Kelly he dies on them too quickly. As they’re shoving the tablet down him, probably the first tablet, there’s vomit, and that’s the end then he dies. And that’s the end of tablets. Michael Shrimpton also believes that the cut wrist was really to hide the injection marks created by a different method of death, an injection of a fatal substance Michael Shrimpton: Succynol choline is still very much the favoured means of killing him because it is so easily disguised. The wrist slash is clearly in my view designed not just to create the impression of suicide but it’s a perfect means of disguising the puncture wounds. Michael Shrimpton says he knows that Dr Kelly was assassinated because of his extensive intelligence contacts. Michael Shrimpton: That is the red phone if that phone goes it could be anyone from the White House to President’s administration in Russia to the CIA to whoever. It’s not usual for me to pick up the phone and have Henry Kissinger on the other end but that has happened. He actually has that number but he doesn’t have that number. That gives me a direct line through to Vice President Dick Cheney’s Office. Michael Shrimpton is also a fan of espionage fiction from Frederick Forsyth to Tom Clancy Michael Shrimpton: He’s one of my favourite authors One of Tom Clancy’s books, The Teeth of the Tiger concerns an “off the books” team of US Government assassins who avoid detection by killing their victims with succynol choline Michael Shrimpton: Now yes there is a reference to Succynol Choline in this book and I think that follows the assassination of David Kelly. Tom Clancy has very good contacts in the intelligence community. It may be that Tom Clancy picked up a loopback from the Kelly assassination. But if the suggestion is that I got succynol choline from a Tom Clancy novel then sorry that won’t wash. Norman Baker’s investigation has led to him meeting a secret contact who has heard a sinister version of what happened to Dr Kelly. Norman Baker MP: He had been told by - a, a friend who was senior in the security services that this was a quote - wet disposal and what is wet disposal I asked him, wet disposal means that it was a hurried job and he was killed in a hurried way, that's apparently what wet disposal means But will Norman Baker’s interest in the security services mean that they take an interest in him? Norman Baker MP: There have been a number of odd instances. I've had e-mail traffic clearly interfered with and messages half erased. One of those was from a former member of MI6, who also had his post interfered with. Norman Baker MP: "Dear Mr Baker I'm not sure what is going on here. I wrote a full message to you. I confirm that I did receive your letter about four weeks after you posted it and it had been blatantly opened in the UK and forwarded in a Royal Mail forwarding envelope. The security services are usually more subtle when they intercept mail". When Norman Baker and Rowena Thursby meet they avoid talking anywhere they might be monitored. Rownena Thursby: Well, I, I tend to assume that I'm being, being bugged. I, I mean I don't know. But I imagine, the arms of government GCHQ they would probably need to keep an eye on um, who was doing what in connection with this case. They're bound to want to know what this group is about. And where we're taking it and whether it can be a further threat to the government. Norman Baker has come to Radio Oxford to publicise his personal inquiry into David Kelly’s death and has to confront the label of conspiracy theorist. BBC Radio Oxford: I’ve been talking to Norman Baker MP .Well the Hutton Inquiry found that Dr Kelly had committed suicide. But some have their doubts and conspiracy theories abound. So where to we go from here? Are you claiming that there are major dark forces and spooks operating out there? Norman Baker MP: Well I’m not using the phrase dark forces, I’m not using the word spooks nor am I by the way using the phrase conspiracy theory which is a very lazy way or journalists in national newspapers to dismiss anyone who questions the official version of events. A conspiracy is two or more people coming together for a common purpose no more no less. You might argue that George Bush and Tony Blair had a conspiracy to invade Iraq. BBC Radio Oxford: And what’s your best suggestion of an alternative explanation. Norman Baker MP: I’ve had leads to do with individuals who were connected with David Kelly and who had particular reasons to wish him not to be there. BBC Radio Oxford: Basil in Northmoor rang in on that one he says it seems a bit like the death of Princess Diana and it’ll never be solved and it makes him think there could indeed be major dark forces at work. Well if you want to get through to the programme it’s your time of day to get things off your chest. Dr Kelly’s friend Alastair Hay believes that it’s because of a lack of confidence in the Hutton Inquiry that questions are still raised about the death of his friend. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: It's correct that these uncertainties are raised about things. And I think that this is a message for coroners in general. And it's a message for anybody who conducts an investigation like this. That you need to inquire you need to have some precision in terms of the information that is provided to the court. Because there are these uncertainties and unless these uncertainties are dealt with at the time then all sorts of speculation will occur. And it's perfectly reasonable for that speculation to occur Professor Peter Tyrer is a clinical psychiatrist and the editor of the British Journal of Psychiatry. He sees conspiracy theories as an inevitable consequence of political news management and spin Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: We've recently published a paper in the British Journal of Psychiatry that shows that the ordinary population doesn't trust the Government and institutions when they provide information erm a majority feel they are right to mistrust that at least in the first instance. I think this is really a consequence of the Governments excessive reliance on spin It’s difficult to be conclusive about the conspiracy theories which have grown up about Dr Kelly’s death. Thames Valley Police have never commented publicly on the theories. They say they “found no evidence of any third party involvement in Dr Kelly’s death.” And forensic evidence to the Hutton Inquiry showed no force or violence inflicted by another person. We spoke to a former deputy chief of defence intelligence. John Morrison has worked with MI5 and MI6. We asked him about Richard Spertzel’s theory. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: I think David was probably a victim of the Iraqi intelligence service John Morrisson, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: Let's use a little bit of common sense here. If Iraqi intelligence had wanted to get rid of David Kelly, where would they have done it? Iraq or the UK. He could have had an accident at any time in Iraq. Very hard to prove it wasn't an accident. Would they really track him down? Others have suggested that Dr Kelly might have been the victim of assassins much closer to home. Are there British agents licensed to kill? John Morrisson, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: It is indeed complete fantasy that there are agents that are licensed to kill. There are intelligence agencies around the world who do engage in assassinations, there's no doubt about that. Some of them not very nice people at all. But we have never had a policy of assassination to my knowledge in the history of the UK intelligence agencies. And certainly not in the last few decades. John Morrison also rejects the use of the term wet disposal John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: Right. I, I've seen the words wet disposal used in fiction to cover assassinations. I've never heard them in my entire professional career except perhaps as a joke. John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: I can't conceive of anybody or organisation having any motive whatsoever, to kill Dr. Kelly. In a crime such as this you need, traditionally, motive, method, and opportunity. Since there's no motive, this is the rock on which all conspiracy theories founder. Some doctors have raised important medical questions about Dr Kelly’s death that remain unanswered. The Coroner, The Pathologist and the toxicologist to the Hutton Inquiry declined our invitation to speak to this programme. So what do other forensic experts make of those doubts? Dr Allen Anscombe is the President of the British Association in Forensic Medicine. A forensic pathologist with over 20 years experience, who has performed several thousand autopsies. We put to him the point made by vascular surgeon John Scurr Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: I don’t believe that simply cutting an ulnar artery will cause death Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: Forensic pathologists are biased in terms of seeing what people actually die from, clinicians by and large, the vast majority of their patients don't die. So again, we approach things from a different way and actually see what people really die from. You might argue we don't see what people survive. So I'm quite happy to accept that often severed small to medium sized arteries such as ulnar artery are not fatal, but severings of such an artery can and is occasionally fatal. And if you combine that with somebody who is deceased then you tend to put two and two together The Paramedics say they didn’t see much blood at the scene. Is there any way to establish if Dr Kelly had lost enough blood to have died from haemorrhaging? Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: The actual volume of blood given that the person is deceased...um...is likely to be fatal, whatever that volume happens to be. There is not a simple volume which is always fatal and a simple volume which is not. It depends on the rate of bleeding, it depends on your physical condition whilst...before you're bleeding and whilst you're bleeding, depends on a number of factors It’s also suggested that up to five pints of blood need to be lost in order to cause death, and the pathologist who conducted the post– mortem on Dr Kelly in Oxford should have measured the amount of blood lost or the amount remaining. Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: There's no simple test to measure the remaining amount of blood in the circulation in, in a dead body. It would be nice if it was possible but unfortunately it's not Sceptics suggest that co-proxamol couldn’t have been a factor in Dr Kelly’s death because the toxicologist to the Hutton inquiry said that the concentrations of co-proxamol found in Dr Kelly were less than is usually fatal. Rowena Thursby: There was a third of what’s usually a fatal amount in his blood Professor Alastair Hay believes the evidence of toxicologist at the Hutton Inquiry wasn’t as detailed as it could have been. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds Universityy: I think it would have helped if he had said that if you look at deaths involving coproxamol that there is a range of concentrations that you will find in people. Ranging from about a quarter of the value that was found in David to in the case of the one drug propoxyphene, almost forty times as much as as in David. And so you've got that range and David would sit in that range but all be it at the lower end. But it would still give you a measure of reassurance that this sort of level is what you would find in people who have committed suicide. Professor Robert Forrest is Britain’s leading Forensic toxicologist and the president of the Forensic Science Society. He points out that Co- proxamol has been used in many suicides. Prof Robert Forrest, President The Forensic Science Society: At one stage it was accounting for about ten percent of the cases of fatal overdose that we saw. The numbers have dropped off dramatically in the last few years and this is because it has been decided that it will no longer be a licensed preparation available on prescription. The Hutton Inquiry’s toxicologist said that the concentrations of co- proxamol found in Dr Kelly’s blood were lower than the levels that are usually fatal Prof Robert Forrest, President The Forensic Science Society: The concentrations in Dr Kelly's blood are on the low side. We normally see higher concentrations than that in a person who has died of an overdose of Co-Proxamol. But if you've got heart disease - and if there is something else going on like blood loss, then all three of those are going to act together. The overdose of Co-Proxamol, the heart disease and the blood loss I've got no doubt that the - cause of Dr Kelly's death was a combination of blood loss, heart disease and overdose of Co-Proxamol. Not necessarily in that order. If I was going to put it in order I'd put the overdose of Co- Proxamol first. But it's important that all of them had interacted to lead to the death. The key to whether David Kelly was really suicidal was his state of mind. The Hutton Inquiry heard that David Kelly told a colleague he felt “thrown” when the committee asked him about another BBC reporter, Susan Watts. Richard Ottaway, Foreign Affairs Committee 2003: You have confirmed that you have spoken to Susan Watts. Can I take you through the quote again "The 45 minute point was a statement that was made and it got out of all proportion….. David Kelly had told the MoD that he’d met Susan Watts but hadn’t spoken to her about the 45 minute claim. He was told that if new evidence came to light which called into question his account, he might face disciplinary action. The committee twice read out what a source had told her. Richard Ottaway, Foreign Affairs Committee2003: Now there are many people who think that you are the source of that quote. What’s your reaction to that suggestion? I find it very difficult it doesn’t sound like my form of words, it doesn’t sound like a quote from me. You deny that those are your words. Do you deny you were the source of that? Yes David Kelly was the source and must have realised if there was a transcript there might well be a tape, and if there was a tape, that would prove he was the source and he would be exposed as dishonest. Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: He was a man who was a stickler for accuracy and it this comes over time and time again and he was also very concerned about being honest and I think he was concerned that this extra information which was tape recorded presumably without his knowledge might have implied that he was a liar and not to be trusted that must have been incredibly damaging for someone of his personality structure When Dr Kelly’s friend Alastair Hay saw him face tough questioning alone in front of the Foreign Affairs Committee, he was very concerned. Andrew Mackinlay MP: You’re under an obligation to reply Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: I'd never seen David in a situation where he didn't seem in control and I watched his face - I don't know there was just a look about it that worried me and his hands I was watching his hands too and the way he was holding them and clasping them. This was a very different David that I was seeing and so, um, that made me worried really. You just have to imagine how you would feel under those circumstances where everything that you had done your whole career which you are immensely proud of, and absolutely justifiably because it was a fan- an enormously brilliant record that he had, to think that this might all be in peril. The Government’s treatment of Dr Kelly has angered John Morrison. John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: Well, speaking personally, I think Dr. Kelly was treated abominably by number ten and my old ministry, the ministry of defence. I think they owed him a duty of care, they could have protected him. They did not only not protect him, they hung him out to dry. And I think that was despicable. On his last morning alive, Dr Kelly sent e-mails to friends saying he’d soon be back in Baghdad. Is that really the action of someone considering suicide? Professor Peter Tyrer has studied Dr Kelly’s emails Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: It looked as though the ones on the morning of the 17th were rather stereotyped whereas the earlier emails that he sent in July were much more informative and erm more sort of warmth coming through them and I think that there was a certain detachment of those emails on the morning of the 17th of July which made me think that he'd already decided that he was going to take his own life when he was writing those As well as sending e-mails David Kelly was receiving them. One was about an MP who had asked a parliamentary question about what disciplinary action the MoD was going to take against him. He took a knife he’d had since childhood on his last walk towards Harrowdown Hill Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: He was a person who liked to be in control and it was clear from the last few days of his life that he felt he was losing control. The uncertainty for someone who is highly meticulous the uncertainty of what might happen it’s almost worse than the certainty of something terrible happening. He didn’t actually know how it was going to pan out and I think that must have been extremely alarming for him. So I think it’s that combination that really led to the suicide. “He had a broken heart. He had shrunk into himself”. Mrs Kelly told the Hutton Inquiry. She hasn’t spoken to this programme but she told Rowena Thursby she has no doubts that her husband took his own life. Rowena Thursby: I spoke to Mrs Kelly on the phone. And, and she felt that her husband had in fact, committed suicide. But that, that was her strong belief. But you know, people can believe things very strongly but it doesn't mean to say that they're actually true. So I feel that we have to pursue we have to find out what happened to David Kelly. Norman Baker is also determined to continue and will not be deterred when he is labelled a conspiracy theorist. Norman Baker MP: I fully expected to be attacked in a careless and undefined way, which is what that is. But I think in politics if politics is to mean anything at all you have to do what you think is right. If you’re going to go through politics upsetting nobody achieving nothing playing safe and getting your MBE at the end or your seat in the house of lords what is the point of being in politics you’ve got to take some difficult decisions you’ve got to do what you think is right. David Kelly’s friends want him to be remembered for the enormous contribution he made with his career. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: I would hope conspiracy theories don't get in the way of us remembering David. For me he was an outstanding scientist, he was somebody at the peak of his profession. I don't know of a biological warfare expert in the world who was better than David. So he's made the world a much safer place because he's told us what countries can do if they set their minds to it and what you need to do to protect yourself. So for me he was a good friend, he was an absolute professional, ah, and he was someone that we owe a great debt to, and that's how he should be remembered http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Death_of_David_Kelly
5421 an0 -
30 min 18
David Kelly - The Conspiracy Files - Part 2 of 2
David Kelly - The Conspiracy Files - Part 2 of 2 http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/programmes/conspiracy_files/6213898.stm David Kelly: The Conspiracy Files For many the sudden death of the government scientist and weapons inspector, Dr David Kelly, remains suspicious. BBC TWO: THE CONSPIRACY FILES Dr David Kelly David Kelly: The Conspiracy Files Sunday 25 February, 2007 Programme preview Kelly death not suicide, says MP Q&A: What really happened Timeline: David Kelly The official verdict was suicide. But a public inquest was never completed. The Conspiracy Files explores the questions that still surround Dr Kelly's death in July 2003, when the controversy about Iraq's weapons of mass destruction was at its height. Doctors, lawyers, bloggers and politicians, question the official account; and the programme investigates what really happened when David Kelly walked up Harrowdown Hill. BBC DAVID KELLY: THE CONSPIRACY FILES Transcript Harrowdown Hill Oxfordshire. In July 2003, the body of Dr David Kelly – Britain’s leading weapons inspector, was found here. The tragic death of the man caught in the crossfire of a prolonged and bitter battle between the Government and the BBC over why Britain went to war in Iraq. The official account says that under pressure he took his own life by cutting his wrist. Thames Valley Police spokesman: There is no indication at this stage of any other party being involved But the method it’s said he used was so unusual that many people now doubt the official version John Scurr, Consultant Vascular Surgeon: The question really is does it seem reasonable that he could have died from this injury alone, and I don't think he could. The official version says he also took an overdose of pills. But is there another story? Rowena Thursby: They were intent on not only killing him but making it look like-like suicide. They didn't want to know-people to know that he was being murdered. Lord Hutton’s inquiry into David Kelly’s death had far less legal powers than an inquest. Dr Michael Powers QC: They didn't have to give evidence under oath. A witness lying to Lord Hutton could not be prosecuted for perjury Some say it could be more sinister than suicide. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: David Kelly did not commit suicide. He was assassinated After a six month inquiry Lord Hutton concluded there was no evidence at all of any foul play. Press: There was no involvement by a third person in Dr Kelly’s death But could there have been a conspiracy by intelligence agencies to murder Dr David Kelly? Norman Baker MP: He told me it was a wet disposal which means killed in a hurry What led this man to a tragic death on this lonely hillside? Dr David Kelly was Britain’s leading expert on biological weapons, and a key UN Inspector in the hunt for Saddam Hussein’s Weapons of Mass Destruction. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: Well there's no question that David was an extremely good inspector A hardworking dedicated honest servant to what he believed in. Doctor Kelly did not seek out the harsh light at the centre of the political stage. A private man, he found the Oxfordshire countryside a respite from his involvement in the tense build up to the controversial war in Iraq. The Government said that Iraq posed an imminent threat in a dossier of intelligence about the regime of Saddam Hussein. Tony Blair September 2002: He has existing and active plans for the use of chemical and biological weapons which could be activated within 45 minutes. The 45 minute claim changed the reputation of the Government, the BBC, and David Kelly forever. After Iraq was invaded, no Weapons of Mass Destruction were found. When the BBC reporter Andrew Gilligan reported that a secret source told him that the Government probably knew the 45 minute claim was wrong, the Government’s credibility was on the line. Journalist’s question to Tony Blair: Did you mislead parliament Prime Minister? The stakes got higher and higher as the Prime Ministers integrity was questioned around the world News reporter: British Prime Minister Tony Blair is facing a barrage of accusations that he exaggerated intelligence about deadly weapons.. Blair is being characterised as a political Pinocchio in cartoons. An influential magazine spells Blair: ‘Bliar.’. As Andrew Gilligan’s secret source, David Kelly had unwittingly become the key to the biggest and fiercest row ever between the Government and the BBC in which neither side would back down. Alastair Campbell, Prime Minister’s Official Spokesman 1997-2003: Until the BBC acknowledge that is a lie I will keep banging on that correspondence file will get thicker,and they’d better issue an apology pretty quick. A witch hunt for the whistleblower gripped the corridors of power for six weeks. Dr Kelly volunteered his name internally to the Ministry of Defence, hoping he’d be protected, but the government revealed details about his identity before finally confirming his name. He and his wife had just ten minutes notice to flee their home to escape a rat-pack of reporters hot on his tail. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: This pressure was extraordinary I don’t know what point somebody has to reach before it becomes too much. The Inspector became the inspected. Andrew Mackinlay MP: This is the High Court of Parliament and I want you to tell the committee who you met. Three days after this questioning, Dr Kelly was found dead a few miles from his home in Oxfordshire, on Harrow down Hill. Thames Valley Police read out a statement from his family. Kelly Family Statement: Events over recent weeks have made David’s life intolerable and all of those involved should reflect long and hard on this fact. The end of David Kelly’s life was the beginning of a mystery. What really happened on Harrowdown Hill? Lord Hutton said the BBC was at fault in broadcasting unfounded allegations and Andrew Gilligan had admitted mistakes in his reporting. Lord Hutton concluded Dr Kelly killed himself. He found public exposure very stressful, feared he’d lose his job, felt unable to share his problems and was gripped by a profound sense of hopelessness. Lord Hutton: The major factor was a severe loss of self esteem resulting from his feeling that people had lost trust in him and from his dismay at being exposed to the media. Lord Hutton also gave the official account of how Dr Kelly died: by completely severing an artery in his wrist and taking an overdose of painkillers. Lord Hutton: Dr Kelly took his own life by cutting his left wrist, and that his death was hastened by taking co-proxamol tablets I’m further satisfied that there was no involvement by a third person in Dr Kelly’s death. So, officially it’s a suicide and the case is closed. But the Conspiracy Files series commissioned an opinion poll of a thousand people in Britain. The telephone poll found that almost one in four people questioned believed Dr Kelly did not commit suicide. So despite a two and a half million pound judicial inquiry. There remain many unanswered questions… and secrecy breeds conspiracy. A group of doctors and consultants have written a number of published letters saying that they don’t accept the cause of death given by Lord Hutton. Their letters have made them front page news, but have not drawn an official response from the Government. The letters by the doctors are co-ordinated by Rowena Thursby. She has set up a website called “The Kelly Investigation Group” to look into Dr Kelly’s death Rowena Thursby: People are very very interested in the death of Dr Kelly and they don't necessarily believe the official line which is that he took his own life. They find the whole thing rather suspicious and they write to me telling me that I'm doing, me that I'm doing very important work and that they that they are encouraging me to continue. David Kelly’s body was found by two volunteer searchers Paul Chapman and Louise Holmes with the help of their dog. They said they took care not to disturb the scene or get too close to the body, and contacted the Police as soon as they found him. Their description was of a body “slumped” or “sitting … up against a tree”. Rowena Thursby: The first two search volunteers who found the body clearly report-reported that his body was sitting up against a tree, The searchers told a police officer DC Graham Coe how to find the body, and he stayed alone with it for thirty minutes. DC Coe said he only observed the scene and never got close to the body and stayed about 7 or 8 feet away. Rowena Thursby: When the other people came along, the paramedics, the policemen, the detective, the forensic pathologist - all those people subsequently said that the body was flat on its back, not touching the tree at all. So completely horizontal on his back, so, which indicates to me, to anybody sensible, that the body was moved. But if the body was moved, who would have moved it and why? Rowena Thursby believes that DC Coe should have been questioned by Lord Hutton about what happened when he was alone with the body. Rowena Thursby: To find out why-what he-what he was doing for half an hour by the body, to question directly on whether he'd actually moved the body and put it to him that-that these witnesses say one thing and these witnesses say another. How do you explain that? You were with the body for the half an hour on your own, did you move the body? Lord Hutton says that such discrepancies in eye witness accounts are quite normal and do not disturb him. He saw photographs of the body that he believes are consistent with all the descriptions given. But discrepancies did trouble the Paramedics. Eleven months after Lord Hutton’s final report, they took the unprecedented step of calling a press conference. Dave Bartlett and Vanessa Hunt had attended dozens of suicide attempts in which someone has cut a wrist. But they found the scene of David Kelly’s death unusually free of bloodstains. Dave Bartlett: I suppose everyone was surprised at the outcome. Like I say we’re not medical experts, all we commented on was the amount of blood over the body. Vanessa Hunt: We can only say what we saw on that morning and there just didn’t appear to be a substantial amount of blood loss either onto the clothing or around the area. Rowena Thursby: The paramedics who attended the body they were very very shocked to find that there was very little blood around. In fact they they attend, they had attended attempted suicides and actual suicides, in about over a period of about 15 years and there was always masses and masses of blood all over the place So they didn't feel that he he could have died in that way. The Hutton Report had different witness accounts. Some saw more blood. The pathologist said there was a “significant volume of blood” and the forensic biologist, said that there was “a fair bit of blood” consistent with a severed artery, and some had soaked into the ground. Neither of them would speak to this programme to clarify exactly what they meant. One of the group of doctors and consultants who have published letters questioning the official cause of death is vascular surgeon John Scurr, a specialist in veins and arteries. John Scurr, Consultant Vascular Surgeon: I personally I don't think I've ever seen anybody die from wrist injuries. I have seen a lot of wrist injuries. It is a very common cry for help type thing. Attempt at suicide rather than a genuine attempt at killing themselves. John Scurr believes that if Dr Kelly had really meant to kill himself, he cut the wrong artery in the wrong way. John Scurr, Consultant Vascular Surgeon: Frankly I don't believe that simply cutting an ulnar artery will cause death. The radial artery runs down here and the ulnar artery runs down this side of the wrist. The ulnar artery is relatively deep and to get the ulnar artery you would need to cut in that sort of direction, which is an unusual way of holding a knife. The body has a lot of self defensive mechanisms. As you know if you take a knife and cut your finger you don't bleed to death. And the reason you don't bleed to death is you produce all sorts of clever things that seal the circulation and the bleeding stops. If you cut a large artery then you may not be able to stop the bleeding. The thing we know about the ulnar artery is it's quite small and so if Dr Kelly had cut it clean it would have gone into spasm and it would have, you know, probably oozed for a little while trickled. He might have lost a few hundred mills of blood. And then it would have stopped. Officially, David Kelly’s death was not only caused by haemorrhaging from a wrist wound. Lord Hutton says that an overdose of the painkiller co-proxamol probably also played a part. Packaging found with the body meant that up to twenty nine co-proxamol tablets were available to Dr Kelly. But the toxicologist who gave evidence to the Hutton Inquiry could not be definitive about how many tablets were taken. Tests he carried out suggested it was an overdose. That Dr Kelly had ten times more than a normal medical dose of co-proxamol. But he also said that Dr Kelly had less is usually fatal. Rowena Thursby : The forensic toxicologist to the Hutton Inquiry said that there was only a third of what’s normally a fatal amount in his blood. That’s an area which does need proper exploration by people who have expertise in toxicology and that could only be done at an inquest. One of Dr Kelly’s close friends, who is himself an eminent toxicologist was concerned about the way this evidence was dealt with by the Hutton Inquiry. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: Well if I comment on the toxicology which is the assessment of the drugs that were present in David. I thought it was incredibly superficial very superficial. You need to know something about the behaviour of the drug, there are concerns about where you take the blood sample from. Concentrations vary at different sites of the body. And might there be changes in the blood levels after somebody dies with these drugs. These are all important factors that you need to know when you’re interpreting a blood level after somebody dies. And that inquiry didn't go ahead. It is not only the medical causes of Dr Kelly’s death that are disputed. People also question whether there was evidence that he intended to commit suicide. The Hutton Report says that Dr Kelly became suicidal because he felt humiliated and that his self esteem, his integrity and his job were threatened. To find out if Dr Kelly really reached that point you need to know who he was. David Kelly: Hello and welcome to the Defence and microbiology division… lead to the procurement of defensive equipment against biological warfare His job required a balance between the open world of briefing the media about the risks posed by germ warfare and the secret world of intelligence. Dr Kelly had the highest level of security clearance and briefed the Defence Intelligence Staff, MI6 and the CIA. Dr Kelly was involved in the preparation of the dossier that formed the basis of the Governments case for war against Iraq. After the war, when no weapons of mass destruction were found in Iraq, Dr Kelly talked to a number of journalists about the dossier, and came under suspicion of being Andrew Gilligan’s secret source. As rumours swirled around David Kelly volunteered his name to the MoD… BBC Ten O’Clock News George Alagiah: The ministry of defence has announced that one of its employees has volunteered he met the BBC reporter Andrew Gilligan in an unauthorised meeting. The Government held off naming Dr Kelly initially. But they revealed details of his identity which enabled the media to identify him. Something which has angered a former Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 – 1999 : I think if they decided that they didn't want the name to come out, they could have protected him. They just left so many clues, that they all pointed to poor old Dr. Kelly. When the Government finally confirmed Dr Kelly’s name to the media, he was subjected to public scrutiny by a televised Parliamentary Committee. After two interviews by his employers and public exposure in the media, Dr Kelly had been under a lot of strain. But he spent many years doing a very difficult job in a hostile environment, making 37 visits to Iraq. Would someone like that really buckle and kill himself during a period of stress? Not according to one of his closest colleagues. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: One of the reasons I didn’t accept the suicide story from the beginning is I would not consider David a person that would become suicidal. We all have depressions. There are some of us and David is included in those that would endure and find other ways out On the last day of his life, Dr Kelly was telling friends that he would continue with the job that was so important to him. He was replying to messages from friends and colleagues that he would soon be back in Baghdad. His daughter was due to get married in a couple of months Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: I would feel it most unlikely that he would want to essentially abandon his family and end his life prematurely. He certainly could have looked forward to many more years of happy life. But amongst the e-mails on that last day, there was one sinister message. It doesn’t appear to show that Dr Kelly was a threat to himself, but that he felt threatened by others. He told his friend, journalist Judith Miller that there were “many dark actors playing games”. When David Kelly’s body was found the Prime Minister had just arrived in Japan and faced some difficult moments. Journalist’s question to Tony Blair in Japan : Have you got blood on your hands Prime Minister? But he did say that Lord Hutton’s Inquiry would follow established legal procedures. Tony Blair in Japan: I think what is important now is that there is some due process and the reason for having an inquiry and I think people would have expected us to have one because of the tragedy that’s occurred is so that the facts can be established. But was the Hutton Inquiry fit for purpose? Dr Michael Powers QC is an expert in the law relating to inquests, and has sat as a coroner, he points out that the Hutton Inquiry had less legal powers than a Coroner has at an inquest Dr Michael Powers QC: In Lord Hutton's inquiry, they didn't have to give evidence under oath. And we all know, whatever one - one's view might be upon people giving evidence under oath, that if evidence is given under oath, it has to be truthful. If it can be shown not to be truthful, the persons giving out untruthful evidence can be prosecuted for perjury. A witness lying to Lord Hutton could not be prosecuted for perjury The law that allowed the Hutton Inquiry to replace the inquest has only been used on three other occasions, when it could prevent unnecessary repetition of inquests in cases of multiple deaths from the same cause. Dr Michael Powers QC: This procedure of adjourning for a public inquiry is really still with major disasters. People die multiple deaths in a train accident or boating accident of that kind. So far as I'm aware, this is the first and only time when it has been used to investigate the death of a single person. Lord Hutton’s report was strongly criticised but there was some praise too. At the time few questioned the report’s conclusion that David Kelly took his own life. Lord Hutton says he decided fairly on the basis of the evidence most of which he published. Liberal Democrat MP Norman Baker is renowned for asking difficult question of the Government. He has committed a whole year to investigating Dr Kelly’s death, which he believes was not properly examined by the Hutton Inquiry. Norman Baker MP: The Hutton Inquiry singularly failed to pursue any points of interest. As soon as anyone starts to say anything interesting the Hutton Inquiry moved onto something else. The Hutton Inquiry seemed to be there to shut down matters rather than to open them up. It's extraordinary that the, the rigour and the legal defence and legal protection for the Hutton Inquiry was less than a normal court inquiry, less than a normal. And yet this is what was set up by the Prime Minister. So that's very odd. Defenders of Lord Hutton’s inquiry say it was not impeded by the absence of statutory powers, as the huge public interest in the inquiry ensured that it had the full co-operation of all the witnesses needed. They also praise its detail and rigour. Would an inquest have been a better way to answer the questions about the death of David Kelly? The MP Norman Baker thinks so. He’s come to a school in Nottingham to talk to pupils about the way that Dr Kelly’s death was officially investigated. Norman Baker MP: People who meet violent deaths always have a proper inquest it’s extraordinary that there hasn’t been one on this occasion and we ought to have one some of the evidence would then come out properly An inquest was opened in Oxford, but the Lord Chancellor told the Oxfordshire Coroner to adjourn it as the Hutton Inquiry would take over. The coroner wrote to the Lord Chancellor of his concern at the Hutton inquiry’s lack of legal powers when compared to those of an inquest “as you will know, a coroner has power to compel the attendance of witnesses. There are no such powers attached to a Public Inquiry”. Just after that Mr Gardiner attended a private meeting at the Department of Constitutional Affairs. Norman Baker MP: So how did this happen? Why did he have that meeting with DCA officials and what happened in that meeting? The Lord Chancellor, Charles Falconer, accepted the Coroner’s need to have one further hearing but in an unusual intervention, he told the coroner to “keep the proceedings as short as possible and, so far as the Coroner’s Rules allow, take the evidence in writing”. The coroner did just that, and a death certificate was registered setting out the causes of death. Yet the Hutton Inquiry had only just started taking evidence. Norman Baker wants the Government to explain this Norman Baker MP: What was the point of the Hutton inquiry if the death certificate already gave the reasons. Harriet Harman: Um well I think that that that it the Hutton Report obviously ranged much more widely that is one of the reasons why there wasn’t necessary for there to be a further inquest by the Oxfordshire coroner Three months after the Hutton Report, the Coroner Nicholas Gardiner formally considered whether to reopen the inquest. And on the 14 April, 2004--I On t, David Kelly’s widow accepted that he had taken his own life and did not want the inquest resumed, neither did the Lord Chancellor. The coroner had additional evidence from the Police, which he kept away from the public gaze. Dr Michael Powers QC: He had access to other information. The Thames Valley police report-- which, of course, we don't have access to--which, again, gave him support for his conclusion that there was no exceptional reason to resume the inquest. Now the difficulty, so far as the additional evidence is concerned, is that we don't know what it was. Thames Valley Police declined to assist this programme, but told us they “conducted a thorough investigation into the death of Dr Kelly and presented the evidence to Lord Hutton’s inquiry and to the Oxfordshire coroner”. The Lord Chancellor also declined to contribute to this programme. But said at the time he’d checked with the Kelly family that they preferred the Inquest to be adjourned. And he said he did so to avoid any unnecessary distress the duplication of proceedings might cause. The Hutton Inquiry took evidence from an official who said in a throw away remark, David Kelly had told him that if Iraq was invaded, he’d “probably be found dead in the woods”. Rowena Thursby thinks that the possibility of murder should at least be investigated further. Rowena Thursby: Who would've wanted to murder him at that time? Well, there is the possibility at least, that he was murdered by agents of a state. Whether that state was, well we don't know which state it was, but it, it could have been what's known as a hit. A professional assassination. The Government’s denies that UK intelligence services carry out assassinations. But Norman Baker believes that David Kelly was murdered. And he’s used a newspaper article to call for people who have any information to contact him. Norman Baker MP: A small number of people have come forward with something to tell. People who’ve either known David Kelly or been connected with the Government in some way an even smaller number of people who are in the inside connected with the security services or others who may know something of what happened. There’s one particular one which may well be the answer that has validity and that is the particular one that I’m pursuing at the moment. The Conspiracy Files has heard from a number of people who say that David Kelly could have been assassinated. Richard Spertzel was the USA’s most senior biological weapons inspector. He worked alongside Dr Kelly for many years in Iraq and believes the Iraqi regime may have pursued a vendetta against Dr Kelly. Richard Spertzel: I believed that David was probably a victim of Iraqi Intelligence Service because of long standing enmity of Iraq towards David. Dr Kelly was a very effective Inspector. In 1995 he uncovered a large amount of biological weapons agent and forced the Iraqi government to admit that they had a secret biological weapons programme. Kelly’s colleague Richard Spertzel discovered just how much the weapons inspectors had annoyed Saddam Hussein. Richard Spertzel: A number of us were on an Iraqi hit list. I was number three, and my understanding, David was only a couple behind that. And none of the people on that hit list were welcome in Iraq. Richard Spertzel: Immediately after David's death, a number of the other inspectors and I exchanged emails saying, 'Be careful.' He could have been murdered, assassinated, I mean to that extent I'm involved in my own conspiracy theory. In June 2003, after the invasion of Iraq, UN inspectors examined the mobile labs that were claimed as the “smoking gun” of the Iraqi weapons programme. Tony Blair at Evian G8 2003: We already have according to our experts, two mobile biological weapons facilities that were most certainly part, according to our intelligence, of a whole set of those facilities. We have a situation where I don’t think there is any doubt in anybody’s mind that Saddam Hussein accumulated these weapons. But an inspection team which included Dr Kelly later revealed that they were really devices to make hydrogen for balloons. Rowena Thursby believes this may have provided a motive. Rowena Thursby: He was dangerous to the cause at that time, of, of, of getting the country to war. And to, revealing that the, the country had been taken to war on false pretences. And he you know he spoke offline to the Observer in the same way that he'd spoken offline to Andrew Gilligan, so perhaps they they felt that he had to go Did anyone really believe that Dr Kelly ought to be silenced? Warren Reed was an officer in the Australian Secret Intelligence Service for ten years and thinks someone in Whitehall might have. Warren Reed, Australian Secret Intelligence Service 1976-1985: A key priority of some people in the political machine would have been to shut David Kelly up once and for all. John Scarlett the Chairman of the Joint Intelligence Committee- the Government’s main intelligence advisor - had said that David Kelly needed a “proper security style interview” Warren Reed was trained by MI6. He knows what a security style interview involves and believes that Dr Kelly would have felt threatened by it. Warren Reed, Australian Secret Intelligence Service 1976-1985: They would have known how to ask questions that would have perhaps needled Kelly in a certain sort of way. They were looking for pressure points that would intimidate him. If indeed something like this did occur I would imagine that a top British interrogator maybe from MI6 MI5 would have been brought in under cover perhaps something they picked out to do with say his personal life could have been sufficiently intimidatory to have brought on either the suicide or say a heart attack. Could Dr Kelly have had such an intimidating interrogation in a safe house? Norman Baker MP has found an interesting lead in the Southend Echo Norman Baker MP: This looks like the period after when he admitted to the MoD that he may have been responsible for the leak and he had spoken to Andrew Gilligan and before he then became a public figure so I’m guessing this is probably round about the 10th July or that sort of time and this is one part of the sequence which so far hasn’t been identified in the story of David Kelly. The Ministry of Defence told us that Dr Kelly was not taken to a safe house in Southend. He was interviewed twice at the Ministry by his line manager and the head of personnel, but they say they did not subject Dr Kelly to particular stress. A different explanation for Dr Kelly’s death comes from Barrister Michael Shrimpton. He has made his own investigation at Harrowdown Hill. Michael Shrimpton: Harrowdown Hill, I've visited the murder site, it's ideal. I'm known as a national security lawyer and it's known that I have links with the intelligence communities in the United Kingdom and in-throughout the western world. I was contacted within about twenty four hours by somebody working with David Kelly in the intelligence community and he said he'd been murdered and I wasn't particularly surprised at that and given the source I had no doubts whatsoever that he'd been murdered from that time. Michael Shrimpton believes he has found clues on Harrowdown Hill that others have missed. Michael Shrimpton: You could a hide a platoon or a company of men over the brow of that hill and you wouldn’t know if they kept quiet until you were right on top of them. As a place for an ambush it’s just frankly ideal. He was clearly assassinated to keep him quiet there was no other motive. Michael Shrimpton believes that the co-proxamol pain-killers found near the body were simply a cover used by assassins Michael Shrimpton: The plan is to leave coproxamol by the side of the body. So they’re trying to get co-proxamol into the stomach and they’re trying to shove co-proxamol down into poor David Kelly he dies on them too quickly. As they’re shoving the tablet down him, probably the first tablet, there’s vomit, and that’s the end then he dies. And that’s the end of tablets. Michael Shrimpton also believes that the cut wrist was really to hide the injection marks created by a different method of death, an injection of a fatal substance Michael Shrimpton: Succynol choline is still very much the favoured means of killing him because it is so easily disguised. The wrist slash is clearly in my view designed not just to create the impression of suicide but it’s a perfect means of disguising the puncture wounds. Michael Shrimpton says he knows that Dr Kelly was assassinated because of his extensive intelligence contacts. Michael Shrimpton: That is the red phone if that phone goes it could be anyone from the White House to President’s administration in Russia to the CIA to whoever. It’s not usual for me to pick up the phone and have Henry Kissinger on the other end but that has happened. He actually has that number but he doesn’t have that number. That gives me a direct line through to Vice President Dick Cheney’s Office. Michael Shrimpton is also a fan of espionage fiction from Frederick Forsyth to Tom Clancy Michael Shrimpton: He’s one of my favourite authors One of Tom Clancy’s books, The Teeth of the Tiger concerns an “off the books” team of US Government assassins who avoid detection by killing their victims with succynol choline Michael Shrimpton: Now yes there is a reference to Succynol Choline in this book and I think that follows the assassination of David Kelly. Tom Clancy has very good contacts in the intelligence community. It may be that Tom Clancy picked up a loopback from the Kelly assassination. But if the suggestion is that I got succynol choline from a Tom Clancy novel then sorry that won’t wash. Norman Baker’s investigation has led to him meeting a secret contact who has heard a sinister version of what happened to Dr Kelly. Norman Baker MP: He had been told by - a, a friend who was senior in the security services that this was a quote - wet disposal and what is wet disposal I asked him, wet disposal means that it was a hurried job and he was killed in a hurried way, that's apparently what wet disposal means But will Norman Baker’s interest in the security services mean that they take an interest in him? Norman Baker MP: There have been a number of odd instances. I've had e-mail traffic clearly interfered with and messages half erased. One of those was from a former member of MI6, who also had his post interfered with. Norman Baker MP: "Dear Mr Baker I'm not sure what is going on here. I wrote a full message to you. I confirm that I did receive your letter about four weeks after you posted it and it had been blatantly opened in the UK and forwarded in a Royal Mail forwarding envelope. The security services are usually more subtle when they intercept mail". When Norman Baker and Rowena Thursby meet they avoid talking anywhere they might be monitored. Rownena Thursby: Well, I, I tend to assume that I'm being, being bugged. I, I mean I don't know. But I imagine, the arms of government GCHQ they would probably need to keep an eye on um, who was doing what in connection with this case. They're bound to want to know what this group is about. And where we're taking it and whether it can be a further threat to the government. Norman Baker has come to Radio Oxford to publicise his personal inquiry into David Kelly’s death and has to confront the label of conspiracy theorist. BBC Radio Oxford: I’ve been talking to Norman Baker MP .Well the Hutton Inquiry found that Dr Kelly had committed suicide. But some have their doubts and conspiracy theories abound. So where to we go from here? Are you claiming that there are major dark forces and spooks operating out there? Norman Baker MP: Well I’m not using the phrase dark forces, I’m not using the word spooks nor am I by the way using the phrase conspiracy theory which is a very lazy way or journalists in national newspapers to dismiss anyone who questions the official version of events. A conspiracy is two or more people coming together for a common purpose no more no less. You might argue that George Bush and Tony Blair had a conspiracy to invade Iraq. BBC Radio Oxford: And what’s your best suggestion of an alternative explanation. Norman Baker MP: I’ve had leads to do with individuals who were connected with David Kelly and who had particular reasons to wish him not to be there. BBC Radio Oxford: Basil in Northmoor rang in on that one he says it seems a bit like the death of Princess Diana and it’ll never be solved and it makes him think there could indeed be major dark forces at work. Well if you want to get through to the programme it’s your time of day to get things off your chest. Dr Kelly’s friend Alastair Hay believes that it’s because of a lack of confidence in the Hutton Inquiry that questions are still raised about the death of his friend. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: It's correct that these uncertainties are raised about things. And I think that this is a message for coroners in general. And it's a message for anybody who conducts an investigation like this. That you need to inquire you need to have some precision in terms of the information that is provided to the court. Because there are these uncertainties and unless these uncertainties are dealt with at the time then all sorts of speculation will occur. And it's perfectly reasonable for that speculation to occur Professor Peter Tyrer is a clinical psychiatrist and the editor of the British Journal of Psychiatry. He sees conspiracy theories as an inevitable consequence of political news management and spin Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: We've recently published a paper in the British Journal of Psychiatry that shows that the ordinary population doesn't trust the Government and institutions when they provide information erm a majority feel they are right to mistrust that at least in the first instance. I think this is really a consequence of the Governments excessive reliance on spin It’s difficult to be conclusive about the conspiracy theories which have grown up about Dr Kelly’s death. Thames Valley Police have never commented publicly on the theories. They say they “found no evidence of any third party involvement in Dr Kelly’s death.” And forensic evidence to the Hutton Inquiry showed no force or violence inflicted by another person. We spoke to a former deputy chief of defence intelligence. John Morrison has worked with MI5 and MI6. We asked him about Richard Spertzel’s theory. Richard Spertzel, UN Weapons Inspector in Iraq 1994-1998: I think David was probably a victim of the Iraqi intelligence service John Morrisson, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: Let's use a little bit of common sense here. If Iraqi intelligence had wanted to get rid of David Kelly, where would they have done it? Iraq or the UK. He could have had an accident at any time in Iraq. Very hard to prove it wasn't an accident. Would they really track him down? Others have suggested that Dr Kelly might have been the victim of assassins much closer to home. Are there British agents licensed to kill? John Morrisson, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: It is indeed complete fantasy that there are agents that are licensed to kill. There are intelligence agencies around the world who do engage in assassinations, there's no doubt about that. Some of them not very nice people at all. But we have never had a policy of assassination to my knowledge in the history of the UK intelligence agencies. And certainly not in the last few decades. John Morrison also rejects the use of the term wet disposal John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: Right. I, I've seen the words wet disposal used in fiction to cover assassinations. I've never heard them in my entire professional career except perhaps as a joke. John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: I can't conceive of anybody or organisation having any motive whatsoever, to kill Dr. Kelly. In a crime such as this you need, traditionally, motive, method, and opportunity. Since there's no motive, this is the rock on which all conspiracy theories founder. Some doctors have raised important medical questions about Dr Kelly’s death that remain unanswered. The Coroner, The Pathologist and the toxicologist to the Hutton Inquiry declined our invitation to speak to this programme. So what do other forensic experts make of those doubts? Dr Allen Anscombe is the President of the British Association in Forensic Medicine. A forensic pathologist with over 20 years experience, who has performed several thousand autopsies. We put to him the point made by vascular surgeon John Scurr Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: I don’t believe that simply cutting an ulnar artery will cause death Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: Forensic pathologists are biased in terms of seeing what people actually die from, clinicians by and large, the vast majority of their patients don't die. So again, we approach things from a different way and actually see what people really die from. You might argue we don't see what people survive. So I'm quite happy to accept that often severed small to medium sized arteries such as ulnar artery are not fatal, but severings of such an artery can and is occasionally fatal. And if you combine that with somebody who is deceased then you tend to put two and two together The Paramedics say they didn’t see much blood at the scene. Is there any way to establish if Dr Kelly had lost enough blood to have died from haemorrhaging? Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: The actual volume of blood given that the person is deceased...um...is likely to be fatal, whatever that volume happens to be. There is not a simple volume which is always fatal and a simple volume which is not. It depends on the rate of bleeding, it depends on your physical condition whilst...before you're bleeding and whilst you're bleeding, depends on a number of factors It’s also suggested that up to five pints of blood need to be lost in order to cause death, and the pathologist who conducted the post– mortem on Dr Kelly in Oxford should have measured the amount of blood lost or the amount remaining. Dr Allen Anscombe, President British Association in Forensic Medicine: There's no simple test to measure the remaining amount of blood in the circulation in, in a dead body. It would be nice if it was possible but unfortunately it's not Sceptics suggest that co-proxamol couldn’t have been a factor in Dr Kelly’s death because the toxicologist to the Hutton inquiry said that the concentrations of co-proxamol found in Dr Kelly were less than is usually fatal. Rowena Thursby: There was a third of what’s usually a fatal amount in his blood Professor Alastair Hay believes the evidence of toxicologist at the Hutton Inquiry wasn’t as detailed as it could have been. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds Universityy: I think it would have helped if he had said that if you look at deaths involving coproxamol that there is a range of concentrations that you will find in people. Ranging from about a quarter of the value that was found in David to in the case of the one drug propoxyphene, almost forty times as much as as in David. And so you've got that range and David would sit in that range but all be it at the lower end. But it would still give you a measure of reassurance that this sort of level is what you would find in people who have committed suicide. Professor Robert Forrest is Britain’s leading Forensic toxicologist and the president of the Forensic Science Society. He points out that Co- proxamol has been used in many suicides. Prof Robert Forrest, President The Forensic Science Society: At one stage it was accounting for about ten percent of the cases of fatal overdose that we saw. The numbers have dropped off dramatically in the last few years and this is because it has been decided that it will no longer be a licensed preparation available on prescription. The Hutton Inquiry’s toxicologist said that the concentrations of co- proxamol found in Dr Kelly’s blood were lower than the levels that are usually fatal Prof Robert Forrest, President The Forensic Science Society: The concentrations in Dr Kelly's blood are on the low side. We normally see higher concentrations than that in a person who has died of an overdose of Co-Proxamol. But if you've got heart disease - and if there is something else going on like blood loss, then all three of those are going to act together. The overdose of Co-Proxamol, the heart disease and the blood loss I've got no doubt that the - cause of Dr Kelly's death was a combination of blood loss, heart disease and overdose of Co-Proxamol. Not necessarily in that order. If I was going to put it in order I'd put the overdose of Co- Proxamol first. But it's important that all of them had interacted to lead to the death. The key to whether David Kelly was really suicidal was his state of mind. The Hutton Inquiry heard that David Kelly told a colleague he felt “thrown” when the committee asked him about another BBC reporter, Susan Watts. Richard Ottaway, Foreign Affairs Committee 2003: You have confirmed that you have spoken to Susan Watts. Can I take you through the quote again "The 45 minute point was a statement that was made and it got out of all proportion….. David Kelly had told the MoD that he’d met Susan Watts but hadn’t spoken to her about the 45 minute claim. He was told that if new evidence came to light which called into question his account, he might face disciplinary action. The committee twice read out what a source had told her. Richard Ottaway, Foreign Affairs Committee2003: Now there are many people who think that you are the source of that quote. What’s your reaction to that suggestion? I find it very difficult it doesn’t sound like my form of words, it doesn’t sound like a quote from me. You deny that those are your words. Do you deny you were the source of that? Yes David Kelly was the source and must have realised if there was a transcript there might well be a tape, and if there was a tape, that would prove he was the source and he would be exposed as dishonest. Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: He was a man who was a stickler for accuracy and it this comes over time and time again and he was also very concerned about being honest and I think he was concerned that this extra information which was tape recorded presumably without his knowledge might have implied that he was a liar and not to be trusted that must have been incredibly damaging for someone of his personality structure When Dr Kelly’s friend Alastair Hay saw him face tough questioning alone in front of the Foreign Affairs Committee, he was very concerned. Andrew Mackinlay MP: You’re under an obligation to reply Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: I'd never seen David in a situation where he didn't seem in control and I watched his face - I don't know there was just a look about it that worried me and his hands I was watching his hands too and the way he was holding them and clasping them. This was a very different David that I was seeing and so, um, that made me worried really. You just have to imagine how you would feel under those circumstances where everything that you had done your whole career which you are immensely proud of, and absolutely justifiably because it was a fan- an enormously brilliant record that he had, to think that this might all be in peril. The Government’s treatment of Dr Kelly has angered John Morrison. John Morrison, Deputy Chief of Defence Intelligence 1995 - 1999: Well, speaking personally, I think Dr. Kelly was treated abominably by number ten and my old ministry, the ministry of defence. I think they owed him a duty of care, they could have protected him. They did not only not protect him, they hung him out to dry. And I think that was despicable. On his last morning alive, Dr Kelly sent e-mails to friends saying he’d soon be back in Baghdad. Is that really the action of someone considering suicide? Professor Peter Tyrer has studied Dr Kelly’s emails Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: It looked as though the ones on the morning of the 17th were rather stereotyped whereas the earlier emails that he sent in July were much more informative and erm more sort of warmth coming through them and I think that there was a certain detachment of those emails on the morning of the 17th of July which made me think that he'd already decided that he was going to take his own life when he was writing those As well as sending e-mails David Kelly was receiving them. One was about an MP who had asked a parliamentary question about what disciplinary action the MoD was going to take against him. He took a knife he’d had since childhood on his last walk towards Harrowdown Hill Prof Peter Tyrer, Professor of Psychiatry Imperial College London: He was a person who liked to be in control and it was clear from the last few days of his life that he felt he was losing control. The uncertainty for someone who is highly meticulous the uncertainty of what might happen it’s almost worse than the certainty of something terrible happening. He didn’t actually know how it was going to pan out and I think that must have been extremely alarming for him. So I think it’s that combination that really led to the suicide. “He had a broken heart. He had shrunk into himself”. Mrs Kelly told the Hutton Inquiry. She hasn’t spoken to this programme but she told Rowena Thursby she has no doubts that her husband took his own life. Rowena Thursby: I spoke to Mrs Kelly on the phone. And, and she felt that her husband had in fact, committed suicide. But that, that was her strong belief. But you know, people can believe things very strongly but it doesn't mean to say that they're actually true. So I feel that we have to pursue we have to find out what happened to David Kelly. Norman Baker is also determined to continue and will not be deterred when he is labelled a conspiracy theorist. Norman Baker MP: I fully expected to be attacked in a careless and undefined way, which is what that is. But I think in politics if politics is to mean anything at all you have to do what you think is right. If you’re going to go through politics upsetting nobody achieving nothing playing safe and getting your MBE at the end or your seat in the house of lords what is the point of being in politics you’ve got to take some difficult decisions you’ve got to do what you think is right. David Kelly’s friends want him to be remembered for the enormous contribution he made with his career. Alastair Hay, Professor of Toxicology Leeds University: I would hope conspiracy theories don't get in the way of us remembering David. For me he was an outstanding scientist, he was somebody at the peak of his profession. I don't know of a biological warfare expert in the world who was better than David. So he's made the world a much safer place because he's told us what countries can do if they set their minds to it and what you need to do to protect yourself. So for me he was a good friend, he was an absolute professional, ah, and he was someone that we owe a great debt to, and that's how he should be remembered http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Death_of_David_Kelly
1691 an0 -
4 min 47
LIBYA, More NATO-RAT lies 'Mass Grave Found' - September 26, 2011
LIBYA, More NATO-RAT lies 'Mass Grave Found' - September 26, 2011 Libya: NTC concocts mass grave story in brazen propaganda ploy Posted: 2011/09/26 By Martin Iqbal In a truly stunning display of dishonesty, the BBC has reported, citing no evidence to back its claim, that a mass grave containing over 1,200 bodies has been found in Tripoli's Abu Salim prison complex. The BBC attempts to tie this 'finding' to the equally concocted 'Abu Salim prison massacre', as it claims that the bodies are those of the inmates supposedly killed in 1996. In a piece posted today after a NTC news conference, the BBC uses the headline: "More than 1,200 bodies found in Tripoli mass grave". Categorically, absolutely, unequivocally, this is an out-and-out lie; 1,200 bodies have not been found. Not a single body has been found. In fact, no excavation has been performed, and no more than 'several bone fragments' have been discovered, according to the NTC. This is revealed to the reader within the BBC's own concocted report in the paragraphs that follow (emphasis mine): A mass grave believed to contain up to 1,270 bodies has been found in the Libyan capital, Tripoli, says the National Transitional Council (NTC). The remains are thought to be those of inmates who were killed by security forces in 1996 in the Abu Salim prison. ... Excavation at the site is expected to start soon. ... Several bone fragments and pieces of clothing have already been found in the top soil. While the unelected, illegitimate terror council known as the NTC claims to have found merely 'several bone fragments', the BBC claims that 1,200 bodies have been found in its deliberately misleading headline. Even this weak slew of lies from the BBC exposes the fragile nature of the 'Abu Salim massacre' propaganda, as it refers to the evidential basis of the event (emphasis mine): A few eyewitnesses have talked about the fact they were killed in their jail cells by grenades and sustained gunfire after a protest. Officials in the new government say they will need foreign forensic help to determine exactly what happened there. The BBC's report contains testimony from a 'Sami Assadi', who claims to have lost two brothers in the incident. "Mixed feelings really. We are all happy because this revolution has succeeded, but when I stand here, I remember my brothers and many, many friends have been killed, just because they did not like Muammar Gaddafi." The inclusion of this testimony is a blatant attempt to twist and distort the reality on the ground. The BBC suggests that the 'revolution' has succeeded. In reality the 'rebels' and the foreign soldiers & special forces leading them, don't even hold Tripoli, in addition to countless other locations still held by the Libyan resistance. These include Bani Walid and Sirte - locations now subject to NATO-prescribed blockades in an attempt to starve the resistance into submission, coupled with lethal bombing campaigns. In its crude attempt to deceive the public, the BBC even manages to contradict itself in this one-page report. The testimony it provides above suggests that the alleged victims of the 'Abu Salim massacre' were killed because they "did not like Gaddafi", while the BBC itself claims earlier in the piece, that they were killed for protesting against conditions in the prison. Associated Press has also picked up this story, citing rebel spokesperson Khalid al-Sherif: "We have discovered the truth about what the Libyan people have been waiting for for many years, and it is the bodies and remains of the Abu Salim massacre". As with the BBC piece, this report also admits that only a few bone fragments have been found and excavation has not even begun. Most certainly, this 'mass grave' propaganda will drop out of the news without retraction from the NTC liars or the media lackeys that peddled it, as it turns out to be an utter falsehood. 'Abu Salim' is an event toted by globalist-Zionist funded Human Rights Watch as the trump card in the propaganda war against Libya. It is an event for which there is no physical evidence, and HRW's report on the event hinges on the testimony of one person who is now residing in the United States. Laughably, HRW even admits that they cannot independently verify a single detail of the man's claims. http://mathaba.net/news/?x=628803 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ Source: Name: ingsoc2012 Website: http://www.youtube.com/user/ingsoc2012 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
434 mois0 -
45 min 27
0815-0900 NEWS, EYE WITNESSES
File 011 440606 0815-0900 EWT - Elmer Peterson continues his news analysis. The siege of beach heads isolates the Normandy peninsula. - Peterson cites Churchill reporting about how much airplanes, ships and bombs are being used, about how the minesweepers “did their task efficiently and effectively”. Churchill states that a great number of paratroopers (“the ultimate of modern warfare”) are doing their job. Churchill: “It does seem that some tactical surprise has been achieved [against the Germans]”. - Elmer Peterson gives more news bulletins. More than 640 naval guns, ranging from 4 to 16 inches in size, are bombarding the beaches and enemy strong points.” - Bulletins from Paris, London. Blood donors present themselves in accordance with a pre-arranged plan. - Then Elmer Peterson recapitulate Churchill’s speech at Commons. - Then at 0823 EWT the NBC talks about the reschedule of their programs because of D-Day coverage. At 0800 EWT a broadcast with Stanley Richardson (1st eye witness account of naval action) and Merrill Muller (eye witness account from Eisenhower’s headquarters) was planned, but Richardson’s account was troubled by interference and drop-outs. Merrill Muller could not be reached. Now their accounts are scheduled again at 0825 EWT. - Then Elmer Peterson continues with news bulletins from “other fighting fronts”: Rome, Eastern fronts (Rumania, Japan vs. China). Then he’s citing German news dispatches about the invasion. - Special broadcast from London: ATTEMPT to broadcast complete version of the first eye witness account of the naval action (by Stanley Richardson) and an eye witness account from Eisenhower’s headquarters (by Merrill Muller). - Elmer Peterson with a round-up of the news. Reports about American paratroopers who strike the first blow behind enemy lines. A blow like a “single sledgehammer blow paving the way for the frontal assault troops”. - Then at 0830 EWT a new attempt to establish contact with Stanley Richardson. Also this attempt is without result. - 0832 EWT. Back to NBC New York, News summary. Allied sources, German sources. Churchill. - 0837 EWT. This time Stanley Richardson’s first eye witness account of naval action can be transmitted without problem; followed directly by Merrill Muller who gives his eye witness account of the proceedings at Eisenhower’s headquarters. - The words of Roosevelt’s D-Day prayer read in DICTATION SPEED (rather fast for a dictation speed I’ll say; A.L.). The prayer has been scheduled for 2200 EWT the same evening. - News bulletins from Paris, Berlin, Stockholm, London. - Montgomery’s five point recipe for victory: 1) Allied solidarity 2) Offensive eagerness 3) Enthusiasm 4) Confidence 5) All our effort. __________________________________ original filename : CBD-440606_NBC0815-News www.archive.org/details/NBCCompleteBroadcastDDay
402 ans0 -
1h 3 min 21
Anthony J Hilder on the Free American hour
Clay Douglas Publisher of the Free American Host of the Free American Hour 3331 N. Dodge Blvd. Tucson AZ 85716 520-413-2397 or 505-908-9498 Skype- freeamerican69 Cell 520-668-9044 TODAY'S Guest: Anthony J Hilder at 7:00 to 8:00 AM Pacific Guest Caller Line 646-915-8774 Chat Room Interviews and Politically Accurate Commentary Donations Will Help the Free American Magazine. Follow freeamerican69 on Twitter Hear more archived shows here! http://www.youtube.com/freeamerican69 Send a donation or call an order in at 520-413-2397 http://aircrap.org/ aircrap Anthony J Hilder War Against The World War has been declared upon the planet and every living life form on it. The Illuminazi Elite who creates our currency (through the privately owned Federal Reserve System) and controls our commerce through the IMF World Bank and a various trade treaties, has declared war upon the World. This Money Monarchy’s goal is not just to rule the world – but own it and everything and everyone in it. And that includes you. This Evilarchy that is waging war against this world have determined that in order to give their elite more room to stretch those they consider “useless eaters” are going to have to die. The Death Drops (Chemtrails) that we are witnessing being dropped upon the population is the method that they are using to carry out mass murder. They are arrogant. They feel that they are invincible and maintain irreversible positions of power. For the first time in a century they feel threatened of having their crimes exposed to the world. Consequently, they have escalated their attack feeling they are now vulnerable of a worldwide exposure resulting in their conviction for crimes against humanity. Only by polluting the atmosphere and poisoning the air can they expect to kill Five Billion People. If one questions why THEY would initiate this “mass murder” – across the planet and still expect to survive “it should be noted” that in the past 20 years these Illuminati elitists have built huge underground facilities throughout the world. Then. They have developed these underground facilities to avoid the Holocaust and Hell that they are creating. The fact is they have literally launched an all out attack on the Earths Atmosphere. These Malthusian Minded Maniacs have the Minds Of Monsters. Their scientists are unlike the legendary Dr Frankenstein except that the legendary Doctor created his monster and performed his experiments upon the dead. These modern day Dr Frankensteins are performing their experiments and creating their monsters on the living. Anyone who is not either Satanic or Insane would order millions of tons of deadly toxins containing aerosol compounds composed of Aluminum Oxide, Strontium, Barium, and Sulfur Hexoflourides to be dumped upon the population of the world. Just look to the skies. This is not a Conspiracy Theory, This is Frightening – This is a Fact. We know why they drop these daily “Death Dumps” on every nation on Earth. Their goal to reduce the population by 350,000 per day (As Was the suggestion by Jacques Cousteau). We with the Free World Alliance, Commoncrime.net, Ourenglanduk.com, and aircrap.org, have launched a counter attack exposing the crimes that they are now committing. For this ruthless criminal cashist cartel to succeed they would have to convince the sheeple that the DEATH DUMPS that are being scheduled every day is for our own protection. These Illuminazis will try to explain why “They” have declared War on MOTHER EARTH – OUR TREES – THE ANIMALS OF THE LAND AND SEA – YOU – YOUR MOTHER – YOUR FAMILY and FRIENDS. For the slaughter they have envisioned to be successful they must first get their managed media to sell and for you to buy their BIG LIE. For the planet and its people to survive, under Clean Clear Blue Skies, and thrive again we MUST expose the truth. We work together to save the world from the Warlords and Warlocks of Wall Street and Washington. Its not Optional, It is Mandatory! This is why the Free World Alliance and our Affiliate Aircrap.org has started this worldwide expose. You will be able to appreciate our achievements, we will publish them. We will continually list those coming on board, their victories and the data that they have collected from across mother earth. We shall publish the location of the bases that these Air Frankenstein Flights are taking off from to distribute the poisons they disperse. Those who drop these poisons upon the planet to create the toxic fog and those who have worked legislatively to get various Governments to participate in this crime must be identified , Arrested, and brought to Trial for Crimes Against Humanity. They have out Hitler-ed Hitler at the height of his hysteria. They must not be set free… they are killers and must be incarcerated. In the past few months the rate of toxic disbursements have both accelerated in number and expanded in scope. The continuing accumulation of these poisonous particulates is extremely disturbing. I am calling this to both label and identify this process “AKILLERATION”. This means we will use this word when referring to the accumulation of toxins which are inhaled into the lungs and subsequently dispersed through our blood system into our Brains and Bodies of the victims. Additionally in the charting of this akilleration equation we will attempt to log the acceleration of dispensed toxic aerosols that are now taking place. May GOD Help US, until then our success in both collecting and dispersing this data is totally dependent upon moral and financial support from you. We are launching multiple films exposing this evilarchys intent, and those who are attempting to carry out their program for World Domination. There are those out there who liked what Hitler did in his attempt to achieve a New World Order. …. They will Love what the Illuminazi , modern day Frankensteins, are now doing. At the moment we are the only group on the planet who are identifying the problem and presenting a solution. Help Us help You. All of our films are given for free with a donation – which is at your discretion. The more fiat money you contribute the more movies we make. You can make one or a million. Remember a movie can reach a million before a book can be read by one. We all know the evil things are that happening in this world, the murder, wars, abuse, cruelty and conspiracy. What we must remember is that we will through the force of our will and our higher judgment see through it all and bring about an awakening in each man their higher nature and seek to reveal and repel evil and ignorance. The common man will be the force to bring to an end the abuses in this world through ones own wisdom and non cooperation with those who manipulate us. Once one has awoken there is no going back. Other resources: http://freeworldfilmworks.com/ http://ourenglanduk.com/ http://commoncrime.net/
471 an0 -
2 min 16
Ted Gunderson - Chemtrails are Aircrap Poisoning Us - Anthony J Hilder - January 14, 2010
Ted Gunderson - Chemtrails are Aircrap Poisoning Us - Anthony J Hilder - January 14, 2010 Ted Gunderson former head of the FBI in years past in several US cites, now is a whistleblower on Secret Government revelations. He is extremely controversial to some but a truthteller to most. Hero for revealing the truth about skulduggery by the alphabet agencies we used to trust. Now coming out on Chemtrails and warning us. There are several bases where the planes originalte and unmarked planes he claims. from: rcoones http://vimeo.com/18769201 Anthony J Hilder War Against The World War has been declared upon the planet and every living life form on it. The Illuminazi Elite who creates our currency (through the privately owned Federal Reserve System) and controls our commerce through the IMF World Bank and a various trade treaties, has declared war upon the World. This Money Monarchy’s goal is not just to rule the world – but own it and everything and everyone in it. And that includes you. This Evilarchy that is waging war against this world have determined that in order to give their elite more room to stretch those they consider “useless eaters” are going to have to die. The Death Drops (Chemtrails) that we are witnessing being dropped upon the population is the method that they are using to carry out mass murder. They are arrogant. They feel that they are invincible and maintain irreversible positions of power. For the first time in a century they feel threatened of having their crimes exposed to the world. Consequently, they have escalated their attack feeling they are now vulnerable of a worldwide exposure resulting in their conviction for crimes against humanity. Only by polluting the atmosphere and poisoning the air can they expect to kill Five Billion People. If one questions why THEY would initiate this “mass murder” – across the planet and still expect to survive “it should be noted” that in the past 20 years these Illuminati elitists have built huge underground facilities throughout the world. Then. They have developed these underground facilities to avoid the Holocaust and Hell that they are creating. The fact is they have literally launched an all out attack on the Earths Atmosphere. These Malthusian Minded Maniacs have the Minds Of Monsters. Their scientists are unlike the legendary Dr Frankenstein except that the legendary Doctor created his monster and performed his experiments upon the dead. These modern day Dr Frankensteins are performing their experiments and creating their monsters on the living. Anyone who is not either Satanic or Insane would order millions of tons of deadly toxins containing aerosol compounds composed of Aluminum Oxide, Strontium, Barium, and Sulfur Hexoflourides to be dumped upon the population of the world. Just look to the skies. This is not a Conspiracy Theory, This is Frightening – This is a Fact. We know why they drop these daily “Death Dumps” on every nation on Earth. Their goal to reduce the population by 350,000 per day (As Was the suggestion by Jacques Cousteau). We with the Free World Alliance, Commoncrime.net, Ourenglanduk.com, and aircrap.org, have launched a counter attack exposing the crimes that they are now committing. For this ruthless criminal cashist cartel to succeed they would have to convince the sheeple that the DEATH DUMPS that are being scheduled every day is for our own protection. These Illuminazis will try to explain why “They” have declared War on MOTHER EARTH – OUR TREES – THE ANIMALS OF THE LAND AND SEA – YOU – YOUR MOTHER – YOUR FAMILY and FRIENDS. For the slaughter they have envisioned to be successful they must first get their managed media to sell and for you to buy their BIG LIE. For the planet and its people to survive, under Clean Clear Blue Skies, and thrive again we MUST expose the truth. We work together to save the world from the Warlords and Warlocks of Wall Street and Washington. Its not Optional, It is Mandatory! This is why the Free World Alliance and our Affiliate Aircrap.org has started this worldwide expose. You will be able to appreciate our achievements, we will publish them. We will continually list those coming on board, their victories and the data that they have collected from across mother earth. We shall publish the location of the bases that these Air Frankenstein Flights are taking off from to distribute the poisons they disperse. Those who drop these poisons upon the planet to create the toxic fog and those who have worked legislatively to get various Governments to participate in this crime must be identified , Arrested, and brought to Trial for Crimes Against Humanity. They have out Hitler-ed Hitler at the height of his hysteria. They must not be set free… they are killers and must be incarcerated. In the past few months the rate of toxic disbursements have both accelerated in number and expanded in scope. The continuing accumulation of these poisonous particulates is extremely disturbing. I am calling this to both label and identify this process “AKILLERATION”. This means we will use this word when referring to the accumulation of toxins which are inhaled into the lungs and subsequently dispersed through our blood system into our Brains and Bodies of the victims. Additionally in the charting of this akilleration equation we will attempt to log the acceleration of dispensed toxic aerosols that are now taking place. May GOD Help US, until then our success in both collecting and dispersing this data is totally dependent upon moral and financial support from you. We are launching multiple films exposing this evilarchys intent, and those who are attempting to carry out their program for World Domination. There are those out there who liked what Hitler did in his attempt to achieve a New World Order. …. They will Love what the Illuminazi , modern day Frankensteins, are now doing. At the moment we are the only group on the planet who are identifying the problem and presenting a solution. Help Us help You. All of our films are given for free with a donation – which is at your discretion. The more fiat money you contribute the more movies we make. You can make one or a million. Remember a movie can reach a million before a book can be read by one. We all know the evil things are that happening in this world, the murder, wars, abuse, cruelty and conspiracy. What we must remember is that we will through the force of our will and our higher judgment see through it all and bring about an awakening in each man their higher nature and seek to reveal and repel evil and ignorance. The common man will be the force to bring to an end the abuses in this world through ones own wisdom and non cooperation with those who manipulate us. Once one has awoken there is no going back. Other resources: http://freeworldfilmworks.com/ http://ourenglanduk.com/ http://commoncrime.net/ http://aircrap.org/
1031 an0 -
2 min 07
Multi-Platinum recording artist Prince is aware of the Chemtrail issue
Multi-Platinum recording artist Prince is aware of the Chemtrail issue - January 14, 2011 Anthony J Hilder War Against The World War has been declared upon the planet and every living life form on it. The Illuminazi Elite who creates our currency (through the privately owned Federal Reserve System) and controls our commerce through the IMF World Bank and a various trade treaties, has declared war upon the World. This Money Monarchy’s goal is not just to rule the world – but own it and everything and everyone in it. And that includes you. This Evilarchy that is waging war against this world have determined that in order to give their elite more room to stretch those they consider “useless eaters” are going to have to die. The Death Drops (Chemtrails) that we are witnessing being dropped upon the population is the method that they are using to carry out mass murder. They are arrogant. They feel that they are invincible and maintain irreversible positions of power. For the first time in a century they feel threatened of having their crimes exposed to the world. Consequently, they have escalated their attack feeling they are now vulnerable of a worldwide exposure resulting in their conviction for crimes against humanity. Only by polluting the atmosphere and poisoning the air can they expect to kill Five Billion People. If one questions why THEY would initiate this “mass murder” – across the planet and still expect to survive “it should be noted” that in the past 20 years these Illuminati elitists have built huge underground facilities throughout the world. Then. They have developed these underground facilities to avoid the Holocaust and Hell that they are creating. The fact is they have literally launched an all out attack on the Earths Atmosphere. These Malthusian Minded Maniacs have the Minds Of Monsters. Their scientists are unlike the legendary Dr Frankenstein except that the legendary Doctor created his monster and performed his experiments upon the dead. These modern day Dr Frankensteins are performing their experiments and creating their monsters on the living. Anyone who is not either Satanic or Insane would order millions of tons of deadly toxins containing aerosol compounds composed of Aluminum Oxide, Strontium, Barium, and Sulfur Hexoflourides to be dumped upon the population of the world. Just look to the skies. This is not a Conspiracy Theory, This is Frightening – This is a Fact. We know why they drop these daily “Death Dumps” on every nation on Earth. Their goal to reduce the population by 350,000 per day (As Was the suggestion by Jacques Cousteau). We with the Free World Alliance, Commoncrime.net, Ourenglanduk.com, and aircrap.org, have launched a counter attack exposing the crimes that they are now committing. For this ruthless criminal cashist cartel to succeed they would have to convince the sheeple that the DEATH DUMPS that are being scheduled every day is for our own protection. These Illuminazis will try to explain why “They” have declared War on MOTHER EARTH – OUR TREES – THE ANIMALS OF THE LAND AND SEA – YOU – YOUR MOTHER – YOUR FAMILY and FRIENDS. For the slaughter they have envisioned to be successful they must first get their managed media to sell and for you to buy their BIG LIE. For the planet and its people to survive, under Clean Clear Blue Skies, and thrive again we MUST expose the truth. We work together to save the world from the Warlords and Warlocks of Wall Street and Washington. Its not Optional, It is Mandatory! This is why the Free World Alliance and our Affiliate Aircrap.org has started this worldwide expose. You will be able to appreciate our achievements, we will publish them. We will continually list those coming on board, their victories and the data that they have collected from across mother earth. We shall publish the location of the bases that these Air Frankenstein Flights are taking off from to distribute the poisons they disperse. Those who drop these poisons upon the planet to create the toxic fog and those who have worked legislatively to get various Governments to participate in this crime must be identified , Arrested, and brought to Trial for Crimes Against Humanity. They have out Hitler-ed Hitler at the height of his hysteria. They must not be set free… they are killers and must be incarcerated. In the past few months the rate of toxic disbursements have both accelerated in number and expanded in scope. The continuing accumulation of these poisonous particulates is extremely disturbing. I am calling this to both label and identify this process “AKILLERATION”. This means we will use this word when referring to the accumulation of toxins which are inhaled into the lungs and subsequently dispersed through our blood system into our Brains and Bodies of the victims. Additionally in the charting of this akilleration equation we will attempt to log the acceleration of dispensed toxic aerosols that are now taking place. May GOD Help US, until then our success in both collecting and dispersing this data is totally dependent upon moral and financial support from you. We are launching multiple films exposing this evilarchys intent, and those who are attempting to carry out their program for World Domination. There are those out there who liked what Hitler did in his attempt to achieve a New World Order. …. They will Love what the Illuminazi , modern day Frankensteins, are now doing. At the moment we are the only group on the planet who are identifying the problem and presenting a solution. Help Us help You. All of our films are given for free with a donation – which is at your discretion. The more fiat money you contribute the more movies we make. You can make one or a million. Remember a movie can reach a million before a book can be read by one. We all know the evil things are that happening in this world, the murder, wars, abuse, cruelty and conspiracy. What we must remember is that we will through the force of our will and our higher judgment see through it all and bring about an awakening in each man their higher nature and seek to reveal and repel evil and ignorance. The common man will be the force to bring to an end the abuses in this world through ones own wisdom and non cooperation with those who manipulate us. Once one has awoken there is no going back. Other resources: http://freeworldfilmworks.com/ http://ourenglanduk.com/ http://commoncrime.net/ http://aircrap.org/
701 an0 -
3 min 53
Ron Paul: Why Government Cannot "Make Us Safe" by Mandating Security - January 17, 2011
Ron Paul: Why Government Cannot "Make Us Safe" by Mandating Security - January 17, 2011 Please sign the Ron Paul 2012 Petition: http://www.RonPaul2012.net Want Ron Paul 2012 buttons? http://RonPaulButtons.com Please like, share, subscribe & comment! http://www.RonPaul.com 01/17/2011 Why Government Cannot "Make Us Safe" by Mandating Security by Ron Paul The terrible violence in Arizona last weekend prompted much national discussion on many issues. All Americans are united in their sympathies for the victims and their families. All wonder what could motivate such a horrible act. However, some have attempted to use this tragedy to discredit philosophical adversaries or score political points. This sort of opportunism is simply despicable. We are fortunate to live in a society where violence is universally denounced. Not one public official or commentator has attempted to justify this reprehensible act, yet the newspapers, Internet and airwaves are full of people trying to claim it was somehow motivated by someone else's political rhetoric. Most disturbing are the calls to use government power to censor certain forms of speech and even outlaw certain types of criticism of public officials. This was the completely apolitical act of a violent and disturbed man. How sad that the attempted murder of the Congresswoman who had just read the First Amendment on the House Floor would be used in efforts to chill free speech. Perhaps some would feel safer if the Alien and Sedition Acts were reinstated. Also troubling are the renewed calls for stricter gun control laws and for government to do something to somehow prevent similar incidents in the future. This always seems to be the knee-jerk reaction to any crime committed with a gun. Nonsensical proposals to outlaw guns around federal officials and install bulletproof barriers in the Congressional galleries only reinforce the growing perception that politicians view their own lives as far more important than the lives of ordinary citizens. Politicians and a complicit media have conditioned many citizens to view government as our protector, leading to more demands for government action whenever tragedies occur. But this impulse is at odds with the best American traditions of self-reliance and individualism, and it also leads to bad laws and the loss of liberty. Remember, liberty only has meaning if we still believe in it when terrible things happen and more government security is demanded. Government cannot make us safe by mandating security any more than than it can make us prosperous by decreeing an end to poverty. We need to reaffirm the core American value of individual responsibility. Consider the young man who had the courage to tackle the shooter and prevent further carnage because he himself had a concealed weapon. Without that gun he could have been yet another sitting duck. When peaceful citizens are armed they at least have a chance against armed criminals. Advocates of gun control would urge us to leave our safety to law enforcement, but eyewitness reports indicate it took police as much as 20 minutes to arrive on the scene that day. Since police cannot be everywhere all the time, a large part of our personal safety depends on our ability to defend ourselves. Our constitutional right to bear arms does not create a society without risk or violent crime, and neither would the strictest gun control laws. Guns and violence are a fact of life. The question is whether it is preferable to be defenseless while waiting for the police, or to have the option to arm yourself. We certainly know criminals prefer the former. -- Ron Paul is America's leading voice for limited, constitutional government, low taxes, free markets, a return to sound monetary policies, and a sensible foreign policy that puts America first. robpatozz websites: http://www.youtube.com/user/robpatozz http://educationalrevolution.wordpress.com/ About Me: Seeker of truth, Committed to supporting, protecting, and defending the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, and Freedom. Country: United States Support Ron Pual: http://RonPaulButtons.com http://www.RonPaul.com http://www.RonPaulNews.com http://www.CampaignForLiberty.com http://www.house.gov/paul http://www.DailyPaul.com http://www.RonPaulForums.com http://www.RonPaul2012podcast.com Ron Paul is America's leading voice for limited, constitutional government, low taxes, free markets, a return to sound monetary policies, and a sensible foreign policy that puts America first.
251 an0 -
7 min 04
Chemtrails Cartoon - One Full Day of Chemtrails - March 31, 2009
Chemtrails Cartoon - One Full Day of Chemtrails - by Citygypsy - March 31, 2009 Chemtrails are persistent lines of chemical-infused aerosol spray dispersals from typically unmarked planes which are now seen in the sky all over the world. Unlike normal jet contrails that are formed from water vapor and disappear quickly, chemtrails spread to form a thick blanket of cloud cover, held together by polymer fibers until they reach the ground, contaminating crops, water supplies and humans with RADIOACTIVE SOFT METALS and DESSICATED RED BLOOD CELLS which contain active HUMAN PATHOGENS! We have all seen contrails in the sky, pretty much all our lives, which is why this is so tricky and the reason why billions of people are being "fooled" into either not noticing chemtrails when they are present, or ignoring them altogether, believing that they are not harmful. Most people are so busy these days, they hardly take notice of what is going on in the sky. If you see planes leaving white lines in the sky and they do not disappear, and instead linger, grow thicker and thicker until it finally forms a cloud mass much like a CIRRUS cloud, then you and everyone around you is being poisoned. This is serious business folks. This is the freaking air that we breathe and the water that we drink! It is also the food that we eat. This WILL negatively affect the health of your family and friends, you, your neighbors, EVERYONE. If we do not speak out against this dastardly program, whatever it is and whoever is causing it, then we will just have to live with, or die by the consequences. Please contact every single agency you can think of and demand ANSWERS. Contact your local and state representatives and ask them what they are doing about this situation. Film the activity as it is being conducted as proof. Take soil and water samples and have them tested. When you deal with agencies and the authorities, never ever use the term "Chemtrail" and only use the term "Persistent Contrail", otherwise, they will not take you seriously. For more information, please visit www.californiaskywatch.com and see what founder Rosalind Peterson has to say about "Persistent Contrails". Also, use www.google.com and type in key words such as Chemtrails, HAARP, Clifford Carnicom, Project Blue Beam, Morgellons Disease, Global Depopulation, Georgia Guidestones, Eugenics Program. NOTE! THIS VIDEO AND ALL SUBSEQUENT PARTS ARE FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY! THIS VIDEO AND ALL SUBSEQUENT PARTS ARE NOT FOR SALE AND ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED FOR SALE! Name: Catherine Websites: http://www.youtube.com/user/Citygypsy http://www.myspace.com/rusticat My channel is designed and geared to help wake up the American Populace. I will cover several topics which are divided into two main areas: Anthony J Hilder War Against The World War has been declared upon the planet and every living life form on it. The Illuminazi Elite who creates our currency (through the privately owned Federal Reserve System) and controls our commerce through the IMF World Bank and a various trade treaties, has declared war upon the World. This Money Monarchy’s goal is not just to rule the world – but own it and everything and everyone in it. And that includes you. This Evilarchy that is waging war against this world have determined that in order to give their elite more room to stretch those they consider “useless eaters” are going to have to die. The Death Drops (Chemtrails) that we are witnessing being dropped upon the population is the method that they are using to carry out mass murder. They are arrogant. They feel that they are invincible and maintain irreversible positions of power. For the first time in a century they feel threatened of having their crimes exposed to the world. Consequently, they have escalated their attack feeling they are now vulnerable of a worldwide exposure resulting in their conviction for crimes against humanity. Only by polluting the atmosphere and poisoning the air can they expect to kill Five Billion People. If one questions why THEY would initiate this “mass murder” – across the planet and still expect to survive “it should be noted” that in the past 20 years these Illuminati elitists have built huge underground facilities throughout the world. Then. They have developed these underground facilities to avoid the Holocaust and Hell that they are creating. The fact is they have literally launched an all out attack on the Earths Atmosphere. These Malthusian Minded Maniacs have the Minds Of Monsters. Their scientists are unlike the legendary Dr Frankenstein except that the legendary Doctor created his monster and performed his experiments upon the dead. These modern day Dr Frankensteins are performing their experiments and creating their monsters on the living. Anyone who is not either Satanic or Insane would order millions of tons of deadly toxins containing aerosol compounds composed of Aluminum Oxide, Strontium, Barium, and Sulfur Hexoflourides to be dumped upon the population of the world. Just look to the skies. This is not a Conspiracy Theory, This is Frightening – This is a Fact. We know why they drop these daily “Death Dumps” on every nation on Earth. Their goal to reduce the population by 350,000 per day (As Was the suggestion by Jacques Cousteau). We with the Free World Alliance, Commoncrime.net, Ourenglanduk.com, and aircrap.org, have launched a counter attack exposing the crimes that they are now committing. For this ruthless criminal cashist cartel to succeed they would have to convince the sheeple that the DEATH DUMPS that are being scheduled every day is for our own protection. These Illuminazis will try to explain why “They” have declared War on MOTHER EARTH – OUR TREES – THE ANIMALS OF THE LAND AND SEA – YOU – YOUR MOTHER – YOUR FAMILY and FRIENDS. For the slaughter they have envisioned to be successful they must first get their managed media to sell and for you to buy their BIG LIE. For the planet and its people to survive, under Clean Clear Blue Skies, and thrive again we MUST expose the truth. We work together to save the world from the Warlords and Warlocks of Wall Street and Washington. Its not Optional, It is Mandatory! This is why the Free World Alliance and our Affiliate Aircrap.org has started this worldwide expose. You will be able to appreciate our achievements, we will publish them. We will continually list those coming on board, their victories and the data that they have collected from across mother earth. We shall publish the location of the bases that these Air Frankenstein Flights are taking off from to distribute the poisons they disperse. Those who drop these poisons upon the planet to create the toxic fog and those who have worked legislatively to get various Governments to participate in this crime must be identified , Arrested, and brought to Trial for Crimes Against Humanity. They have out Hitler-ed Hitler at the height of his hysteria. They must not be set free… they are killers and must be incarcerated. In the past few months the rate of toxic disbursements have both accelerated in number and expanded in scope. The continuing accumulation of these poisonous particulates is extremely disturbing. I am calling this to both label and identify this process “AKILLERATION”. This means we will use this word when referring to the accumulation of toxins which are inhaled into the lungs and subsequently dispersed through our blood system into our Brains and Bodies of the victims. Additionally in the charting of this akilleration equation we will attempt to log the acceleration of dispensed toxic aerosols that are now taking place. May GOD Help US, until then our success in both collecting and dispersing this data is totally dependent upon moral and financial support from you. We are launching multiple films exposing this evilarchys intent, and those who are attempting to carry out their program for World Domination. There are those out there who liked what Hitler did in his attempt to achieve a New World Order. …. They will Love what the Illuminazi , modern day Frankensteins, are now doing. At the moment we are the only group on the planet who are identifying the problem and presenting a solution. Help Us help You. All of our films are given for free with a donation – which is at your discretion. The more fiat money you contribute the more movies we make. You can make one or a million. Remember a movie can reach a million before a book can be read by one. We all know the evil things are that happening in this world, the murder, wars, abuse, cruelty and conspiracy. What we must remember is that we will through the force of our will and our higher judgment see through it all and bring about an awakening in each man their higher nature and seek to reveal and repel evil and ignorance. The common man will be the force to bring to an end the abuses in this world through ones own wisdom and non cooperation with those who manipulate us. Once one has awoken there is no going back. Other resources: http://freeworldfilmworks.com/ http://ourenglanduk.com/ http://commoncrime.net/ http://aircrap.org/
621 an0
![](http://s0.wat.fr/f/ron-paul-why-government-cannot_3aq9n_150x85_1ezydi.jpg "video,,Ron Paul: Why Government Cannot "Make Us Safe" by Mandating Security - January 17, 2011,,mirrorthis2010")
Accueil Résultats de recherche : attempt
- WAT.tv recommande
- Le top WAT.tv du 17 février
- Qui sommes nous
- Voir les nouveautés sur le blog WAT.tv
- A propos
- Nous contacter
- Conditions d'utilisation
- Conditions d'utilisation Podcast
- Politique de confidentialité
- Partenaires
- Contact pub
- Aide
- Mentions légales
- Copyright Agent